HP Color LaserJet Enterprise M455

HP Color LaserJet Managed E45028

HP Color LaserJet Enterprise MFP M480
HP Color LaserJet Managed MFP E47528

Service Manual

www.hp.com/videos/LaserJet
www.hp.com/support/colorljM455 www.hp.com/support/colorljE45028
www.hp.com/support/colorljM480MFP www.hp.com/support/colorljE47528MFP
 HP LaserJet Enterprise M455, HP
LaserJet Managed E45028, HP LaserJet
Enterprise MFP M480, and HP LaserJet
Managed MFP E47528 Service Manual

SUMMARY

This guide provides theory of operation, troubleshooting, and repair information.

Legal information
Copyright and License

© Copyright 2021 HP Development

Company, L.P.

Reproduction, adaptation, or translation

without prior written permission is
prohibited, except as allowed under the
copyright laws.

The information contained herein is subject

to change without notice.

The only warranties for HP products and

services are set forth in the express
warranty statements accompanying such
products and services. Nothing herein
should be construed as constituting an
additional warranty. HP shall not be liable
for technical or editorial errors or omissions
contained herein.

Edition 3, 05/2023
Revision history

View a list of document revisions.

The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. The only warranties for HP
products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products
and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty. HP shall not be
liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein.

Table Revision history

Revision number Revision date Revision notes

3 05/2023 Updated 3 part numbers:

RM2-6383-000CN to RM2-1838-000CN

RM2-6374-000CN to RM2-1839-000CN

RM2-6494-000CN to RM2-1840-000CN

2 01/2023 Updated procedure for removing and

installing the Reverse the removal steps
to install the assembly on page 772.

1 02/2021 HP Color LaserJet Enterprise M455, HP

Color LaserJet Managed E45028, HP
Color LaserJet Enterprise MFP M480, HP
Color LaserJet Managed MFP E47528
service manual initial release.

iii
 Conventions used in this guide

Learn about the conventions used in this publication.

TIP: Tips provide helpful hints or shortcuts.

NOTE: Notes provide important information to explain a concept or to complete a task.

CAUTION: Cautions indicate procedures that you should follow to avoid losing data or damaging the
product.

WARNING! Warnings alert you to specific procedures that you should follow to avoid personal injury,
catastrophic loss of data, or extensive damage to the product.

iv Conventions used in this guide

HP service and support

Learn about access to additional service and support information.

Additional service and support for channel partners

Channel partners can use the HP Partner Portal or the Channel Services Delivery Platform (CSDP) to
access the HP Web-based Interactive Search Engine (WISE).

Find information about the following topics.

● Service manuals, service cost data, and service advisories

● The latest control panel message (CPMD) troubleshooting information

● Remove and replace part instructions and videos

● Solutions for printer issues and emerging issues

● Printer specifications, warranty, and regulatory information

● Install, configure, and how to information

View a video of how to use the HP Partner First Portal to access WISE.

Access WISE for Channel partners (HP Partner Portal)

1. Sign-in to the HP Partner Portal (click https://partner.hp.com to access the sign-in page).

2. Select the Services & Support item (near the top of the screen).

3. Select the Technical Support (WISE) item.

4. Select the Technical Documentation item.

5. Use the WISE portal to search for printer information.

Access WISE for Channel partners (CSDP)

1. Sign-in to the CSDP portal (click csdp.hp.com to access the sign-in page).

2. Select the Knowledge and Training item.

3. Select theHP Technical Documentation item.

4. Use the WISE portal to search for printer information.

Additional service and support for HP internal personnel

v
 HP internal personnel, go to one of the following Web-based Interactive Search Engine (WISE) sites:

View a video of how to access WISE for internal HP users.

Americas (AMS)

● WISE - English

● WISE - Spanish

● WISE - Portuguese

● WISE - French

Asia Pacific / Japan (APJ)

● WISE - English

● WISE - Japanese

● WISE - Korean

● WISE - Chinese (simplified)

● WISE - Chinese (traditional)

● WISE - Thai

Europe / Middle East / Africa (EMEA)

● WISE - English

Additional technical support WISE videos

The videos below provide additional ways to access printer information using WISE.

View a video of how to use WISE to find technical support videos (model number search).

View a video of ow to use WISE to find technical support videos (Product detail page [PDP]
search).

vi HP service and support

Table of contents

1 Printer information, configurations, and specifications .......................................................................................................................................... 1

Information (document feeder and scanner)............................................................................................................................................................ 1
Document feeder and scanner front view....................................................................................................................................................... 1
Specifications (document feeder and scanner)..................................................................................................................................................... 1
Technical specifications............................................................................................................................................................................................... 2
Information (base printer)....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2
Printer front view (SFP)................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2
Printer back view (SFP)................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3
Printer front view (MFP) ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 3
Printer back view (MFP) ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 4
Configuration (base printer) ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 5
Configuration (base printer SFP)............................................................................................................................................................................ 5
Configuration (base printer MFP)........................................................................................................................................................................... 6
Specifications (base printer)................................................................................................................................................................................................ 8
Technical specifications (M455) ............................................................................................................................................................................. 8
Technical specifications (E45028) ........................................................................................................................................................................ 9
Technical specifications (M480)...........................................................................................................................................................................10
Technical specifications (E47528) ........................................................................................................................................................................ 11
Printer dimensions (SFP) ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 12
Printer dimensions (MFP) ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 14
Printer space requirements.....................................................................................................................................................................................16
Power consumption, electrical specifications, and acoustic emissions ...............................................................................16
Operating-environment range ...............................................................................................................................................................................16
Information (input devices)..................................................................................................................................................................................................16
550-sheet paper feeder front view.....................................................................................................................................................................16

2 Printer installation and maintenance.................................................................................................................................................................................18

Document feeder / scanner ...............................................................................................................................................................................................18
Clean the pickup rollers and separation pad in the document feeder (MFP) ......................................................................18
Check the scanner glass for dirt and smudges........................................................................................................................................19
Base printer .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 21
Remove and replace the toner cartridges.................................................................................................................................................... 21
Print a cleaning page ................................................................................................................................................................................................... 25
Automatic cleaning page.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 25
Clean the Tray 1 roller and separation pad................................................................................................................................................... 26

vii
 Clean the Tray 2 rollers ...............................................................................................................................................................................................30
Input devices................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 39
Clean the Tray 3 rollers...............................................................................................................................................................................................40

3 Theory of operation.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................47
Document feeder / scanner ...............................................................................................................................................................................................47
Document feeder simplex operation ................................................................................................................................................................47
Scanning and image capture system..............................................................................................................................................................48
Base printer ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................48
Basic operation................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 49
Formatter-control system.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 51
Engine-control unit......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 55
Engine laser/scanner system ................................................................................................................................................................................ 59
Engine pickup, feed, and delivery system ......................................................................................................................................................74
Input devices................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 82
Tray 3........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 82

4 Solve problems..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................86
HP service and support ........................................................................................................................................................................................................86
Determine the problem source ........................................................................................................................................................................................87
Pre-troubleshooting checklist ...............................................................................................................................................................................88
Troubleshooting flowchart.......................................................................................................................................................................................89
Firmware upgrades ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 91
Comprehensive list of troubleshooting tools........................................................................................................................................................96
Engine test ...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................96
Pre-boot menu options ...............................................................................................................................................................................................96
Advanced configuration with the HP Embedded Web Server (EWS) ...................................................................................... 113
Print menu (SFP) and Copy/Print menu (MFP)............................................................................................................................................124
Defeating interlocks ...................................................................................................................................................................................................146
LED Diagnostics (formatter)..................................................................................................................................................................................147
Disable cartridge check ..........................................................................................................................................................................................148
Print/stop test..................................................................................................................................................................................................................148
Individual component diagnostics................................................................................................................................................................... 149
Diagrams: Block diagrams...................................................................................................................................................................................... 151
Diagrams: External plug and port locations..............................................................................................................................................156
Diagrams: Major component locations.........................................................................................................................................................157
Diagrams: General timing chart.........................................................................................................................................................................163
Diagrams: General circuit diagrams...............................................................................................................................................................164
Internal test and information pages ...............................................................................................................................................................165
Reports menu.................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 170
Settings menu...................................................................................................................................................................................................................171
Supplies menu ...............................................................................................................................................................................................................209
Trays menu .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................209
Support Tools menu....................................................................................................................................................................................................210
Service menu....................................................................................................................................................................................................................217
Printer resets ................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 221
Format Disk and Partial Clean functions ................................................................................................................................................... 223

viii
 Troubleshooting power-on or blank control panel problems ...................................................................................................................227
Troubleshooting an unresponsive printer............................................................................................................................................................. 228
Engine diagnostics ................................................................................................................................................................................................................230
Engine test ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................230
Defeating interlocks ..................................................................................................................................................................................................230
Control panel troubleshooting ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 232
Control panel system diagnostics (MFP).................................................................................................................................................... 232
Control panel messages document (CPMD) .......................................................................................................................................................244
How to search for printer documentation..................................................................................................................................................244
Error-code and control-panel-message troubleshooting overview ....................................................................................... 252
Solve paper handling problems ................................................................................................................................................................................... 254
Clear paper jams (SFP)............................................................................................................................................................................................ 254
Clear paper jams (MFP).............................................................................................................................................................................................271
Printer feeds incorrect page size .................................................................................................................................................................... 294
Printer pulls from incorrect tray........................................................................................................................................................................ 294
Printer will not duplex or duplexes incorrectly (duplex models)................................................................................................. 294
Paper does not feed from Tray 2-X .................................................................................................................................................................. 295
Output is curled or wrinkled................................................................................................................................................................................. 295
The printer does not pick up paper.................................................................................................................................................................296
The printer picks up multiple sheets of paper.........................................................................................................................................297
The document feeder jams, skews, or picks up multiple sheets of paper (MFP)............................................................297
Paper does not feed automatically ................................................................................................................................................................298
Image-quality troubleshooting......................................................................................................................................................................................298
Print-quality troubleshooting...............................................................................................................................................................................299
Copy-quality troubleshooting ..............................................................................................................................................................................314
Performance and connectivity troubleshooting...............................................................................................................................................324
Solve fax or email problems .................................................................................................................................................................................324
Solve performance problems .............................................................................................................................................................................324
Solve connectivity problems............................................................................................................................................................................... 328

5 Removal and replacement......................................................................................................................................................................................................331

HP service and support ......................................................................................................................................................................................................331
Order parts, accessories, and supplies................................................................................................................................................................. 332
Ordering.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 332
Orderable parts ............................................................................................................................................................................................................333
Supplies and accessories.....................................................................................................................................................................................333
Customer self-repair parts...................................................................................................................................................................................336
HP service and support ..........................................................................................................................................................................................338
Assembly locations...............................................................................................................................................................................................................340
Printer front view (SFP).............................................................................................................................................................................................340
Printer back view (SFP).............................................................................................................................................................................................340
Printer front view (MFP) ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 341
Printer back view (MFP) ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 342
Customer self-repair (CSR) A parts and accessories .................................................................................................................................343
Removal and replacement: Toner cartridges..........................................................................................................................................343
Removal and replacement: Tray 2 cassette..............................................................................................................................................347

ix
 Removal and replacement: Tray 3 cassette.............................................................................................................................................350
Document feeder / scanner ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 352
Removal and replacement: Document feeder top cover assembly with rollers........................................................... 352
Removal and replacement: ISA lift assembly and slider pin (MFP)..........................................................................................355
Removal and replacement: Integrated scanner assembly (MFP) ............................................................................................360
Removal and replacement: External panels, covers, and doors (base printer)..........................................................................372
Removal and replacement: Right cover (SFP)..........................................................................................................................................372
Removal and replacement: Right cover (MFP)........................................................................................................................................380
Removal and replacement: Left cover (SFP) ............................................................................................................................................389
Removal and replacement: Left cover (MFP) ............................................................................................................................................397
Removal and replacement: Front door assembly................................................................................................................................406
Removal and replacement: Duplexing door assembly..................................................................................................................... 423
Removal and replacement: Top cover (SFP) .............................................................................................................................................446
Removal and replacement: Top cover (MFP)............................................................................................................................................458
Removal and replacement: Internal parts and assemblies (base printer)....................................................................................489
Removal and replacement: Control panel mount top cover (MFP)..........................................................................................489
Removal and replacement: Control panel assembly (MFP).......................................................................................................... 493
Removal and replacement: Control panel interconnect board (MFP) ...................................................................................499
Removal and replacement: Control panel mount base and interconnect board chassis (MFP).......................505
Removal and replacement: Control panel cable (MFP)..................................................................................................................... 513
Removal and replacement: Power switch assembly .........................................................................................................................543
Removal and replacement: Toner cartridge tray..................................................................................................................................558
Removal and replacement: Cartridge fan ..................................................................................................................................................573
Removal and replacement: Power supply fan.........................................................................................................................................589
Removal and replacement: Low-voltage power supply (LVPS)....................................................................................................605
Removal and replacement: Pickup motor..................................................................................................................................................633
Removal and replacement: Driver PCA .......................................................................................................................................................662
Removal and replacement: Drum motor......................................................................................................................................................677
Removal and replacement: Developer motor......................................................................................................................................... 708
Removal and replacement: Secondary transfer roller......................................................................................................................740
Removal and replacement: Intermediate transfer belt (ITB) .........................................................................................................745
Removal and replacement: Density detect sensor assembly..................................................................................................... 774
Removal and replacement: Re-pickup assembly ..................................................................................................................................815
Removal and replacement: DC controller.................................................................................................................................................. 842
Removal and replacement: Lifter drive assembly ...............................................................................................................................855
Removal and replacement: Pickup assembly.........................................................................................................................................890
Removal and replacement: Front feed guide assembly..................................................................................................................936
Removal and replacement: Rear feed guide assembly................................................................................................................... 987
Removal and replacement: Registration assembly..........................................................................................................................1039
Removal and replacement: Memory PCA................................................................................................................................................1093
Removal and replacement: Laser scanner assembly (SFP)........................................................................................................ 1132
Removal and replacement: Laser scanner assembly (MFP)........................................................................................................1157
Removal and replacement: Fuser....................................................................................................................................................................1197
Removal and replacement: Fuser motor .................................................................................................................................................. 1240
Removal and replacement: Reverse drive assembly.......................................................................................................................1257
Removal and replacement: Island of Data (IOD) .................................................................................................................................1302
Removal and replacement: embedded Multi-Media Card (eMMC)........................................................................................1314
Removal and replacement: Formatter PCA............................................................................................................................................ 1325

x
 Removal and replacement: Environmental sensor...........................................................................................................................1339
Removal and replacement: Fax PCA (MFP).............................................................................................................................................1350
Removal and replacement: Fax cable (MFP)............................................................................................................................................1371
Removal and replacement: Walk-up USB port (SFP)..........................................................................................................................1391
Removal and replacement: Walk-up USB port (MFP) .......................................................................................................................1405
Removal and replacement: Drawer connector (550-sheet paper feeder).......................................................................1435
Removal and replacement: Front door switch......................................................................................................................................1446
Input device - 550-sheet paper feeder..................................................................................................................................................................1458
Removal and replacement: Right cover (550-sheet paper feeder).......................................................................................1458
Removal and replacement: Left cover (550-sheet paper feeder) ..........................................................................................1463
Removal and replacement: Rear cover (550-sheet paper feeder)........................................................................................ 1467
Removal and replacement: Switch cable assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)............................................................1475
Removal and replacement: Lifter drive assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)................................................................ 1492
Removal and replacement: Pickup assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)........................................................................... 1512
Removal and replacement: Front feed guide assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) ..................................................1536
Removal and replacement: Rear feed guide assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)....................................................1564
Removal and replacement: Paper feed assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) ............................................................... 1592
Removal and replacement: Pickup motor (550-sheet paper feeder)................................................................................... 1623
Removal and replacement: Drawer connector (550-sheet paper feeder).......................................................................1628
Removal and replacement: Driver PCA (550-sheet paper feeder)........................................................................................1635

6 Parts and diagrams...................................................................................................................................................................................................................1645

HP service and support ...................................................................................................................................................................................................1645
Order parts by authorized service providers...................................................................................................................................................1646
Ordering............................................................................................................................................................................................................................1646
Orderable parts .......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1647
Supplies and accessories................................................................................................................................................................................... 1647
Customer self-repair parts.................................................................................................................................................................................1650
How to use parts lists and diagrams......................................................................................................................................................................1652
Integrated scanner assembly .....................................................................................................................................................................................1653
Parts and diagrams: Covers (M455/E45028)....................................................................................................................................................1654
Parts and diagrams: Covers (M480/E47528)....................................................................................................................................................1656
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (1 of 5)............................................................................................................................................1658
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (2 of 5)...........................................................................................................................................1660
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (3 of 5) ..........................................................................................................................................1662
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (4 of 5)...........................................................................................................................................1664
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (5 of 5) ..........................................................................................................................................1666
Parts and diagrams: 550-sheet paper feeder covers................................................................................................................................1668
Parts and diagrams: 550-sheet paper feeder main body (1 of 2) .......................................................................................................1669
Parts and diagrams: 550-sheet paper feeder main body (2 of 2) ....................................................................................................... 1671
Alphabetical parts list.........................................................................................................................................................................................................1673
HP service and support ........................................................................................................................................................................................1645
Order parts by authorized service providers .......................................................................................................................................1646
Ordering ................................................................................................................................................................................................................1646

xi
 Orderable parts ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 1647
Supplies and accessories ....................................................................................................................................................................... 1647
Customer self-repair parts......................................................................................................................................................................1650
How to use parts lists and diagrams...........................................................................................................................................................1652
Integrated scanner assembly ..........................................................................................................................................................................1653
Parts and diagrams: Covers (M455/E45028) ........................................................................................................................................1654
Parts and diagrams: Covers (M480/E47528).........................................................................................................................................1656
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (1 of 5) ................................................................................................................................1658
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (2 of 5) ...............................................................................................................................1660
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (3 of 5) ...............................................................................................................................1662
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (4 of 5) ...............................................................................................................................1664
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (5 of 5) ...............................................................................................................................1666
Parts and diagrams: 550-sheet paper feeder covers ....................................................................................................................1668
Parts and diagrams: 550-sheet paper feeder main body (1 of 2) ............................................................................................1669
Parts and diagrams: 550-sheet paper feeder main body (2 of 2) ............................................................................................ 1671
Numerical parts list............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 1678
HP service and support ........................................................................................................................................................................................1645
Order parts by authorized service providers .......................................................................................................................................1646
Ordering ................................................................................................................................................................................................................1646
Orderable parts ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 1647
Supplies and accessories ....................................................................................................................................................................... 1647
Customer self-repair parts......................................................................................................................................................................1650
How to use parts lists and diagrams...........................................................................................................................................................1652
Integrated scanner assembly ..........................................................................................................................................................................1653
Parts and diagrams: Covers (M455/E45028) ........................................................................................................................................1654
Parts and diagrams: Covers (M480/E47528).........................................................................................................................................1656
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (1 of 5) ................................................................................................................................1658
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (2 of 5) ...............................................................................................................................1660
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (3 of 5) ...............................................................................................................................1662
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (4 of 5) ...............................................................................................................................1664
Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (5 of 5) ...............................................................................................................................1666
Parts and diagrams: 550-sheet paper feeder covers ....................................................................................................................1668
Parts and diagrams: 550-sheet paper feeder main body (1 of 2) ............................................................................................1669
Parts and diagrams: 550-sheet paper feeder main body (2 of 2) ............................................................................................ 1671

Appendix A ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................1683
Certificate of Volatility ......................................................................................................................................................................................................1683

Appendix B Glossary of terms ..............................................................................................................................................................................................1688

Index...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................1698

xii
List of videos

View a video of how to use the HP Partner First Portal to access WISE.......................................................................................................... v

View a video of how to access WISE for internal HP users.......................................................................................................................................vi

View a video of how to use WISE to find technical support videos (model number search)............................................................vi

View a video of ow to use WISE to find technical support videos (Product detail page [PDP] search).....................................vi

View a video of cleaning the document feeder glass and flatbed glass.......................................................................................................19

View a video of how to replace the toner cartridges....................................................................................................................................................21

View a video of how to use the HP Partner First Portal to access WISE.......................................................................................................86

View a video of how to access WISE for internal HP users.....................................................................................................................................87

View a video of how to use WISE to find technical support videos (model number search).......................................................... 87

View a video of ow to use WISE to find technical support videos (Product detail page [PDP] search)................................... 87

View a video that demonstrates how to load paper in a way that reduces the number of paper jams..............................255

View a video of how to clear a jam in tray 3.....................................................................................................................................................................256

View a video of how to clear a jam in tray 1......................................................................................................................................................................258

View a video of how to clear a jam in tray 2...................................................................................................................................................................... 261

View a video of how to clear a jam in the fuser area.................................................................................................................................................267

View a video of how to clear a jam in the duplexer.....................................................................................................................................................268

View a video of how to clear a jam in the output bin..................................................................................................................................................270

View a video that demonstrates how to load paper in a way that reduces the number of paper jams.............................. 272

View a video of how to clear a jam in the document feeder................................................................................................................................ 273

View a video of how to clear a jam in tray 3......................................................................................................................................................................276

View a video of how to clear a jam in tray 1.......................................................................................................................................................................279

View a video of how to clear a jam in tray 2..................................................................................................................................................................... 282

View a video of how to clear a jam in the fuser area................................................................................................................................................ 290

View a video of how to clear a jam in the duplexer......................................................................................................................................................291

View a video of how to clear a jam in the output bin................................................................................................................................................. 293

xiii
 View a video of cleaning the document feeder glass and flatbed glass....................................................................................................315

View a video of how to use the HP Partner First Portal to access WISE.....................................................................................................331

View a video of how to access WISE for internal HP users..................................................................................................................................332

View a video of how to use WISE to find technical support videos (model number search).......................................................332

View a video of ow to use WISE to find technical support videos (Product detail page [PDP] search)................................332

View a video of how to use the HP Partner First Portal to access WISE....................................................................................................338

View a video of how to access WISE for internal HP users................................................................................................................................. 339

View a video of how to use WISE to find technical support videos (model number search).......................................................339

View a video of ow to use WISE to find technical support videos (Product detail page [PDP] search)................................339

View a video of removing and replacing the toner cartridges.......................................................................................................................... 343

View a video of removing and replacing the Tray 2 cassette............................................................................................................................. 348

View a video of removing and replacing the Tray 3 cassette.............................................................................................................................350

View a video of how to remove and replace the document feeder top cover assembly with rollers....................................352

View a video of how to remove and replace the ISA lift assembly and slider pin................................................................................355

View a video of how to remove and replace the ISA.................................................................................................................................................360

View a video of removing and replacing the right cover (SFP)........................................................................................................................... 372

View a video of removing and replacing the right cover (MFP)......................................................................................................................... 380

View a video of removing and replacing the right cover (SFP).......................................................................................................................... 389

View a video of removing and replacing the right cover (MFP)..........................................................................................................................397

View a video of removing and replacing the front door..........................................................................................................................................406

View a video of removing and replacing the duplexing door...............................................................................................................................423

View a video of removing and replacing the top cover (SFP)..............................................................................................................................446

View a video of removing and replacing the top cover (MFP).............................................................................................................................459

View a video of how to remove and replace the control panel mount top cover (MFP)...................................................................489

View a video of how to remove and replace the control panel (MFP)........................................................................................................... 493

View a video of how to remove and replace the control panel ICB (MFP)................................................................................................. 499

View a video of how to remove and replace the control panel mount base and the ICB chassis mount..........................505

View a video of how to remove and replace the control panel cable (MFP)..............................................................................................514

View a video of removing and replacing the power switch..................................................................................................................................543

View a video of removing and replacing the toner cartridge tray...................................................................................................................558

View a video of removing and replacing the cartridge fan...................................................................................................................................573

View a video of removing and replacing the power supply fan.........................................................................................................................589

xiv
View a video of removing and replacing the LVPS..................................................................................................................................................... 605

View a video of removing and replacing the pickup motor...................................................................................................................................633

View a video of removing and replacing the driver printed-circuit assembly (PCA)..........................................................................662

View a video of removing and replacing the drum motor.......................................................................................................................................677

View a video of removing and replacing the developer motor...........................................................................................................................709

View a video of removing and replacing the secondary transfer roller (duplex).................................................................................. 740

View a video of removing and replacing the ITB...........................................................................................................................................................745

View a video of removing and replacing the density detect sensor assembly......................................................................................774

View a video of removing and replacing the re-pickup assembly (duplex printers)............................................................................815

View a video of removing and replacing the DC controller.................................................................................................................................. 842

View a video of removing and replacing the lifter drive assembly.................................................................................................................855

View a video of removing and replacing the pickup assembly......................................................................................................................... 890

View a video of removing and replacing the front feed guide assembly...................................................................................................936

View a video of removing and replacing the rear feed guide assembly..................................................................................................... 987

View a video of removing and replacing the registration assembly........................................................................................................... 1039

View a video of removing and replacing the memory printed-circuit assembly (PCA)................................................................. 1093

View a video of removing and replacing the laser scanner (SFP).................................................................................................................. 1132

View a video of removing and replacing the laser scanner (M479 models)............................................................................................1157

View a video of removing and replacing the fuser.....................................................................................................................................................1197

View a video of removing and replacing the fuser motor).................................................................................................................................. 1240

View a video of removing and replacing the reverse drive assembly.........................................................................................................1257

View a video of removing and replacing the IOD.......................................................................................................................................................1302

View a video of removing and replacing the eMMC.................................................................................................................................................1314

View a video of removing and replacing the formatter.........................................................................................................................................1325

View a video of removing and replacing the environmental sensor........................................................................................................... 1339

View a video of removing and replacing the fax........................................................................................................................................................ 1350

View a video of removing and replacing the fax cable........................................................................................................................................... 1371

View a video of removing and replacing the walk-up USB port (SFP).......................................................................................................... 1391

View a video of removing and replacing the walk-up USB port (MFP)........................................................................................................ 1405

View a video of removing and replacing the drawer connector.....................................................................................................................1435

View a video of removing and replacing the front door switch.......................................................................................................................1446

View a video of how to remove and replace the 550-sheet paper feeder right cover................................................................... 1458

xv
 View a video of how to remove and replace the 550-sheet paper feeder left cover...................................................................... 1463

View a video of how to remove and replace the 550-sheet paper feeder rear cover.....................................................................1467

View a video of how to remove and replace the 550-sheet paper feeder switch cable assembly.......................................1475

View a video of how to remove and replace the 550-sheet paper feeder lifter drive assembly............................................ 1492

View a video of how to remove and replace the 550-sheet paper feeder pickup assembly......................................................1512

View a video of how to remove and replace the 550-sheet paper feeder front feed guide assembly..............................1536

View a video of how to remove and replace the 550-sheet paper feeder rear feed guide assembly................................1564

View a video of how to remove and replace the 550-sheet paper feeder paper feed assembly..........................................1592

View a video of how to remove and replace the 550-sheet paper feeder pickup motor..............................................................1623

View a video of how to remove and replace the 550-sheet paper feeder drawer connector..................................................1628

View a video of how to remove and replace the 550-sheet paper feeder driver printed-circuit assembly (PCA).... 1635

View a video of how to use the HP Partner First Portal to access WISE..................................................................................................1645

View a video of how to access WISE for internal HP users............................................................................................................................... 1646

View a video of how to use WISE to find technical support videos (model number search).................................................... 1646

View a video of ow to use WISE to find technical support videos (Product detail page [PDP] search)............................. 1646

xvi
1 Printer information, configurations, and
specifications

Learn about printer configuration and specifications.

Information (document feeder and scanner)

Learn about the document feeder and scanner.

Document feeder and scanner front view

Learn about the document feeder and scanner components.

Figure 1-1 Document feeder and scanner front view

3
2
1
4

Item Description

1 Document feeder

2 Jam access door

3 Input tray (source documents)

4 Output bin (source documents)

5 Flatbed scanner

Specifications (document feeder and scanner)

Learn about the document feeder and scanner specifications.

Printer information, configurations, and specifications 1

 Technical specifications
Learn about the document feeder and scanner specifications.

Review the technical specifications for the document feeder and scanner.

See www.hp.com/support/colorljM480MFP or www.hp.com/support/colorljE47528MFP for current

information.

Table 1-1 Copy and scan specifications (document feeder and scanner)

Copy and scan features M480 E47528

Copies and scans up to 26 pages per

minute (ppm)

50-page document feeder with dual-

head scanning for single-pass duplex
copying and scanning

Scan to E-mail, Scan to USB, and Scan to

Network Folder option

Information (base printer)

Learn about the base printer.

Printer front view (SFP)

Identify the parts on the front of the printer (SFP).

Figure 1-2 Printer front view (SFP)

1

2
9

3
8

7 4

6
5

Number Description

1 Output bin

2 Color non-touch control panel with 10-key keypad

2 Chapter 1 Printer information, configurations, and specifications

 Number Description

3 Power on/off button

4 Regulatory label (inside the front door)

5 Tray 2

6 Tray 1

7 Front door (provides toner cartridge access)

8 Output bin extension

9 Easy-access USB port for printing without a computer

Printer back view (SFP)

Identify the parts on the back of the printer (SFP).

Figure 1-3 Printer rear view (SFP)

6
1

Number Description

1 Front door release button

2 USB port for job storage or connecting accessories

3 USB port for direct connection to a computer

4 Ethernet port

5 Power connection

6 Duplexer rear access door

Printer front view (MFP)

Identify the parts on the front of the printer (MFP).

Printer back view (SFP) 3

 Figure 1-4 Printer front view (MFP)
1
11
10

9
8 2
7
6
5
4
3

Number Description

1 Document feeder

2 Regulatory label (inside the front door)

3 Tray 2

4 Tray 1

5 Power on/off button

6 Front door (provides toner cartridge access)

7 Output bin extension

8 Output bin

9 Easy-access USB port (for printing and scanning without a computer)

10 Touchscreen control panel (tilts up for easier viewing)

11 Scanner

Printer back view (MFP)

Identify the parts on the back of the printer (MFP).

4 Chapter 1 Printer information, configurations, and specifications

 Figure 1-5 Printer rear view (MFP)

1
7
2
6
3

Number Description

1 Front door release button

2 Fax ports cover

NOTE: The fax ports are behind the cover.

3 USB port for job storage or connecting accessories

4 USB port for direct connection to a computer

5 Ethernet port

6 Power connection

7 Rear door (provides access for clearing jams)

Configuration (base printer)

Learn about the base printer configurations.

Configuration (base printer SFP)

Learn about the base printer SFP configurations.

Configuration (base printer) 5

 Figure 1-6 HP LaserJet Enterprise M455/E45028 printer

HP LaserJet Enterprise M455

● 29/27 pages per minute (letter/A4)

● FutureSmart 5 firmware

● Trusted platform module 2.0 (security)

● HP Web JetAdmin

● Automatic duplex printing

● 700-4,000 pages per month

● 300-sheet standard capacity

● 850-sheet maximum capacity

● 68.58 mm (2.7 in) color non-touchscreen control panel

● 1.25 GB RAM memory

● 4GB eMMC mass storage

● 550-sheet paper feeder (optional)

● 508 accessibility kit (optional)

HP LaserJet Managed E45028

● Same features as the HP LaserJet Enterprise M455

● Managed contractual cartridge with lowest possible cost per page

● Locking tray guides

● Smart device services (SDS) firmware features

Configuration (base printer MFP)

Learn about the base printer MFP configurations.

6 Chapter 1 Printer information, configurations, and specifications

Figure 1-7 HP LaserJet Enterprise M480/E47528 printer

HP LaserJet Enterprise M480

● 29/27 pages per minute (letter/A4)

● FutureSmart 5 firmware

● Trusted platform module 2.0 (security)

● HP Web JetAdmin

● Automatic duplex printing

● 50-sheet document feeder (duplex scanning)

● Single pass double sided scan/copy

● Fax

● 700-4,000 pages per month

● 850-sheet maximum capacity

● 109.22 mm (4.3 in) color touchscreen control panel

● 1.5 GB RAM memory

● 16GB eMMC mass storage

● 550-sheet paper feeder (optional)

● 508 accessibility kit (optional)

HP LaserJet Managed E47528

● Same features as the HP LaserJet Enterprise M480

● Managed contractual cartridge with lowest possible cost per page

● Locking tray guides

● Smart device services (SDS) firmware features

Configuration (base printer MFP) 7

 Specifications (base printer)
Learn about the base printer specifications.

Technical specifications (M455)

Review the technical specifications for the M455 printer.

See www.hp.com/supplort/colorljM455 or www.hp.com/support/color/ljM480MFP or www.hp.com/

support/colorljE45028 or www.hp.com/support/colorljE47528MFP for current information.

Product numbers for each model

● M455dn - #3PZ95A

Table 1-2 Paper handling specifications

Paper handling features M455dn

Tray 1 (50-sheet capacity)

Tray 2 (250-sheet capacity)

Optional 550-sheet accessory tray Optional

Automatic duplex printing

Table 1-3 Connectivity specifications

Connectivity features M455dn

10/100/1000 Ethernet LAN connection with IPv4 and IPv6

Hi-Speed USB 2.0

Walk-up USB port

HP Jetdirect LAN Accessory Optional

HP Jetdirect 3100w accessory for Wi-Fi, BLE, NFC, and proximity badge reading Optional

Table 1-4 Print specifications

Print features M455dn

Prints 27 pages per minute (ppm) on A4 and 29 ppm on letter-size paper

Job storage and private printing

Table 1-5 Other specifications

Other features M455dn

1.25 GB base memory

4 GB embedded Multi-Media Controller (eMMC)

68.58 mm (2.7 in) color non-touch control panel with 10-key keypad

HP Trusted Platform Module for encrypting all data that passes through the printer

8 Chapter 1 Printer information, configurations, and specifications

 Table 1-5 Other specifications (continued)

Other features M455dn

HP USB Universal Card Reader Optional

HP LEGIC Card Reader Optional

Technical specifications (E45028)

Review the technical specifications for the E45028 printer.

See www.hp.com/supplort/colorljM455 or www.hp.com/support/color/ljM480MFP or www.hp.com/

support/colorljE45028 or www.hp.com/support/colorljE47528MFP for current information.

Product numbers for each model

● E45028dn - #3QA35A

Table 1-6 Paper handling specifications

Paper handling features E45028dn

Tray 1 (50-sheet capacity)

Tray 2 (250-sheet capacity)

Optional 550-sheet accessory tray Optional

Automatic duplex printing

Table 1-7 Connectivity specifications

Connectivity features E45028dn

10/100/1000 Ethernet LAN connection with IPv4 and IPv6

Hi-Speed USB 2.0

Walk-up USB port

HP Jetdirect LAN Accessory Optional

HP Jetdirect 3100w accessory for Wi-Fi, BLE, NFC, and proximity badge reading Optional

Table 1-8 Print specifications

Print features E45028dn

Prints 27 pages per minute (ppm) on A4 and 29 ppm on letter-size paper

Job storage and private printing

Table 1-9 Other specifications

Other features E45028dn

1.5 GB base memory

Technical specifications (E45028) 9

 Table 1-9 Other specifications (continued)

Other features E45028dn

4 GB embedded Multi-Media Controller (eMMC)

68.58 mm (2.7 in) color non-touch control panel with 10-key keypad

HP Trusted Platform Module for encrypting all data that passes through the printer

HP USB Universal Card Reader Optional

HP LEGIC Card Reader Optional

Technical specifications (M480)

Review the technical specifications for the M480 printer.

See www.hp.com/supplort/colorljM455 or www.hp.com/support/color/ljM480MFP or www.hp.com/

support/colorljE45028 or www.hp.com/support/colorljE47528MFP for current information.

Product numbers for each model

● M480f - #3QA55A

Table 1-10 Paper handling specifications

Paper handling features M480f

Tray 1 (50-sheet capacity)

Tray 2 (250-sheet capacity)

Optional 550-sheet accessory tray Optional

Automatic duplex printing

Table 1-11 Connectivity specifications

Connectivity features M480f

10/100/1000 Ethernet LAN connection with IPv4 and IPv6

Hi-Speed USB 2.0

Walk-up USB port

HP Jetdirect LAN accessory Optional

HP Jetdirect 3100w accessory for Wi-Fi, BLE, NFC, and proximity badge reading Optional

Table 1-12 Print specifications

Print features M480f

Prints 27 pages per minute (ppm) on A4 and 29 ppm on letter-size paper

Job storage and private printing

10 Chapter 1 Printer information, configurations, and specifications

 Table 1-13 Copy and scan specifications

Copy and scan features M480f

Copies 19 pages per minute (ppm) and scans up to 26 ppm.

NOTE: Copy and scan speeds are subject to change.

50-page document feeder with dual-head scanning for single-pass duplex copying
and scanning

Scan to E-mail, Scan to USB, and Scan to Network Folder options

Table 1-14 Other specifications

Other features M480f

1.5 GB base memory

embedded Multi-Media Card (16 GB eMMC)

Color touchscreen control panel

Fax features

HP Trusted Platform Module for encrypting all data that passes through the printer

HP Accessibility Kit Optional

HP Accessibility Assistant Optional

HP USB Universal Card Reader Optional

HP LEGIC Card Reader Optional

Technical specifications (E47528)

Review the technical specifications for the E47528 printer.

See www.hp.com/supplort/colorljM455 or www.hp.com/support/color/ljM480MFP or www.hp.com/

support/colorljE45028 or www.hp.com/support/colorljE47528MFP for current information.

Product numbers for each model

● E47528f - #3QA75A

Table 1-15 Paper handling specifications

Paper handling features E47528f

Tray 1 (50-sheet capacity)

Tray 2 (250-sheet capacity)

Optional 550-sheet accessory tray Optional

Automatic duplex printing

Technical specifications (E47528) 11

 Table 1-16 Connectivity specifications

Connectivity features E47528f

10/100/1000 Ethernet LAN connection with IPv4 and IPv6

Hi-Speed USB 2.0

Walk-up USB port

HP Jetdirect LAN accessory Optional

HP Jetdirect 3100w accessory for Wi-Fi, BLE, NFC, and proximity badge reading Optional

Table 1-17 Print specifications

Print features E47528f

Prints 27 pages per minute (ppm) on A4 and 29 ppm on letter-size paper

Job storage and private printing

Table 1-18 Copy and scan specifications

Copy and scan features E47528f

Copies 19 pages per minute (ppm) and scans up to 26 ppm.

NOTE: Copy and scan speeds are subject to change.

50-page document feeder with dual-head scanning for single-pass duplex copying
and scanning

Scan to E-mail, Scan to USB, and Scan to Network Folder options

Table 1-19 Other specifications

Other features E47528f

1.5 GB base memory

eMMC 16GB

Color touchscreen control panel

Fax features

HP Trusted Platform Module for encrypting all data that passes through the printer

HP Accessibility Kit Optional

HP Accessibility Assistant Optional

HP USB Universal Card Reader Optional

HP LEGIC Card Reader Optional

Printer dimensions (SFP)

Make sure your printer environment is large enough to accommodate the printer.

12 Chapter 1 Printer information, configurations, and specifications

Figure 1-8 Dimensions for the SFP printer

1 1

2
2
1

3 3

Table 1-20 Dimensions for the SFP printer

Measurement Printer fully closed Printer fully opened

1. Width 413.6 mm (16.28 in) 413.6 mm (16.28 in)

2. Height 304.4 mm (11.98 in) 330 mm (12.99 in)

3. Depth 472 mm (18.59 in) 1038 mm (40.9 in)

Weight (with 18.9 kg (41.67 lb) 18.9 kg (41.67 lb)

cartridges)

Table 1-21 Dimensions for the optional 550-sheet tray

Measurement Tray fully closed Tray fully opened

1. Width 412 mm (16.2 in) 412 mm (16.2 in)

2. Height 132 mm (5.2 in) 132 mm (5.2 in)

3. Depth 453 mm (17.8 in) 655 mm (25.8 in)

Weight 5.2 kg (11.5 lb) 5.2 kg (11.5 lb)

Printer dimensions (SFP) 13

 Figure 1-9 Dimensions for the printer with the optional 550-sheet tray (SFP)

1 1

2 2
1

3
3
3
3

Table 1-22 Dimensions for the printer with the optional 550-sheet tray (SFP)

Measurement Printer fully closed Printer fully opened

1. Width 413.6 mm (16.28 in) 413.6 mm (16.28 in)

2. Height 436.4 mm (17.18 in) 462 mm (18.19 in)

3. Depth 472.3 mm (18.59 in) 1038 mm (40.9 in)

Weight (with 24.1 kg (53.13 lb) 24.1 kg (53.13 lb)

cartridges)

Printer dimensions (MFP)

Make sure your printer environment is large enough to accommodate the printer.

Figure 1-10 Dimensions for the MFP printer

1

2
2

3 3

14 Chapter 1 Printer information, configurations, and specifications

Table 1-23 Dimensions for the MFP printer

Measurement Printer fully closed Printer fully opened

1. Width 415.4 mm (16.35 in) 415.4 mm (16.35 in)

2. Height 399.8 mm (15.74 in) 656 mm (25.83 in)

3. Depth 472 mm (18.59 in) 1038 mm (40.9 in)

Weight (with 23.3 kg (51.37 lb) 23.3 kg (51.37 lb)

cartridges)

Table 1-24 Dimensions for the optional 550-sheet tray

Measurement Tray fully closed Tray fully opened

1. Width 412 mm (16.2 in) 412 mm (16.2 in)

2. Height 132 mm (5.2 in) 132 mm (5.2 in)

3. Depth 453 mm (17.8 in) 655 mm (25.8 in)

Weight 5.2 kg (11.5 lb) 5.2 kg (11.5 lb)

Figure 1-11 Dimensions for the printer with the optional 550-sheet tray (MFP)
1

2
2

3 3

Table 1-25 Dimensions for the printer with the optional 550-sheet tray

Measurement Printer fully closed Printer fully opened

1. Width 415.4 mm (16.35 in) 415.4 mm (16.35 in)

2. Height 531.8 mm (20.93 in) 788 mm (31.02 in)

3. Depth 472.3 mm (18.59 in) 1038 mm (40.9 in)

Weight (with 28.5 kg (62.83 lb) 28.5 kg (62.83 lb)

cartridges)

Printer dimensions (MFP) 15

 Printer space requirements
Learn about the printer space requirements

HP recommends that 30 mm (1.81 in) be added to the printer dimensions to make sure there is sufficient
space to open doors and covers, and to provide proper ventilation. See Printer dimensions (SFP) on page
12 and/or Printer dimensions (MFP) on page 14.

Power consumption, electrical specifications, and acoustic emissions

In order to operate properly, the printer must be in an environment that meets certain power
specifications.

See www.hp.com/supplort/colorljM455 or www.hp.com/support/color/ljM480MFP or www.hp.com/

support/colorljE45028 or www.hp.com/support/colorljE47528MFP for current information.

CAUTION: Power requirements are based on the country/region where the printer is sold. Do not
convert operating voltages. This will damage the printer and void the printer warranty.

Operating-environment range
In order to operate properly, the printer must be in an environment that meets certain specifications.

Table 1-26 Operating-environment specifications

Environment Recommended Storage

Temperature 15° to 27°C (59° to 80.6°F) 10° to 32.5°C (50° to 90.5°F)

Relative humidity 30% to 70% relative humidity (RH) 10% to 80% RH

Information (input devices)

Learn about the printer input devices.

550-sheet paper feeder front view

Identify the pars on the 550-sheet paper feeder.

16 Chapter 1 Printer information, configurations, and specifications

Figure 1-12 550-sheet paper feeder front view

Number Description

1 550-sheet paper feeder (whole unit)

2 Tray 3 (cassette)

3 Drawer connector

550-sheet paper feeder front view 17

 2 Printer installation and maintenance

Learn about printer installation and maintenance.

Document feeder / scanner

Learn about the printer document feeder and scanner installation and maintenance.

Clean the pickup rollers and separation pad in the document feeder (MFP)
Learn about cleaning the document feeder rollers and pads.

Over time, specks of debris might collect on the document feeder rollers and pads which can affect
performance.

NOTE: The figures in this topic show a typical MFP printer. However, the procedure is correct for all
MFP printers.

1. Lift the document-feeder latch.

18 Chapter 2 Printer installation and maintenance

2. Open the document-feeder cover.

3. Remove any visible lint or dust from each

of the feed rollers and the separation pad
using compressed air or a clean lint-free cloth
moistened with warm water.

NOTE: Lift up the roller assembly to access

and clean the second roller.

4. Close the document-feeder cover.

Check the scanner glass for dirt and smudges

Learn about solving copy-quality debris problems.

Over time, specks of debris might collect on the scanner glass and document feeder white plastic
backing, which might cause print defects. Use the following procedure to clean the scanner if the printed
pages have streaks, unwanted lines, black dots, poor print quality, or unclear text.

View a video of cleaning the document feeder glass and flatbed glass.

1. Press the power button to turn the printer off, and then disconnect the power cable from the
electrical outlet.

Check the scanner glass for dirt and smudges 19

 2. Open the scanner lid.

3. Clean the scanner glass (callout 1) and the document feeder strips (callout 2, callout 3) with a soft
cloth or sponge that has been moistened with nonabrasive glass cleaner.

CAUTION: Do not use abrasives, acetone, benzene, ammonia, ethyl alcohol, or carbon
tetrachloride on any part of the printer; these can damage the printer. Do not place liquids directly
on the glass or platen. They might seep and damage the printer.

NOTE: If you are having trouble with streaks on copies when you are using the document feeder,
be sure to clean the small strips of glass on the left side of the scanner (callout 2, callout 3).

4. Dry the glass and white plastic parts with a chamois or a cellulose sponge to prevent spotting.

20 Chapter 2 Printer installation and maintenance

 5. Connect the power cable to an outlet, and then press the power button to turn the printer on.

Base printer
Learn about the base printer installation and maintenance.

Remove and replace the toner cartridges

Follow these steps to replace the toner cartridge.

View a video of how to replace the toner cartridges

1. Open the front door by pressing the button on the left panel.

2. Grasp the blue handle on the toner cartridge drawer, and then pull out the drawer.

Base printer 21
 3. Grasp the handle on the toner cartridge, and then pull the toner cartridge straight up to remove it.

4. Remove the new toner cartridge package from the box, and then pull the release tab on the
packaging.

5. Remove the toner cartridge from the opened packaging shell. Place the used toner cartridge in the
shell for recycling.

22 Chapter 2 Printer installation and maintenance

6. Holding the toner cartridge on both ends, gently rock the cartridge end to end to distribute the
toner evenly inside the cartridge.

7. Do not touch the imaging drum on the bottom of the toner cartridge. Fingerprints on the imaging
drum can cause print-quality problems. Also, do not expose the cartridge to light unnecessarily.

8. Insert the new toner cartridge into the drawer. Make sure that the color chip on the cartridge
matches the color chip on the drawer.

Remove and replace the toner cartridges 23

 9. Close the toner cartridge drawer.

10. Close the front door.

11. Pack the used toner cartridge into the box the new cartridge came in, or use a large cardboard
box and fill it with several cartridges you need to recycle. See the enclosed recycling guide for
information about recycling.

In the US, a pre-paid shipping label is included in the box. In other countries/regions, go to
www.hp.com/recycle to print a pre-paid shipping label.
Adhere the pre-paid shipping label to the box, and return the used cartridge to HP for recycling.

http://www.hp.com/recycle

24 Chapter 2 Printer installation and maintenance

Print a cleaning page
Learn how to print a cleaning page.

Print a cleaning page from a non-touchscreen control panel

1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, use the arrow keys to navigate to Support Tools,
and then press the OK button.

2. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Maintenance, and then press the OK button.

3. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Calibration/Cleaning, and then press the OK button.

4. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Cleaning page, and then press the OK button.

TIP: Use this screen to set up automatic cleaning page intervals if desired.

5. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Print (at the bottom of the control-panel display), and then press
the OK button to print the cleaning page.

NOTE: A Cleaning... message displays on the control-panel display. Do not turn the printer off until
the cleaning process has finished. When it is finished, discard the printed page.

Print a cleaning page from a touchscreen control panel

1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Support Tools button.

2. Open the following menus:

● Maintenance

● Calibration/Cleaning

3. Touch Cleaning Page, and then touch the Print button to print the cleaning page.

NOTE: A Cleaning... message displays on the control-panel display. Do not turn the printer off until
the cleaning process has finished. When it is finished, discard the printed page.

TIP: Use this screen to set up automatic cleaning page intervals if desired.

Automatic cleaning page

Learn how to set up automatic cleaning page intervals.

Enable and configure auto cleaning from a non-touchscreen control panel

1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, use the arrow keys to navigate to Support Tools,
and then press the OK button.

2. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Maintenance, and then press the OK button.

3. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Calibration/Cleaning, and then press the OK button.

4. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Cleaning page, and then press the OK button.

5. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to the desired automatic cleaning page interval, and then press the
OK button to print the cleaning page.

Print a cleaning page 25

 6. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Done (at the bottom of the control-panel display), and then press
the OK button.

Enable and configure auto cleaning from a touchscreen control panel

1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Support Tools button.

2. Open the following menus:

● Maintenance

● Calibration/Cleaning

● Cleaning Page

3. Touch the desired automatic cleaning page interval, and then touch the Done button.

Clean the Tray 1 roller and separation pad

Learn about cleaning the Tray 1 roller and separation pad.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 2-1 Part information

Part number Part description

RL1-2593-000CN Roller, paper pickup

RM2-6406-000CN Separation pad assembly

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

26 Chapter 2 Printer installation and maintenance

Remove the Tray 1 roller and separation pad
Learn about removing the Tray 1 roller and separation pad.

1. Open the front door.

a. Press the button (callout 1) on the left side of the printer to release the front door.

Figure 2-1 Release the front door

b. Open the front door.

Figure 2-2 Open the front door

2. Remove the Tray 1 separation pad.

Remove the Tray 1 roller and separation pad 27

 a. Press down on the separation pad holder (callout 1) and release two tabs (callout 2).

Figure 2-3 Press down and release tabs

b. Continue to press down on the separation pad holder (callout 1), and the slide the separation
pad (callout 2) away from the printer to remove it.

Figure 2-4 Remove the separation pad

3. Remove the Tray 1 pickup roller.

28 Chapter 2 Printer installation and maintenance

 a. Release two tabs (callout 1).

Figure 2-5 Release two tabs

b. Remove the pickup roller.

Figure 2-6 Remove the pickup roller

Clean the Tray 1 roller and separation pad

Learn about cleaning the Tray 1 roller and separation pad.

■ Clean the Tray 1 roller and separation pad, and then reverse the removal steps to reinstall them.

■ Use a damp, lint-free cloth to gently clean the roller and pad.

CAUTION: When handling the roller and/or pad, avoid touching the spongy surfaces. Skin oils
and fingerprints on a roller surface can cause print-quality problems.

Clean the Tray 1 roller and separation pad 29

 Figure 2-7 Clean the roller and pad

Clean the Tray 2 rollers

Learn about cleaning the Tray 2 rollers.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 2-2 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-6372-000CN Paper pickup assembly

RM2-5577-000CN Roller, feed assembly

RM2-5881-000CN Roller, separation assembly

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

30 Chapter 2 Printer installation and maintenance

 Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

Clean the Tray 2 rollers

Learn about removing the Tray 2 rollers.

NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.

TIP: The roller in the tray (cassette) can be cleaned without removing it from the tray.

1. Open the front door.

a. Press the button (callout 1) on the left side of the printer to release the front door.

Figure 2-8 Release the front door

b. Open the front door.

Figure 2-9 Open the front door

Clean the Tray 2 rollers 31

 2. Remove the toner cartridges.

a. Open the front door by pressing the button on the left cover.

Figure 2-10 Open the front door

b. Grasp the blue handle on the toner cartridge tray, and then pull out the tray.

Figure 2-11 Open the cartridge drawer

c. Grasp the handle on the toner cartridge, and then pull the toner cartridge straight up to
remove it. Repeat this step for each toner cartridge.

Figure 2-12 Remove the toner cartridges

32 Chapter 2 Printer installation and maintenance

 d. Slide the cartridge tray into the printer.

Figure 2-13 Slide the cartridge tray into the printer

e. Close the front door.

Figure 2-14 Close the front door

3. Remove Tray 2.

Clean the Tray 2 rollers 33

 ■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove
it.

Figure 2-15 Remove the tray

4. Remove the Tray 2 pickup or feed roller.

a. Turn the printer right side up, so that it is resting on the left side. Press the release button
(callout 1), and then release the Tray 1 feed guide (callout 2) toward the front of the printer.

Figure 2-16 Release the feed guide

34 Chapter 2 Printer installation and maintenance

b. On the underside of the printer, press the tab (callout 1) toward the front of the printer, and then
slide the roller holder down (callout 2).

Figure 2-17 Release the roller holder

1
2

c. Remove the pickup and feed roller case (callout 1).

Figure 2-18 Remove the roller case

Clean the Tray 2 rollers 35

 d. Locate the feed roller (callout 1) and the pickup roller (callout 2).

Figure 2-19 Locate the rollers

2
1

e. Release the top of the roller and remove it from the case.

NOTE: The feed roller is shown in the figure below. The procedure is the same for the pickup
roller.

Figure 2-20 Remove the roller

5. Remove the Tray 2 separation roller.

36 Chapter 2 Printer installation and maintenance

a. Turn the printer front side up, so that it is resting on the rear door or duplexer door. On the
underside of the printer, release two hinge tabs (callout 1), and then release two tabs (callout 2).

Figure 2-21 Release the tabs

b. Lift up to remove the separation roller cover.

Figure 2-22 Remove the cover

Clean the Tray 2 rollers 37

 c. Press on the left side of the separation roller (callout 1) to release it.

Figure 2-23 Release the separation roller

d. Remove the separation roller (callout 1).

Figure 2-24 Remove the separation roller

Clean the Tray 2 rollers

Learn about cleaning the Tray 2 rollers.

NOTE: A SFP printer is shown in this section. However, the procedure is correct for all printer models.

TIP: The roller in the tray (cassette) can be cleaned without removing it from the tray.

1. Clean the Tray 2 rollers.

38 Chapter 2 Printer installation and maintenance

 ■ Use a damp, lint-free cloth to gently clean the rollers.

CAUTION: Do not touch the spongy portion of the roller. Skin oils on the roller can cause
paper-handling and print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves or
thoroughly washing your hands before handling the assembly.

Figure 2-25 Clean the rollers

2. Reverse the removal steps to install the assemblies. Also, use the following special installation
instructions.

■ Tray 2 separation roller: Make sure that the printer is positioned front side up, so that it is resting
on the rear door or duplexer. On the underside of the printer, position the end of the roller into
the slot in the printer (callout 1). It might be necessary to rotate the roller until it fits correctly into
the slot (callout 2). Press down on the left side of the roller (callout 3) until it snaps into place.

Figure 2-26 Install the separation roller

1
3
2

Input devices
Learn about input device installation and maintenance.

Input devices 39
 Clean the Tray 3 rollers
Learn about cleaning the Tray 3 rollers.

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

If the part is damaged and cannot be cleaned, use the table below to identify the correct part number
for your printer. To order the part, go to www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 2-3 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-6372-000CN Paper pickup assembly

RM2-5577-000CN Roller, feed assembly

RM2-5881-000CN Roller, separation assembly

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

Remove the 550-sheet paper feeder (Tray 3) rollers

Learn about removing the Tray 3 rollers.

1. Remove Tray 3.

40 Chapter 2 Printer installation and maintenance

 ■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove
it.

Figure 2-27 Remove the tray

2. Remove the Tray 3 pickup or feed roller.

a. Press the tab (callout 1) toward the front of the feeder, and then slide the roller holder to the
right (callout 2).

Figure 2-28 Release the roller holder

Remove the 550-sheet paper feeder (Tray 3) rollers 41

 b. Remove the pickup and feed roller case (callout 1).

Figure 2-29 Remove the roller case

c. Locate the feed roller (callout 1) and the pickup roller (callout 2).

Figure 2-30 Locate the rollers

2
1

d. Release the top of the roller and remove it from the case.

NOTE: The feed roller is shown in the figure below. The procedure is the same for the pickup
roller.

42 Chapter 2 Printer installation and maintenance

 Figure 2-31 Remove the roller

3. Remove the Tray 3 separation roller.

a. Release two tabs (callout 1), and then release two hinge tabs (callout 2).

Figure 2-32 Release the tabs

Remove the 550-sheet paper feeder (Tray 3) rollers 43

 b. Lift up to remove the separation roller cover.

Figure 2-33 Remove the cover

c. Press on the left side of the separation roller to release it.

Figure 2-34 Release the separation roller

44 Chapter 2 Printer installation and maintenance

 d. Remove the separation roller (callout 1).

Figure 2-35 Remove the separation roller

Clean the 550-sheet paper feeder (Tray 3) rollers

Learn about cleaning the Tray 3 rollers.

1. Clean the 550-sheet paper feeder (Tray 3) rollers.

■ Use a damp, lint-free cloth to gently clean the rollers.

CAUTION: Do not touch the spongy portion of the roller. Skin oils on the roller can cause
paper-handling and print-quality problems. HP recommends using disposable gloves or
thoroughly washing your hands before handling the assembly.

Figure 2-36 Clean the rollers

2. Reverse the removal steps to install the assemblies. Also, use the following special installation
instructions.

Clean the 550-sheet paper feeder (Tray 3) rollers 45

 a. Tray 3 rollers: Position the end of the roller into the slot in the printer (callout 1). It might be
necessary to rotate the roller until it fits correctly into the slot. Press down on the left side of
the roller (callout 2) until it snaps into place.

Figure 2-37 Install the separation roller

b. Position the roller cover over the separation roller.

Figure 2-38 Position the roller cover

46 Chapter 2 Printer installation and maintenance

3 Theory of operation

Learn about the printer theory of operation.

Document feeder / scanner

Learn about the printer document feeder and scanner components.

NOTE: This section is for MFP printers only.

Document feeder simplex operation

Learn about document feeder operation.

The document feeder will not function when the document feeder cover is open. The paper path is
incomplete if the document feeder cover is lifted from the glass.

When the printer duplex scans from the document feeder, the paper moves through one time, because
the document feeder has a contact image sensor (CIS) scanner for side two which is scanned
simultaneously with side one.

NOTE: Duplex scanning is model specific. Some printer models might not support duplex scanning
and printing.

The standard operation of the document feeder consists of the standby (paper loading) mode, pick, feed,
and lift steps:

● Standby (paper-loading) mode

In standby mode, the lift plate is in the down position. When a document is loaded into the input tray,
the paper-present sensor detects its presence.

When a copy/scan is initiated, the document feeder motor engages the gear train and raises the lift
plate until the document makes contact with the pick roller. The document feeder then begins the
pick, feed, and lower sequence.

● Pick

The pick roller rotates and moves one or more sheets forward into the document feeder where
the sheets engage with the separation roller. The separation roller contacts the document feeder
separation pad, which separates multiple sheets into a single sheet.

● Feed

Theory of operation 47
 The single sheet continues through the document feeder paper path (aided by the pre-scan rollers)
until the leading edge of the page activates the top-of-form sensor. Activation of this sensor initiates
the scan process, and the scanner acquires the image as the document moves over the document
feeder glass. The post-scan rollers then eject the sheet into the output area. The pick and feed steps
are repeated as long as paper is detected by the paper-present sensor.

● Home

When the top-of-form sensor detects the trailing edge of the last page, the last sheet is ejected and
the motor turns on a sequence that rests the separation floor back down in standby mode, which
allows it to detect when more media is loaded.

Scanning and image capture system

Learn about the scanning and image capture system.

NOTE: This section is for MFP printers only.

The flatbed image scanner captures an electronic image of the document on the glass. The scanner
does this by illuminating the document with LEDs (red, green, and blue) and capturing the image in the
image sensor to create an electronic format of the document. The flatbed scanner consists of three
main elements.

● CIS scanner

The CIS (contact image sensor) scanner captures an image using the printer's optical path. Red,
green, and blue LEDs sequentially illuminate a small strip of the document (often called a raster line),
and the optical system captures each color in a single row of CCD sensors that cover the entire
page width. Because only one color is captured for each line per exposure, the three colors are
recombined electronically to create the full color image. For monochromatic scans or copies, all
three LEDs are illuminated to create a white light for the scan so the raster line can be captured in
one exposure.

● Mechanical drive system

The drive system moves the CIS scanner along the document length to create the image. In this
printer, the drive system consists of a small DC motor with an optical encoder, a drive belt, and
a guide rod. The speed of the drive system is proportional to the scan resolution (300 ppi is
much faster than 1200 ppi) and also proportional to the type of scan (color scans are slower than
monochromatic scans).

● Image processing system (formatter)

The formatter processes the scanner data into either a copy or a scan to the computer. For copies,
the image data is sent directly to the printer without being transmitted to the computer. Depending
on user selections for the copy settings, the formatter enhances the scanner data significantly
before sending it to the printer. Image data is captured at 300 ppi for copies and is user selectable
for scans to the computer. Each pixel is represented by 8 bits for each of the three colors (256 levels
for each color), for a total of 24 bits per pixel (24-bit color).

Base printer
Learn about the base printer components.

48 Chapter 3 Theory of operation

Basic operation
Learn about the basic operation of the printer.

The printer routes all high-level processes through the formatter, which stores font information,
processes the print image, and communicates with the host computer.

The basic printer operation comprises the following systems:

● Engine-control system

● Laser/scanner system

● Image-formation system

● Pickup, feed and delivery system

● Accessory (optional paper feeders)

● Integrated scanner assembly (document feeder and sub-scanner assembly)

Figure 3-1 Relationship between the main printer systems

Engine-control system
Laser scanner system
Engine-control unit

DC controller
Image-formation system

High-voltage power supply

Formatter
Pickup, feed and delivery system

Fuser control

Accessory

Low-voltage power supply

Scanner system (M479 models)only)

Sequence of operation
Learn about the printer sequence of operation.

The DC controller PCA controls the operating sequence, as described in the following table.

Basic operation 49
 Table 3-1 Sequence of operation

Period Duration Description

Waiting From the time the power is turned on, the door is ● Heats the fuser roller in the fuser
closed, or when the printer exits sleep mode until
the printer is ready for printing. ● Pressurizes the fuser film

● Detects the toner cartridges

● Separates all of the developing rollers

from the photosensitive drums in the toner
cartridges

● Rotates and stops each motor

● Cleans the intermediate transfer belt (ITB) and

secondary transfer roller

● Detects cable breakage on the thermistor

● Rotates and stops each fan

● Detects any residual paper in the engine

Standby From the end of the waiting sequence, the ● Is in the Ready state
last rotation until the formatter receives a print
command, or until the printer is turned off. ● Enters Sleep mode if the formatter sends the
sleep command

● The printer calibrates if it is time for an

automatic calibration

Initial rotation From the time the formatter receives a print ● Rotates each motor
command until the paper enters the paper path.
● Rotates each fan

● Activates the high-voltage power supply

● Prepares the laser/scanner unit

● Warms the fuser to the correct temperature

Printing From the time the first sheet of paper enters the ● Forms the image on the photosensitive drums
paper path until the last sheet has passed through
the fuser. ● Transfers the toner to the paper

● Fuses the toner image onto the paper

Last rotation From the time the last sheet of paper exits the fuser ● Moves the last printed sheet into the output
until the motors stop rotating. bin

● Stops each motor

● Stops the high-voltage power supply

● Stops the laser/scanner unit

● Turns the fuser heater off

● Cleans the ITB and secondary transfer roller

● If another print command is received, the

printer enters the initial rotation period when
the last rotation is complete.

50 Chapter 3 Theory of operation

Formatter-control system
Learn about how the formatter operates.

CAUTION: Under NO circumstances should a formatter from a different printer be installed during
the repair or troubleshooting processes. The formatter stores important data specific to the model of
printer it is installed in and is not deigned to be swapped or repurposed in any way. Return a used
formatter to HP.

Issues that can occur from swapping a formatter include:

● Serial number, product number, product name, page count, and supported cartridges information
change and might make a product unusable

● 33.02.01 Used board/Disk installed errors

If a used formatter is installed and causes this issue, the partner must cover the costs of the repair in
the form of a product replacement. There is no method in the field to recover a printer where a used
formatter is installed.
IMPORTANT: When a formatter PCA or DC controller is replaced a pairing operation must be
completed to make the printer functional.

The formatter performs the following functions:

● Controls the sleep delay function

● Receives and processes print data from the various printer inputs

● Monitors control panel functions and relaying printer status information through the control panel
and the network or bi-directional interface

● Develops and coordinates data placement and timing with the DC controller PCA

● Stores customer configuration settings and paper types.

● Stores font information

● Communicates with the host computer through the network or the bidirectional interface

The formatter receives a print job from the network or bidirectional interface and separates it into image
information and instructions that control the printing process. The DC controller PCA synchronizes the
image formation system with the paper input and output systems, and then signals the formatter to
send the print image data.

Power management
Learn about printer power management.

Power management conserves power after the printer has been idle for an adjustable length of time.
When the printer is in sleep mode, the control-panel backlight is turned off, but the printer retains all
printer settings, downloaded fonts, and macros. The default setting is a 1-minute idle time. The setting
can be changed or turned off from the control-panel menus.

The printer exits sleep mode and enters the warm-up cycle when any of the following occurs.

● A print job, valid data, or a PML or PJL command is received at the serial port.

● A print job or fax (fax models) is received.

Formatter-control system 51
 ● The control panel is touched (button press or touchscreen touch depending on model).

● Inserting paper into the document feeder (MFP only). Opening the scanner lid does not wake up the
printer (there is no sensor for the scanner lid open).

● The power button is pressed for 3 seconds or less.

● A document is loaded in the document feeder (MFP only).

● Connecting an operational live network Ethernet cable or fax line (fax models).

● Inserting a USB drive in either the front USB port or the USB port on the back of the device.

● Connecting a USB cable to an operating computer.

● Opening the front (cartridge) door or the rear door.

NOTE: Opening a paper tray does not wake up the printer.

TIP: Error messages override the sleep delay message. The printer enters sleep mode at the
selected time, but the error message continues to appear.

2-line control panels

1. At the control panel, press the OK button to access the Setup menu.

2. Open the following menus:

● Power Management

● Sleep Delay

3. Use the arrow keys to select the time for the Sleep Delay, and then press the OK button.

Touchscreen control panels

1. From the printer control panel, swipe down and then select the Setup icon.

2. Open the following menus:

● Power Management

● Sleep Mode

3. Set the time for the Sleep Mode function.

Printer job language (PJL)

Learn about printer job language (PJL).

PJL is an integral part of printer configuration, in addition to the standard PCL and PostScript (PS). With
standard cabling, the printer can use PJL to perform a variety of functions.

● Dynamic I/O switching: The printer can be configured with a host on each I/O by using dynamic
I/O switching. Even when the printer is offline, it can receive data from more than one I/O
simultaneously, until the I/O buffer is full.

● Context-sensitive switching: The printer can automatically recognize the personality (PS or PCL) of
each job and configure itself to serve that personality.

52 Chapter 3 Theory of operation

 ● Isolation of print environment settings from one print job to the next: For example, if a print job is
sent to the printer in landscape mode, the subsequent print jobs print in landscape only if they are
formatted for landscape printing.

Control panel
Learn about the control panel.

The formatter sends and receives printer status and command data to and from the control panel.

Walk-up USB
Learn about the walk-up USB function.

NOTE: Touchscreen models only.

This printer features printing from a USB flash drive. This printer supports printing the following types of
files from the USB flash drive.

● .pdf

● .jpg

● .prn and .PRN

● .pcl and .PCL

● ps and .PS

● doc and .docx

● .ppt and .pptx

When a USB flash drive is inserted into the front of the printer, the control panel will display the USB
Flash Drive menu. The files present on the USB flash drive can be accessed from the control panel.

NOTE: The USB flash drive must be formatted using the FAT32 format. Drives formatted with NTFS
will not work.

Any files in a supported format on the USB flash drive can be printed directly from the printer control
panel. Pages also can be scanned and saved to the USB flash drive from the control panel.

Low end data model (LEDM) overview

Learn about the low-end data model (LEDM).

The low-end data model (LEDM) provides one consistent data representation method and defines the
dynamic and capabilities tickets shared between clients and devices, as well as the access protocol,
event, security, and discovery methods.

CPU
Learn about the printer microprocessor.

The formatter incorporates a 1200 MHz processor.

Input/output (I/O)
Learn about printer I/O functionality.

Control panel 53
 NOTE: Some of the following printer I/O functions are model specific. For example, not all printer
models have a fax function.

Universal serial bus (USB)

The printer includes a USB 2.0 connection.

Universal serial bus (USB) hosts

The printer includes USB hosts for USB flash drive and job storage.

10/100/1000 networking
The printer includes a 10/100/1000 network (Ethernet) connection.

Fax
The printer includes a fax phone line connection.

NOTE: For some fax model printers, the telephone extension port is plugged and not operational.

Walk-up USB
The port is located on or near the control panel.

NOTE: Model specific feature.

Wireless
Wireless products contain a wireless card to enable 802.11b/g/n wireless communication with dual band
support for 2.4Ghz and 5 Ghz.

NOTE: Wireless models only.

Memory
Learn about printer memory functionality.

NOTE: Some of the following printer memory functions are model specific. For example, not all printer
models have Flash memory.

Firmware
The formatter stores the printer firmware. A firmware upgrade process is used to overwrite and upgrade
the firmware.

NOTE: For more information about a specific printer model, see the Printer information,
configurations, and specifications section in the service manual.

Nonvolatile random access memory (NVRAM)

The printer uses nonvolatile memory (NVRAM) to store I/O and information about the print environment
configuration. The contents of NVRAM are retained when the printer is turned off or disconnected.

Flash memory

54 Chapter 3 Theory of operation

 NAND: Stores fax memory.

Random access memory

The printer uses the following RAM:

● SFP: 1.25 GB

● MFP: 1.5 GB

HP Memory Enhancement technology (MEt)

The HP Memory Enhancement technology (MEt) effectively doubles the standard memory through a
variety of font- and data-compression methods.

NOTE: MEt is available only in PCL mode; it is not functional when printing in PS mode.

Engine-control unit
Learn about the engine control unit.

The engine-control unit includes the DC controller and the high-voltage power supply.

Figure 3-2 Engine-control unit

Engine-control system
Laser scanner system
Engine-control unit

DC controller
Image-formation system

High-voltage power supply

Formatter
Pickup, feed and delivery system

Fuser control

Accessory

Low-voltage power supply

Scanner system (M479 models)only)

DC controller
Learn about the DC controller.

The DC controller controls the operation of the printer and its components. The DC controller starts the
printer operation when the printer power is turned on and the power supply sends DC voltage to the
DC controller. After the printer enters the standby period, the DC controller sends out various signals to
operate motors, solenoids, and other printer components based on the print command and image data
that the host computer sends.

Table 3-2 Printer electrical components

Component type Abbreviation Component name

Motor M1 Pickup motor

Motor M2 Drum motor

Engine-control unit 55
 Table 3-2 Printer electrical components (continued)

Component type Abbreviation Component name

Motor M3 Developer motor

Motor M4 Fuser motor

Motor M10 Scanner motor

Fan FM1 Power supply fan

Fan FM2 Cartridge fan

Clutch CL1 Duplex re-pickup clutch

Solenoid SL1 Tray 1 (MP) pickup solenoid

Solenoid SL2 Developer alienation solenoid (K)

Solenoid SL3 Cassette (Tray 2) pickup solenoid

Solenoid SL4 Developer alienation solenoid (YMC)

Solenoid SL5 Lifter solenoid

Solenoid SL10 Duplex switchback solenoid

Solenoid SL30 T1 brush alienation solenoid

Switch SW1 Front door switch

Switch SW2 Developer alienation detection switch (YMC)

Switch SW3 Developer alienation detection switch (K)

Switch SW4 T1 brush alienation detection switch

Switch SW5 Fuser pressure release detection switch

Switch SW6 Cassette detection switch

Switch SW7 Front door switch 2

Switch SW601 Power switch

Photo interrupter SR1 Registration sensor

Photo interrupter SR2 Loop sensor

Photo interrupter SR3 Fuser output sensor

Photo interrupter SR4 Output bin media-full sensor

Photo interrupter SR5 Cassette (Tray 2) media out sensor

Photo interrupter SR6 Tray 1(MP) media out sensor

Photo interrupter SR7 Cassette (Tray 2) media surface sensor

Photo interrupter SR8 Lifter sensor

Photo interrupter SR21 Duplex switchback sensor

Photo interrupter SR22 Duplex re-pickup sensor

Sensor Registration density sensor

Sensor Environment sensor

56 Chapter 3 Theory of operation

Motors
Learn about the printer motors.

The printer has five motors for the paper-feed and image-formation.

NOTE: The DC controller determines the following motor failures.

● Drum motor (ITB motor start-up failure)

● Drum motor (ITB motor rotation failure)

● Fuser motor (fuser motor start-up failure)

● Fuser motor (fuser motor rotation failure)

● Developer motor (developer alienation motor failure)

NOTE: Because the MFP integrated scanner assembly (ISA) is a whole unit replacement assembly,
those motors are not included in the following table.

Table 3-3 Motors

Component name Components driven

M1 Pickup motor ● Tray 1 (MP) tray pickup roller

● Tray 1 (MP) tray feed roller

● Cassette (Tray 2) pickup roller

● Cassette (Tray 2) feed roller

● Registration roller

● Duplex feed roller

● Duplex re-pickup roller

● Lift up of cassette (Tray 2)

M2 Drum motor ● Photosensitive drum

● Intermediate transfer belt (ITB)

M3 Developer motor ● Developer roller

● Contact/alienation of developer roller

M4 Fuser motor ● Fuser roller

● Output roller

● Duplex switchback roller

● Pressure/release of pressure film

● Fuser film

M10 Laser/scanner motor Laser/scanner mirror

Fans
Learn about the printer fans.

Motors 57
 The printer has two fans for preventing the temperature from rising in the printer and for cooling the
printed pages.

NOTE: The DC controller determines the following fan failures.

● Power supply fan (fan motor 1 failure)

● Cartridge fan (fan motor 2 failure)

Table 3-4 Fans

Component name Cooling area Type Speed

FM1 Power supply fan Around the low-voltage power Intake Variable (full/middle/half)
supply unit

FM2 Cartridge fan Around the toner cartridges Intake Variable (full/half)
and fuser

High-voltage power supply

Learn about the high-voltage power supply.

The DC controller controls the high-voltage power supply to generate high-voltage biases. The high-
voltage power supply generates the high-voltage biases that are applied to the following components:

● Primary charging roller (in the toner cartridges)

● Developer roller (in the toner cartridges)

● Primary transfer brush

● Secondary transfer roller

● ITB cleaning brush

● Static charge eliminator

58 Chapter 3 Theory of operation

 Figure 3-3 High-voltage power supply
Engine controller

DC controller

High-voltage powersupply

Staticcharge T1 bias and T1 bias and

T2 biascui
cir
t ITB cleaning brush T1 bias circuit
eliminatorbias developing bias developing bias
bias cui
cirt
circuit circuit(YM C) circuit(K)

Cartridge
Y M C
K

ITB

Staticcharge
eliminator ITB cleaning brush
T1 brush
T2 ol
rler

Engine laser/scanner system

Learn about the engine laser/scanner system.

The laser/scanner system forms the latent electrostatic image on the photosensitive drum(s) inside the
toner cartridge(s).

NOTE: The laser/scanner assembly of this printer has the laser shutter mechanism. For personal
safety, the laser shutter interrupts the laser optical path of the laser scanner assembly when the front
door is opened.

The formatter sends video signals to the DC controller, which controls the laser scanner. When the laser
scanner system receives those signals, it converts them to latent images on the photosensitive drums.

The main components of the laser/scanner system, which are controlled by signals sent from the DC
controller, are:

NOTE: The printer has one laser/scanner assembly for yellow, magenta, cyan and black.

● Laser assembly

● Scanner motor assembly

● Beam detect (BD) sensor

● Scanner mirror

Engine laser/scanner system 59

 Figure 3-4 Laser/scanner system
Scannerm irror Scannerm otorass’y

BD sensor
Laserass’y

Photosensitive drum (Y)

Photosensitive drum (M)

Photosensitive drum (C)

Photosensitive drum (K)

DC controller

Laser/scanner failure detection

Learn about laser scanner failure detection.

The DC controller detects the following laser scanner failure conditions and notifies the formatter:

● Laser scanner failure detection

Image-formation process
Learn about the image-formation process.

The image-formation system creates the printed image on the paper. The system consists of the
following components:

● Toner cartridges

● Intermediate Transfer Belt (ITB)

● Secondary transfer (T2) roller

● Fuser

● Laser/scanner assembly

● High-voltage power supply (HVPS)

60 Chapter 3 Theory of operation

The DC Controller controls the internal components of the image formation system (according to
commands received from the formatter) to form the toner images on the photosensitive drum surfaces.
The toner images are then transferred to the print media and fused.

Figure 3-5 Image-formation system

Engine controller

DC o
cntr
oller

High-
voltage powersupply

Fuser

Laserscannerass’y

Cartridge
Y M C K

ITB cleaning brush

Staticcharge elim inator ITB
T1 brush

T2 roller

The DC controller rotates the following motors to drive each component.

● Drum motor

– Photosensitive drum (inside the toner cartridge)

– Primary charging roller (follows the photosensitive drum inside the toner cartridge)

– ITB drive roller

– ITB (follows the ITB drive roller)

– T2 roller (follows the ITB)

● Developer motor

– Developer roller1

– Contact/alienation of developing roller

Image-formation process 61
 ● Fuser motor

– Fuser roller

– Fuser film (follows the fuser roller)

– Pressure film (follows the fuser roller)

1The primary charging roller and developer roller are in the toner cartridges.

Figure 3-6 Image-formation drive system

DC o
cntr
oller

M4 M3 M2

Abbreviation Component name

M2 Drum motor

M3 Developer motor

M4 Fuser motor

62 Chapter 3 Theory of operation

Figure 3-7 Image-formation switch and sensor system

SW 2 RD sensor
SW 4 SW 3

Environm entsensor

DC controller

Abbreviation Component name

SW2 Developer alienation detection switch (YMC)

SW3 Developer alienation detection switch (K)

SW4 T1 brush alienation detection switch

Registration density (RD) sensor

Environment sensor

The image-formation process consists of eight steps divided into five functional blocks.

Image-formation process 63
 Figure 3-8 Image-formation process
:Paperpath

:Direction ofdrum rotation

:Functionalblock
Delivery
:Step
Fusing Latentim age form ation
7.Fusing 2.Laser-beam exposure

Developing 1.Prim ary charging.

3.Developing
Y M C K
Transfer Drum cleaning
8.Drum cleaning
6.Separation

4.Prim ary transfer

5.Secondary transfer

Registration

Pick
up

Functional block Steps Description

Latent image formation 1. Primary charging An invisible latent image forms on the surface of
the photosensitive drums.

Latent image formation 2. Laser-beam exposure An invisible latent image forms on the surface of
the photosensitive drums.

Development 3. Development Toner adheres to the electrostatic latent image

by color on each photosensitive drum.

Transfer 4. Primary transfer The toner image transfers to the ITB and then to
the paper.

Transfer 5. Secondary transfer The toner image transfers to the ITB and then to
the paper.

Transfer 6. Separation The toner image transfers to the ITB and then to
the paper.

Fusing 7. Fusing The toner fuses to the paper to make a

permanent image.

Drum cleaning 8. Drum cleaning Residual toner is removed from the

photosensitive drums.

Step 1: Primary charging

Learn about the image formation primary charging step.

To prepare for latent image formation, the surface of the photosensitive drum is charged with a uniform
negative charge. The primary charging roller receives the primary charging bias, and then the roller
charges the drum by direct contact.

64 Chapter 3 Theory of operation

 Figure 3-9 Primary charging

Primary charging roller

Primary charging bias

Photosensitive drum

Step 2: Laser-beam exposure

Learn about the image formation laser-beam exposure step.

The laser beam strikes the photosensitive drum to neutralize the negative charge on the portions of the
drum surface where the image will form. An electrostatic latent image forms where the negative charge
was neutralized. The neutralized areas on the drum are ready to accept toner.

Figure 3-10 Laser-beam exposure

Step 3: Development
Learn about the image formation development step.

A developing bias is applied to the developing roller. The toner acquires a negative charge as a result
of the friction from the developing roller rotating against the developing blade. Because the negatively
charged surface of the photosensitive drums were neutralized where they have been struck by the laser
beam, the toner adheres to those areas on the drums. The latent image becomes visible on the surface
of the drum.

Step 2: Laser-beam exposure 65

 Figure 3-11 Development

Developer roller
Developer blade

Developing bias

Photosensitive drum

Step 4: Primary transfer

Learn about the image formation primary transfer step.

The positively charged primary-transfer brushes contact the ITB, giving the ITB a positive charge. The
ITB attracts the negatively charged toner from the surface of each photosensitive drum, and the
complete toner image transfers onto the ITB.

Figure 3-12 Primary transfer

Photosensitive
drum

T1 brush ITB

T1 bias

Step 5: Secondary transfer

Learn about the image formation secondary transfer step.

The paper acquires a positive charge from the secondary-transfer roller, and attracts the negatively
charged toner from the surface of the ITB. The complete toner image transfers onto the paper.

66 Chapter 3 Theory of operation

 Figure 3-13 Secondary transfer

ITB

Paper
T2 roller

T2 bias

Step 6: Separation
Learn about the image formation separation step.

The stiffness of the paper causes it to separate from the ITB as the ITB bends. The static-charge
eliminator removes excess charge from the paper for stable paper feeding and print quality.

Figure 3-14 Separation

ITB

Paper
Static charge eliminator
T2 roller

Static charge eliminator bias

Step 7: Fusing
Learn about the image formation fusing step.

The printer uses an on-demand fusing method to adhere the toner image onto the page. As the page
passes through the heated and pressurized rollers in the fuser the toner melts onto the page. The toner
image is now permanently fused to the page. A fusing bias applied to the pressure roller improves image
quality.

Step 6: Separation 67
 Figure 3-15 Fusing
Fuser heater

Fuser film

Paper

Pressure roller

Step 8: Drum cleaning

Learn about the image formation drum cleaning step.

The cleaning blade scrapes the residual toner off the surface of the photosensitive drum and deposits
it in the toner collection portion of the cartridge or in an external toner collection unit (TCU). The drum is
now clear and ready for the next image-formation process.

Figure 3-16 Drum cleaning

Cleaning blade

Photosensitive
drum

Residual toner collection box

Toner cartridges
Learn about the toner cartridges.

The following sections discuss the printer toner cartridges. The printer has four toner cartridges, one for
each color: cyan, magenta, yellow, and black.

Design
Learn about toner cartridge design.

Each toner cartridge is filled with toner and consists of the following components:

● Photosensitive drum

● Developer

● Primary-charging roller

● Memory chip

68 Chapter 3 Theory of operation

 Figure 3-17 Toner cartridge block diagram

DC controller

Memory chip SW2 SW3

Cartridge

M3

Developer roller

Primary charging
roller

Developer

M2

Photosensitive drum

The printer has the following toner cartridge control functions.

Table 3-5 Toner cartridge control functions

Function Supported feature

Toner cartridge presence detection Yes

Toner level detection Yes

Toner cartridge life detection Yes

Toner cartridge mis-installation detection No

Developer alienation control Yes

Developer alienation motor failure detection Yes

Drum discharge mechanism No

Toner cartridge seal

Learn about the toner cartridge seal.

The toner cartridge seal is opened automatically when the toner cartridge is installed into the printer.

Toner cartridge seal 69

 Memory chip
Learn about the toner cartridge memory chip.

The memory chip is non-volatile memory that stores information about the usage of the toner cartridge
and helps protect the customer from counterfeit cartridges. This chip is also used to detect the
presence of a cartridge within the printer or when a cartridge is installed in the wrong slot. The printer
reads and writes the data in the memory chip.

Toner cartridge life detection

Learn about the toner life detection function.

The DC controller detects the cartridge life by monitoring the total rotations and remaining toner level of
the toner cartridge. The DC controller determines a cartridge end of life and notifies the formatter when
total rotations of the cartridge reaches a specified time or the cartridge runs out of toner.

HP Cartridges with JetIntelligence

Learn about toner cartridge JetIntelligence.

HP Cartridges with JetIntelligence support two features for managing toner cartridges.

● The HP Cartridge Policy feature allows customers to specify the use of only genuine HP toner
cartridges in the printer.

● The anti-theft feature enables locking a cartridge to a specific printer or fleet of printers.

HP Cartridge Policy
The genuine HP Cartridge Policy feature allows a customer to specify that only genuine HP supplies can
be used in a printer. If anything but a genuine HP supply is installed, the printer will not print. This feature
is disabled by default, and can be enabled or disabled from the control panel, the HP Embedded Web
Server (EWS), or HP Web Jetadmin.

If a genuine HP cartridge has passed the low state and is installed in a printer that has this feature
enabled, the printer will display an Unauthorized Cartridge message on the control panel and will not
print.

If a non-HP toner cartridge is used in a printer with this feature enabled, the message Unauthorized
Cartridge appears on the control-panel display and the printer will not print.

NOTE: If a customer suspects they have a counterfeit cartridge, they should report it by going to
www.hp.com/go/anticounterfeit and selecting Report now.

Anti-theft or cartridge protection

The toner cartridge anti-theft feature allows a customer to configure the printer to automatically
lock toner cartridges to a specific printer or fleet of printers when they are installed. A locked toner
cartridge will work only in the specified printer or fleet of printers. This feature prevents toner cartridges
from being stolen and used in another printer, or from being moved from an authorized printer to an
unauthorized printer. This feature is disabled by default. Cartridge protection to a single printer can be
enabled or disabled from the control panel or the HP Embedded Web Server (EWS). Cartridge protection
for a printer fleet can be enabled only by using HP Web Jetadmin.

70 Chapter 3 Theory of operation

 When the anti-theft feature is enabled, the toner cartridge in a printer will only work in the specified
printer or fleet of printers. If a locked toner cartridge is moved to another printer, the cartridge will not
print and the message Protected Cartridge appears on the control-panel display.

NOTE: When a toner cartridge is locked to a specific printer or fleet of printers, it cannot be unlocked.
This is a permanent operation.

Dynamic security
Learn about dynamic-security-enabled printers.

NOTE: All printer models might not support the Dynamic security feature.

Certain HP printers use cartridges that have security chips or electronic circuitry. Cartridges using a
non-HP chip or modified or non-HP circuitry* might not work. And, those that work today might not work
in the future.

As is standard in the printing business, HP has a process for authenticating cartridges. HP continues
to use security measures to protect the quality of our customer experiences, maintain the integrity
of our printing systems, and protect our intellectual property. These measures include authentication
methods that change periodically and might prevent some third-party supplies from working now or in
the future. HP printers and original HP cartridges deliver the best quality, security and reliability. When
cartridges are cloned or counterfeited, the customer is exposed to quality and potential security risks,
compromising the printing experience.

*Non-HP Chips and modified or non-HP electronic circuitry are not produced or validated by HP. HP
cannot guarantee that these chips or circuitry will work in your printer now or in the future. If you
are using non-original HP cartridges, please check with your supplier to ensure your cartridge has an
original HP security chip or unmodified HP electronic circuitry.

Developing unit engagement and disengagement control

Learn about developer unit operation.

The printer can print in full-color mode or in black-only mode. To print in black-only mode, the printer
disengages the developing rollers in the cyan, magenta, and yellow toner cartridges, which maximizes
the life of the cartridges.

When the printer is turned on and when each print job is completed, all four of the developing units
are disengaged from the photosensitive drums. When development is not needed, a special cam
mechanism on the developer roller stops the rotation separate from the developer disengagement cam,
providing even more life for the cartridge.

● The drive of the developer disengagement motor rotates the developer disengagement cam.

● As the cam rotates, the developing unit engages with or separates from the photosensitive drum.

When the print mode is full color, the developing units engage with the drums. When the print mode is
black-only, only the black developing unit engages with the drum.

The DC controller determines a developer disengagement motor failure and notifies the formatter when
it does not detect a specified signal from the developer disengagement sensor during the developing
unit engagement and disengagement operation.

NOTE: The figure below is representational only. The toner cartridge configuration varies by printer
design.

Dynamic security 71
 Figure 3-18 Toner cartridge block diagram

DC controller

Developing
M disengagement
motor SR
Developing home position sensor
Developing unit Photosensitive drum

Developing disengagement cam

Developing unit is disengaged Developing unit is engaged

Intermediate transfer belt assembly

Learn about the Intermediate transfer belt (ITB) assembly.

The ITB unit accepts the toner images from the photosensitive drums and transfers the completed
image to the paper. The ITB unit has the following main components:

● Intermediate transfer belt (ITB)

● ITB-drive roller

● T1 brushes

The drum motor (M2) drives the ITB drive roller, which rotates the ITB.

72 Chapter 3 Theory of operation

 Figure 3-19 ITB unit

DC o
cntroller

M2 Drum m otor

ITB dri
ve roller

ITB

T1 brush

Secondary transfer roller functions

Learn about secondary transfer roller functions.

The secondary transfer roller transfers the image from the ITB onto the paper.

The printer has the following secondary transfer roller functions.

Table 3-6 Secondary transfer roller functions

Function Supported feature

Secondary transfer roller cleaning mechanism Yes

Secondary transfer roller presence detection No

Secondary transfer roller life detection No

Secondary transfer roller alienation control No

Color self calibration

Learn about printer color self calibration.

Secondary transfer roller functions 73

 The printer calibrates itself to maintain proper print-quality. The calibration corrects color-
misregistration and color-density variation due to environmental changes or internal variation in the
printer.

The printer has the following calibration functions.

Table 3-7 Calibration functions

Function Supported feature

Color-plane registration correction control Yes

Environment correction control Yes

Image density control (DMAX) Yes

Image halftone control (DHALF) Yes

Registration density sensor failure detection Yes

Color sensor control No

Gray axis control (GAS) No

Environment sensor failure detection Yes

Engine pickup, feed, and delivery system

Learn about the printer pickup, feed and delivery system.

The DC controller controls the pickup, feed, and delivery system according to commands from the
formatter. The pickup, feed, and delivery system uses a series of rollers to move the paper through the
printer.

The pickup, feed, and delivery system consists of the following three functional blocks.

● Pickup-and-feed-block: Controls the movement of the paper from each pickup source to the fuser
inlet

● Fuser-and-delivery-block: Controls the movement of the paper from the fuser to the delivery
destination

● Duplex block: Controls the movement of the paper from the duplex switchback unit to the duplex
re-pickup unit (duplex models only)

74 Chapter 3 Theory of operation

 Sim plex paperpath
Dupl
ex aper
p path

Dupl
ex block

Fuser-and-delivery block

Pick
up-and-feed block

Photo sensors and switches

Learn about the pickup, feed, and delivery sensors and switches.

The following figure shows the sensors and switches for the pickup, feed, and delivery system.

Figure 3-20 Photo sensors and switches

SR21

SR3 SR4

SR2

SR6
SR5
SR1 SR7
SR8

SR22

SW 6

Photo sensors and switches 75

 Table 3-8 Photo sensors and switches

Abbreviation Component

SR1 Registration sensor

SR2 Loop sensor

SR3 Fuser output sensor

SR4 Output bin media-full sensor

SR5 Cassette (Tray 2) media out sensor

SR6 Tray 1 (MP) tray media out sensor

SR7 Cassette (Tray 2) media surface sensor

SR8 Lifter sensor

SR21 Duplex switchback sensor

SR22 Duplex re-pickup sensor

SW6 Cassette (Tray 2) detection switch

Motors, clutches, and solenoids

Learn about the pickup, feed, and delivery motors, clutches, and solenoids.

The following figure shows the motors, clutches, and solenoids for the pickup, feed, and delivery system.

76 Chapter 3 Theory of operation

 Figure 3-21 Motors, clutches, and solenoids

SL10 M4

M2

CL1 SL5 SL3 SL1

M1

Abbreviatio Component Replacement part number

n

M1 Pickup motor assembly RM2-7350-000CN

M2 Drum motor assembly RM2-7342-000CN

M4 Fuser motor assembly RM2-7344-000CN

CL1 Duplex re-pickup clutch n/a

SL1 Tray 1 (MP) tray pickup solenoid n/a

SL3 Cassette (Tray 2) pickup solenoid n/a

SL5 Lifter solenoid n/a

SL10 Duplex switchback solenoid n/a

Feed speed control

Learn about pickup, feed, and delivery feed speed control.

The DC controller adjusts the feed speed to improve the print quality depending on the paper type. The
paper is fed at a specified speed according to the print mode designated by the formatter.

Feed speed control 77

 Table 3-9 Print mode and feed speed

Print mode Feed speed, full color Feed speed, monochrome

Auto Not applicable Not applicable

Normal media 1 1/1 1/1

Normal media 2 1/1 1/1

Heavy media 1 1/2 1/2

Heavy media 2 1/2 1/2

Heavy media 3 1/2 1/2

Light media 1 1/1 1/1

Light media 2 1/1 1/1

Light media 3 1/1 1/1

Glossy media 1 1/3 1/3

Glossy media 2 1/3 1/3

Glossy media 3 1/3 1/3

Glossy film 1/3 1/3

Photo media 1 1/3 1/3

Photo media 2 Not applicable Not applicable

Photo media 3 Not applicable Not applicable

Envelope 1 1/2 1/2

Envelope 2 1/3 1/3

Envelope 3 Not applicable Not applicable

Label 1/2 1/2

Designated media 1 Not applicable Not applicable

Designated media 2 Not applicable Not applicable

Designated media 3 Not applicable Not applicable

Pickup and feed delivery features

Learn about pickup, feed, and delivery print mode and feed speed features.

The printer has the following pickup, feed and delivery functions.

Table 3-10 Print mode and feed speed

Function Supported feature

Cassette (Tray 2) media size detection No

Cassette (Tray 2) presence detection Yes

Cassette (Tray 2) media overfill detection Yes

Cassette (Tray 2) media surface detection Yes

78 Chapter 3 Theory of operation

 Table 3-10 Print mode and feed speed (continued)

Function Supported feature

Cassette (Tray 2) media presence detection Yes

Cassette (Tray 2) media level detection No

Cassette (Tray 2) lift-up control Yes

Cassette (Tray 2) lift-down control No

Cassette (Tray 2) multiple-feed prevention mechanism Yes

Tray 1 (MP) tray media presence detection Yes

Tray 1 (MP) tray media width detection No

Tray 1 (MP) tray last-media detection No

Skew-feed prevention mechanism Yes

Feed speed control Yes

Loop control Yes

Media detection No

Image leading edge positioning Yes

Media length detection Yes

Media width detection No

Pressure roller pressure release control Yes

Output bin media-full detection Yes

Automatic delivery Yes

Duplex switchback control1 Yes

Duplex feed control1 Yes

1

Tray 1 (multipurpose)/Tray 2 (base printer)

Learn about Tray 1 and Tray 2 pickup, feed, and delivery operation.

Following is sequence of steps for Tray 1 and Tray 2 pickup and feed operation after the DC controller
receives a command from the formatter.

● Pickup motor rotates

● Lift mechanism raises the paper stack until it contacts the pick roller

● The pickup, feed, and separation rollers rotate to feed the sheet into the printer

Duplexing unit
Learn about pickup, feed, and delivery duplex operation.

The duplexing unit reverses the paper and feeds it through the paper path to print the second side.

Tray 1 (multipurpose)/Tray 2 (base printer) 79

 Duplexing reverse and duplex feed control
Learn about pickup, feed, and delivery duplex reverse and feed control.

The duplexing reverse procedure pulls the paper into the duplexing unit after it exits the fuser. The
duplexing feed procedure moves the paper through the duplexer so it can enter the printer paper path to
print the second side of the page.

1. After the first side has printed, the duplexing flapper solenoid opens, which creates a paper path
into the duplexing-reverse unit.

2. After the paper has fully entered the duplexing-reverse unit, the duplexing-reverse motor reverses
and directs the paper into the duplexing-feed unit.

3. The duplexing re-pickup motor and duplexing feed motor move the paper into the duplexing re-
pickup unit.

4. To align the paper with the toner image on the ITB, the duplexing re-pickup motor stops and the
paper pauses.

5. The paper re-enters the paper path, and the second side prints.

Duplex pickup operation

Learn about pickup, feed, and delivery duplex pickup operation.

The printer has the following two duplex-media-feed modes depending on the paper sizes.

● One-sheet mode: Prints one sheet that is printed on two sides in one duplex print operation.

● Two-sheet mode: Prints two sheets that are printed on two sides in one duplex print operation.

Jam detection/prevention
Learn about pickup, feed, and delivery jam detection.

The printer uses the following sensors to detect the presence of paper and to check whether paper is
being fed correctly or has jammed.

● Registration sensor (SR1)

● Loop sensor (SR2)

● Fuser output sensor (SR3)

● Loop sensor (PS1)

● Output bin media-full sensor (SR4)

● Duplex switchback sensor (SR21)

● Duplex re-pickup sensor (SR22)

80 Chapter 3 Theory of operation

Figure 3-22 Jam detection sensors
Sim plex paperpath
Dupl
ex aper
p path

SR21

SR3 SR4

SR2

SR1

SR22

The printer determines that a jam has occurred if one of these sensors detects paper at an
inappropriate time. The DC controller stops the print operation and notifies the formatter.

The printer detects the following jams:

● No pick jam 1

● No pick jam 2

● Pickup stay jam 1

● Fuser delivery delay jam 1

● Fuser delivery stay jam 1

● Residual paper jam 1

● Residual paper jam 2

● Door open jam 1

● Fuser wrap jam 1

● Fuser wrap jam 2

● Duplex switchback delay jam

● Duplex switchback stay jam

● Duplex feed delay jam

● Duplex re-pickup delay jam

Jam detection/prevention 81
 ● Delivery delay jam 1

● Delivery stay jam 1 (MFP)

Input devices
Learn about the input devices.

Tray 3
Learn about the paper feeder (optional Tray 3).

The 550-sheet paper feeder is optionally installed at bottom of the printer. It picks up the print media and
feeds it to the printer. The paper DC controller controls the operational sequence of the paper feeder.

Paper path
Learn about the Tray 3 paper path.

The figure below shows the optional Tray 3 paper path.

Figure 3-23 Optional Tray 3 paper path

Tray 3 paper feeder controller

Learn about the paper feeder controller.

82 Chapter 3 Theory of operation

 The figure below shows the paper feeder controller block diagram. The table in this topic describes the
paper feeder electrical components. The paper feeder controller controls the operational sequence of
the paper feeder.

Figure 3-24 Paper feeder controller

550-sheet paper feeder

Motor
+3.3V

+24V
Solenoid
Engine controller Paper feeder controller

Photo interrupter

Switch

Table 3-11 Electrical component list, paper feeder

Component type Abbreviation Component name

Motor M9 Pickup motor

Clutch SL20 Cassette (Tray 3) pickup solenoid

Clutch SL21 Lifter solenoid

Switch SW31 Cassette (Tray 3) detection switch

Photo interrupter SR31 Feed sensor

Photo interrupter SR32 Cassette (Tray 3) media surface sensor

Photo interrupter SR33 Lifter sensor

Photo interrupter SR34 Cassette (Tray 3) media out sensor

Tray 3 motor control

The 550-sheet paper feeder has one motor for lifting the tray and feeding paper.

Table 3-12 Tray 3 motor control

Abbreviation Component Drives Failure

detection

M9 Pickup motor Cassette (Tray 3) pickup roller No

Cassette (Tray 3) feed roller

Feed roller (550-sheet paper feeder)

Lifter drive assembly

Electrical components, pickup and feed

Learn about the Tray 3 electrical components.

Tray 3 motor control 83

 The figure below shows the paper feeder electrical components. The table in this section describes the
electrical components.

Figure 3-25 Electrical components, pickup and feed

M9

SL21 SL20

SR31
SR32
SR33
SR34

SW31

Table 3-13 Electrical components, pickup and feed (Tray 3)

Abbreviation Component name

M9 Pickup motor

SL20 Cassette (Tray 3) pickup solenoid

SL21 Lifter solenoid

SL21

SR31 Feed sensor

SR32 Cassette (Tray 3) media surface sensor

SR33 Lifter sensor

SR34 Cassette (Tray 3) media output sensor

SW31 Cassette (Tray 3) detection switch

Other functions
Learn about the Tray 3 functions.

The paper feeder has the following pickup and feed functions.

● Cassette (Tray 3) lift-up control

● Cassette (Tray 3) presence detection

● Cassette (Tray 3) media stack surface detection

● Cassette (Tray 3) media out detection

● Multiple-feed prevention

84 Chapter 3 Theory of operation

 ● Automatic delivery

Tray 3 jam detection

Learn about Tray 3 jam detection.

The paper feeder uses the following sensors to detect the presence of paper and to check whether
paper is being fed correctly or has jammed.

● Feed sensor (SR31)

Figure 3-26 Jam detection sensors (Tray 3)

SR31

The printer determines that a jam has occurred if one of these sensors detects paper at an
inappropriate time. The DC controller stops the print operation and notifies the formatter.

The printer detects the following paper feeder jams:

● No pick jam 1

● No pick jam 2

● Pickup stay jam 1

● Fuser delivery delay jam 1

● Fuser delivery stay jam 1

● Residual paper jam 1

Tray 3 jam detection 85

 4 Solve problems

Learn about solving printer problems.

HP service and support

Learn about access to additional service and support information.

Additional service and support for channel partners

Channel partners can use the HP Partner Portal or the Channel Services Delivery Platform (CSDP) to
access the HP Web-based Interactive Search Engine (WISE).

Find information about the following topics.

● Service manuals, service cost data, and service advisories

● The latest control panel message (CPMD) troubleshooting information

● Remove and replace part instructions and videos

● Solutions for printer issues and emerging issues

● Printer specifications, warranty, and regulatory information

● Install, configure, and how to information

View a video of how to use the HP Partner First Portal to access WISE.

Access WISE for Channel partners (HP Partner Portal)

1. Sign-in to the HP Partner Portal (click https://partner.hp.com to access the sign-in page).

2. Select the Services & Support item (near the top of the screen).

3. Select the Technical Support (WISE) item.

4. Select the Technical Documentation item.

5. Use the WISE portal to search for printer information.

Access WISE for Channel partners (CSDP)

1. Sign-in to the CSDP portal (click csdp.hp.com to access the sign-in page).

2. Select the Knowledge and Training item.

86 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 3. Select theHP Technical Documentation item.

4. Use the WISE portal to search for printer information.

Additional service and support for HP internal personnel

HP internal personnel, go to one of the following Web-based Interactive Search Engine (WISE) sites:

View a video of how to access WISE for internal HP users.

Americas (AMS)

● WISE - English

● WISE - Spanish

● WISE - Portuguese

● WISE - French

Asia Pacific / Japan (APJ)

● WISE - English

● WISE - Japanese

● WISE - Korean

● WISE - Chinese (simplified)

● WISE - Chinese (traditional)

● WISE - Thai

Europe / Middle East / Africa (EMEA)

● WISE - English

Additional technical support WISE videos

The videos below provide additional ways to access printer information using WISE.

View a video of how to use WISE to find technical support videos (model number search).

View a video of ow to use WISE to find technical support videos (Product detail page [PDP]
search).

Determine the problem source

When the printer malfunctions or encounters an unexpected situation, the printer control panel alerts
the user to the situation.

This section contains a pre-troubleshooting checklist and a troubleshooting flow chart to filter out many
possible causes of the problem.

● Use the pre-troubleshooting check list to gather information about the problem from the customer.

Determine the problem source 87

 ● Use the troubleshooting flowchart to pinpoint the root cause of hardware malfunctions. The
flowchart guides you to the section of this chapter that contains steps for correcting the
malfunction.

Before beginning any troubleshooting procedure, check the following issues:

● Are supply items within their rated life?

● Does the configuration page reveal any configuration errors?

NOTE: To print a configuration page using an HP Plus printer, the printer must have genuine
original HP toner cartridges installed, must have an ongoing internet connection and an active HP
Plus account (for more information, go to hp.com/plus).

NOTE: The customer is responsible for checking supplies and for using supplies that are in good
condition.

Pre-troubleshooting checklist
The following table includes basic questions to ask the customer to quickly help define the problem(s).

Table 4-1 Pre-troubleshooting checklist

General topic Questions

Environment ● Is the printer installed on a solid, level surface (+/- 1°)?

● Is the power-supply voltage within ± 10 volts of the specified power source?

● Is the power-supply plug inserted in the printer and the wall outlet (not a surge
protector)?

● Is the operating environment within the specified parameters?

● Is the printer exposed to ammonia gas, such as that produced by diazo copiers
or office cleaning materials?

NOTE: Diazo copiers produce ammonia gas as part of the copying processes.
Ammonia gas (from cleaning supplies or a diazo copier) can have an adverse
effect on some printer components (for example, the toner cartridge or
cartridges OPC).

● Is the printer exposed to direct sunlight?

● Is the printer exposed to an air conditioning or heating vent that can cause
temperature fluctuations?

Media ● Does the customer use only supported media?

● Is the media in good condition (no curls, folds, or distortion)?

● Is the media stored correctly and within environmental limits?

Input trays ● Is the amount of media in the tray within specifications?

● Is the media correctly placed in the tray?

● Are the paper guides aligned with the stack (no gaps in the stack or excessive
pressure causing the stack to bow)?

● Is the tray (or trays) correctly installed in the printer?

88 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Table 4-1 Pre-troubleshooting checklist (continued)

General topic Questions

Toner cartridge ● Is the toner cartridge (or cartridges) installed correctly?

NOTE: If country/region specific toner cartridges are available for the printer, make
sure the correct cartridge is installed.

Transfer unit and fuser ● Are the transfer unit and fuser installed correctly?

NOTE: For printers with an intermediate transfer belt (ITB), is the ITB installed
correctly and fully seated. If a replacement ITB was installed, was all of the
packing materials removed?

Covers ● Is the toner cartridge door closed?

Condensation ● Does condensation occur following a temperature change (particularly in

winter following cold storage)? If so, wipe affected parts dry or leave the printer
on for 10 to 20 minutes.

● Was a toner cartridge (or cartridges) opened soon after being moved from a
cold to a warm room? If so, allow the toner cartridge (or cartridges) to sit at
room temperature for 1 to 2 hours.

Miscellaneous ● Check for and remove any non-HP components (toner cartridges, memory
modules, and EIO cards) from the printer.

● Remove the printer from the network and ensure that the failure is associated
with the printer before beginning troubleshooting.

● For any color print-quality issues (color printers only), calibrate the printer, and
then print a diagnostics page to verify print quality.

Troubleshooting flowchart
This flowchart highlights the general processes to follow to quickly isolate and solve printer hardware
problems.

Each row depicts a major troubleshooting step. Follow a “yes” answer to a question to proceed to the
next major step. A “no” answer indicates that more testing is needed. Go to the appropriate section in
this chapter and follow the instructions there. After completing the instructions, go to the next major
step in this troubleshooting flowchart.

NOTE: For solutions that require printing a page, see the following.

To print using an HP Plus printer, the printer must have genuine original HP toner cartridges installed,
must have an ongoing internet connection and an active HP Plus account (for more information, go to
hp.com/plus).

Table 4-2 Troubleshooting flowchart

Step Question Action

1 Is the printer on and

does a readable message
Power on display?

Troubleshooting flowchart 89
 Table 4-2 Troubleshooting flowchart (continued)

Step Question Action

Yes No Basic printer functions should start up when the printer

is connected into an electrical outlet and the power
switch is pushed to the on position.

During normal operation cooling fans and/or motors

should be operating. Place a hand over fan intake
or exhaust vents to determine if the fan or fans are
spinning. Lean close to the printer to hear motors
rotating.

If fans and/or motors are operating, the dc side of the

power supply is functioning.

Always make sure that the printer is plugged into

a known-functioning wall receptacle. Remove power
strips and plug the printer directly into a wall
receptacle.

After the control panel display is functional, see step 2.

2 Does the message Ready

display on the control
Control panel?
panel
messages

Yes No After the errors have been corrected, go to step 3.

Use the control panel message document (CPMD)

section in this manual to correct any displayed error
messages.

3 Open the Troubleshooting

menu and print an event
Event log log to see the history of
errors with this printer.

Does the event log print?

Yes No If the event log does not print, check for error
messages.

If paper jams inside the printer, see the jams section of

the printer service manual.

If error messages display on the control panel when

trying to print an event log, see the control panel
message document (CPMD) section of this manual.

After successfully printing and evaluating the event

log, see step 4.

4 Open the Reports

menu and print the
Information configuration pages to
pages verify that all the
accessories are installed.

Are all the accessories

installed?

90 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Table 4-2 Troubleshooting flowchart (continued)

Step Question Action

Yes No If accessories that are installed are not listed on the

configuration page, remove the accessory and reinstall
it.

Make sure that the most recent firmware is installed.

See the firmware upgrade section of this manual for
more information.

After evaluating the configuration pages, see step 5.

5 Does the print quality

meet the customer's
Print quality requirements?

Yes No Compare the images with the sample defects in the

Image-quality troubleshooting section of this manual.

Solve print-quality and copy-quality issues as needed.

After the print quality is acceptable, see step 6.

6 Can the customer print

successfully from the
Interface host computer?

Yes. This is the end of the No Verify that all I/O cables are connected correctly and
troubleshooting process. that a valid IP address is listed on the HP Jetdirect
configuration page.

If error messages display on the control panel or

appear in the event log, see the control-panel message
document (CPMD) section of this manual.

When the customer can print from the host computer,

this is the end of the troubleshooting process.

Firmware upgrades
Learn about printer firmware upgrades.

To download the most recent firmware upgrade for the printer, go to:

● In the US, go to www.hp.com/supplort/colorljM455 or www.hp.com/support/color/ljM480MFP or

www.hp.com/support/colorljE45028 or www.hp.com/support/colorljE47528MFP.

a. Select Get drivers, Software, and Firmware, and then select the appropriate product by name.

NOTE: More than one printer model might be listed. Make sure to select the correct model so
that the upgraded firmware supports all of the printer functions.

b. Select the driver language and operating system.

c. Locate the firmware download, and then select Download.

● Outside the U.S., go to www.hp.com/support.

– Select your country/region.

– Select Drivers & Downloads.

Firmware upgrades 91
 – Enter the product name in the Find my product dialogue box, and then select Go.

TIP: Click on the How do I find my product name/number? link to see a short video on
identifying the printer's name and number.

– Select the appropriate product by name.

NOTE: More than one printer model might be listed. Make sure to select the correct model so
that the upgraded firmware supports all of the printer functions.

– Select the driver language and operating system.

– Locate the firmware download, and then select Download.

Determine the installed revision of firmware

Learn about how to determine the version of installed printer firmware.

Print a configuration page to determine the installed revision of firmware.

Print the configuration page from an MFP control panel

1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Reports button.

2. Open the following menus:

● Configuration/Status pages

3. Touch Configuration Page to select it.

4. Touch the print icon to print the pages.

Print the configuration page from a SFP control panel

1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, use the arrow keys to navigate to Reports, and
then press the OK button.

2. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Configuration/Status Pages, and then press the OK button.

3. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Configuration Page, and then press the OK button.

4. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to the print icon . Press the OK button to print the pages.

92 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Figure 4-1 Configuration page firmware version

Firmware Revision
Rev
HP LaserJet M

Sep\13\2019 6:56:00 AM

HP Embedded Web Server

Learn how to perform a firmware upgrade using the HP Embedded Web Server.

NOTE: The printer should be at the Ready state.

The firmware update might take 10 minutes or longer based on the input/output (I/O) transfer rates and
the time it takes for the printer to reinitialize.

1. Open an Internet browser window.

2. Enter the printer IP address in the URL line.

3. Select the Firmware Upgrade link from the General tab or from the Troubleshooting tab.

4. Browse to the location that the firmware upgrade file was downloaded to, and then select the
firmware file. The file has a .bdl file extension. Select the Install button to perform the upgrade.

NOTE: Do not close the browser window OR interrupt communication until the HP Embedded Web
Server (EWS) displays the confirmation page.

5. After the printer reinitializes, print a configuration page and verify that the latest firmware version
has been installed.

USB flash drive firmware (Pre-boot menu) (SFP)

Learn how to perform a USB flash drive firmware (Pre-boot menu) update using a SFP control panel.

1. Press the Cancel button when you see the 1/8 under the logo.

HP Embedded Web Server 93

 2. Use the arrow buttons to highlight +3 Administrator, and then press the OK button.

3. Use the arrow buttons to highlight +1 Download, and then press the OK button.

4. Insert the USB flash drive with the .bdl file on it into the USB port on the printer.

NOTE: If the error message No USB Thumbdrive Files Found displays on the control panel display,
try using a different portable storage device.

5. Use the arrow buttons to highlight USB Thumbdrive, and then press the OK button.

6. Use the arrow buttons to highlight the .bdl file, and then press the OK button.

NOTE: The upgrade process can take 10 minutes or longer to complete.

TIP: If there is more than one .bdl file on the storage device, make sure to select the correct file for
this printer.

7. When the message Complete displays on the control panel display, turn the printer power off, and
then on again.

8. When the upgrade process is complete, print a configuration page and verify that the upgrade
firmware version was installed.

USB flash drive firmware (Pre-boot menu) (MFP)

Learn how to perform a USB flash drive firmware (Pre-boot menu) update from an MFP control panel.

1. Copy the .bdl file to a portable USB flash drive.

2. Touch the middle of the control panel display when you see the 1/8 under the logo.

Figure 4-2 Open the Pre-boot menu

1 2

3. Use the arrow buttons to highlight +3 Administrator, and then touch the OK button.

4. Use the arrow buttons to highlight +1 Download, and then touch the OK button.

5. Insert the USB flash drive with the .bdl file on it into the USB port on the printer.

NOTE: If the error message No USB Thumbdrive Files Found displays on the control panel display,
try using a different portable storage device.

6. Use the arrow buttons to highlight USB Thumbdrive, and then touch the OK button.

7. Use the arrow buttons to highlight the .bdl file, and then touch the OK button.

NOTE: The upgrade process can take 10 minutes or longer to complete.

94 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 TIP: If there is more than one .bdl file on the storage device, make sure to select the correct file for
this printer.

8. When the message Complete displays on the control panel display, touch the down arrow button
several times until the message Continue displays.

9. Touch the OK button to begin the upgrade. When the upgrade is complete, the printer will initialize to
the Ready state.

10. When the upgrade process is complete, print a configuration page and verify that the upgrade
firmware version was installed.

USB flash drive firmware (control panel menu) (SFP)

Learn how to perform a USB flash drive firmware (control panel menu) update from a SFP control panel
(FutureSmart 4 firmware or later).

1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, use the arrow buttons to scroll to Support Tools,
and then press the OK button.

2. Open the following menus:

● Maintenance

● USB Firmware Upgrade

3. Insert the USB flash drive with the .bdl file on it into the USB port on the printer.

4. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to the appropriate .bdl file, and then press the OK button.

5. When the upgrade process is complete, print a configuration page and verify that the upgrade
firmware version was installed.

USB flash drive firmware (control panel menu) (MFP)

Learn how to perform a USB flash drive firmware (control panel menu) update from a n MFP control
panel.

1. Copy the .bdl file to a portable USB flash drive.

2. Turn the printer on, and then wait until it reaches the Ready state.

3. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Support Tools button.

4. Open the Maintenance menu.

5. Touch the USB Firmware Upgrade button.

6. Insert the USB flash drive with the .bdl file on it into the USB port on the printer.

7. Touch the .bdl file, and then touch the Upgrade button.

TIP: If there is more than one .bdl file on the storage device, make sure to select the correct file for
this printer.

USB flash drive firmware (control panel menu) (SFP) 95

 8. Select one of the following options:

● Upgrade

NOTE: The upgrade process can take 10 minutes or longer to complete.

● Re-install

● Downgrade

9. When the upgrade is complete, the printer will initialize to the Ready state.

10. When the upgrade process is complete, print a configuration page and verify that the upgrade
firmware version was installed.

Comprehensive list of troubleshooting tools

Learn about the printer troubleshooting tools.

Engine test
Learn about troubleshooting the printer using the engine test diagnostic.

NOTE: To print using an HP Plus printer, the printer must have genuine original HP toner cartridges
installed, must have an ongoing internet connection and an active HP Plus account (for more
information, go to hp.com/plus).

When the engine test is performed, a test page with lines prints if the engine is functioning correctly.

NOTE: Depending on printer models, either a simplex engine test page, a duplex engine test page, or
both simplex and duplex engine test pages might be available.

Depress and hold the cartridge door release button, and then open and close the cartridge door four
times within a three second time period to print a simplex engine test page. Open and close the door five
times within a three second period to print a duplex engine test page.

Pre-boot menu options

The Pre-boot menus are available prior to the printer initializing.

CAUTION: The Format Disk option performs a disk initialization for the entire disk. The operating
system, firmware files, and third party files (among other files) will be completely lost. HP does not
recommend this action unless it is specified as a solution in the CPMD.

TIP: The Pre-boot menu is also remotely accessible by using a telnet network protocol (Remote
Admin) to establish an administration connection to the printer.

Open the Pre-boot menu from a touchscreen control panel

Use the following procedure to open the Pre-boot menu from a touchscreen control panel.

1. Turn the printer on.

96 Chapter 4 Solve problems

2. Touch the middle of the control-panel display when you see the 1/8 under the logo.

Figure 4-3 Open the Pre-boot menu

1 2

3. On the Pre-boot menu screen, use the following buttons to navigate the tests.

Figure 4-4 Pre-boot menu

Button Description

Use this button to see more information about a selected item.

Use this button to scroll up through menu items.

Use this button to select a highlighted menu item.

Use this button to scroll down through menu items.

Open the Pre-boot menu from a touchscreen control panel 97

 Button Description

Use this button to go back to the previous menu.

Not used.

4. Use the arrow buttons on the touchscreen to navigate the Pre-boot menu.

5. Touch the OK button to select a menu item.

Open the Pre-Boot menu from an LCD control panel

Use the following procedure to open the Pre-Boot menu from an LCD control panel.

1. Turn the printer on.

2. Press the Cancel button when you see the 1/8 under the logo.

3. Use the arrow buttons on the control panel to navigate the Pre-Boot menu.

4. Press the OK button to select a menu item.

Cold reset using the Pre-boot menu from a touchscreen control panel
Use the following procedure to perform a cold reset using the Pre-boot menu from a touchscreen control
panel.

CAUTION: This procedure resets all printer configurations and settings to factory defaults (customer
configurations and settings are lost).

1. Touch the middle of the control-panel display when you see the 1/8 under the logo.

Figure 4-5 Open the Pre-boot menu

1 2

2. Use the down arrow button to highlight the +3:Administrator item, and then touch the OK button.

3. Use the down arrow button to highlight the +8:Startup Options item, and then touch the OK
button.

4. Use the down arrow button to highlight the 2 Cold Reset item, and then touch the OK button to
select it.

98 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 5. Touch the Home button to return to the main Pre-boot menu and highlight the 1:Continue item, and
then touch the OK button.

NOTE: The printer will initialize.

Cold reset using the Pre-boot menu from an LCD control panel
Use the following procedure to perform a cold reset using the Pre-boot menu from an LCD control panel.

CAUTION: This procedure resets all printer configurations and settings to factory defaults (customer
configurations and settings are lost).

1. Press the Cancel button when you see the 1/8 under the logo.

2. Use the down arrow button to highlight the +3:Administrator item, and then press the OK button.

3. Use the down arrow button to highlight the +8:Startup Options item, and then press the OK
button.

4. Use the down arrow button to highlight the 2 Cold Reset item, and then press the OK button to
select it.

5. Touch the Home button to return to the main Pre-boot menu and highlight the 1:Continue item, and
then touch the OK button.

NOTE: The printer will initialize.

NOTE: Some of the pre-boot options in the following tables are not supported by the current version
of the printer firmware and are included for information only. Future versions of firmware will support
these options.

Table 4-3 Pre-boot menu options (1 of 7)

Menu option First level Second level Third level Description

Continue Selecting the Continue item exits the Pre-boot menu

and continues the normal boot process.

If a selection is not made in the initial menu within

30 seconds, the printer returns to a normal boot (the
same as selecting Continue).

If the user navigates to another menu, the timeout

does not apply.

Sign In Enter the administrator PIN or service PIN if one is

required to open the Pre-boot menu.

Administrator This item navigates to the Administrator submenus.

If authentication is required (and the user is not

already signed in) the Sign In prompt displays. The
user is required to sign in.

Administrator Download Network This item initiates a Pre-boot firmware download

process. A USB Thumbdrive option will work on all
USB FutureSmart printers. USB or Network connections
are not currently supported.
USB
Thumbdrive

Cold reset using the Pre-boot menu from an LCD control panel 99
 Table 4-3 Pre-boot menu options (1 of 7) (continued)

Menu option First level Second level Third level Description

Administrator Format Disk This item reinitializes the disk and cleans all disk
partitions.

CAUTION: Selecting the Format Disk item

removes all data.

A delete confirmation prompt is not provided.

The system is not bootable after this action and

a 99.09.67 error displays on the control panel. A
firmware download must be performed to return
the system to a bootable state.

Administrator Partial Clean This item reinitializes the disk (removing all data
except the firmware repository where the master
firmware bundle is downloaded and saved).

CAUTION: Selecting the Partial Clean item

removes all data except the firmware repository. A
delete confirmation prompt is not provided.

CAUTION: This procedure resets all printer

configurations and settings to factory defaults
(customer configurations and settings are lost).

This allows a user to reformat the disk by removing

the firmware image from the active directory
without having to download new firmware code
(printer remains bootable).

Administrator Change Select this item to set or change the administrator

Password password.

Administrator Clear Password Select the Clear Password item to remove a

password from the Administrator menu. Before the
password is actually cleared, a message will be
shown asking to confirm that the password should
be cleared. Press the OK button to confirm the
action.

When the confirmation prompt displays, press the

OK button to clear the password.

Table 4-4 Pre-boot menu options (2 of 7)

Menu option First level Second level Third level Description

Administrator Manage Disk Clear disk Select the Clear disk item to enable using an
external device for job storage. Job storage is
(continued) normally enabled only for the Boot device. This will
be grayed out unless the 99.09.68 error is displayed.

Administrator Manage Disk Lock Disk Select the Lock Disk item to lock (mate) a new
secure disk to this printer.

The secure disk already locked to this printer will

remain accessible to this printer. Use this function
to have more than one encrypted disk accessible by
the printer when using them interchangeably.

The data stored on the secure disk locked to this

printer always remains accessible to this printer.

100 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-4 Pre-boot menu options (2 of 7) (continued)

Menu option First level Second level Third level Description

Administrator Manage Disk Leave Unlocked Select the Leave Unlocked item to use a new secure
disk in an unlocked mode for a single service event.
The secure disk that is already locked to this printer
will remain accessible to this printer and uses the
old disk's encryption password with the new disk.

The secure disk that is already locked to this printer

remains accessible to this printer.

Administrator Manage Disk Clear Disk Pwd Select the Clear Disk Pwd item to continue using the
non-secure disk and clear the password associated
with the yet-to-be installed secure disk.

CAUTION: Data on the missing secure disk will be

permanently inaccessible.

Administrator Manage Disk Retain Password Select the Retain Password item to use the non-
secure disk for this session only, and then search
for the missing secure disk in future sessions.

Administrator Manage Disk Boot Device Secure Select the Secure Erase item to erase all of the data
Erase on the disk and unlock it if required.

This might take a long time.

NOTE: The system will be unusable until the system

files are reinstalled. The ATA secure-erase
command is a one-pass overwrite, which erases the
entire disk including firmware. The disk remains an
encrypted disk.

Administrator Manage Disk Boot Device Erase/ Select the Erase/Unlock item to cryptographically
Unlock erase all data on the disk and unlock the disk to
allow a user to gain access to it from any printer.

NOTE: The system will be unusable until the system

files are reinstalled. It erases the encryption key. The
encryption key is erased, so the disk becomes a non-
encrypted disk.

Administrator Manage Disk Boot Device Get Status This item provides disk status information if any is
available.

Table 4-5 Pre-boot menu options (3 of 7)

Menu option First level Second level Third level Description

Administrator Manage Disk Internal Select the Internal Device item to erase the internal
Device device or get a status about the internal device.
(continued) (continued)

Administrator Manage Disk Internal Secure Select the Secure Erase item to erase all of the data
Device Erase on the disk and unlock it if required.

This might take a long time.

NOTE: The system will be unusable until the

system files are reinstalled. The ATA secure-erase
command erases the entire disk, including firmware.
The disk remains an encrypted disk.

Cold reset using the Pre-boot menu from an LCD control panel 101
 Table 4-5 Pre-boot menu options (3 of 7) (continued)

Menu option First level Second level Third level Description

Administrator Manage Disk Internal Erase/ Select the Erase/Unlock item to cryptographically
Device Unlock erase all of the data on disk and unlock the disk to
allow the user to gain access to it from any printer.

NOTE: The system will be unusable until the

system files are reinstalled. The HP High
Performance Secure Hard Disk is erased.

Administrator Manage Disk Internal Get Status This item provides disk status information if any is
Device available.

Administrator Manage Disk External Select the External Device item to erase the
Device external device or get status about the external
device.

Administrator Manage Disk External Secure Select the Secure Erase item to erase all of the data
Device Erase on the disk and unlock it if required.

This might take a long time.

NOTE: The system will be unusable until the

system files are reinstalled.

The ATA secure-erase command erases the entire

disk, including firmware. The disk remains an
encrypted disk.

Administrator Manage Disk External Erase/ Select the Erase/Unlock item to cryptographically
Device Unlock erase all of the data on disk and unlock the disk to
allow a user to gain access to it from any printer.

NOTE: The system will be unusable until the

system files are reinstalled. The encryption key is
erased, so the disk becomes a non-encrypted disk.

Administrator Manage Disk External Get Status This item provides disk status information if any is
Device available.

Table 4-6 Pre-boot menu options (4 of 7)

Menu option First level Second level Third level Description

Administrator Configure LAN IP Mode The network can be configured to obtain the
[DHCP] network settings from a DHCP server or as static.
(continued) NOTE: This
configuration is Use this item for automatic IP address acquisition
only active when from the DHCP server.
the Pre-boot
menu is open.

Administrator Configure LAN IP Mode Use this item to manually assign the network
[STATIC] addresses.
NOTE: This
configuration is
only active when
the Pre-boot
menu is open.

102 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-6 Pre-boot menu options (4 of 7) (continued)

Menu option First level Second level Third level Description

Administrator Configure LAN IP Mode IP Address Use this item to manually enter the IP addresses.
[STATIC]
NOTE: This
configuration is
only active when
the Pre-boot
menu is open.

Administrator Configure LAN IP Mode Subnet Mask Use this item to manually enter the subnet mask.
[STATIC]
NOTE: This
configuration is
only active when
the Pre-boot
menu is open.

Administrator Configure LAN IP Mode Default Use this item to manually enter the default
[STATIC] Gateway gateway.
NOTE: This
configuration is
only active when
the Pre-boot
menu is open.

Administrator Configure LAN IP Mode Save Select the Save item to save the manual settings.
[STATIC]
NOTE: This
configuration is
only active when
the Pre-boot
menu is open.

Table 4-7 Pre-boot menu options (5 of 7)

Menu option First level Second level Third level Description

Administrator Startup Options Select the Startup Options item to specify options
that can be set for the next time the printer is
(continued) turned on and initializes to the Ready state.

Administrator Startup Options Show Revision Not currently functional: Select the Show Revision
item to allow the printer to initialize and show the
firmware version when the printer reaches the
Ready state.

Once the printer power is turned on the next time,

the Show Revision item is unchecked so that the
firmware revision is not shown.

Administrator Startup Options Cold Reset Select the Cold Reset item to clear the IP address
and all customer settings. (This item also returns
all settings to factory defaults.)

NOTE: Items in the Service menu are not reset.

Administrator Startup Options Skip Disk Load Select the Skip Disk Load item to disable installed
third-party applications.

Administrator Startup Options Skip Cal Select the Skip Cal item to skip the printer
calibration for the very next power-initialization
cycle only.

Cold reset using the Pre-boot menu from an LCD control panel 103
 Table 4-7 Pre-boot menu options (5 of 7) (continued)

Menu option First level Second level Third level Description

Administrator Startup Options Lock Service CAUTION: Select the Lock Service item to lock
the Service menu access (both in the Pre-boot
menu and the Device Maintenance menu).

Service personnel must have the administrator

remove the Lock Service setting before they can
open the Service menu.

Administrator Startup Options Skip FSCK Select the Skip FSCK item to disable Chkdisk/
ScanVolume during startup.

Administrator Startup Options First Power Not currently functional: This item allows the
printer to initialize as if it is the first time it has
been turned on.

For example, the user is prompted to configure

first-time settings like date/time, language, and
other settings.

Select this item so that it is enabled for the next

time the printer power is turned on.

When the printer power is turned on the next time,

this item is unchecked so that the pre-configured
settings are used during configuration, and the
first-time setting prompt is not used.

Administrator Startup Options Embedded Select the Embedded Jetdirect Off item to disable
Jetdirect Off the embedded HP Jetdirect.

By default this item is unchecked so that HP

Jetdirect is always enabled.

Administrator Startup Options WiFi Accessory Select the WiFi Accessory item to enable the
wireless accessory.

Table 4-8 Pre-boot menu options (6 of 7)

Menu option First level Second level Third level Description

Administrator Diagnostics Diagnostic items are useful to diagnose hardware

components and their interface connections. Use
(continued) these items to troubleshoot specific hardware
components, and the interface between them and
other components.

Administrator Diagnostics Memory Do Not Run Use the Do Not Run item to exclude the Memory
diagnostic when executing multiple diagnostics.

Administrator Diagnostics Short Use the Short item to select a brief memory test.

NOTE: This test requires about four minutes to

execute.

Administrator Diagnostics Long Use the Long item to select an extended memory
test.

NOTE: This test requires about twenty minutes

to execute.

Administrator Diagnostics Disk Do Not Run Use the Do Not Run item to exclude the Disk
diagnostic when executing multiple diagnostics.

104 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-8 Pre-boot menu options (6 of 7) (continued)

Menu option First level Second level Third level Description

Administrator Diagnostics Short Use the Short item to select a brief firmware self-
test.

NOTE: This test requires about two or three

minutes to execute.

Administrator Diagnostics Long Use the Long item to select an extended firmware
self-test.

NOTE: This test requires about sixty minutes to

execute.

Administrator Diagnostics Optimized Use the Optimized item to select a test that
checks the active sectors on the disk.

NOTE: This test requires about thirty minutes to

execute.

Administrator Diagnostics Raw Use the Raw item to select a test that checks
every sector on the disk.

NOTE: This test requires about fifty minutes to

execute.

Administrator Diagnostics Smart Use the Smart item to select a very brief test
that checks the drive self-monitoring analysis and
reporting technology (SMART) status—the drive
detects and reports reliability indicators to help
anticipate disk failures (SMART status).

Administrator Diagnostics CPB Use the CPB item to verify the integrity of the
copy processor board (CPB) and the formatter
PCA connections.

Administrator Diagnostics Interconnect Use the Interconnect item to verify the integrity of
the interconnect PCA (ICB) and its connections.

Administrator Diagnostics Run Selected Select the Run Selected item to execute a
selected test.

NOTE: If more than one test is selected, they are

executed in sequence.

Table 4-9 Pre-boot menu options (7 of 7)

Menu option First level Second level Third level Description

Administrator Remote Admin Start Telnet The Remote Admin item allows a service technician to
access to the printer Pre-boot menu remotely, and to
(continued) navigate the menu selections from a remote location.

IMPORTANT: A Remote Admin connection must be

initiated by a person that is physically present at the
printer.

This person will also need to provide a randomly

generated PIN to the remote service technician.
NOTE: For more information about using the
Remote Admin function, see "Remote Admin (M506/
M507/E50145, M527/M528/E52645)" in the
Troubleshooting Manual.

Administrator Remote Admin Stop Telnet

Cold reset using the Pre-boot menu from an LCD control panel 105
 Table 4-9 Pre-boot menu options (7 of 7) (continued)

Menu option First level Second level Third level Description

Administrator Remote Admin Refresh IP

Administrator System Triage Copy Logs If the device will not boot to the Ready state, or the
diagnostic log feature found in the Troubleshooting
menu is not accessible, then use the System Triage
item to copy the diagnostic logs to a USB flash drive
at the next printer start up.

The files can then be sent to HP to help diagnose the

problem.

Administrator Change Svc Use this item to change the Service menu personal
PWD identification number (PIN).

Administrator Reset Svc PWD If the Service menu personal identification number
(PIN) has been changed. Use this item to reset it to the
original PIN.

Service Tools Reset Password Use this item to reset the Pre-boot administrator
password.

Service Tools Subsystems For manufacturing use only. Do not change these
values.

Developer Tools Netexec

Remote Admin
Learn about the printer Remote Admin function.

The Remote Admin feature allows remote access the printer Pre-boot menu (BIOS environment). The
printer functions as a telnet server which uses the telnet networking protocol to transmit text data. Any
computer (with telnet installed and enabled) can function as the telnet client to remotely display and
interact with the Pre-boot menu.

IMPORTANT: While the Remote Admin function allows remote access the Pre-boot menu, for security
reasons the Remote Admin connection must be initiated by a person that is physically present at the
printer.

Required software and network connection

Before using the Remote Admin feature, make sure that the telnet network protocol is installed and
enabled on the remote telnet client computer.

NOTE: This section describes enabling and configuring the telnet feature for computers using a
Windows® operating system.

HP recommends that the telnet client computer be a Windows-based system; however, there are
other operating systems that support the telnet network protocol. For information about enabling and
configuring the telnet network protocol for other operating systems, see the owner's manual for that
operating system.

Enable the Windows telnet client

All computers using the Windows operating system have the telnet client installed, however, the telnet
client function might not be enabled by default.

106 Chapter 4 Solve problems

NOTE: The figures and menus in this section are for the Windows 10® operating system. Screens and
menu selections might vary slightly for other operating systems.

1. Use the Start menu to open the Windows Settings dialog box, and then search for Turn Windows
features on or off. Click the Turn Windows features on or off item.

Figure 4-6 Open Windows Settings

2. In the Windows Features box, scroll down to Telnet Client. If the check box is not checked, click the
box to select it, and then click the OK button.

TIP: If the check box is already checked then the telnet client function is already enabled. Click the
Cancel button.

Figure 4-7 Enable the telnet client feature

Enable the Windows telnet client 107

 Network connection
The remote telnet client computer must have direct network access to the printer for the Remote Admin
function to operate. This means that the telnet client computer must be on the same network as the
printer.

The Remote Admin function cannot be accessed through a network firewall or other remote access
network security programs.

If a private network is not accessible, ask the network administrator to set up a virtual private network
(VPN) connection to the network.

Connect a remote connection

Use the following procedures to connect a remote connection.

Start the telnet server function at the printer

For security reasons the Remote Admin feature must be initiated by a person that is physically present
at the printer. The following steps must be performed by a person that is physically present at the printer.

NOTE: This person might need to sign in with an administrator or service password depending on how
the printer is configured.

1. Turn the printer on.

2. The HP logo displays on the printer control panel. When a 1/8 with an underscore displays, touch the
middle of the screen to open the Pre-boot menu.

3. Use the arrow buttons on the touchscreen to scroll down and highlight the +3:Administrator item,
and then touch the OK button to select it.

Figure 4-8 Select the +3:Administrator item

4. Use the arrow buttons on the touchscreen to scroll down and highlight the +A:Remote Admin item,
and then touch the OK button to select it.

Figure 4-9 Select the +A:Remote Admin item

108 Chapter 4 Solve problems

5. Use the arrow buttons on the touchscreen to scroll down and highlight the 1:Start Telnet item, and
then touch the OK button to select it.

Figure 4-10 Select the 1:Start Telnet item

6. Do one of the following

● If a connecting message displays briefly, go to vii..

Figure 4-11 Telnet connecting message

● If an error message displays, use the steps below to identify the problem.

Figure 4-12 Telnet error message

a. The printer network cable is not correctly connected.

b. The BIOS LAN settings are incorrect.

– The printer should be configured to use a static IP address, but is configured to use
DHCP instead.

– The printer is configured to use a static IP address, but the IP address is incorrect.

c. The printer is correctly configured to use DHCP, but the DHCP server is not turned on or is
malfunctioning.

7. When the printer telnet server function is initialized, the following screen appears. Use the
information on this screen to connect the remote telnet client computer to the printer.

NOTE: The printer is now ready to receive remote telnet client commands.

● IP: The static or dynamically allocated IP address for the printer.

● Port: The standard telnet port (23).

● Pin: A randomly generated 4-digit personal identification number (PIN).

Start the telnet server function at the printer 109

 Figure 4-13 Telnet server function initialized

Start the telnet client function at the remote computer

The following steps establish a Remote Admin connection from a remote computer to the printer.

1. From the Start menu open the Command Prompt desktop application.

TIP: Type cmd in the application search dialogue box to find the application.

2. From any displayed directory, type telnet at the prompt, and then press the Enter key.

Figure 4-14 Start a telnet session

3. Type o <IP ADDRESS> at the telnet prompt, and then press the Enter key.

NOTE: For <IP ADDRESS>, substitute the IP address that was displayed in step 7 of the "Start the
telnet server function at the printer" topic.

TIP: If the telnet connection fails to establish a connection, the printer is probably behind a firewall
or on a different network that the remote telnet client computer.

Figure 4-15 Establish a telnet connection

110 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 4. Type the PIN that was displayed in step 7 of then "Start the telnet server function at the printer"
topic at the prompt, and then press the Enter key.

IMPORTANT: Make sure to type the PIN correctly. After five incorrect PIN entries, the printer
terminates the Remote Admin connection. The Remote Admin feature must be re-initiated at the
printer. See the "Start the telnet server function at the printer" topic.

Figure 4-16 Enter the PIN

5. The following screen displays when the correct PIN is entered. and the Remote Admin connection
is successful. For information about the Pre-boot menu and options, see "Pre-boot menu options" in
the printer Service Manual.

NOTE: Because a Remote Admin connection is an unsecured telnet network protocol connection,
the following Pre-boot menu items are disabled for the remote telnet client computer.

● The +3:Administrator menu 4:Change Password item.

● The +3:Administrator menu 5:Clear Password item.

● The +3:Administrator menu 6:Disk Manage item.

Figure 4-17 Remote Admin window

Disconnect a remote connection

The Remote Admin connection can be terminated from the printer control panel or the remote telnet
client computer.

NOTE: The following procedure describes terminating a Remote Admin connection from the remote
telnet client computer.

Disconnect a remote connection 111

 1. From the Pre-boot main menu, use the arrow buttons on the keyboard to scroll down to the
+3:Administrator item, and then press the Enter key.

Figure 4-18 Access the administrator menu

2. Use the arrow buttons on the keyboard to scroll down to the +A:Remote Admin item, and then press
the Enter key.

Figure 4-19 Access the remote admin menu

3. Use the arrow buttons on the keyboard to scroll down to the 2:Stop Telnet item, and then press the
Enter key. The Remote Admin connection between the printer and the remote telnet client computer
terminates.

IMPORTANT: The printer remains in the Pre-boot menu. Have the person that is physically present
at the printer do the following:

● Touch the Home button to return to the main Pre-boot menu and highlight the 1:Continue item,
and then touch the OK button. The printer will continue to initialize.

112 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Figure 4-20 Terminate the telnet connection

Advanced configuration with the HP Embedded Web Server (EWS)

Use the HP Embedded Web Server to manage advanced printing functions.

Introduction
Use the HP Embedded Web Server to manage printing functions from a computer instead of the printer
control panel.

● View printer status information

● Determine the remaining life for all supplies and order new ones

● View and change tray configurations

● View and change the printer control-panel menu configuration

● View and print internal pages

● Receive notification of printer and supplies events

● View and change network configuration

The HP Embedded Web Server works when the printer is connected to an IP-based network. The
HP Embedded Web Server does not support IPX-based printer connections. Internet access is not
needed to open and use the HP Embedded Web Server.

When the printer is connected to the network, the HP Embedded Web Server is automatically available.

NOTE: The HP Embedded Web Server is not accessible beyond the network firewall.

How to access the HP Embedded Web Server (EWS)

Use the following steps to open the Embedded Web Server.

1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, touch the Information icon , and then touch
the Ethernet icon to display the IP address or host name.

Advanced configuration with the HP Embedded Web Server (EWS) 113

 2. Open a web browser, and in the address line, type the IP address or host name exactly as it displays
on the printer control panel. Press the Enter key on the computer keyboard. The EWS web page
opens.

NOTE: If the web browser displays a message indicating that accessing the website might not be
safe, select the option to continue to the website. Accessing this website will not harm the
computer.

To use the HP Embedded Web Server, the browser must meet the following requirements:

Windows® 7

● Internet Explorer (version 8.x or greater)

● Google Chrome (version 34.x or greater)

● Firefox (version 20.x or greater)

Windows® 8 or greater

● Internet Explorer (version 9.x or greater)

● Google Chrome (version 34.x or greater)

● Firefox (version 20.x or greater)

Windows 10 or greater

● Microsoft Edge (version 93 or greater)

● Internet Explorer (version 9.x or greater)

● Google Chrome (version 34.x or greater)

● Firefox (version 20.x or greater)

macOS

● Safari (version 5.x or greater)

● Google Chrome (version 34.x or greater)

Linux

● Google Chrome (version 34.x or greater)

● Firefox (version 20.x or greater)

HP Embedded Web Server features

Learn about the HP Embedded Web Server (EWS) features available on each tab.

114 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Figure 4-21 EWS Tabs

NOTE: Copy/Print, Scan/Digital Send, and Fax tabs only appear for multi-function printers (MFPs). A
Print tab appears for single-function printers (SFPs).

Information tab
Settings available on the Information tab of the EWS.

Table 4-10 HP Embedded Web Server Information tab

Menu Description

Configuration Page Shows the information found on the configuration page.

Control Panel Snapshot Shows an image of the current screen on the control panel display.

Device Information Shows the printer network name, address, and model information. To customize
these entries, click the Device Information menu on the General tab.

Device Status Shows the printer status and shows the estimated life remaining of HP supplies. The
page also shows the type and size of paper set for each tray. To change the default
settings, click the Change Settings link.

Event Log Page Shows a list of all printer events and errors. Use the HP Instant Support link (in the
Other Links area on all HP Embedded Web Server pages) to connect to a set of
dynamic web pages that help solve problems. These pages also show additional
services available for the printer.

Event Schedule Summary The Event Schedule Summary page is used to view a table of all scheduled events.

Job Log Provides a list of the jobs that have been processed.

Open Source Licenses Shows a summary of the licenses for open source software programs that can be
used with the printer.

Print Allows the user to send a print-ready file to the printer to be printed.

Printable Reports and Pages Lists the internal reports and pages for the printer. Select one or more items to print.

Remote Control-Panel Provides a way to troubleshoot or manage the printer from a browser window on a
desktop or laptop.

Information tab 115

 Table 4-10 HP Embedded Web Server Information tab (continued)

Menu Description

Supplies Status Page Shows the status of the supplies for the printer.

Usage Page Shows a summary of the number of pages the printer has printed, grouped by size,
type, and paper print path.

General tab
Settings available on the General tab of the EWS.

Table 4-11 HP Embedded Web Server General tab

Menu Description

Alerts Set up email alerts for various printer and supplies events.

AutoSend Configure the printer to send automated emails regarding printer configuration and
supplies to specific email addresses.

Back up and Restore Create a backup file that contains printer and user data. If necessary, use this file to
restore data to the printer.

Control Panel Customization Reorder, show, or hide features on the control-panel display.

Change the default display language and keyboard layouts.

Control Panel Settings App Shows the Settings app options that are available on the printer control panel.

Date/Time Settings Set the date and time or synchronize with a network time server.

Device Information Name the printer and assign an asset number to it. Enter the name of the primary
contact who will receive information about the printer.

Edit Other Links Add or customize a link to another website. This link displays in the footer area on all
HP Embedded Web Server pages.

Energy Settings Set or edit a wake time, sleep time, and sleep delay for the printer. Set a different
schedule for each day of the week and for holidays.

Set which interactions with the printer cause it to wake from sleep mode.

Firmware Upgrade Download and install printer firmware upgrade files.

General Settings Configure how the printer recovers from jams and other general printer settings.

Import/Export Use this feature to export files that can be used to configure other devices. Select
which settings, contacts, or user accounts to include in the export. The files can be
imported to other devices including those with different capabilities. Any imported
settings that are not available on the target device will be ignored.

Job Statistics Settings Provides connection information about third-party job-statistics services, or enables
local serverless device job accounting.

Language Set the language in which to display the HP Embedded Web Server information.

Ordering Information Enter information about ordering replacement toner cartridges. This information
displays on the supplies status page.

Quick Sets Configure jobs that are available in the Quick Sets area of the Home screen on the
printer control panel.

Quota Settings Provides connection information about third-party job-quota services, or enables
local device quota service.

License Management Use this menu to configure the engine speed with the LPD license.

116 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Table 4-11 HP Embedded Web Server General tab (continued)

Menu Description

Reset Factory Settings Restore printer settings to the factory defaults.

Solution Installer Install or remove third-party software packages that extend or modify the
functionality of the printer.

Other Links list

Configure which links display in the footer of the HP Embedded Web Server (EWS) by using the Edit
Other Links menu on the General tab.

NOTE: The following list includes the default links in the EWS.

Table 4-12 HP Embedded Web Server Other Links list

Menu Description

HP Instant Support Connect to the HP website to find solutions to printer problems.

Product Support Connect to the support site for the printer to search for help on various topics.

Shop for Supplies Connect to the HP website for information on purchasing original HP supplies, such
as cartridges and paper.

Copy/Print tab
Settings available on the Copy/Print tab of the EWS.

Table 4-13 HP Embedded Web Server Copy/Print tab

Menu Description

Copy Settings Configure the default options and Quick Sets for copy jobs.

NOTE: If job-specific copy setting options are not set from the control panel at the
start of a job, the default settings will be used for the job.

Default Print Options Configure the default options for print jobs.

Expert Copy Enable or disable Expert Copy and set the initial copy view.

The Expert Copy feature is available only on some HP MFPs with larger control
panels, and is available in FutureSmart 4 firmware 24.7.3 release or later.

Manage Stored Jobs Enable or disable the ability to store jobs in the printer memory.

Configure job-storage options.

Manage Stapler/Stacker Configure settings for the stapler/stacker for printers that have this feature.

Manage Trays Configure settings for paper trays.

PCL and PostScript Settings Adjust the PCL and PostScript settings for all print jobs, including copy jobs and
received faxes.

Print from USB Drive Settings Enable or disable the Print from USB Drive menu on the control panel.

Print Quality Configure the print quality settings, including color adjustment, image registration,
and allowed paper types.

Other Links list 117

 Table 4-13 HP Embedded Web Server Copy/Print tab (continued)

Menu Description

Restrict Color Permit or restrict color printing and copying.

(Color printers only) Specify permissions for individual users or for jobs that are sent from specific
software programs.

Scan/Digital Send tab

Settings available on the Scan/Digital Send tab of the EWS.

Table 4-14 HP Embedded Web Server Scan/Digital Send tab

Menu Description

Contacts Manage contacts including the following options:

● Add email addresses into the printer one at a time.

● Import a large list of frequently-used email addresses on to the printer all at

once, rather than adding them one at a time.

● Export contacts from the printer into a .CSV file on the computer to use as a
data backup, or import the records onto another HP printer.

● Edit email addresses that have already been saved in the printer.

Digital Sending Software Setup Configure settings related to using optional Digital Sending software.

Email Setup Configure the default email settings for digital sending, including the following:

● Settings for the outgoing mail (SMTP) server

● Settings for Email Quick Sets jobs

● Default message settings, such as the "From" address and the subject line

● Settings for digital signatures and encryption

● Settings for email notifications

● Default scan settings for email jobs

● Default file settings for email jobs

Email and Scan to Network Folder Quick Configure the printer to send scanned images as email attachments.
Setup Wizards
Configure the printer to save scanned images to network-folder Quick Sets. Quick
Sets provide easy access to files saved on the network.

Preferences Manage general scanning settings.

Scan+ Setup Scan+ is a unified scan app that offers scanning to multiple destinations in a
single job. Scan+ provides access to favorites, recently used destinations, Auto
Sense features, PDF Quality and File Size presets, and scan shortcuts to increase
productivity.

118 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Table 4-14 HP Embedded Web Server Scan/Digital Send tab (continued)

Menu Description

Scan to Network Folder Configure the network folder settings for digital sending, including the following:

● Settings for Quick Sets jobs saved in a network folder

● Settings for notifications

● Default scan settings for jobs saved in a network folder

● Default file settings for jobs saved in a network folder

Scan to SharePoint® Configure the SharePoint settings for digital sending, including the following:

● Settings for Quick Sets jobs saved in a document library on the SharePoint site

● Default settings for jobs saved in a document library on the SharePoint site

Scan to USB Drive Configure the USB settings for digital sending, including the following:

● Settings for Quick Sets jobs saved on a USB flash drive

● Settings for notifications

● Default scan settings for jobs saved on a USB flash drive

● Default file settings for jobs saved on a USB flash drive

Stamp Select and configure content to be applied in up to six positions on the copy page.

Watermarks Use this feature to add a watermark to the document.

Fax tab
Settings available on the Fax tab of the EWS.

Table 4-15 HP Embedded Web Server Fax tab

Menu Description

Fax Activity Log Contains a list of the faxes that have been sent from or received by this printer.

Fax Receive Setup Configure default print options for incoming faxes, and set up a fax printing
schedule.

Fax Send Setup Configure settings for sending faxes, including the following:

● Default settings for outgoing faxes

● Settings for fax Quick Sets jobs

● Settings for notifications

● Default setting for sending faxes using the internal fax modem

● Settings for using a LAN fax service

● Settings for using an Internet fax service

Fax Speed Dials Manage speed dials, including the following:

● Import .CSV files containing email addresses, fax numbers, or user records, so
that they can be accessed on this printer.

● Export email, fax, or user records from the printer into a file on the computer to
use as a data backup, or import the records onto another HP printer.

Fax tab 119

 Table 4-15 HP Embedded Web Server Fax tab (continued)

Menu Description

Fax Archive and Forwarding Enable or disable fax archiving and fax forwarding, and configure basic settings for
each:

● Fax archiving is a method to send a copy of all incoming and outgoing faxes to
an email address, a network folder, or an FTP server.

● Fax forwarding is a method to forward incoming faxes to a different fax device.

Stamp Select and configure content to be applied in up to six positions on the copy page.

Watermarks Use this feature to add a watermark to the document.

Supplies tab
Settings available on the Supplies tab of the EWS.

Table 4-16 HP Embedded Web Server Supplies tab

Menu Description

Consumables Access Control Use this feature to lock toner cartridges into the product to help prevent
early replacement. Each cartridge will automatically unlock when it reaches the
replacement threshold or encounters an error. Signing in with Admin or Service
credentials will also unlock all cartridges for the duration of the session.

Manage Supplies Configure how the printer reacts when supplies reach a Very Low state.

Troubleshooting tab
Settings available on the Troubleshooting tab of the EWS.

Table 4-17 HP Embedded Web Server Troubleshooting tab

Menu Description

Calibration/Cleaning Enable the automatic cleaning feature, create and print the cleaning page, and
select an option to calibrate the printer immediately.
(Color LaserJet printers only)

Diagnostic Data Export printer information to a file that can be useful for HP technical support to use
for detailed problem analysis.
NOTE: This option is available only if an
administrator password is set from the
Security tab.

Firmware Upgrade Download and install printer firmware upgrade files.

120 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Table 4-17 HP Embedded Web Server Troubleshooting tab (continued)

Menu Description

Calibration/Cleaning Enable the automatic cleaning feature, create and print the cleaning page, and
select an option to calibrate the printer immediately.
(Color LaserJet printers only)

General Troubleshooting Use the following options as appropriate:

● Reports and Tests area: Select and print several types of reports and tests.
Some reports can be viewed in the Embedded Web Server by clicking the View
button.

● Fax Tools area: Configure settings for fax troubleshooting. (MFP and Digital
Sender products with HP analog fax accessory only)

● OXPd Troubleshooting area: Enable or disable the Allow a Non-Secure

Connection for Web Services option

● Auto Recovery area: Enable or disable the Enable Auto Recovery option, which
allows the printer to auto recover from errors that might require the power to
be turned off and on (for example, a 49 error).

Online Help Link to HP cloud-based online help to assist in troubleshooting printing issues.

Reset Factory Settings Restore printer settings to factory defaults.

Schedule Restart Scheduled Restart allows users to set a time and frequency for when to restart the
product.

Security tab
Settings available on the Security tab of the EWS.

Table 4-18 HP Embedded Web Server Security tab

Menu Description

Access Control Configure access to printer functions for specific individuals or groups, and select
the method individuals use to sign in to the printer.

Account Policy Configure for local administrator and remote configuration the password lockout
and password complexity settings.

Certificate Management Install, manage, and validate security certificates for access to the printer and the
network.

Email Domain Restriction If email functionality is enabled, administrators can limit the email addresses to
which the printer can send messages.

Security tab 121

 Table 4-18 HP Embedded Web Server Security tab (continued)

Menu Description

General Security Settings for general security, including the following options:

● Configure an administrator password to restrict access to certain features on

the printer.

● Set a custom device Service Access Code.

● Set the Remote Configuration Password.

● Set Embedded Web Server Options.

● Enable WebScan Auto Capture Jobs.

● Set PJL password and enable access commands.

● Enable PostScript operations.

● Set file system access and firmware upgrade security.

● Enable Bluetooth Low Energy settings.

● Enable or disable the Host USB port on the control panel or the USB
connectivity port on the formatter for printing directly from a computer.

● Set enabled SMB versions for the printer.

● View the status of all security settings.

Manage Remote Apps Manage or whitelist remote apps by importing or deleting certificates that allow
devices to use this product.

Protect Stored Data Configure and manage the internal storage for the printer.

Configure settings for jobs that are stored on the printer internal storage.

Security Log Retrieve security event log data, and export security event log data to a file that can
be used for detailed problem analysis.

Self Test Verify that the security functions are running according to expected system
parameters.

Web Service Security Allow resources on this printer to be accessed by web pages from different
domains. If no sites are added to the list, then all sites are trusted.

HP Web Services tab

Settings available on the HP Web Services tab of the EWS.

Use the HP Web Services tab to configure and enable HP Web Services for this printer. HP Web Services
must be enabled to use the HP ePrint feature.

Table 4-19 HP Embedded Web Server HP Web Services tab

Menu Description

HP JetAdvantage Access solutions that extend the capabilities of the printer

Smart Cloud Print Enable Smart Cloud Print, which allows access to web-based apps that extend the
capabilities of the printer.

Web Proxy Configure a proxy server if there are issues enabling HP Web Services or
connecting the printer to the Internet.

122 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Table 4-19 HP Embedded Web Server HP Web Services tab (continued)

Menu Description

Web Services Setup Connect this printer to HP Connected on the web by enabling HP Web Services.

Networking tab
Settings available on the Networking tab of the EWS.

Use the Networking tab to configure and secure network settings for the printer when it is connected to
an IP-based network.

NOTE: This tab does not display if the printer is connected to other types of networks.

Table 4-20 HP Embedded Web Server Networking tab > Configuration settings

Menu Description

AirPrint Enable, set up, or disable network printing from Apple-supported printers.

Network Settings Configure IPX/SPX, AppleTalk, DLC/LLC, and SNMP settings, depending on the print
server model.

Other Settings Configure general printing protocols and services supported by the print server.
The available options depend on the print server model, but can include firmware
update, LPD queues, USB settings, support information, and refresh rate.

Select Language Change the language displayed by the HP Embedded Web Server. This page
displays if the web pages support multiple languages. Optionally, select supported
languages through language-preference settings in the browser.

Select Location Select a country/region for the printer.

TCP/IP Settings Configure TCP/IP settings for IPv4 and IPv6 networks.

NOTE: The configuration options available depend on the print server model.

Wi-Fi Direct Configure Wi-Fi Direct settings for printers that include embedded Wi-Fi Direct Print
and NFC printing or that have a wireless accessory installed.

NOTE: The configuration options available depend on the print server model.

Wireless Station Configure the initial wireless settings.

NOTE: The configuration options available depend on the print server model.

Table 4-21 HP Embedded Web Server Networking tab > Diagnostics settings

Menu Description

Configuration Page View the HP Jetdirect configuration page, which contains status and configuration
information.

Network Statistics Display network statistics that are collected and stored on the HP Jetdirect print
server.

Protocol Info View a list of network-configuration settings on the HP Jetdirect print server for each
protocol.

Networking tab 123

 Table 4-22 HP Embedded Web Server Networking tab > Security settings

Menu Description

802.1X Authentication Configure 802.1X authentication settings on the Jetdirect print server as required for
client authentication on the network, and reset the 802.1X authentication settings to
factory-default values.

CAUTION: When changing the 802.1X authentication settings; the printer might
lose its connection. To reconnect, it might be necessary to reset the print server to a
factory-default state and reinstall the printer.

Announcement Agent Enable or disable the HP Device Announcement Agent, set the configuration server,
and configure mutual authentication using certificates.

Authorization Control configuration management and use of this printer, including limiting host
access to this printer through an Access Control List (ACL) (for selected print
servers on IPv4 networks only).

IPsec/Firewall Enable, configure, and view an IPsec/Firewall policy.

Mgmt. Protocols Configure and manage security protocols for this printer, including the following:

● Set the security management level for the HP Embedded Web Server, and
control traffic over HTTP and HTTPS.

● Configure the SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) operation. Enable

or disable the SNMP v1/v2c or SNMP v3 agents on the print server.

● Control access through protocols that may not be secure, such as printing
protocols, print services, discovery protocols, name resolution services, and
configuration-management protocols.

Secure Communication Configure Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocol, select encryption, enable
FIPS-140, and enable logging of connectivity for troubleshooting.

Settings View and restore current security settings to factory-default values.

Configure security settings using the Security Configuration Wizard.

NOTE: Do not use the Security Configuration Wizard to configure security settings
if using network-management applications, such as HP Web Jetadmin.

Print menu (SFP) and Copy/Print menu (MFP)

Learn about the control-panel Print menu (SFP) and the Copy/Print menu (MFP).

To display: At the printer control panel, select the Settings menu, and then select the Print menu (SFP) or
the Copy/Print menu (MFP).

To print: At the printer control panel, touch (MFP) or use the arrow buttons (SFP) to select the printer
icon . For the SFP, press the OK button to print the pages.

In the following table, asterisks (*) indicate the factory default setting.

Table 4-23 Print menu (SFP) or Copy/Print menu (MFP)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Level Values Description

Copy Settings Image preview Make optional Use this menu

to configure how
MFP Require preview Copy behaves.

Disable preview

124 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-23 Print menu (SFP) or Copy/Print menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Level Values Description

Copy Settings Copies 1-9999 Configure the

default options
MFP Default = 1 for copy jobs. If
the user does
not specify the
job options when
creating the job,
the default options
are used.

Copy Settings Sides Original Sides 1-sided Use to indicate

whether the
MFP 2-sided original document
is printed on one
Flip pages up or both sides.
For example, select
Original Sides 1-
sided and Output
Sides 2-sided when
the original is
printed on one
side, but you want
to make two-sided
copies.

Select Flip pages

up to print the
pages with long
edge of the in
the landscape
orientation.

Copy Settings Sides Output Sides 1-sided Use to indicate

whether the copies
MFP 2-sided should be printed
on one or both
Flip pages up sides. For example,
select Original
Sides 1-sided and
Output Sides 2-
sided when the
original is printed
on one side, but
you want to make
two-sided copies.

Select Flip pages

up to print the
pages with long
edge of the in
the landscape
orientation.

Copy Settings Watermark Watermark Type None* Use to set a text

watermark.
MFP Text

Print menu (SFP) and Copy/Print menu (MFP) 125

 Table 4-23 Print menu (SFP) or Copy/Print menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Level Values Description

Copy Settings Watermark Watermark Text Draft Select a

predefined text
MFP Confidential watermark.

Secret

Top Secret

Urgent

Copy Settings Watermark Text Font Letter Gothic* Select the font of
the text watermark.
MFP Antique Olive

New Century
Schoolbook Roman

Garamond Antiqua

Copy Settings Watermark Text Size 30 point Select the font

point size of the
MFP 40 point* text watermark.

60 point

Copy Settings Watermark Darkness 1 - (Lighter) Select the

darkness of the
MFP 2 text watermark.

3*

5 - (Darker)

Copy Settings Stamps Stamp Content User-defined value Use to set a stamp
in any or all the
MFP None* following locations
in the document:
IP address
● Top Left
User name
● Top Center
Product information
● Top Right
Page number
● Bottom Left
Date and time
● Bottom
Center

● Bottom Right

Copy Settings Stamps Text Font Letter Gothic* Select the font of
the stamp.
MFP Antique Olive

New Century
Schoolbook Roman

Garamond Antiqua

126 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-23 Print menu (SFP) or Copy/Print menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Level Values Description

Copy Settings Stamps Text Size 8 point Select the font

point size of the
MFP 12 point* stamp.

20 point

Copy Settings Stamps White Disabled* Select the check

background box to enable a
MFP Enabled white background
for the stamp.

Copy Settings Scan Mode Standard document* Use to indicate

the type of original
MFP Prompt for additional document to be
pages scanned.

Book Select Prompt for

additional pages to
2-sided ID copy or scan an
original document
that has more
pages than the
document feeder
can accommodate
at one time, or
to scan originals
of different sizes
that cannot be
scanned together,
and then combine
these separate
scan jobs into a
single job.

Copy Settings Reduce/Enlarge Automatic* Scale the size of

the document up
MFP Include margins or down.

Manual To reduce the

image, select a
Default=100 scaling percentage
that is less than
100. To enlarge the
image, select a
scaling percentage
that is greater than
100.

When Include
margins is enabled,
the printer reduces
the image slightly
to fit the entire
scanned image
within the printable
area on the page.

Print menu (SFP) and Copy/Print menu (MFP) 127

 Table 4-23 Print menu (SFP) or Copy/Print menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Level Values Description

Copy Settings Original Size Automatically detect* Specify the size

of the original
MFP Letter (8.5x11) document.

Mixed Letter/Legal

Legal (8.5x14)

Executive (7.25x10.5)

Statement (5.5x8.5)

Oficio (8.5x13)

4x6

5x7

5x8

A4 (210x297 mm)

A5 (148x210 mm)

A6 (105x148 mm)

RA4 (215x305 mm)

B5 (182x257 mm)

B6 (128x182 mm)

10x15cm

16K (195x270 mm)

16K (184x260 mm)

16K (197x273 mm)

DPostcard JIS
(148x200 mm)

Oficio (216x340 mm)

128 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-23 Print menu (SFP) or Copy/Print menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Level Values Description

Copy Settings Paper Selection Paper Size Match original size* Select the size of
paper to use when
MFP Letter (8.5x11) printing or making
copies.
Legal (8.5x14)

Executive (7.25x10.5)

Statement (5.5x8.5)

Oficio (8.5x13)

3x5

4x6

5x7

5x8

A4 (210x297 mm)

A5 (148x210 mm)

A6 (105x148 mm)

RA4 (215x305 mm)

B5 (182x257 mm)

B6 (128x182 mm)

10x15cm

16K (195x270 mm)

16K (184x260 mm)

16K (197x273 mm)

Postcard JIS (100x148

mm)

DPostcard JIS
(148x200 mm)

Envelope #9

Envelope #10

Envelope Monarch

Envelope #10

Envelope B5

Envelope C5

Envelope C6

Envelope DL

Custom

Oficio (216x340 mm)

Print menu (SFP) and Copy/Print menu (MFP) 129

 Table 4-23 Print menu (SFP) or Copy/Print menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Level Values Description

Copy Settings Paper Selection Paper Type Any Type Select the type of
paper to use when
MFP Plain* printing or making
copies.
Light 60-74g

Intermediate 85-95g

Mid-Weight 96-110g

Heavy 111-130g

Extra Heavy 131-175g

Cardstock 176-220g

Mono Transparency

Labels

Letterhead

Envelope

Preprinted

Prepunched

Colored

Bond

Recycled

Rough

HP EcoFFICIENT

Light Bond

Copy Settings Paper Selection Paper Tray Automatically detect* Select which tray
to use when
MFP Manually Feed printing or making
copies.
Tray 1

Tray 2

Copy Settings Booklet Booklet Format Enabled Select to have

Booklet Format off
MFP Disabled* or on.

Copy Settings Booklet Booklet Format Borders on each Enabled Select to have
page borders printed on
MFP Disabled* the page.

Copy Settings Content Portrait* Specify the way

Orientation the content of the
MFP Landscape original document
is placed on the
page.

130 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-23 Print menu (SFP) or Copy/Print menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Level Values Description

Copy Settings Pages per Sheet One* Select how many

pages to print on
MFP Two one sheet.

Four

Copy Settings Page Order Right, then down Select to print the
pages in rows or
MFP Down, then right columns.

Copy Settings Add page borders Enabled Select the Add

page borders
MFP Disabled* checkbox to add
borders to the
pages.

Copy Settings Image Adjustment Darkness 1 - (Lighter) Adjust to increase

or decrease the
MFP 2 amount of white
and black in the
3 colors.

5*

9 - (Darker)

Copy Settings Image Adjustment Contrast 1 - (Less) Adjust to increase

or decrease
MFP 2 the difference
between the
3 lightest and
darkest color on
4 the page.

5*

9 - (More)

Print menu (SFP) and Copy/Print menu (MFP) 131

 Table 4-23 Print menu (SFP) or Copy/Print menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Level Values Description

Copy Settings Image Adjustment Background 1 - (Normal) Adjust if you

Cleanup are having trouble
MFP 2 copying a faint
image.
3*

5*

9 - (Cleaner)

Copy Settings Image Adjustment Sharpness 1 - (Less) Adjust to sharpen

or soften the
MFP 2 image.

3*

5 - (More)

Copy Settings Optimize Text/ Text Select to optimize

Picture for the output of a
MFP Mixed* particular type of
content.
Printed picture

Photograph

Copy Settings Edge-to-Edge Normal When the Edge-

(recommended) to-Edge feature
MFP is enabled, the
Edge-to-Edge output product minimizes
margins and prints
as close to the
edge of the paper
as possible.

Copy Settings Erase Edges Use inches Enabled* Use the Erase
Edges feature to
MFP Disabled remove blemishes,
such as dark
borders or staple
marks, by cleaning
the edges of the
scanned image.

Disabling Use
inches changes
the measurements
to millimeters.

132 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-23 Print menu (SFP) or Copy/Print menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Level Values Description

Copy Settings Erase Edges Front Side Specify a different Sets the width of
width for each edge the edge to clean.
MFP
Apply same width to
all edges*

All edges value

Default = 0.00

Copy Settings Erase Edges Back Side Specify a different Sets the width of
width for each edge the edge to clean.
MFP
Apply same width to
all edges

Mirror front side*

Copy Settings Collate Collate on* When Collate on is

selected, each set
MFP Collate off of copied pages
are assembled in
the same order
as the original
document.

Copy Settings Multi-feed Disabled Use this feature

Detection to detect
MFP Enabled* when multiple
pages are fed
simultaneously into
the ADF (automatic
document feeder)
or sheet-feed
scanner.

Copy Settings

MFP

Enable Print from Enabled Enables the printer

USB Drive to open a file from
Disabled* a USB drive.

Manage Stored Job Sort Order Job Name* This option

Jobs allows you list
Date* the jobs either
alphabetically or
chronologically.

Manage Stored Retain Temporary Do not retain Sets which

Jobs Jobs temporary jobs will
Personal jobs only be retained in the
event of a printer
All temporary jobs reboot.

Print menu (SFP) and Copy/Print menu (MFP) 133

 Table 4-23 Print menu (SFP) or Copy/Print menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Level Values Description

Manage Stored Temporary Job 1-300 Configure global

Jobs Storage Limit settings for jobs
Default = 32 that are stored
in the printer
memory.

The Temporary
Job Storage Limit
feature specifies
the number of
temporary jobs
that can be stored
on the printer. The
maximum allowed
value is 300.

Manage Stored Temporary Job Off Configure global

Jobs Storage Retention settings for
30 minutes temporary jobs
that are stored
1 hour in the printer
memory.
4 hours
The Temporary
1 day Stored Job
Retention feature
1 week specifies the
amount of time
4 weeks temporary jobs
can be stored on
3 days the printer.

Manage Stored Standard Stored Off Configure global

Jobs Job Retention settings for jobs
30 minutes that are stored
in the printer
1 hour memory.

4 hours The Standard

Stored Job
1 day Retention feature
specifies the
1 week amount of time
jobs can be stored
4 weeks on the printer.
3 days

Default Print Number of Copies Range: 1-32000 Sets the default

Options number of copies
Default = 1 for a copy
job. This default
applies when the
Copy function or
the Quick Copy
function is initiated
from the printer
Home screen.

Default Print Paper Selection Paper size Select from a list of Configures the
Options sizes that the printer default paper size,
Paper type supports. type and tray used
for print jobs.
Paper tray

134 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-23 Print menu (SFP) or Copy/Print menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Level Values Description

Default Print Default Custom X Dimension Range: 3.00-8.50 Configures the

Options Paper Size inches default paper size
that is used when
Default = 8.5 inches the user selects
Custom as the
paper size for a
print job.

Default Print Default Custom Y Dimension Range: 5.00-14.00 Configures the

Options Paper Size inches default paper size
that is used when
Default = 14 inches the user selects
Custom as the
paper size for a
print job.

Default Print Default Custom Use Inches Enabled*

Options Paper Size
Disabled

Default Print Output Sides 1-sided* Use to indicate

Options whether the
2-sided original document
is printed on one or
both sides.

Default Print Edge-to-Edge Normal Use to avoid

Options (recommended)* shadows that
can appear along
Edge-to-Edge output the edges of
copies when the
original document
is printed close to
the edges.

Default Print Resolution FastRes 1200* Use to select the

Options level of desired
ProRes 1200 print quality.

Default Print Resolution Economode Enabled Text is printed

Options using less toner.
Disabled* This setting is
useful when you
are printing drafts.
You can turn
on this option
independently of
other print quality
settings.

PCL and Courier Font Regular* Select which

Postscript version of the
Settings Dark Courier font you
want to use. The
factory default
setting is Regular,
which uses an
average stroke
width. The Dark
setting can be
used if a heavier
Courier font is
needed.

Print menu (SFP) and Copy/Print menu (MFP) 135

 Table 4-23 Print menu (SFP) or Copy/Print menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Level Values Description

PCL and Wide A4 Enabled Changes the

Postscript printable area of
Settings Disabled* A4-size paper. If
you enable this
option, eighty 10-
pitch characters
can be printed on
a single line of A4
paper.

PCL and Print PS Errors Enabled Use this feature

Postscript to select whether
Settings Disabled* a PostScript (PS)
error page is
printed when the
printer encounters
a PS error.

PCL and Print PDF Errors Enabled Selects whether a

Postscript PDF error page is
Settings Disabled* printed when the
printer encounters
a PDF error.

PCL and Personality Automatic* Configures the

Postscript default print
Settings PCL language or
personality for the
PS printer. Normally
you should not
PDF change the printer
language. If you
change the setting
to a specific
printer language,
the printer does
not automatically
switch from one
language to
another unless
specific software
commands are
sent to it.

PCL and PCL Font Settings Font Source Internal Selects the font
Postscript source for the
Settings Disk resident* user-soft default
font. The list of
available options
varies depending
on the installed
printer options.

136 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-23 Print menu (SFP) or Copy/Print menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Level Values Description

PCL and PCL Font Settings Font Number Range: 0-110 Specifies the font
Postscript number for the
Settings Default = 0 user-soft default
font using the
source that is
specified in the
Font Source menu.
The printer assigns
a number to each
font and lists it on
the PCL font list.
The font number
displays in the Font
# column of the
printout.

PCL and PCL Font Settings Font Pitch Range: 0.44-99.99 If the Font Source
Postscript option and the Font
Settings Default = 10 Number setting
indicate a contour
font, then use this
feature to select a
default pitch (for a
fixed-spaced font).

PCL and PCL PCL Settings Form Length Range: 5-128 lines Controls the PCL
Postscript print-command
Settings Default = 60 options. PCL is
a set of printer
commands that
HP developed to
provide access to
printer features.

Use the Form

Length feature to
select the user soft
-default vertical
form length.

PCL and PCL PCL Settings Orientation Portrait* Select the

Postscript orientation that is
Settings Landscape most often used
for copy or scan
originals. Select
the Portrait option
if the short edge is
at the top or select
the Landscape
option if the long
edge is at the top.

Print menu (SFP) and Copy/Print menu (MFP) 137

 Table 4-23 Print menu (SFP) or Copy/Print menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Level Values Description

PCL and PCL PCL Settings Symbol Set Select from a list of Select any one of
Postscript symbol sets. several available
Settings symbol sets from
the control panel.
A symbol set
is a unique
grouping of all the
characters in a
font. The factory
default value
for this option
is PC-8. Either
PC-8 or PC-850
are recommended
for line-draw
characters.

PCL and PCL PCL Settings Append CR to LF Enabled When enabled, this
Postscript option appends
Settings Disabled* a carriage return
to each line
feed encountered
in backwards-
compatible PCL
jobs.

PCL and PCL PCL Settings Suppress Blank Enabled This option is for
Postscript Pages users who are
Settings Disabled* generating their
own PCL, which
could include extra
form feeds that
would cause blank
pages to be
printed. When the
On option is
selected, form
feeds are ignored if
the page is blank.

PCL and PCL PCL Settings Media Source Standard* Use to select
Postscript Mapping and maintain input
Settings Classic trays by number
when you are not
using the printer
driver, or when the
software program
has no option for
tray selection. The
following options
are available:

Standard: Tray
numbering is
based on newer HP
LaserJet models.

Classic: Tray
numbering is
based on HP
LaserJet 4 and
older models.

138 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-23 Print menu (SFP) or Copy/Print menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Level Values Description

Print Quality General Toner Density A sliding bar appears Lighten or darken
with the indicator set the print on the
in the middle between page by changing
Less and More. the toner density
setting.

Print Quality General REt Disabled Use this setting

to enable or
Enabled* disable Resolution
Enhancement
technology (REt),
which produces
smoother angles,
curves, and edges.

Print Quality Image Tray Tray 1 Specify tray to be

Registration adjusted
Tray 2

Tray 3

Tray 4

Tray 5

Depends upon the

number of trays
installed

Print menu (SFP) and Copy/Print menu (MFP) 139

 Table 4-23 Print menu (SFP) or Copy/Print menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Level Values Description

Print Quality Image Front-side -5.00 mm to 5.00 mm Shift the margin

Registration Horizontal Shift alignment to
center the image
Front-side on the page from
Vertical Shift top to bottom
and from left to
Back-side right. You can also
Horizontal Shift align the image on
the front with the
Back-side image printed on
Vertical Shift the back.

The direction that

is perpendicular to
the way the paper
passes through
the printer is
referred to as
X. This is also
known as the scan
direction. X1 is the
scan direction for a
single-sided page
or for the second
side of a two-sided
page. X2 is the
scan direction for
the first side of a
two-sided page.

The direction that

the paper feeds
through the printer
is referred to as
Y. Y1 is the feed
direction for a
single-sided page
or for the second
side of a two-sided
page. Y2 is the feed
direction for the
first side of a two-
sided page.

Use the Adjust Tray

<X> menu to adjust
the registration
settings for
each tray. Before
adjusting these
values, print a
registration test
page. It provides
alignment guides
in the X and
Y directions so
you can determine
which adjustments
are necessary. You
can adjust values
for X1 Shift, X2
Shift, Y1 Shift, and
Y2 Shift.

140 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-23 Print menu (SFP) or Copy/Print menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Level Values Description

Print Quality Image Print Test Page Use the Print Test
Registration Page option to
print a page to
test the image
registration. It
provides alignment
guides in the X
and Y directions so
you can determine
which adjustments
are necessary.

Print Quality Auto Sense Tray 1 Sense every page

Behavior
Sense first page

Sense transparency
only

Print Quality Auto Sense All Other Trays Sense first page
Behavior
Sense transparency
only

Print Quality Adjust Paper Select from a list Print mode Select from a list of Changing the Print
types of paper types paper types mode setting is
that the printer usually the first
supports. The Reset Paper Types thing to try
available to resolve print-
options are the quality problems.
same for each Problems can
paper type. include toner not
sticking well to
the page, a faint
image of the page
repeated on the
same or following
page, incorrect
gloss level, and so
on.

Print Quality Adjust Paper Select from a list Resistance mode Normal* Use this setting
types of paper types to correct print
that the printer Up 1 quality problems
supports. The in low-humidity
available Up 2 environments and
options are the highly resistive
same for each paper.
paper type.
Use the Up options
to solve print
quality problems
that are related
to faded images
or scattered toner
on certain paper
types.

The Up options
raise the
secondary transfer
bias.

Print menu (SFP) and Copy/Print menu (MFP) 141

 Table 4-23 Print menu (SFP) or Copy/Print menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Level Values Description

Print Quality Adjust Paper Select from a list Paper curl mode Normal* Use this setting to
types of paper types reduce paper curl
that the printer Reduced in print jobs.
supports. The
available
options are the
same for each
paper type.

Print Quality Optimize Line Detail Normal* Use this setting if

you have scattered
Off lines in printed
pages.
Alternate

Print Quality Optimize Moisture Control Normal*

Alternate

Print Quality Optimize Envelope control Normal

Reduced Temp

Print Quality Optimize Tray 1 Normal

Alternate

Print Quality Optimize Background Normal

Alternate

Print Quality Optimize Uniformity Normal

Control
Alternate 1

Alternate 2

Alternate 3

Print Quality Optimize Cac03 Off

On

Print Quality Optimize Best Normal Off

On

Print Quality Optimize Tracking Control Off

On

Print Quality Optimize Registration Normal

Alternate

Print Quality Optimize Transfer Control Normal

Alternate 1

Print Quality Optimize Moisture Control Normal

Alternate

Print Quality Optimize Reset Optimize Reset

142 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-23 Print menu (SFP) or Copy/Print menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Level Values Description

Print Quality Edge Control Off

Light

Normal*

Maximum

Manage Trays Use Requested Exclusively* Controls how the

Tray printer handles
When available jobs that have
specified a
specific input tray.
Two options are
available:

Exclusively: The
printer never
selects a different
tray when the user
has indicated that
a specific tray
should be used,
even if that tray is
empty.

When available:
The printer pulls
from another tray
if the specified
tray is empty, even
though the specific
tray was indicated
for the job.

Manage Trays Manually Feed Always prompt* Indicate whether

Prompt a prompt should
Prompt on mismatch appear when the
type or size for a
job does not match
the specified
tray and the
printer pulls from
the multipurpose
tray instead.
Two options are
available:

Always: A prompt
always displays
before using the
multipurpose tray.

Prompt on
mismatch: A
prompt displays
only if the size
or type do not
match or the tray is
empty.

Print menu (SFP) and Copy/Print menu (MFP) 143

 Table 4-23 Print menu (SFP) or Copy/Print menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Level Values Description

Manage Trays Size/Type Prompt Display* Controls whether

the tray
Do not display configuration
message displays
whenever a
tray is closed.
Two options are
available:

Display: Shows the

tray configuration
message when a
tray is closed. The
user is able to
configure the tray
settings directly
from this message.

Do not display:
Prevents the
tray configuration
message from
automatically
appearing.

Manage Trays Use Another Tray Allow* Use to turn on

or off the control
Do not allow panel prompt to
select another tray
when the specified
tray is empty.
Two options are
available:

Allow: When this

option is selected
the user is
prompted to either
add paper to the
selected tray or to
choose a different
tray. This is the
factory default.

Do not allow: When

this option is
selected, the user
is not given the
option of selecting
a different tray. The
printer prompts the
user to add paper
to the tray that was
initially selected.

144 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-23 Print menu (SFP) or Copy/Print menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Level Values Description

Manage Trays Alternative Off* Use to load

Letterhead Mode letterhead or
On preprinted paper
into the tray the
same way for all
print jobs, whether
you are printing to
one side of the
sheet or to both
sides of the sheet.
When this option is
selected, load the
paper as you would
for printing on both
sides. See the user
documentation
that came with
the printer for
instructions about
loading letterhead
for printing on both
sides. When this
option is selected,
the printer speed
slows to the
speed required for
printing on both
sides.

Manage Trays Duplex Blank Automatic* Controls how the

Pages printer handles
Always two-sided jobs
(duplexing). Two
options are
available:

Automatic: Choose
this option to
skip printing blank
sides during a two-
sided print job. The
printer can print
jobs faster when
blank sides are
skipped.

Always: Choose
this option to print
all sides of a two-
sided job, even
if one side is
blank. This might
be preferable for
certain jobs that
use paper types
such as letterhead
or prepunched
paper.

Print menu (SFP) and Copy/Print menu (MFP) 145

 Table 4-23 Print menu (SFP) or Copy/Print menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth Level Values Description

Manage Trays Override A4/ Yes* Prints on letter-size

Letter paper when an A4
No job is sent but
no A4-size paper
is loaded in the
printer (or to print
on A4 paper when
a letter-size job
is sent but no
letter-size paper is
loaded). This option
will also override
A3 with ledger-size
paper and ledger
with A3-size paper.

Defeating interlocks
Learn about defeating printer interlocks.

Different tests can be used to isolate different types of issues. For assembly or noise isolation, run the
diagnostic test when the toner cartridge door or rear door is open.

Defeating the door interlocks allows observation of the paper pick operation.

Defeat the front (cartridge) door interlock

1. Open the front door.

2. Insert a folded piece of paper into the slot.

TIP: Fold a stiff piece of paper, for example a business card or index card, into a strip, and insert
the strip into the slot for the front door logic switch.

Figure 4-22 Defeat the front (cartridge) door interlock

146 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Defeat the rear door interlock
1. Open the rear door.

2. Insert a folded piece of paper into the slot.

TIP: It might be easier to use a small flat-blade screwdriver to defeat the rear door interlock.

Figure 4-23 Defeat the rear door interlock

LED Diagnostics (formatter)

Learn about troubleshooting the printer using formatter LEDs.

Network LEDs
The formatter has two network port LEDs. When the printer is connected to a properly working network
through a network cable, the amber LED indicates network activity, and the green LED indicates the link
status.

A blinking amber LED indicates network traffic. If the green LED is off, a link has failed. For link failures,
check all of the network cable connections. In addition, try to manually configure the network card link
speed setting by using the printer control panel.

Configure link speed setting from a SFP control panel

1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, use the arrow keys to navigate to Settings, and
then press the OK button.

2. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Networking, and then press the OK button.

3. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Ethernet, and then press the OK button.

4. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Link Speed, and then press the OK button.

5. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to the desired link speed setting, and then press the OK button.

6. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Done (at the bottom of the control-panel display), and then press
the OK button.

LED Diagnostics (formatter) 147

 Configure link speed setting from an MFP control panel

1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Settings button.

2. Open the following menus:

● Networking

● Ethernet

● Link Speed

3. Touch and then touch the desired link speed setting, and then touch the Done button.

Disable cartridge check

Learn about the disable cartridge check troubleshooting diagnostic.

NOTE: This item appears in the control-panel menus. However, the function is not available for this
printer.

Print/stop test
Learn about the print/stop test troubleshooting diagnostic.

Use this diagnostic test to isolate the cause of problems such as image-formation defects and jams
within the engine.

During this test, stop the paper anywhere along the printer paper path. The test can be programmed to
stop printing internal pages or an external print job when the paper reaches a certain position. The test
can also be programmed to stop from 0 to 60,000 ms. If the timer is set to a value that is greater than the
job-print time, the printer can recover in one of two ways.

Printer recovery (print/stop test)

● After the print job is completed press the OK button to return to the Troubleshooting menu before
the timer times out.

● After the timer times out, touch the Stop button. Activate the door switch to restart the engine and
return it to a normal state.

Common print/stop test timing millisecond (ms) stops

● 600 ms: The page has passed the registration area and the leading edge is just short of entering the
fuser. The image can be seen on the paper but has not fused. If the defect is visible then the cause
might be the drum, transfer roller, or a roller prior to, or in, the registration area.

● 1200 ms: The leading edge is about 18mm (0.71 in) into the top output bin. The image has gone
through the fuser. If the defect was not visible prior to the fuser, and is visible after the fuser, then
the fuser it is the likely cause of the print quality defect. Inspect the fuser for damage, debris, or
labels stuck to the fuser. Replace the fuser. Discuss media specifications and proper care of the
fuser with the customer.

Print/stop test from a non-touchscreen control panel

1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, use the arrow buttons to navigate to Support
Tools, and then press the OK button.

2. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Troubleshooting, and then press the OK button.

148 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 3. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Diagnostic Tests, and then press the OK button.

4. Select Continue to enter Maintenance mode.

5. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Print/Stop Test, and then press the OK button.

Print/stop test from a touchscreen control panel

1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Support Tools button.

2. Open the following menus:

● Troubleshooting

● Diagnostic Tests

● Print/Stop Test

3. Enter a range, and then touch the OK button.

Individual component diagnostics

Learn about printer individual component diagnostics.

Paper path test

Learn about the paper path test troubleshooting diagnostic.

This diagnostic test generates one or more test pages. Use these pages to isolate the cause of jams.

To isolate a problem, specify which input tray to use, and specify the number of copies to print. Print
multiple copies to help isolate intermittent problems. The following options become available after
beginning the diagnostic feature:

● Print Test Page: Run the paper-path test from the default settings: Tray 2, no duplex, and one copy.
To specify other settings, scroll down the menu, and select the setting, and then scroll back up and
select Print Test Page to start the test.

● Source Tray: Select Tray 1, Tray 2, or the optional tray.

● Number of Copies: Set the numbers of copies to be printed; the choices are 1, 10, 50, 100, or 500.

Paper path test from a SFP control panel

1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, use the arrow buttons to navigate to Support
Tools, and then press the OK button.

2. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Troubleshooting, and then press the OK button.

3. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Diagnostic Tests, and then press the OK button.

4. Select Continue to enter Maintenance mode.

5. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Paper Path Test, and then press the OK button.

Paper path test from an MFP control panel

1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Support Tools button.

2. Open the following menus:

Individual component diagnostics 149

 ● Troubleshooting

● Diagnostic Tests

● Paper Path Test

3. Select the paper path test options for the test.

Print/stop test
Learn about the print/stop test troubleshooting diagnostic.

Use this diagnostic test to isolate the cause of problems such as image-formation defects and jams
within the engine.

During this test, stop the paper anywhere along the printer paper path. The test can be programmed to
stop printing internal pages or an external print job when the paper reaches a certain position. The test
can also be programmed to stop from 0 to 60,000 ms. If the timer is set to a value that is greater than the
job-print time, the printer can recover in one of two ways.

Printer recovery (print/stop test)

● After the print job is completed press the OK button to return to the Troubleshooting menu before
the timer times out.

● After the timer times out, touch the Stop button. Activate the door switch to restart the engine and
return it to a normal state.

Common print/stop test timing millisecond (ms) stops

● 600 ms: The page has passed the registration area and the leading edge is just short of entering the
fuser. The image can be seen on the paper but has not fused. If the defect is visible then the cause
might be the drum, transfer roller, or a roller prior to, or in, the registration area.

● 1200 ms: The leading edge is about 18mm (0.71 in) into the top output bin. The image has gone
through the fuser. If the defect was not visible prior to the fuser, and is visible after the fuser, then
the fuser it is the likely cause of the print quality defect. Inspect the fuser for damage, debris, or
labels stuck to the fuser. Replace the fuser. Discuss media specifications and proper care of the
fuser with the customer.

Print/stop test from a non-touchscreen control panel

1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, use the arrow buttons to navigate to Support
Tools, and then press the OK button.

2. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Troubleshooting, and then press the OK button.

3. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Diagnostic Tests, and then press the OK button.

4. Select Continue to enter Maintenance mode.

5. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Print/Stop Test, and then press the OK button.

Print/stop test from a touchscreen control panel

1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Support Tools button.

2. Open the following menus:

150 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 ● Troubleshooting

● Diagnostic Tests

● Print/Stop Test

3. Enter a range, and then touch the OK button.

Paper path sensors test

Learn about the paper path sensors test troubleshooting diagnostic.

NOTE: This item appears in the control-panel menus. However, the function is not available for this
printer.

Individual component test

Learn about the individual component test troubleshooting diagnostic.

NOTE: This item appears in the control-panel menus. However, the function is not available for this
printer.

Manual sensor test

Learn about the manual sensor test troubleshooting diagnostic.

NOTE: This item appears in the control-panel menus. However, the function is not available for this
printer.

Tray/bin manual sensor test

Learn about the tray/bin manual sensor test troubleshooting diagnostic.

NOTE: This item appears in the control-panel menus. However, the function is not available for this
printer.

Diagrams: Block diagrams

View block diagrams for the printer.

Sensors and switches

View printer and paper feeder sensor and switch diagrams.

Sensors and switches (printer base)

Paper path sensors test 151

 Figure 4-24 Sensors and switches (printer base)
SR21

SR3 SR4

SR2

SR6
SR5
SR1 SR7
SR8

SR22

SW 6

Item Description Item Description

SR1 Registration sensor SR7 Tray media surface sensor

SR2 Loop sensor SR8 Lifter sensor

SR3 Fuser output sensor SR21 Duplex switchback sensor

SR4 Output bin media-full SR22 Duplex re-pickup sensor

sensor

SR5 Tray media out sensor SW6 Tray detection switch

SR6 Tray 1 media out sensor

Sensors and switches (550-sheet paper feeder)

Figure 4-25 Sensors and switches (550-sheet paper feeder)

SR31

SR32
SR33
SR34

SW31

Item Description

SR31 Feed sensor

152 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Item Description

SR32 Tray media surface sensor

SR33 Lifter sensor

SR34 Tray media output sensor

SW31 Tray detection switch

Printed circuit assembly (PCA) connector locations

View printed circuit assembly (PCA) diagrams.

DC controller PCA connections

Figure 4-26 DC controller PCA connections
J129 J124 J107 J126 J104

J127 J108 J112 J125 J132 J105 J110 J109 J120 J111 J116 J123
J128 J100
J117
J134
J119 J113
J150
J131 J199

J130

J121
J114

J106 J122 J118

J140 J144

J103 J102

Item Description Item Description

J100 Formatter J120 Memory chip

J102 Registration sensor J121 Environment sensor

J103 Tray media out sensor J122 Paper feeder

Lifter sensor

Tray media surface sensor

J104 DC Controller J123 Cyan/black laser assembly

J105 Low-voltage power supply J124 Fuser

J106 Intermediate transfer belt J125 Fuser

(ITB)

J107 Output bin media-full J126 Fuser

sensor

J108 Loop sensor J127 Fuser

Fuser output sensor

Printed circuit assembly (PCA) connector locations 153

 Item Description Item Description

J109 Fuser power supply J128 Duplex re-pickup clutch

J110 Yellow/magenta laser J129 Fuser

assembly

J111 Scanner motor J130 Not used

J112 Fuser pressure release J131 Not used

detection switch

J113 Driver PCA J132 Formatter

J114 Tray 1 media out sensor J134 Duplex re-pickup sensor

J116 Low-voltage power supply J140 Lifter solenoid

J117 Front door switch J144 Tray detection switch

J118 Registration density J150 Front door switch 1

sensor

J119 Power supply switch J199 DC Controller

Formatter PCA connections

Figure 4-27 Formatter PCA connections (SFP)

J3

J41
J97

J38
J7

J1 J11
J9 J10
J26 J14 J8 J13 J19

Item Description Item Description

J1 Ethernet port J3 Control-panel FFC

J7 Trusted platform module J8 DC controller

(TPM)

J9 Low-voltage power supply J10 Empty

(LVPS)

J11 Island of Data (IOD) J13 Empty

J14 Empty J19 Empty

J26 Empty J38 USB port (direct computer

connection)

J41 USB port (job storage or J97 embedded Multi-Media

accessory connection) Card (eMMC)

154 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Figure 4-28 Formatter PCA connections (MFP)

J12 J17 J3
J18
J41 J4
J-USB
J97

J38
J7

J1 J11
J9 J10
J26 J14 J8 J13 J19

Item Description Item Description

J1 Ethernet port J3 Control-panel FFC

J4 Fax FFC J7 Trusted platform module

(TPM)

J8 DC controller J9 Low-voltage power supply

(LVPS)

J10 Empty J11 Empty

J12 Document feeder J13 Empty

J14 Empty J17 Sub scanner assembly

J18 Sub scanner assembly J19 Empty

J26 Empty J38 USB port (direct computer

connection)

J41 USB port (job storage or J97 embedded Multi-Media

accessory connection) Card (eMMC)

J-USB Walk-up USB port

550-sheet paper feeder PCA connectors

Printed circuit assembly (PCA) connector locations 155

 Figure 4-29 550-sheet paper feeder PCA connectors

J756 J751

J755

J750
J757

J753

J752 J754

Item Description Item Description

J750 DC controller J754 Tray pickup solenoid

J751 Not used J755 Tray media surface sensor

Lifter sensor

Tray media out sensor

J752 Pickup motor J756 Feed sensor

J753 Lifter solenoid J757 Tray detection switch

Diagrams: External plug and port locations

View printer external plugs and ports diagrams.

External plug and port locations

156 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Figure 4-30 External plug and port locations

5~

1
4
2

Item Description

1 USB port (for job storage and private printing)

2 USB port for direct connection to a computer

3 Ethernet port

4 Fax “line in” port (for attaching the fax phone line to the
printer)

Telephone “line out” port (this port is covered by a plug

and is inactive)

5 Power connection

Diagrams: Major component locations

View printer major component locations diagrams.

Major components (printer base)

Diagrams: Major component locations 157

 Figure 4-31 Major components (printer base)

10 2

9 3

6
5 4

Item Description Item Description

1 Duplex drive assembly 6 Registration assembly

2 Secondary transfer 7 Fuser

assembly

3 Re-pickup assembly 8 Lifter drive assembly

4 Registration density 9 Intermediate transfer belt

sensor (ITB)

5 Tray pickup assembly 10 Laser scanner

Motors (printer base)

158 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Figure 4-32 Motors (printer base)

1
2

3
4

Item Description Item Description

1 Fuser motor 3 Developer motor

2 Drum motor 4 Pickup motor

Fans (printer base)

Figure 4-33 Fans (printer base)

Item Description Item Description

1 Cartridge fan 2 Power supply fan

Rollers and power switch (printer base)

Diagrams: Major component locations 159

 Figure 4-34 Rollers and power switch (printer base)

1
2
8 3
7
6 4
5

Item Description Item Description

1 Secondary transfer roller 5 Front door switch 2

2 Power supply switch 6 Tray 1 pickup roller

3 Pickup roller 7 Separation roller

4 Tray 1 separation pad 8 Feed roller

Printed circuit assemblies (printer base)

160 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Figure 4-35 Printed circuit assemblies (printer base)
9
8
7
1
6
2

Item Description Item Description

1 Driver PCA 5 DC controller

2 Low-voltage power supply 6 Island of Data (IOD)

3 Memory PCA 7 Formatter

NOTE: Includes the

embedded multi-media
card (eMMC) and the
trusted platform module
(TPM).

4 Environmental sensor 8 Fax PCA

Major components (550-sheet paper feeder)

Diagrams: Major component locations 161

 Figure 4-36 Major components (550-sheet paper feeder)

3 1
2

Item Description

1 Tray pickup assembly

2 Lifter drive assembly

3 Paper feed assembly

Motors and rollers (550-sheet paper feeder)

Figure 4-37 Motors and rollers (550-sheet paper feeder)

1
4 2

Item Description

1 Pickup motor

2 Pickup roller

3 Separation roller

4 Feed roller

Printed circuit assemblies (550-sheet paper feeder)

162 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Figure 4-38 Printed circuit assemblies (550-sheet paper feeder)

Item Description

1 Paper feeder controller PCA

Diagrams: General timing chart

View the printer timing chart diagram.

Diagrams: General timing chart 163

164
Timing chart two consecutive prints on LTR paper (Full-color 1/1 speed mode)

STBY INTR PRINT LSTR STBY

1 Print command

2 Pickup solenoid

3 Registration sensor

4 Fuser output sensor

5 TOP signal

Chapter 4 Solve problems

6 Scanner motor
Figure 4-39 Timing chart

7 Pickup motor

8 Drum motor

View the printer circuit diagram.

9 Developer motor

10 Fuser motor

Diagrams: General circuit diagrams

11 Fuser heater

Charging bias and developing bias

12
(YMC)
Charging bias and developing bias
13
(K)

14 T1 bias

15 T2 bias

16 Cartridge fan

17 Power supply fan

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25
 Figure 4-40 General circuit diagram (base printer)

J132
7
SGND

J903
J134

6
DUPREGS_LED

J3022
+3.3VC

1
SR22

5
SGND SGND

4
DUPREGS +3.3VC

6
3

3
PGND

J128

2
+24VD

JCL1
+24V

1
CL1

CL

1
(DUPCL)

2
1 CLFO(CLEI) 32

J130
+3.3VA 2 SGND 31

J9001

Formatter
Registration density sensor ass’y
1

4
IOTR 3 CLFI(CLEO) 30

J118
RD_DIFA

J621
IOT

1
RD Sensor
SGND RD_REGA 4 SGND 29

Fuser

J129

2
+24VD

2
SL10

1
IOTT RD_PWM 5 /BD0 28

SL

1
(DUPSWBKSL)

3
2
SGND 6 SGND 27

4
J131
N.C 7 /VDO11 26

J9002
RDPOWER*

5
MODE0 R_DIFA 8 VDO11 25

FLASH
2

6
J127

J901
DUPSWBKS_LED N.C 9 SGND 24

J3021
R_PWM

32
SR21
SGND P60 SGND 10 /VDO21 23

J100
DUPSWBKS TCK RDPOWER* 11 VDO21 22

32
9
12 SGND 21

J622

*+24VD(ECU)
4
R Sensor
13 /TOP 20

3
14 SGND 19
sensor ass’y
Environment

2
15 /VDO31 18

J121
HUMCLKP

1
HUMCLKN 16 VDO31 17
3

2
2
SGND 17 SGND 16

3
TEMPS 18 /VDO41 15
1

4
19 VDO41 14
20 SGND 13
21 /VDO12 12

J2100L

J106
J2100H
+24VD +24VD

J2100D
SL30

1
22 VDO12 11

SL
(T1SL) (T1SL)

2
23 SGND 10

5
SGND

Control panel
3
/VDO22

ITB
24 9
T1HPS

4
25 VDO22 8
J754

J777D

J777L

J3040L

J3040D
+24VF SGND
J777H
1

3
SL20 SGND

1
26 7
1

J3040H
SL

SW4
(OPCSSL)
2

2
27 /VDO32 6
2

2
T1HPSNS

1
28 VDO32 5

3
2
29 SGND 4
J753

+24VF
J756

OPREGS_LED
SL21
J3031

30 /VDO42 3
3

SL
SR31

SGND (OPLFTSL)
2

31 VDO42 2
2

J140
+24VD

J103
OPREGS 1 CSTPS_LED

J3005
SGND

SL5
32 1
1

1
SL
(LIFTSL)

SR5
SGND
2

2
1
J757

SGND
SW31

CSTPS
1

3
OPCSTSW MIDBOARDS_LED
2

CN1
PGND

J111
Paper feeder controller PCA

1
J755

J3008
OPPS_LED SGND
2
J3034

3
/SCNDEC
3

2
SR8

M10
SR34

SGND MIDBOARDS
J102

M
REGS_LED /SCNACC
2

J3001

6
1

3
OPPS PSFCS_LED

1
SR1
SGND +24VD
1

J752

7
OPFEEDMIBOUT
J2009

4
1

OPMIDBOARDS_LED REGS SGND

4

8
/OPFEEDMIBOUT
3

J3007
21 /VDO22 1
J3033

3
SGND PSFCS
M9
3

9
SR7
SR33

/OPFEEDMIAOUT VDO22
20 2
3

2
OPMIDBOARDS
2

OPFEEDMIAOUT LD2CTRL2
19 3
4

1
OPPSFCS_LED
1

SGND 18 LD2CTRL1 4
J114

MPTPS_LED
8

J3006
J3032

17 LD2CTRL0 5
3

OPPSFCS SR6
SR32

SGND
9

16 /VDO21 6
2

MPTPS
3

15 VDO21 7
1

14 /LD2PWM 8

TAG1
J3101
13 /BDI 9
+3.3VL

4
12 10
1
J144

SGND
SW6
1

J801
11 SGND 11
CSTS

21
2

10 /VDO12 12

J110
2

TAG2

21
9 VDO12 13

J3102
8 LD1CTRL2 14
7 LD1CTRL1 15
J751

J3200

+3.3VB VIN1

Laser scanner ass’y

J9004

6 LD1CTRL0 16
8

J122

OPCMD 1 7 OPCMD
J750
7

OPIOTR VSS1

DC Controller
5 /VDO11 17
7

OPSTS 2 6 OPSTS +24VTG TAG3

J120

J3103
6

J3100

SGND VIN2
1

4 VDO11 18
6

OPCLK 3 5 OPCLK SGND

Laser PCA
5

OPIOTT VSS2
2

/LD1PWM
Memory PCA

3 19
5

OPTMG 4 4 OPTMG /TGEN1

4

OPFLMD VIN3
3

2 SGND 20
4

SGND 5 3 SGND /TGEN2

3

/OPFRST VSS3
4

1 +3.3VL 21
3

+3.3VB 6 2 +3.3VB /TGEN3

2

OPFLD VIN4
TAG4
5

J3104
2

+24VD 7 1 +24VD /TGEN4 +3.3VA

23 1
1

OPFLCK VSS4
6

4
1

RDATA 22 SCL 2
7

SDATA 21 SDA 3
8

2
J1001L
J1001M

J1001F
J1001D

TGOFF 20 /VDO41 4
1
9

SGND
J117

VDO41
SW1

19 5
FDOORS LD4CTRL2
2

18 6
LD4CTRL1
2

17 7
16 LD4CTRL0 8
/VDO42
Power supply switch ass’y

15 9
14 VDO42 10
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29

J802
J123

13 /LD4PWM 11
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

23

23
12 +3.3VL 12
J119
J212

/DRMMACC +24VA
NONE
J2002

J623
9

1
/DEVMACC
/DEVMDEC
DEVMFG
DEVMFR
CFANLK
CFANPWM
MPSL
PFANLK
PFANPWM
DEVSL4
FEEDMIDWN
FEEDMIA1
FEEDMIA2
FEEDMPA
FEEDMPB
FEEDMIB1
FEEDMIB2
CSTSL
DEVSL123
DEVHPS4
DEVHPS123
/DRMMACC
/DRMMDEC
DRMMFG
DRMMFR
FSRMREV
FSRMFG
/FSRMDEC
/FSRMACC
9 8

/DRMMDEC PWRLED 11 SGND 13

8

J201

3
DRMMFG SGND 10 /VDO31 14
29

1
7

3
7

VDO31
SW601

DRMMFR PWRSW 9 15
6

4
6

PGND 8 LD3CTRL2 16
M2

5
5

LD3CTRL1
2

PGND 7 17
4

6
4

LD3CTRL0
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29

+24VA 6 18
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
3

7
3

+24VA 5 /VDO32 19
2

8
2

+24VA 4 VDO32 20
1

J113
1

3 /LD3PWM 21
29

2 +3.3VL 22
J204

/FSRMACC
J2004
1

/FSRMDEC 1 SGND 23
J203

+24VA +24VH
J2003

J150
8

FSRMFG
1

INLET
8

1
3

+24VA J1000
SW7
6

J108

POUTS_LED
7

J3003

FSRMREV
7

3
2
4

PGND +24VH1
M4
5

SR3

SGND
6

PGND
6

2
3
5

PGND
4

POUTS
5

PGND
M3

1
M

DEVMFR
3

LOOPS_LED
4

3
2
1

J199

+24VA
4

4
1
7

DEVMFG
2

SGND SGND
3

+24VA PGND
3

J3002
2
8

/DEVMDEC
1

+3.3VA LOOPS
2

SR2
2

6
3

/DEVMACC
+3.3VA
1

NUTRAL
1

+3.3VA
J202

FEEDMIAOUT
J2001

1
5
LIVE

J112
1

SGND
SW5
1

/FEEDMIAOUT
2

FSRPRSS
M1
M

2
J104

/FEEDMIBOUT
3

FEEDMIBOUT
4

J402 J401
J107

PFULLS
J501
1

5
Driver PCA

SGND
2

4
1

SR4

+3.3VB
J205

PGND
1

FUSCL
1 2 3

2
FM1

PFANLK
2

+24VA FUSDA
5

1
J453

J116

PFANPWR
3

+24VD
3

+24VD(24VH)
J206

PGND
1
J124

MAINTH
1

TH801
1 2 3

PGND
FM2

CFANLK SGND
2

2
1

CFANPWR THCHK
3

+3.3VB
J105
J451
5

PSREM24
Low-voltage power supply
J207

+24VA2
1
4

J125
1

SUB1TH
SL1

TH802

+3.3VA
1
SL

(MPSL)
3

Fuser
2

PGND SGND
2
2

PSTH
J208

+24VA1
1

5
SL2
SL

J126

(DEVSL4) THCHK
1

+24VDF
2

J109

1
J321

J321L
J321LH
J321D
6

SUB2TH
TH803
2

/FSRRLD1
J209

+24VA1
5

SGND
1

3
SL3

ZEROX
SL

(CSTSL)
4

3
2

FSRD
3

SGND
J213

+24VA1
1

5
SL4
SL

(DEVSL123) /FSRRLD2
2

6
1
J211

DEVHPS123 220-240V
SW2

FACL
1

J311BB

J312B

J311B

H240
1
1

PGND FACL
J4001B
2

2
2

DEVHPS4 FACN 2 1
2

FACN
3

1
3

PGND
4

SW3

FACL 110-120V
J311AA

J312A

J311A

H120
1
1

FACL
J4001
2

1
2

2
2

FACN 2 1
FACN
J210

PGND
1

1
3

PGND J455
+24VA
2

+24VD J454

FU1
+24VDF
J322

+24VDF
J322LH
J322L
J322D

2 1
1

1
2

TB10A TB10B
2

+24VDF2 +24VDF2
3

3
C

D
A

Internal test and information pages

Learn about printer test and information pages.

Configuration and Jetdirect page

Internal test and information pages 165

 Print and find printer information on configuration and HP embedded Jetdirect information pages.

NOTE: Depending on the model, up to three pages print when printing a configuration page. In
addition to the main configuration page, the HP embedded Jetdirect configuration and the wireless
pages print.

Print the configuration page from a non-touchscreen control panel

1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, use the arrow buttons to navigate to Reports,
and then press the OK button.

2. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Configuration/Status Pages, and then press the OK button.

3. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Configuration Page, and then press the OK button.

4. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to the print icon . Press the OK button to print the pages.

Print the configuration page from a touchscreen control panel

1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Reports button.

2. Open the following menus:

● Configuration/Status pages

3. Touch Configuration Page to select it.

4. Touch the print icon to print the pages.

166 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Figure 4-41 Configuration page

HP LaserJet M

1 4
5

6
2

Sep/13/2019 6:56:00 AM

Item Description Item Description

1 Device information 5 Event log

2 Installed personalities and 6 Security

options

3 HP Web services 7 Paper trays and options

4 Memory

Certain information, such as the firmware date codes, the IP address, and the email gateways, is
especially helpful while servicing the printer. This information is on the various configuration pages.

Table 4-24 Important information on the configuration pages

Type of information Specific information Configuration page

Firmware Bundle Version Firmware information Main configuration page (Device

information)

Internal test and information pages 167

 Table 4-24 Important information on the configuration pages (continued)

Type of information Specific information Configuration page

Firmware Revision Firmware information Main configuration page (Device

information)

Firmware Datecode Firmware information Main configuration page (Device

information)

Accessories and internal storage Optional installed formatter devices and Main configuration page (Installed
accessories information Personalities and Options)
All optional devices that are installed on
the printer should be listed on the main
configuration page.

Separate pages print for the optional

paper handling devices and the fax
accessory. These pages list more-
detailed information for those devices.

Memory Total RAM information Main configuration page (Memory)

Tray and bin information Size and type by tray (including installed Main configuration page (Paper Trays
optional paper feeders) information and Options)

Engine cycles, service ID, and cartridge Engine information Main configuration page (Device
information Information)

Event-log information Error information Main configuration page (Event Log)

The second configuration page is the HP embedded Jetdirect page, which contains the following
information:

168 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Figure 4-42 HP embedded Jetdirect page

HP LaserJet M

1 4

5
2

6
3

Sep/13/2019 6:56:00 AM

Item Description

1 General Information indicates the printer status,

model number, hardware firmware version, port select,
port configuration, auto negotiation, manufacturing
identification, and manufactured date.

2 Security Settings information

3 Network Statistics indicates the total packets received,

unicast packets received, bad packets received, framing
errors received, total packets transmitted, unsendable
packets, transmit collisions, and transmit late collisions.

4 TCP/IP information, including the IP address

5 IPv4 information

6 IPv6 information

Internal test and information pages 169

 Reports menu
Learn about the control-panel Reports menu.

To display: At the printer control panel, select the Reports menu.

To print: At the printer control panel, touch (MFP) or use the arrow buttons (SFP) to select the printer
icon . For the SFP, press the OK button to print the pages.

In the following table, asterisks (*) indicate the factory default setting.

NOTE: The View option is control-panel type dependent (might not be available).

Table 4-25 Reports menu

First level Second level Values Description

Configuration/Status Pages Settings Menu Map Cancel Shows a map of the entire
control panel system and
View the selected values for each
setting.
Print

Configuration/Status Pages Current Settings Page Cancel Shows a summary of the

current settings for the
View printer. This might be helpful
if you plan to make changes
Print and need a record of the
present configuration.

Configuration/Status Pages Configuration Page Cancel Shows the printer settings

and installed accessories.
View

Print

Configuration/Status Pages How to Connect Page Cancel Shows the network

information typically needed
View to connect the printer to a
network.
Print

Configuration/Status Pages Supplies Status Page Cancel Shows the approximate

remaining life for the
View supplies; reports statistics
on total number of pages
Print and jobs processed, serial
number, page counts, and
maintenance information.

HP provides approximations
of the remaining life for
the supplies as a customer
convenience. The actual
remaining supply levels
might be different than the
approximations provided.

Configuration/Status Pages Usage Page Cancel Shows a count of all paper

sizes that have passed
View through the printer; lists
whether they were simplex or
Print duplex, and reports the page
count.

170 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Table 4-25 Reports menu (continued)

First level Second level Values Description

Configuration/Status Pages File Directory Page Cancel Shows the file name and
folder name for files that are
View stored in the printer memory.

Print

Configuration/Status Pages Web Services Status Page Cancel Shows the detected Web
Services for the printer.
View

Print

Fax Reports Fax Activity Log Cancel Contains a list of the faxes
that have been sent from or
Fax models only View received by this printer.

Print

Fax Reports Billing Codes Report Cancel Provides a list of billing codes
that have been used for
Fax models only View outgoing faxes. This report
shows how many sent faxes
Print were billed to each code.

Fax Reports Blocked Fax List Cancel A list of phone numbers that
are blocked from sending
Fax models only View faxes to this printer.

Print

Fax Reports Speed Dial List Cancel Shows the speed dials that
have been set up for this
Fax models only View printer.

Print

Fax Reports Fax Call Report Cancel A detailed report of the last
fax operation, either sent or
Fax models only View received.

Print

Other Pages PCL Font List Cancel Prints the available PCL fonts.

Print

Other Pages PS Font List Cancel Prints the available PS fonts.

Print

Settings menu
Learn about the control-panel Settings menu.

NOTE: You can perform basic printer setup by using the Settings menu. Use the HP Embedded Web
Server for more advanced printer setup. To open the HP Embedded Web Server, enter the printer IP
address or host name in the address bar of a Web browser.

TIP: If prompted, enter the EWS personal identification number (PIN) from a sticker on the printer
(typically located inside the front door or on a toner cartridge tray).

Settings menu 171

 General menu
Learn about the control-panel General (Settings) menu.

To display: At the printer control panel, select the Settings menu, and then select the General menu.

To print: At the printer control panel, touch (MFP) or use the arrow buttons (SFP) to select the printer
icon . For the SFP, press the OK button to print the pages.

In the following table, asterisks (*) indicate the factory default setting.

Table 4-26 General menu

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Date/Time Date/Time Format Date Format DD/MMM/YYYY Use the Date/Time

Settings Settings menu to
MMM/DD/YYYY specify the date
and time and
YYYY/MMM/DD to configure date/
time settings.

Date/Time Date/Time Format Time Format 12 hour (AM/PM) Select the format
Settings that the printer
24 hours uses to show the
date and time, for
example 12-hour
format or 24-hour
format.

Date/Time Date/Time Time Zone Select the time zone

Settings from a list.

Date/Time Date/Time Date Select the date from

Settings a pop-up calendar.

Date/Time Date/Time Time Select the time from a

Settings pop-up keypad.

Date/Time Date/Time Adjust for Daylight Checkbox If you are in an

Settings Savings area that uses
daylight savings
time, select the
Adjust for Daylight
Savings box.

Energy Settings Sleep Schedule A list of scheduled + (Add) Use to configure

events displays. the printer to
MFP Edit automatically wake
up or go to sleep
Delete at specific times
on specific days.
Using this feature
saves energy.

NOTE: You must

configure the date
and time settings
before you can use
this feature.

172 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-26 General menu (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Energy Settings Sleep Schedule A list of scheduled Event Type Wake Select whether to
events displays. add or edit a Wake
MFP Sleep event or a Sleep
event, and then
select the time
and the days for
the wake or sleep
event.

Energy Settings Sleep Schedule A list of scheduled Event Time

events displays.
MFP

Energy Settings Sleep Schedule A list of scheduled Event Days Select days of the
events displays. week from a list.
MFP

Energy Settings Sleep Timer Sleep Mode/Auto Range: 1 to 120 Set the number
Settings Off After minutes of minutes after
MFP which the printer
Default = 60 minutes enters Sleep or
Auto Off mode.
Use the arrow
buttons on the
control panel
to increase or
decrease the
number of minutes.

Energy Settings Wake/Auto On to All Events*

These Events
MFP Network port

Power button only

Energy Settings Sleep Timer Sleep/Auto Off Enabled* Enable or disable

Settings Timer the printer sleep or
SFP Disabled auto off function.

Energy Settings Sleep Timer Sleep Mode/Auto Range: 1 to 120 Set the number
Settings Off After minutes of minutes after
SFP which the printer
Default = 60 minutes enters Sleep or
Auto Off mode.
Use the arrow
buttons on the
control panel
to increase or
decrease the
number of minutes.

Display Settings Display Brightness A sliding bar Use to specify the

displays with the intensity of the
indicator set in LCD control panel
the middle. Use display.
the arrow keys to
select the desired
brightness and
then select Done.

Display Settings System Sound On* Use to enable or

disable sounds on
Off the printer.

General menu 173

 Table 4-26 General menu (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Display Settings Language Settings Language Select from a list of Use to select a
languages that the different language
printer supports. for control panel
messages and
specify the default
keyboard layout.
When you select a
new language, the
keyboard layout
automatically
changes to match
the factory default
for the selected
language.

Display Settings Keyboard Layout Each language has Select the default
a default keyboard keyboard layout
layout. To change it, that matches the
select from a list of language you want
layouts. to use.

Display Settings Information Show connection Use this menu

Screen information* item to display
or hide connection
Hide connection information on the
information Home screen.

Display Settings Inactivity Timeout Range: 10-300 Specifies the

seconds amount of time
that elapses
Default = 60 seconds between any
activity on the
control panel and
when the printer
resets to the
default settings.
When the timeout
expires, the control
panel display
returns to the
Home menu, and
any user signed in
to the printer is
signed out.

174 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-26 General menu (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Display Settings Clearable Display during job* Use this feature

Warnings to set the period
Display until cleared that a clearable
warning displays
on the control
panel. If the
On setting is
selected, clearable
warnings appear
until the Clearable
Warnings button is
pressed. If the Job
setting is selected,
clearable warnings
stay on the display
during the job
that generated
the warning and
disappear from the
display when the
next job starts.

Display Settings Continuable Auto-continue (10 Use this option

Events seconds)* to configure the
printer behavior
Touch OK to continue when the printer
encounters certain
errors. If the
Auto-continue (10
seconds) option
is selected, the
job will continue
after 10 seconds.
If the Touch OK
to continue option
is selected, the
job will stop and
require the user
to touch the
OK button before
continuing.

Enable Device Enabled Enables the printer

USB to open a file from
Disabled* a USB drive.

Quiet Mode Off* Quiet Mode slows

the printer down to
On reduce the noise
the printer makes
Automatic transition when printing.

Range: 10-300 pages Automatic

transition allows
Default = 10 pages you to set a
predetermined job
size of 10 to 999
pages, and print
jobs will print in
Quiet Mode for all
print jobs up to
the predetermined
page size.

General menu 175

 Table 4-26 General menu (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Jam Recovery Automatic* This printer

provides a jam
Off recovery feature
that reprints
On jammed pages.
Select one of the
following options:

Automatic: The
printer attempts
to reprint jammed
pages when
sufficient memory
is available. This is
the default setting.

Off: The printer

does not attempt
to reprint jammed
pages. Because
no memory is
used to store the
most recent pages,
performance is
optimal.

NOTE: When
using this option, if
the printer runs out
of paper and the
job is being printed
on both sides,
some pages can
be lost.

On: The printer

always reprints
jammed pages.
Additional memory
is allocated
to store the
last few pages
printed. This might
cause overall
performance to
suffer.

Auto Recovery Enabled If Auto Recovery

is enabled and
Disabled* an unrecoverable
error occurs in the
device firmware,
the device
automatically turns
off and turns back
on to recover from
the error.

176 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-26 General menu (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Enable Auto Send Disabled* Browse to the HP

Embedded Web
Enabled Server AutoSend
configuration page
for advanced
set up and
the HP online
Privacy Statement
Information.

Use the Enable

Auto Send menu
to enable or
disable the
AutoSend feature.
The AutoSend
feature enables
your product
to periodically
send product
configuration
information
including serial
number, event
logs, page usage
counts and
supplies status
information to HP
web addresses
(URLs), or
email addresses.
Information sent
to HP is used to
improve products
and services, and
to monitor the
product if you
have a relationship
with HP that
provides you
services such as
proactive cartridge
replacement,
pay-per-page
contracts, support
agreements, or
usage tracking.

Hold Off Print Job Enabled* Enable this feature

if you want to
Disabled prevent print jobs
from starting while
a user is initiating
a copy job from the
control panel. Held
print jobs start
printing after the
copy job is finished,
provided that no
other copy job is in
the print queue.

General menu 177

 Table 4-26 General menu (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Reset Factory Address Book (MFP) Use to restore

Settings all printer settings
Copy (MFP) to their factory
defaults.
Digital Send (MFP)

E-mail (MFP)

Fax (MFP)

General (MFP)

Print (MFP)

Security (MFP)

Cancel (SFP)

Reset (SFP)

Scan/Digital Send Settings menu (MFP)

Learn about the control-panel Scan/Digital Send Settings (MFP) menu.

To display: At the printer control panel, select the Settings menu, and then select the Scan/Digital Send
Settings menu.

To print: At the printer control panel, touch (MFP) or use the arrow buttons (SFP) to select the printer
icon . For the SFP, press the OK button to print the pages.

In the following table, asterisks (*) indicate the factory default setting.

178 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-27 Scan/Digital Send Settings menu (MFP)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Scan to Email E-mail Setup E-mail Setup Use to configure

Settings Wizard settings that
NOTE: Email apply to sending
Scan to Network Settings only documents
Folder Settings through email or
saving documents
Scan to USB Drive to a folder on the
Settings network or on a
USB multi-drive.
NOTE: The same
options are The E-mail
available for each Setup Wizard
of these features, feature configures
except where the printer to
noted. send scanned
images as email
attachments. To
open the printer
HP Embedded Web
Server and set
up the email
notification server,
enter the printer IP
address into a Web
browser.

Scan/Digital Send Settings menu (MFP) 179

 Table 4-27 Scan/Digital Send Settings menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Default Job Image Preview Make optional* Defines the default

Options job options for
Require preview each function. If
you do not specify
Disable preview the job options
when creating
the job, the
default options are
used. For complete
setup, go to the
HP Embedded Web
Server by typing
the IP address of
the printer into a
Web browser.

Use the Image

Preview feature to
scan a document
and display a
preview before
completing the job.
Select whether
this feature is
available on the
printer.

Make optional: The

feature is optional,
depending on the
user who is signed
in.

Require preview
Previews are
required for all
users.

Disable preview:
Previews are
disabled for all
users.

Default File Name [Untitled]* The printer is

shipped with a
factory default file
name of [Untitled]
for any scanned
files that are sent
or saved. Use this
feature to specify
a different default
file name. If you
are saving a file
to a network folder
or USB storage
device and a file
with the default
file name already
exists, a number
is appended to
the file name,
for example,
[Untitled]001.

180 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-27 Scan/Digital Send Settings menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Document File Select from a list PDF provides the

Type of file types. best overall image
and text quality.

JPEG is a good
choice for most
graphics. Most
computers have
a browser that
can view .JPEG
files. This file type
produces one file
per page.

TIFF is a standard
file format that
many graphics
programs support.
This file type
produces one file
per page.

MTIFF: stands for

multi-page TIFF.
This file type saves
multiple scanned
pages in a single
file.

XPS (XML Paper

Specification)
creates an XAML
file that preserves
the original
formatting of the
document and
supports color
graphics and
embedded fonts.

PDF/A (Archivable):
provides
archivable text and
image quality.

NOTE: OCR file

types are not
supported on this
printer unless
attached to DSS.

Scan/Digital Send Settings menu (MFP) 181

 Table 4-27 Scan/Digital Send Settings menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Optimize Text/ Mixed* Use to optimize

Picture the output for
Text a particular type
of content. You
Printed picture can optimize the
output for text,
Photograph printed pictures, or
a mixture.

Mixed: Use to
optimize the
setting for text and
for pictures.

Text: Use to
optimize the text
portion of the copy
when text and/or
pictures are on the
original.

Printed picture:
Use for line
drawings and
preprinted images,
such as magazine
clippings or pages
from books.

Photograph: Best
suited for making
copies of printed
pictures.

Quality and File High (large file) Use to select

Size the quality for
Medium* the output. Higher-
quality images
Low (small file) require a larger
file size than lower-
quality images.
Larger files take
more time to
send, and some
recipients might
have trouble
receiving larger
files.

182 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-27 Scan/Digital Send Settings menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Original Sides 1-sided Use to describe

the layout for each
2-sided side of the original
document. First
select whether the
original document
is printed on
one side or both
sides. Then touch
the Orientation
setting to
indicate whether
the original
has portrait
or landscape
orientation. If it is
printed on both
sides, also select
the 2-sided format
that matches the
original document.

Orientation Automatically For some features

detect to work correctly,
you must specify
Portrait* the way the
content of the
Landscape original document
is placed on
the page. Portrait
orientation means
the short edge of
the page is along
the top. Landscape
orientation means
the long edge of
the page is along
the top. In the
Orientation area,
select whether the
original document
has a portrait
or landscape
orientation.

Scan/Digital Send Settings menu (MFP) 183

 Table 4-27 Scan/Digital Send Settings menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Resolution 600 dpi Sets the

resolution for sent
400 dpi documents. Higher
resolution images
300 dpi have more dots
per inch (dpi),
200 dpi so they show
more detail. Lower
150 dpi* resolution images
have fewer dots
75 dpi per inch and show
less detail, but
the file size is
smaller. Some file
types, for example
a file that will
be processed with
OCR, require a
specific resolution.
When these file
types are selected,
the Resolution
setting might
automatically
change to a valid
value.

Content Orientation Auto Detect For some features

Orientation to work correctly,
Portrait* you must specify
the way the
Landscape content of the
original document
is placed on
the page. Portrait
orientation means
the short edge of
the page is along
the top. Landscape
orientation means
the long edge of
the page is along
the top. In the
Orientation area,
select whether the
original document
has a portrait
or landscape
orientation.

184 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-27 Scan/Digital Send Settings menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Color/Black Automatically Use to enable

detect color or or disable color
black* scanning.

Automatically Automatically
detect color or detect color or
gray black: When pages
without color are
Color detected, the
printer creates
Black an image of the
page in 1-bit
Black/Gray black if other
settings allow. If
the other settings
don't allow (File
Type, for example),
the image is in
grayscale.

Automatically
detect color or
gray: When pages
without color are
detected, the
printer creates
an image of the
page in grayscale.
Select this option
for the best image
quality for non-
color pages.

Color: Scans
documents in
color.

Black/Gray: Scans
documents in
grayscale.

Black: Scans
documents in
black and white
with a compressed
file size.

Original Size Select from a list Use to describe

of supported sizes. the page size
of the original
document.

Scan/Digital Send Settings menu (MFP) 185

 Table 4-27 Scan/Digital Send Settings menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Notification Do not notify* Configure

to receive
Notify when job notification about
completes the status of a
sent document.
Notify only if job
fails Do not notify: Turns
off this feature.

Notify when
job completes:
Select to receive
notification for this
job only.

Print Notify only

if job fails:
E-mail Select to receive
notification only if
the job is not sent
successfully.

Print: Select
to print the
notification at this
printer.

Include Thumbnail NOTE: When

sending an analog
fax, select Include
Thumbnail to
receive a
thumbnail image of
the first page of
the fax in your
notification.

Notification E-mail E-mail: Select

address to receive the
notification in an
email. Touch the
text box following
Email Address, and
then type the email
address for the
notification.

Image Adjustment Darkness Use to improve the

overall quality of
the copy.

Adjust the
Darkness setting
to increase or
decrease the
amount of white
and black in the
colors.

186 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-27 Scan/Digital Send Settings menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Contrast Adjust the

Contrast setting
to increase
or decrease
the difference
between the
lightest and
darkest color on
the page.

Background Adjust the

Cleanup Background
Cleanup setting if
you are having
trouble copying a
faint image.

Sharpness Adjust the

Sharpness setting
to clarify or
soften the image.
For example,
increasing the
sharpness could
make text appear
crisper, but
decreasing it could
make photographs
appear smoother.

Automatic Tone

Default Select this to make

the selected Image
Adjustment setting
the default value.

Cropping Options Do not crop* Use this menu item

to automatically
Crop to content crop the scan
for digital sending.
Crop to paper Use the Crop to
content option to
scan the smallest
possible area that
has detectable
content.

Scan/Digital Send Settings menu (MFP) 187

 Table 4-27 Scan/Digital Send Settings menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Erase Edges Use Inches Use this menu

item to remove
Back side erase blemishes, such
as dark borders
Front side erase or staple marks,
by cleaning the
specified edges
of the scanned
image. In each
of the text
boxes enter the
measurements, in
millimeters or
inches, for how
much of the top
edge, bottom edge,
left edge, and right
edge to clean.

Multi-feed On* This setting stops

Detection the scanning
Off process if it
detects multiple-
page feeds
through the
document feeder.

Blank Page Disabled* Use to prevent

Suppression blank pages
Enabled in the original
document from
being included
in the output
document.

Digital Send Allow Usage of Enabled* Configure how the

Service Setup Digital Sending printer interacts
Software (DSS) Disabled with the HP
Server Digital Sending
Software (DSS)
server. HP DSS
handles digital
sending tasks,
such as faxing,
emailing, and
sending scanned
documents to a
network folder
or USB storage
device.

Use the Allow

Usage of Digital
Sending Software
(DSS) Server
option to configure
the printer to use
HP DSS.

188 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Table 4-27 Scan/Digital Send Settings menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Allow Transfer Enabled* Use the Allow

to New Digital Transfer to New
Sending Software Disabled Digital Sending
(DSS) Server Software (DSS)
Server option to
specify whether
DSS management
of a printer is
transferable to a
different DSS.

Fax menu (MFP)

Learn about the control-panel Fax menu (MFP).

To display: At the printer control panel, select the Settings menu, and then select the Fax menu.

To print: At the printer control panel, touch (MFP) or use the arrow buttons (SFP) to select the printer
icon . For the SFP, press the OK button to print the pages.

In the following table, asterisks (*) indicate the factory default setting.

Table 4-28 Fax menu (MFP)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Internal Fax Configure settings

Modem Setup for sending faxes
from the printer.

Use the Internal

Fax Modem Setup
feature to set up
options for faxing.

NOTE: To set up
LAN fax or Internet
fax, use the HP
Embedded Web
Server. To open the
HP Embedded Web
Server, type the
printer network
address into a Web
browser. To
configure the fax
features, select
the Fax tab.

Fax Send Settings Fax Send Setup Fax Dialing Fax Dial Volume Off These settings
Settings control how the
Low* fax modem dials
the outgoing fax
High number when
faxes are sent.

Fax Send Settings Fax Send Setup Fax Dialing Dialing Mode Tone*
Settings
Pulse

Fax menu (MFP) 189

 Table 4-28 Fax menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Fax Send Settings Fax Send Setup Fax Dialing Redial Interval 1 – 5 Minutes
Settings
Default = 5
minutes

Fax Send Settings Fax Send Setup Fax Dialing Fax Send Speed Fast*
Settings
Medium

Slow

Fax Send Settings Fax Send Setup Fax Dialing Dialing Prefix
Settings

Fax Send Settings Fax Send Setup Fax Dialing Detect Dial Tone
Settings

Fax Send Settings Fax Send Setup Fax Dialing Redial on Error Range: 0 – 9
Settings
Default = 2

Fax Send Settings Fax Send Setup Fax Dialing Redial on No Range: 0 – 2
Settings Answer
Default = 0

Fax Send Settings Fax Send Setup Fax Dialing Redial on Busy Range: 0 – 9
Settings
Default = 3

Fax Send Settings Fax Send Setup General Fax Send Fax Number Enabled If this feature
Settings Confirmation is enabled, you
Disabled* must enter the fax
number twice.

Fax Send Settings Fax Send Setup General Fax Send PC Fax Send Enabled* Enables users who
Settings have the correct
Disabled driver installed to
send faxes through
the printer from
their computers.

Fax Send Settings Fax Send Setup General Fax Send JBIG Compression Enabled* The JBIG
Settings compression
Disabled reduces fax-
transmission time,
which can
result in lower
phone charges.
However, using
JBIG compression
sometimes causes
compatibility
problems with
older fax
machines. If this
occurs, turn off the
JBIG compression.

190 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-28 Fax menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Fax Send Settings Fax Send Setup General Fax Send Error Correction Enabled* When error-
Settings Mode correction mode
Disabled is enabled
and an error
occurs during fax
transmission, the
printer sends or
receives the error
portion again.

Fax Send Settings Fax Send Setup General Fax Send Fax Header Prepend* Use to prepend
Settings or overlay the fax
Overlay header page.

Fax Send Settings Fax Send Setup Billing Codes Enable Billing Off When billing codes
Codes are enabled, a
On* prompt displays
that asks the
user to enter the
billing code for an
outgoing fax. This
prompt does not
appear if the Allow
users to edit billing
codes check box is
not checked.

You can also

use the billing
codes report in the
Reports menu to
view the list of the
billing codes that
have been used
for faxes that have
been sent from the
printer. The list is
grouped by billing
code and also
shows fax details.
This feature can be
used for billing or
usage tracking.

Fax Send Settings Fax Send Setup Billing Codes Default Billing Specify a default
Code billing code for
faxing. If you
specify a default
billing code, this
code displays in
the Billing Code
field when the
user sends an
outgoing fax. If this
field is blank, no
default billing code
is provided for the
user.

Fax menu (MFP) 191

 Table 4-28 Fax menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Fax Send Settings Fax Send Setup Billing Codes Minimum Length Range: 1 – 16 Specify the
required length of
Default = 1 the billing code.
Billing codes can
be between 1 and
16 characters long.

Fax Send Settings Fax Send Setup Billing Codes Allow users to edit Off
billing codes
On*

Fax Send Settings Default Job Image Preview Make optional* Use the Image
Options Preview feature to
Require preview scan a document
and display a
Disable preview preview before
completing the job.
Select whether
this feature is
available on the
printer.

Make optional: The

feature is optional,
depending on the
user who is signed
in.

Require preview
Previews are
required for all
users.

Disable preview:
Previews are
disabled for all
users.

Fax Send Settings Default Job Resolution Standard (100 x Select the
Options 200dpi)* resolution for
outgoing faxes. If
Fine (200 x 200dpi) you increase the
resolution, faxes
Superfine (300 x might be clearer
300dpi) but they could
transmit more
slowly. Some file
types, for example
a file that will
be processed with
OCR, require a
specific resolution.
When these file
types are selected,
the Resolution
setting might
be automatically
changed to a valid
value.

192 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-28 Fax menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Fax Send Settings Default Job Original Sides 1-sided* Use to describe
Options the layout for each
2-sided side of the original
document. First
Pages flip up select whether the
original document
is printed on
one side or both
sides. Then touch
the Orientation
setting to
indicate whether
the original
has portrait
or landscape
orientation. If it is
printed on both
sides, also select
the 2-sided format
that matches the
original document.

If the Pages flip up

option is selected,
the back side of
the page is printed
upside-down. This
option is for print
jobs that are
bound along the
top edge.

Fax Send Settings Default Job Original Sides Orientation Portrait* For some features
Options to work correctly,
Landscape you must specify
the way the
content of the
original document
is placed on the
page.

Portrait: This
setting means the
short edge of the
page is along the
top.

Landscape: This
setting means the
long edge of the
page is along the
top.

Fax menu (MFP) 193

 Table 4-28 Fax menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Fax Send Settings Default Job Notification Do not notify* Use to receive
Options notification about
Notify when job the status of a
completes sent document.

Notify only if job Do not notify: Turns

fails off this feature.

Notify when
job completes:
Select to receive
notification for this
job only.

Notify only
if job fails:
Select to receive
notification only if
the job is not sent
successfully.

Fax Send Settings Default Job Notification Print Print: Select

Options to print the
E-mail notification at this
printer.

E-mail: Select
to receive the
notification in an
email. Touch the
text box following
Email Address, and
then enter the
email address for
the notification.

Fax Send Settings Default Job Notification Include Thumbnail When sending an
Options analog fax, select
Include Thumbnail
to receive a
thumbnail image
of the first page
of the fax in your
notification.

Fax Send Settings Default Job Notification Notification E-mail Provide the
Options address email address
that will receive
notifications.

194 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-28 Fax menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Fax Send Settings Default Job Content Orientation Portrait* For some features
Options Orientation to work correctly,
Landscape you must specify
the way the
content of the
original document
is placed on the
page.

Portrait: This
setting means the
short edge of the
page is along the
top.

Landscape: This
setting means the
long edge of the
page is along the
top.

Fax Send Settings Default Job Original Size Select from a list Use to describe
Options of sizes that the the page size
printer supports. of the original
document.

Fax Send Settings Default Job Image Adjustment Darkness Use to improve the
Options overall quality of
the copy.

Adjust the
Darkness setting
to increase or
decrease the
amount of white
and black in the
colors.

Fax Send Settings Default Job Image Adjustment Contrast Adjust the
Options Contrast setting
to increase
or decrease
the difference
between the
lightest and
darkest color on
the page.

Fax Send Settings Default Job Image Adjustment Background Adjust the
Options Cleanup Background
Cleanup setting if
you are having
trouble copying a
faint image.

Fax menu (MFP) 195

 Table 4-28 Fax menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Fax Send Settings Default Job Image Adjustment Sharpness Adjust the
Options Sharpness setting
to clarify or
soften the image.
For example,
increasing the
sharpness could
make text appear
crisper, but
decreasing it could
make photographs
appear smoother.

Fax Send Settings Default Job Image Adjustment Automatic Tone The printer
Options automatically
adjusts the
Darkness,
Contrast, and
Background
Cleanup settings
to the most
appropriate for
the scanned
document.

Fax Send Settings Default Job Optimize Text/ Manually adjust* Optimize For Optimizes the
Options Picture output for a
Text particular type
of content. You
Printed picture can optimize the
output for text,
Photograph printed pictures, or
a mixture.

Manually adjust:
Use to manually
optimize the
setting for text or
for pictures.

Text: Use to
optimize the text
portion of the copy
where text and/or
pictures are on the
original.

Printed picture:
Use for line
drawings and
preprinted images,
such as magazine
clippings or pages
from books.

Photograph: Best
suited for making
copies of printed
pictures.

196 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-28 Fax menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Fax Send Settings Default Job Multi-feed Disabled This setting stops
Options Detection the scanning
Enabled* process if it
detects multiple-
page feeds
through the
document feeder.

Fax Send Settings Default Job Blank Page Disabled* Prevents blank
Options Suppression pages in the
Enabled original document
from being
included in the
output document.

Fax Receive Fax Receive Setup Ringer Volume Off Use to configure
Settings settings for
Low* receiving faxes.

High

Fax Receive Fax Receive Setup Rings To Answer Range: 1–6

Settings
Default = 1

Fax Receive Fax Receive Setup Fax Send Speed Fast*

Settings
Medium

Slow

Fax Receive Fax Receive Setup Ring Interval Range: 220–600

Settings ms

Default = 600 ms

Fax Receive Fax Receive Setup Ring Frequency Range: 1–200

Settings
Default = 68hz

Fax Receive Fax Printing Always store faxes If you have

Settings Schedule concerns about
Always print faxes* the security of
private faxes, use
Use schedule this feature to
store faxes rather
than having them
automatically print.
Select Incoming
Fax Options, and
then you can
choose to always
store faxes, always
print them, or you
can set up a
schedule for each
day of the week.

Fax menu (MFP) 197

 Table 4-28 Fax menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Fax Receive Fax Printing Schedule Add Print incoming If you are using
Settings Schedule faxes a fax printing
Touch this to Edit schedule, use this
set up a fax Store incoming menu to configure
printing schedule if Delete faxes when to print
you selected the faxes.
Use Fax Printing Time
Schedule option.
Event Days

Fax Receive Blocked Fax Fax Number to The blocked fax

Settings Numbers Block list can contain
up to 30 numbers.
When the printer
receives a call
from one of
the blocked fax
numbers, it deletes
the incoming fax.
It also logs
the blocked fax
in the activity
log along with
job-accounting
information.

Add blocked
numbers: Enter a
fax number into
the Fax Number
to Block field, and
then touch the
arrow button to
add a new number
to the blocked fax
list.

To remove blocked
numbers: Select a
number and touch
the Delete button
to delete it from
the blocked fax list.

To clear all blocked

numbers: Touch
the Delete All
button to clear all
of the numbers
from the blocked
fax list.

You can also use

the Blocked Fax
List report in the
Information menu
to view the list of
the fax numbers
that have been
blocked on this
printer.

198 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-28 Fax menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Fax Receive Default Job Notification Do not notify* Configure

Settings Options to receive
Notify when job notification about
completes the status of a
sent document.
Notify only if job
fails Do not notify: Turns
off this feature.

Notify when
job completes:
Select to receive
notification for this
job only.

Notify only
if job fails:
Select to receive
notification only if
the job is not sent
successfully.

Fax Receive Default Job Print E-mail: Select

Settings Options to receive the
E-mail* notification in an
email. Touch the
text box following
Email Address, and
then enter the
email address for
the notification.

Fax Receive Default Job Include Thumbnail NOTE: When

Settings Options sending an analog
fax, select Include
Thumbnail to
receive a
thumbnail image of
the first page of
the fax in your
notification.

Fax Receive Default Job Notification E-mail

Settings Options address

Fax Receive Default Job Stamp Received Enabled Use this option to
Settings Options Faxes add the date, time,
Disabled* sender’s phone
number, and page
number to each
page of the faxes
that this printer
receives.

Fax menu (MFP) 199

 Table 4-28 Fax menu (MFP) (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Fax Receive Default Job Fit to Page Enabled* Use to shrink faxes
Settings Options that are larger
Disabled than Letter-size or
A4-size so that
they can fit onto
a Letter-size or
A4-size page. If
this feature set
to Disabled, faxes
larger than Letter
or A4 will flow
across multiple
pages.

Fax Receive Default Job Paper Selection Automatic*

Settings Options
Select from a list
of the trays.

Fax Receive Default Job Output sides 1-sided* Use to describe

Settings Options the layout for each
2-sided side of the original
document. First
Pages flip up select whether the
original document
is printed on
one side or both
sides. Then touch
the Orientation
setting to
indicate whether
the original
has portrait
or landscape
orientation. If it is
printed on both
sides, also select
the 2-sided format
that matches the
original document.

Fax Forwarding Enable Fax Disabled* Use to forward

Forwarding received faxes
Enabled to another fax
machine.

Fax Forwarding Type of Fax Job to All faxes

Forward
Sent faxes

Received faxes

Fax Forwarding Fax Forwarding Enter the

Number fax forwarding
number.

Clear Fax Activity Cancel Clears all events

Log from the Fax
Clear Activity Log list.

Manage Supplies menu

Learn about the control-panel Manage Supplies menu.

200 Chapter 4 Solve problems

To display: At the printer control panel, select the Settings menu, and then select the Manage Supplies
menu.

To print: At the printer control panel, touch (MFP) or use the arrow buttons (SFP) to select the printer
icon . For the SFP, press the OK button to print the pages.

In the following table, asterisks (*) indicate the factory default setting.

Table 4-29 Manage Supplies menu

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Low Warning Cyan Cartridge 1-100% Set the estimated

Thresholds percentage at
Magenta Default = 4% which the printer
Cartridge notifies you when
a toner cartridge is
Yellow Cartridge very low.

Black Cartridge

Low Warning Document Feeder 1-100% Set the estimated

Thresholds Kit percentage at
Default = 10% which the printer
MFP notifies you when
the document
feeder kit is very
low.

Low Warning Maintenance Kit 1-100% Set the estimated

Thresholds percentage at
SFP Default = 10% which the printer
notifies you when
the maintenance kit
is very low.

Low Warning On* Displays a

Threshold message on the
Message Off control panel when
a cartridge is very
low.

Low Behavior Continue* Use one of these

options to specify
Stop the action for the
device to take when
a supply reaches a
low condition.

Stop: Stops the

current print job.

Continue:
Completes the
current print job.

Manage Supplies menu 201

 Table 4-29 Manage Supplies menu (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Very Low Behavior Cyan Cartridge Stop Use one or more

of these options to
Magenta Continue* specify the action
Cartridge for the device to
Prompt to take when a supply
Yellow Cartridge continue reaches a very low
condition.
Black Cartridge
Stop: Stops the
current print job.

Continue:
Completes the
current print job.

Prompt to continue:
Allows the user
to decide whether
or not to finish
printing.

Very Low Behavior Document Feeder Stop Use one or more

Kit of these options to
Continue specify the action
MFP for the device to
Prompt to take when a supply
continue* reaches a very low
condition.

Stop: Stops the

current print job.

Continue:
Completes the
current print job.

Prompt to continue:
Allows the user
to decide whether
or not to finish
printing.

Very Low Behavior Maintenance Kit Stop Use one or more

of these options to
SFP Continue specify the action
for the device to
Prompt to take when a supply
continue* reaches a very low
condition.

Stop: Stops the

current print job.

Continue:
Completes the
current print job.

Prompt to continue:
Allows the user
to decide whether
or not to finish
printing.

202 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Table 4-29 Manage Supplies menu (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Store Usage Data On supplies* Store Usage Data

provides a way
Not on supplies to suppress the
toner cartridges
from storing most
of the information
gathered
exclusively for
the purpose of
understanding the
usage of the
printer. Select the
On supplies setting
to store the data
on the toner
cartridge memory
chip. Select the Not
on supplies setting
to suppress the
information from
being stored on the
memory chip.

Cartridge Off* Select to

Protection permanently
Protect cartridges protect cartridges
so that they can
be used only in this
product or fleet of
products.

Cartridge Policy Off* Set Authorized

HP to allow
Authorized HP only genuine HP
cartridges to be
used in this printer.

Reset Supplies Document Feeder Reset Select this option if

Kit you have installed
Cancel a new document
MFP feeder kit or
maintenance kit.
Maintenance Kit

SFP

Networking menu
Learn about the control-panel Networking menu.

To display: At the printer control panel, select the Settings menu, and then select the Networking menu.

To print: At the printer control panel, touch (MFP) or use the arrow buttons (SFP) to select the printer
icon . For the SFP, press the OK button to print the pages.

In the following table, asterisks (*) indicate the factory default setting.

Networking menu 203

 Table 4-30 Networking menu

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Ethernet Information Print Security Yes Yes: Prints a page

Report that contains the
No* current security
settings on the
HP Jetdirect print
server.

No: A security
settings page is
not printed.

Ethernet TCP/IP Host Name Use the arrow An alphanumeric

buttons to edit the string, up to
host name. 32 characters,
used to identify
NPIXXXXXX* the printer. This
name is listed on
the HP Jetdirect
configuration
page. The default
host name is
NPIxxxxxx, where
xxxxxx is the
last six digits of
the LAN hardware
(MAC) address.

204 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-30 Networking menu (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Ethernet TCP/IP IPV4 Settings Config Method Bootp Specifies the

method that TCP/
DHCP* IPv4 parameters
will be configured
Auto IP on the HP Jetdirect
print server.
Manual
Bootp (Bootstrap
Protocol): Use
for automatic
configuration from
a BootP server.

DHCP (Dynamic
Host Configuration
Protocol): Use
for automatic
configuration from
a DHCPv4 server.
If selected and
a DHCP lease
exists, the DHCP
Release menu and
the DHCP Renew
menu are available
to set DHCP lease
options.

Auto IP: Use

for automatic
link-local IPv4
addressing. An
address in the
form 169.254.x.x
is assigned
automatically.

If you set this

option to the
Manual setting,
use the Manual
Settings menu to
configure TCP/IPv4
parameters.

Networking menu 205

 Table 4-30 Networking menu (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Ethernet TCP/IP IPV4 Settings Default IP Auto IP* Specify the IP

address to default
Legacy to when the print
server is unable
to obtain an IP
address from the
network during
a forced TCP/IP
reconfiguration
(for example,
when manually
configured to use
BootP or DHCP).

NOTE: This
feature assigns a
static IP address
that might
interfere with a
managed network.

Auto IP: A link-

local IP address
169.254.x.x is set.

Legacy: The
address 192.0.0.192
is set, consistent
with older HP
Jetdirect printers.

Ethernet TCP/IP IPV4 Settings DHCP Release Yes

No*

Ethernet TCP/IP IPV4 Settings DHCP Renew Yes

No*

Ethernet TCP/IP IPV4 Settings Primary DNS Range: 0-255 Specify the IP
address (n.n.n.n) of
Default = a Primary Domain
xxx.xxx.xx.xx Name System
(DNS) Server.

Ethernet TCP/IP IPV4 Settings Secondary DNS Range: 0-255 Specify the IP
address (n.n.n.n) of
Default = 0.0.0.0 a Secondary DNS
Server.

Ethernet TCP/IP IPV6 Settings Enable Off Use this item to

enable or disable
On* IPv6 operation on
the print server.

Off: IPv6 is
disabled.

On: IPv6 is
enabled.

206 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-30 Networking menu (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Ethernet TCP/IP IPV6 Settings Address Manual Settings Use this item
to enable and
Enable manually configure
a TCP/IPv6
Address address.

Ethernet TCP/IP IPV6 Settings DHCPV6 Policy Router Specified Router Specified:
The stateful
Router auto-configuration
Unavailable* method to be used
by the print server
Always is determined by
a router. The
router specifies
whether the print
server obtains
its address,
its configuration
information, or
both from a
DHCPv6 server.

Router
Unavailable: If
a router is
not available,
the print server
should attempt to
obtain its stateful
configuration from
a DHCPv6 server.

Always: Whether a
router is available,
the print server
always attempts to
obtain its stateful
configuration from
a DHCPv6 server.

Ethernet TCP/IP IPV6 Settings Primary DNS Range: 0-255 Specify the IP
address (n.n.n.n) of
Default = a Primary Domain
xxx.xxx.xx.xx Name System
(DNS) Server.

Ethernet TCP/IP IPV6 Settings Secondary DNS Range: 0-255 Specify the IP
address (n.n.n.n) of
Default = 0.0.0.0 a Secondary DNS
Server.

Networking menu 207

 Table 4-30 Networking menu (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Ethernet TCP/IP Proxy Server Select from a Specifies the proxy

provided list. server to be
used by embedded
applications in the
printer. A proxy
server is typically
used by network
clients for Internet
access. It caches
Web pages, and
provides a degree
of Internet security
for those clients.

To specify a
proxy server, enter
its IPv4 address
or fully-qualified
domain name. The
name can be up to
255 octets.

For some
networks, you
might need to
contact your
Internet Service
Provider (ISP) for
the proxy server
address.

Ethernet TCP/IP Proxy Port Range: 1-65535 Enter the port

number used by
Default = 00080 the proxy server
for client support.
The port number
identifies the port
reserved for proxy
activity on your
network, and can
be a value from 0
to 65535.

Ethernet TCP/IP Idle Timeout Range: 1-3600 The time period,

in seconds, after
Default = 0270 which an idle
TCP print data
connection is
closed (default
is 270 seconds,
0 disables the
timeout).

208 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Table 4-30 Networking menu (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

I/O Timeout Range: 5 – 300 sec Use to set the

I/O timeout period
Default = 10 in seconds. I/O
timeout refers to
the elapsed time
before a print job
fails. If the stream
of data that the
printer receives for
a print job gets
interrupted, this
setting indicates
how long the
printer will wait
before it reports
that the job has
failed.

Supplies menu
Learn about the control-panel Supplies menu.

To display: At the printer control panel, select the Supplies menu.

To print: At the printer control panel, touch (MFP) or use the arrow buttons (SFP) to select the printer
icon . For the SFP, press the OK button to print the pages.

In the following table, asterisks (*) indicate the factory default setting.

NOTE: The View option is control-panel type dependent (might not be available).

Table 4-31 Supplies menu

First level Values Description

Cyan Cartridge View a summary of the status of the

printer supplies.
Magenta Cartridge

Yellow Cartridge

Black Cartridge

Trays menu
Learn about the control-panel Trays menu.

To display: At the printer control panel, select the Trays menu.

To print: At the printer control panel, touch (MFP) or use the arrow buttons (SFP) to select the printer
icon . For the SFP, press the OK button to print the pages.

Supplies menu 209

 In the following table, asterisks (*) indicate the factory default setting.

NOTE: The View option is control-panel type dependent (might not be available).

Table 4-32 Trays menu

First level Second level Values Description

Tray 1 Size Select paper size from a list Choose the paper size for the
of supported sizes. tray
Tray 2-x

Tray 1 Type Select paper type from a list Choose the paper type for
of supported types. the tray.
Tray 2-x

Support Tools menu

Learn about the control-panel Support Tools menu.

NOTE: The Support Tools sub-menu contains the options for maintaining the printer and
troubleshooting printer problems.

Maintenance menu
Learn about the control-panel Maintenance menu.

Backup/Restore menu
Learn about the control-panel Backup/Restore menu.

To display: At the printer control panel, select the Support Tools menu, select the Maintenance menu,
and then select the Backup/Restore menu.

To print: At the printer control panel, touch (MFP) or use the arrow buttons (SFP) to select the printer
icon . For the SFP, press the OK button to print the pages.

In the following table, asterisks (*) indicate the factory default setting.

Table 4-33 Backup/Restore menu

First level Second level Third level Values

Back up Data Enable Scheduled Backups Backup Time Enter a time

Back up Data Enable Scheduled Backups Days Between Backups Enter the number of days

Back up Data Back up Now

Back up Data Export Last Backup

Restore Data Insert a USB drive that

contains the backup file.

Calibration/Cleaning menu
Learn about the control-panel Calibration/Cleaning menu .

210 Chapter 4 Solve problems

To display: At the printer control panel, select the Support Tools menu, select the Maintenance menu,
and then select the Calibration/Cleaning menu.

To print: At the printer control panel, touch (MFP) or use the arrow buttons (SFP) to select the printer
icon . For the SFP, press the OK button to print the pages.

In the following table, asterisks (*) indicate the factory default setting.

Table 4-34 Calibration/Cleaning menu

First level Values Description

Cleaning Page Automatic Cleaning Interval Use this menu to configure

the settings for the product to
Off* automatically print a cleaning
page.
1000 pages
Select Off to disable
2000 pages automatic cleaning.

5000 pages Select a cleaning interval to

set the number of pages to be
10000 pages printed before an automatic
cleaning page is printed.
20000 pages
Touch Print to manually print a
cleaning page.

NOTE: Cleaning pages print

on the default paper size
configured for the printer.

Quick Calibration Start The printer automatically

calibrates itself at various
times. However, the user
can calibrate the printer
immediately if the printer
experiences problems with
print quality. Use this
feature to perform a
partial calibration. Use this
calibration if color density or
tone seem incorrect.

Before calibrating, make sure

that the Ready indicator
displays on the control panel
display. If a job is in progress,
the calibration occurs when
that job is complete.

Calibration/Cleaning menu 211

 Table 4-34 Calibration/Cleaning menu (continued)

First level Values Description

Full Calibration Start The printer automatically

calibrates itself at various
times. However, the user
can calibrate the printer
immediately if the printer
experiences problems with
print quality. Use this feature
to perform a full calibration,
which can take up to three
minutes. Use this calibration
if the color layers seem to be
shifted on the page.

Before calibrating, make sure

that the Ready indicator
displays on the control panel
display. If a job is in progress,
the calibration occurs when
that job is complete.

Power on Calibration No delay This feature controls the

timing of calibration when the
Delay 15 minutes printer wakes up or is turned
on.

Calibrate Scanner Done Touch Start to calibrate the

device scanner. Messages
MFP Start on the control panel display
will lead you through the
calibration process.

Reset Calibration Reset Use this feature to return

the product to the factory-
Cancel set default values for color
calibration.

Select Reset to reset the

color calibration. The printer
will restart with the factory-
set defaults.

Select Cancel to close the

menu without resetting the
color calibration.

USB Firmware Upgrade menu

Learn about the control-panel USB Firmware Upgrade menu.

To display: At the printer control panel, select the Support Tools menu, select the Maintenance menu,
and then select the USB Firmware Upgrade menu.

Insert a USB storage device with a firmware upgrade bundle into the USB port, and follow the on-screen
instructions.

Service menu
Learn about the control-panel Service menu.

To display: At the printer control panel, select the Support Tools menu, and then select the Service menu.

212 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 The Service menu is locked and requires a personal identification number (PIN) for access. This menu is
intended for use by authorized service personnel. See the Service menu section of this manual.

Troubleshooting menu
Learn about the control-panel Troubleshooting menu.

To display: At the printer control panel, select the Support Tools menu, and then select the
Troubleshooting menu.

In the following table, asterisks (*) indicate the factory default setting.

Table 4-35 Troubleshooting menu

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Reports Configuration/ Settings Menu Select the desired

Status Pages Map report and then
select the print
Current Settings
Page icon to print
the page.
Configuration
Page

Supplies Status
Page

Usage Page

Paper Path Page

File Directory Page

Web Services
Status Page

PCL Font List

PS Font List

Event Log

Warning Log Page

T.30 Protocol Trace

PQ
Troubleshooting
Pages

Paper Path Test

Reports Fax Reports Fax Activity Log Select the desired

report and then
Billing Codes select the print
Report
icon to print
Blocked Fax List the page.

Fax Call Report

Troubleshooting menu 213

 Table 4-35 Troubleshooting menu (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Reports Other Pages PCL Font List Select the desired

report and then
PS Font List select the print
icon to print
the page.

Fax Tools Fax T.30 Trace Never Use to print

Report automatically or configure the
Fax models only print* fax T.30 trace
report. T.30 is
Print after every the standard
fax that specifies
handshaking,
Print only after fax protocols, and
send jobs error correction
between fax
Print only after machines.
received faxes

Print only after fax

send errors

Print only after fax

receive errors

Print after any fax

error

Fax Tools Fax V.34 Enable* Use to disable

V.34 modulations if
Fax models only Disable several fax failures
have occurred
or if phone line
conditions require
it.

Fax Tools JBIG Compression On

Fax models only Off*

Fax Tools Fax Speaker Mode Normal* Used by a

technician to
Fax models only Diagnostic evaluate and
diagnose fax
issues by listening
to the sounds of
fax modulations

Fax Tools Fax Service Log Print The standard fax

log includes basic
Fax models only information such
as the time and
whether the fax
was successful.
The detailed
fax log shows
the intermediate
results of the redial
process not shown
in the standard fax
log.

214 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-35 Troubleshooting menu (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Print Quality Pages PQ Print Use to print pages

Troubleshooting that help you
Pages resolve problems
with print quality.

Event Log Prints the 50 most

recent events in
the Event Log.
For each event,
the printed log
shows the error
number, page
count, error code,
and description or
personality.

Paper Path Page Print Shows how many

pages were
printed from each
tray.

Diagnostic Tests Disable Cartridge Continue Use this diagnostic

Check test to print
internal pages
or send an
external job to
the printer when
the toner cartridge
is removed or
exchanged. Supply
errors are ignored
while the printer is
in this mode.

Diagnostic Tests Paper Path Test Source Tray Select from a list Generates a test
of the available page for testing
trays. paper handling
features. You can
define the path
that is used for
the test in order to
test specific paper
paths

Diagnostic Tests Paper Path Test Number of Copies Range: 1–500 Sets the default
number of copies
Default = 1 for a copy job. This
default applies
when the Copy
or Quick Copy
function is initiated
from the printer
Home screen. The
factory default
setting is 1.

Diagnostic Tests Paper Path Test Test Duplex Path Enable Prints on both
sides of the paper.
Disable*

Diagnostic Tests Print/Stop Test Specify the

length of time
in milliseconds
(0-60,000).

Troubleshooting menu 215

 Table 4-35 Troubleshooting menu (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Diagnostic Tests Paper Path Sensor Select from a Initiates a test of

Test list of the printer the paper path
sensors. sensors.

Diagnostic Tests Manual Sensor Select from a Test the printer

Test list of available sensors and
components switches for
NOTE: This item correct operation.
appears in the Reset Each sensor is
control-panel displayed on
menus. However, the control-panel
the function is not screen, along with
available for this its status. Manually
printer trip each sensor
and watch for it
to change on the
screen. Press the
Stop button to
abort the test.

Diagnostic Tests Tray/Bin Manual Select from a Test the printer

Sensor Test list of available sensors and
components switches for
NOTE: This item correct operation.
appears in the Reset Each sensor is
control-panel displayed on
menus. However, the control-panel
the function is not screen, along with
available for this its status. Manually
printer trip each sensor
and watch for it
to change on the
screen. Press the
Stop button to
abort the test.

Diagnostic Tests Component Test Select from a Use to exercise

list of available individual parts
NOTE: This item components. independently to
appears in the isolate noise,
control-panel leaking, or other
menus. However, issues. To start the
the function is not test, select one of
available for this the components.
printer The test will run the
number of times
specified by the
Repeat option. You
might be prompted
to remove parts
from the printer
during the test.
Press the Stop
button to abort the
test.

Diagnostic Tests Continuous Scan 2-sided

MFP

Diagnostic Tests Scanner Tests Sensors

MFP

216 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Table 4-35 Troubleshooting menu (continued)

First level Second level Third level Fourth level Values Description

Generate Debug Start

Data

Retrieve Create device data Create files

Diagnostic Data file that contain
information about
Create zipped the printer that
debug information can help identify
file the cause of
problems.
Include crash
dump files

Clean up debug
information

Send to E-mail

Export to USB

Retrieve Fax Create device data Create files

Diagnostic Data file that contain
information about
Create zipped the printer that
debug information can help identify
file the cause of
problems.
Include crash
dump files

Clean up debug
information

Send to E-mail

Export to USB

Service menu
Learn about the printer Service menu.

Service menu access is restricted by using a personal identification number (PIN). Only authorized
service people should access the Service menu. When selecting Service from the list of menus, the
printer prompts the user to enter an eight-digit PIN.

NOTE: The printer automatically exits the Service menu after about one minute if no items are
selected or changed.

Open the Service menu from a SFP control panel

1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, use the arrow buttons to navigate to Support
Tools, and then press the OK button.

2. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Service, and then press the OK button.

3. Make sure that Service Access Code is selected for the Access Type item.

NOTE: Use the arrow buttons to select and change the Access Type item if necessary.

Service menu 217

 4. Enter the following service access PIN for the printer:

● 12045520 (SFP)

● 12048020 (MFP)

Open the Service menu from an MFP control panel

1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Support Tools button.

2. Open the following menus:

● Service

3. Make sure that Service Access Code is selected for the Access Type item.

4. Enter the following service access PIN for the printer:

● 12045520 (SFP)

● 12048020 (MFP)

Service menu table

The following menu items appear in the Service menu.

Table 4-36 Service menu

First level Second level Value Description

Event Log Print Print or view the event log.

Clear Event Log Clear Use this item to clear the

printer event log.

Cycle Counts Total Engine Cycles Set the page count that
was stored in NVRAM
prior to installing a new
formatter.

Cycle Counts Refurbish Cycle Count Use this item to record

the page count when the
printer was refurbished.

Cycle Counts Document Feeder Total number of pages

since the document feeder
MFP kit was replaced.

Cycle Counts Document Feeder Kit Use this item to

Interval set the interval that
causes the printer to
MFP prompt the customer to
replace document feeder
maintenance kit.

Cycle Counts Clean Rollers Count Total number of pages

since the document feeder
MFP rollers were cleaned.

Cycle Counts Clean Rollers Interval Use this item to set

the interval that causes
MFP the printer to prompt the
customer to clean the
document feeder rollers
and separation pad.

218 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-36 Service menu (continued)

First level Second level Value Description

Cycle Counts ADF Count Set the total pages fed

through the document
MFP feeder.

Cycle Counts Flatbed Count Set the total pages

scanned from the flatbed.
MFP

Cycle Counts ADF Simplex Count Set the total single-sided

pages fed through the
MFP document feeder.

Cycle Counts ADF Duplex Count Set the total two-sided

pages fed through the
MFP document feeder.

Cycle Counts Copy Scan Count Set the total copy pages
that have been scanned.
MFP

Cycle Counts Send Scan Count Set the number of scanned

pages sent to email.
MFP

Cycle Counts Fax Scan Count Set the number of scanned

pages that have been
Fax models only faxed.

Cycle Counts Copy Pages Count Set the number of scanned

pages that have been
MFP printed.

Scanner Settings ADF Settings Leading edge front Set the calibration values.

MFP Leading edge back WARNING! Do not

change these values
Trailing edge front unless instructed to do so.

Trailing edge back

Left side front

Left side back

Scanner Settings Glass Settings Leading edge

glass
MFP
Left Side Glass

Serial Number Set the serial number.

Service ID Use this item to show the

date that the printer was
first used on the control
panel. This eliminates the
need for users to keep
paper receipts for proof of
warranty.

Service menu 219

 Table 4-36 Service menu (continued)

First level Second level Value Description

Cold Reset Paper When you perform a cold

reset, the paper size that
is stored in NVRAM is
reset to the default factory
setting. If you replace
a formatter board in a
country/region that uses
A4 as the standard paper
size, use this menu to reset
the default paper size to
A4. LETTER and A4 are the
only available values.

Low Alerts Enable Turn on (or off) low alerts

(for supplies).
Disable

Reset Low Alerts ● Reset to level 1

● Reset to level 2

● Reset to level 3

● Set to non-HP
managed mode

PTT Test Mode Test the internal modem

for the analog fax
Fax models only accessory.

PTT Test Mode Hook Operations Off Hook

Fax models only On Hook

PTT Test Mode Generate Random Data Select a value

from the list.
Fax models only

PTT Test Mode Generate DTMF Tone Burst Select a value

from the list.
Fax models only

PTT Test Mode Generate DTMF Select a value

Continuous Tone from the list.
Fax models only

PTT Test Mode Generate Pulse Burst Select a value

from the list.
Fax models only

PTT Test Mode Generate Tone Dial Enter dial number.

Number
Fax models only

PTT Test Mode Generate Pulse Dial Enter dial number.

Number
Fax models only

PTT Test Mode Generate Single Modem Range: 1100–2100

Tone Hz
Fax models only
Default = 2100 Hz

PTT Test Mode Line Measurements

Fax models only

220 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Table 4-36 Service menu (continued)

First level Second level Value Description

PTT Test Mode Fax Transmit Signal Loss

Fax models only

Test Support Continuous Scan 2-sided

MFP Save to Disk

Test Support Continuous Copy 2-sided

MFP Save to Disk

Test Support Raw Scan 2-sided

MFP Mechanical
Calibration

Test Support Continuous Print from USB

Test Support Automatic Calibrations Disabled

MFP Enabled*

Test Support Runtime Configuration Standard

MFP StandardEIC

Workflow

WorkflowEIC

Reconfigure

Printer resets
Learn about the printer resets.

Restore factory-set defaults from a non-touchscreen control panel

1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, use the arrow buttons to navigate to Settings,
and then press the OK button.

2. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to General, and then press the OK button.

3. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Restore Factory Settings, and then press the OK button.

4. A verification message advises that completing the reset function might result in loss of data.
Select the Reset button to complete the process.

Restore factory-set defaults from a touchscreen control panel

1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Settings button.

2. Open the following menus:

● General Settings

● Reset Factory Settings

Printer resets 221

 3. A verification message advises that completing the reset function might result in loss of data. Touch
the Reset button to complete the process.

Restore the Service ID

When replacing the formatter, the Service ID date is lost. Use this menu item to reset the date to the
original date that the printer was first used. The date format is YYDDD. Use the following formula to
calculate the Service ID.

Calculate the service ID

For the calculation below, the placed-in-service date is 17OCT2002.

1. To calculate YY, subtract 1990 from the calendar year. If the printer was first used in 2002, calculate
YY as follows: 2002 - 1990 = 19. YY = 12.

2. Subtract 1 from 10 (October is the tenth month of the year): 10 - 1 = 9.

● Multiply 9 by 30: 9 x 30 = 270 and add 17 to 270: 270 + 17 = 287. Thus, DDD = 287.

3. In this example the Service ID is 12287.

Convert the Service ID to an actual date

Use the printer Service ID number to determine whether the printer is still under warranty. Use the
following formula to convert the Service ID into the actual date the printer was placed-in-service. For the
example below, use the Service ID previously calculated (12287).

1. Add 1990 to YY to get the actual year that the printer was installed.

2. Divide DDD by 30. If there is a remainder, add 1 to the result. This is the month.

3. The remainder from the calculation in step 2 is the date.

a. 12 + 1990 = 2002, so the year is 2002.

b. 287 divided by 30 = 9 with a remainder of 17. Because there is a remainder, add 1 to 9 to get 10,
which represents October.

c. The remainder in step 2 is 17, so that is the date. The complete date is 17-October-2002.

NOTE: A six-day grace period is built into the date system.

Cold reset using the Pre-boot menu from a non-touchscreen control panel

CAUTION: This procedure resets all printer configurations and settings to factory defaults (customer
configurations and settings are lost).

1. Press the Cancel button when you see the 1/8 under the logo

2. Use the arrow buttons to highlight +3:Administrator item, and then press the OK button.

3. Use the arrow buttons to highlight +8:Startup Options item, and then press the OK button.

4. Use the arrow buttons to highlight 2 Cold Reset item, and then press the OK button.

222 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 5. Press the Home button to return to the main Pre-boot menu and highlight the 1:Continue item, and
then press the OK button.

NOTE: The printer initializes.

Cold reset using the Pre-boot menu from a touchscreen control panel

CAUTION: This procedure resets all printer configurations and settings to factory defaults (customer
configurations and settings are lost).

1. Touch the middle of the control-panel display when you see the 1/8 under the logo

Figure 4-43 Open the Pre-boot menu (MFP)

1 2

2. Use the arrow buttons to highlight +3:Administrator item, and then press the OK button.

3. Use the arrow buttons to highlight +8:Startup Options item, and then press the OK button.

4. Use the arrow buttons to highlight 2 Cold Reset item, and then press the OK button.

5. Touch the Home button to return to the main Pre-boot menu and highlight the 1:Continue item, and
then press the OK button.

NOTE: The printer initializes.

Format Disk and Partial Clean functions

Learn about the printer Format Disk and Partial Clean functions.

Active and repository firmware locations

The firmware bundle consists of multiple parts. The main components are the Windows CE Operating
System and the printer/peripheral firmware files.

There are two locations/partitions on the hard drive where the firmware components are stored:

● The Active, where the operating system and firmware currently are executing.

● The Repository, the recovery location.

If the Active location is damaged, or a Partial Clean was performed, the printer automatically copies
over the OS and firmware files from the Repository location and the printer recovers.

Format Disk and Partial Clean functions 223

 If both the Active and Repository locations are damaged, or a Format Disk was performed, then both
locations are gone and the error message 99.09.67 displays on the control-panel display. The user must
upload the firmware to the printer in order for it to function again.

CAUTION: The Format Disk option performs a disk initialization for the entire disk. The operating
system, firmware files, and third party files (among other files) are completely lost. HP does not
recommend this action.

Partial Clean
The Partial Clean option erases all partitions and data on the disk drive, except for the firmware
repository where a backup copy of the firmware file is stored. This allows the disk drive to be
reformatted without having to download a firmware upgrade file to return the printer to a bootable
state.

Characteristics of a Partial Clean

● Customer-defined settings, third-party solutions, firmware files, and the operating system are
deleted.

● Rebooting the printer restores the firmware files from the Repository location, but does not restore
any customer-defined settings.

● For previous HP printers, a Hard Disk Initialization is similar to executing the Partial Clean function
for this printer.

CAUTION: HP recommends backing-up printer configuration data before executing a Partial Clean to
retain customer-defined settings (if needed). See the Backup/Restore item in the Device Maintenance
menu.

Reasons for performing Partial Clean

● The printer continually boots up in an error state.

NOTE: Try clearing the error prior to executing a Partial Clean.

● The printer will not respond to commands from the control panel.

● Executing the Partial Clean function is helpful for troubleshooting hard disk problems.

● To reset the printer by deleting all solutions and customer-defined settings.

● The printer default settings are not properly working.

Execute a Partial Clean from a non-touchscreen control panel

This procedure resets all printer configurations and settings to factory defaults (customer
configurations and settings are lost).

1. Press the Cancel button when you see the 1/8 under the logo

2. Use the arrow buttons to highlight +3:Administrator item, and then press the OK button.

3. Use the arrow buttons to highlight Partial Clean item, and then press the OK button.

4. Press the OK button again.

224 Chapter 4 Solve problems

5. Press the Home button to return to the main Pre-boot menu and highlight the Continue item, and
then press the OK button.

NOTE: The printer initializes.

Execute a Partial Clean from a touchscreen control panel

This procedure resets all printer configurations and settings to factory defaults (customer
configurations and settings are lost).

1. Touch the middle of the control-panel display when you see the 1/8 under the logo

Figure 4-44 Open the Pre-boot menu (MFP)

1 2

2. Use the arrow buttons to highlight +3:Administrator item, and then press the OK button.

3. Use the arrow buttons to highlight Partial Clean item, and then press the OK button.

4. Press the OK button again.

5. Touch the Home button to return to the main Pre-boot menu and highlight the Continue item, and
then press the OK button.

NOTE: The printer initializes.

Format Disk
The Format Disk option erases the entire disk drive.

CAUTION: After executing a Format Disk option, the printer is not bootable.

Characteristics of a Format Disk

● Customer-defined settings, third-party solutions, firmware files, and the operating system are
deleted.

NOTE: Rebooting the printer does not restore the firmware files

● Rebooting the printer restores the firmware files from the Repository location, but does not restore
any customer-defined settings.

● After executing the Format Disk function, the message 99.09.67 displays on the control panel.

● After executing the Format Disk function, the printer firmware must be reloaded.

CAUTION: HP recommends not using the Format Disk option unless an error occurs and the solution
in the printer service manual recommends this solution. After executing the Format Disk function, the
printer is unusable.

Format Disk and Partial Clean functions 225

 HP recommends backing-up printer configuration data before executing a Format Disk to retain
customer-defined settings (if needed). See the Backup/Restore item in the Device Maintenance menu.

Reasons for performing Format Disk

● The printer continually boots up in an error state.

NOTE: Try clearing the error prior to executing a Format Disk.

● The printer will not respond to commands from the control panel.

● Executing the Format Disk function is helpful for troubleshooting hard disk problems.

● To reset the printer by deleting all solutions and customer-defined settings.

Execute a Format Disk from a non-touchscreen control panel

This procedure resets all printer configurations and settings to factory defaults (customer
configurations and settings are lost).

1. Press the Cancel button when you see the 1/8 under the logo

2. Use the arrow buttons to highlight +3:Administrator item, and then press the OK button.

3. Use the arrow buttons to highlight Format Disk item, and then press the OK button.

4. Press the OK button again.

NOTE: When the Format Disk operation is complete, reload the printer firmware.

Execute a Format Disk from a touchscreen control panel

This procedure resets all printer configurations and settings to factory defaults (customer
configurations and settings are lost).

1. Touch the middle of the control-panel display when you see the 1/8 under the logo

Figure 4-45 Open the Pre-boot menu (MFP)

1 2

2. Use the arrow buttons to highlight +3:Administrator item, and then press the OK button.

3. Use the arrow buttons to highlight Format Disk item, and then press the OK button.

4. Press the OK button again.

NOTE: When the Format Disk operation is complete, reload the printer firmware.

226 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Troubleshooting power-on or blank control panel problems
If the printer is not powering on correctly, use the following steps to begin troubleshooting the problem.

1. Verify that power is available to the printer. If the printer is plugged into a surge protector or
uninterruptible power supply (UPS), remove it. Plug the printer directly into a known operating wall
receptacle (make sure that the wall receptacle provides the correct voltage and current for the
printer).

NOTE: Unplug any other devices on the same circuit that the printer is using.

2. Try another known operating wall receptacle and a different power cord.

3. To eliminate a thermal switch issue, unplug the power cord and leave it unplugged for over 20
minutes. Re-attach the power cord, and then turn the power on again.

4. During normal operation, a cooling fan or fans begin to spin briefly after the printer power is turned
on. Place a hand over the cover vent or vents to feel air passing out of the printer. Lean close to
the printer to hear the fan or fans operating. Look for illuminated lights on the control panel and
formatter LEDs.

NOTE: Operational fans, motors, and control-panel lights indicate the following:

● AC power is present at the printer.

● The power supply is providing either or both 24 Vdc and 5 Vdc voltages.

● The DC controller microprocessor is functioning.

5. If the printer powers on, but the control panel is blank, make sure that the control-panel display wire
harness or harnesses and flat flexible cable or cables (FFCs) are connected.

NOTE: The following conditions indicate that the printer has frozen while in Sleep mode or Sleep
delay. Opening a door or pressing a control-panel button should cause the printer to wake up from
Sleep mode or Sleep delay.

● The control panel home button LED is illuminated

● The power-switch LED flashes once every three to five seconds

If the control panel is not responding, or if it appears black or blank, try the following:

a. Turn the printer power off, and then on again.

b. Verify that the system is correctly functioning by printing a test page. Does the test page print
correctly?

Is the printer HP Embedded Web Server (EWS) accessible?

c. Verify that the control panel is correctly functioning. If it is not, turn the printer off and
reseat the control-panel assembly cable connections at the control-panel assembly and the
formatter.

d. Try upgrading the firmware. If the firmware upgrade fails to resolve the problem, and the
printer still freezes while in Sleep mode or Sleep delay, elevate the case.

e. If the error persists and the EWS functions correctly, replace the control-panel assembly.

Troubleshooting power-on or blank control panel problems 227

 6. If normal start-up noises are not heard, turn the printer off, and then remove any installed
accessories (for example, envelope feeders, paper feeders, or output accessories).

7. Turn the printer on, and then listen for start-up noises. If normal start-up noises are heard, the
problem might be with an accessory.

8. Perform an engine test. The engine test procedure varies by printer, so refer to the printer Service
Manual to get instructions.

9. If the engine test page prints, the print engine is operating normally. Replace the formatter.

CAUTION: Under NO circumstances should a formatter from a different printer be installed during
the repair or troubleshooting processes. The formatter stores important data specific to the model
of printer it is installed in and is not designed to be swapped or repurposed in any way. Return a
used formatter to HP.

Issues that can occur from swapping a formatter include:

● Serial number, product number, product name, page count, and supported cartridges
information change and might make a product unusable

● 33.02.01 Used board/Disk installed errors

If a used formatter is installed and causes this issue, the partner must cover the costs of the
repair in the form of a product replacement. There is no method in the field to recover a printer
where a used formatter is installed.

For more information, see the following topic (c06360930):

● HP internal link: 33.02.01 error or printer name and/or product number changes after replacing
the formatter

● HP external partner link: 33.02.01 error or printer name and/or product number changes after
replacing the formatter

To access the HP partner link, you must first log in to the HP Partner First Portal and then connect
to WISE.

NOTE: If the engine test page does not print, turn the printer off, reconnect the formatter power
connector, remove the embedded MultiMedia Card (eMMC), and then try the engine test again. If
the page prints, the problem might be the eMMC.

10. If after replacing the formatter or eMMC normal start-up noises are still not heard, replace the DC
controller.

11. If the print engine appears to be correctly operating (the engine test page successfully printed) and
the control panel is still blank, replace the power supply.

Troubleshooting an unresponsive printer

If the printer powers up normally and the control panel displays correctly, but the printer appears
unresponsive to print jobs, use the following steps to troubleshoot the issue.

1. The control panel should indicate a Ready, Paused, Sleep mode on or Sleep delay on status. If an
error message displays, resolve the error. Resolve any supply issues.

2. For network connection errors, verify that the network port is active and that the cables are
securely seated.

228 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 a. Check the network cable connections between the printer and the computer or network port.
Make sure that the connections are secure.

b. Make sure that the cables are not faulty by trying different cables, if possible.

3. Check the network LEDs (callout 1) to see if they indicate any issues.

NOTE: The figure below is representational only. Network LED location varies by printer.

Table 4-37 Network LEDs

LED light pattern Description

Solid green light and flashing yellow light indicates a

successful network connection.

No lights on indicates a faulty network connection.

Disconnect and reconnect the cable to the port. In the
Network Settings Menu, verify the link settings and make
sure that the port is enabled.

4. Use one of the following options to print a configuration page. If the printer is connected to a
network, an HP Jetdirect page also prints.

Print the configuration page from a SFP control panel

a. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, use the arrow buttons to navigate to
Reports, and then press the OK button.

b. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Configuration/Status Pages, and then press the OK button.

c. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Configuration Page, and then press the OK button.

d. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to the print icon . Press the OK button to print the pages.

Print the configuration page from an MFP control panel

a. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Reports button.

Troubleshooting an unresponsive printer 229

 b. Open the following menus:

● Configuration/Status pages

c. Touch Configuration Page to select it.

d. Touch the print icon to print the pages.

5. Check to see if there is a newer version of the firmware available. If there is, update the firmware.

6. Verify that the correct print driver for this printer is installed. Check the program to make sure that
the print driver for this printer is used. The print driver can be downloaded from support.hp.com.

7. Print a short document from a different program that has worked in the past. If this solution works,
the problem is with the program. If this solution does not work (the document does not print),
complete these steps:

a. Try printing the job from another computer that has the printer software installed.

b. If the printer is connected to the network, connect the printer directly to a host computer with
a USB cable. Redirect the printer to the correct port, or reinstall the software (make sure to
select the new connection type).

NOTE: The host USB port may disabled from the factory. If so, this port needs to be activated
first before connecting the printer to the USB port.

For more information about troubleshooting an unresponsive printer and about troubleshooting
connectivity issues, see the "Performance and connectivity troubleshooting" section of the Service
manual.

Engine diagnostics
Learn about internal engine diagnostics that help in troubleshooting print quality, paper path, noise,
assembly, and timing issues.

Engine test
Learn about troubleshooting the printer using the engine test diagnostic.

NOTE: To print using an HP Plus printer, the printer must have genuine original HP toner cartridges
installed, must have an ongoing internet connection and an active HP Plus account (for more
information, go to hp.com/plus).

When the engine test is performed, a test page with lines prints if the engine is functioning correctly.

NOTE: Depending on printer models, either a simplex engine test page, a duplex engine test page, or
both simplex and duplex engine test pages might be available.

Depress and hold the cartridge door release button, and then open and close the cartridge door four
times within a three second time period to print a simplex engine test page. Open and close the door five
times within a three second period to print a duplex engine test page.

Defeating interlocks
Learn about defeating printer interlocks.

230 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Different tests can be used to isolate different types of issues. For assembly or noise isolation, run the
diagnostic test when the toner cartridge door or rear door is open.

Defeating the door interlocks allows observation of the paper pick operation.

Defeat the front (cartridge) door interlock

1. Open the front door.

2. Insert a folded piece of paper into the slot.

TIP: Fold a stiff piece of paper, for example a business card or index card, into a strip, and insert
the strip into the slot for the front door logic switch.

Figure 4-46 Defeat the front (cartridge) door interlock

Defeat the rear door interlock

1. Open the rear door.

2. Insert a folded piece of paper into the slot.

TIP: It might be easier to use a small flat-blade screwdriver to defeat the rear door interlock.

Defeating interlocks 231

 Figure 4-47 Defeat the rear door interlock

Control panel troubleshooting

If the control panel is not responding normally or has display issues, use the following procedures to
troubleshoot the issues.

Control panel system diagnostics (MFP)

Learn about MFP printer firmware control panel troubleshooting.

Use the diagnostics in this section to test the control panel hardware and display using the printer
firmware system diagnostics.

Open the control panel system diagnostic tests

Learn about accessing the control panel system diagnostics tests from a touchscreen control panel.

Use the following procedure to open the control panel system diagnostics tests.

1. Turn the printer power off, and then on again.

2. Touch the middle of the control panel display when you see the 1/8 under the logo.

Figure 4-48 Open the Pre-boot menu

1 2

232 Chapter 4 Solve problems

3. On the Pre-boot menu screen, use the following buttons to navigate the tests.

Figure 4-49 Pre-boot menu

Table 4-38 Pre-boot menu button descriptions

Button Description

Use this button to see more information about a selected

item.

Use this button to scroll up through menu items.

Use this button to select a highlighted menu item.

Use this button to scroll down through menu items.

Use this button to go back to the previous menu.

Not used.

Open the control panel system diagnostic tests 233

 Table 4-38 Pre-boot menu button descriptions (continued)

Button Description

Use this button to exit a diagnostic test.

4. Use the down arrow button to scroll to +3 Administration, and then press the OK button to select
it.

Figure 4-50 Access the administration menu

5. Use the down arrow button to scroll to +E CP Diagnostics, and then press the OK button to select
it.

NOTE: An administrator password might be required to continue.

234 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Figure 4-51 Access the diagnostics menu

Screen test
Learn about the control panel system diagnostic screen test.

1. Open the control panel system diagnostic tests.

2. With 1 Screen Test highlighted, press the OK button to select it.

Figure 4-52 Open the screen test

The blue vertical gradient screen appears.

Screen test 235

 Figure 4-53 Blue vertical gradient screen

3. Touch the touchscreen to scroll though the remaining touchscreen test screens.

NOTE: Touch the Home button to exit the test.

Table 4-39 Touchscreen test screens

Screen Description

Green vertical gradient

Red vertical gradient

Blue horizontal gradient

236 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-39 Touchscreen test screens (continued)

Screen Description

Green horizontal gradient

Red horizontal gradient

Blue with black horizontal interlaced

Green with black horizontal interlaced

Red with black horizontal interlaced

Blue with black vertical interlaced

Screen test 237

 Table 4-39 Touchscreen test screens (continued)

Screen Description

Green with black vertical interlaced

Red with black vertical interlaced

Black with white center

White with black center

Checkerboard

Multicolor stripes

238 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Table 4-39 Touchscreen test screens (continued)

Screen Description

Blue green grid meshing

Touch test
Learn about the control panel system diagnostic touch test.

1. Open the control panel system diagnostic tests.

2. Use the down arrow button to scroll to 2 Touch Test, and then press the OK button to select it.

Figure 4-54 Open the touch test

3. Use your finger to touch the white grid on the display.

Figure 4-55 Touch the white grid

A mark appears on the grid where it was touched.

NOTE: Touch the Home button to exit the test.

Touch test 239

 Figure 4-56 Verify the mark

SoftKey test
Learn about the control panel system diagnostic SoftKey test.

1. Open the control panel system diagnostic tests.

2. Use the down arrow button to scroll to 3 SoftKey Test, and then press the OK button to select it.

Figure 4-57 Open the softkey test

240 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 3. When prompted, touch the Home button.

Figure 4-58 Touch the Home button

If the test is successful, the following screen appears on the display.

NOTE: Touch the screen to exit the test.

Figure 4-59 Successful test

Backlight test
Learn about the control panel system diagnostic backlight test.

1. Open the control panel system diagnostic tests.

Backlight test 241

 2. Use the down arrow button to scroll to 4 Backlight Test, and then press the OK button to select it.

After selecting the 4 Backlight Test, the screen automatically dims, and then returns to full
brightness.

NOTE: Touch any key to exit the test.

Figure 4-60 Open the backlight test

Sound test
Learn about the control panel system diagnostic sound test.

1. Open the control panel system diagnostic tests.

2. Use the down arrow button to scroll to 5 Sound Test, and then press the OK button to select it.

After selecting the 5 Sound Test, the printer emits a series of audible tones.

NOTE: Touch any key to exit the test.

242 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Figure 4-61 Open the sound test

Version
Learn about the control panel system diagnostic version information.

1. Open the control panel system diagnostic tests.

2. Use the down arrow button to scroll to 7 Version, and then press the OK button to select it.

NOTE: Touch any key to exit the test.

Select 7 Version to view the following types of information:

NOTE: The following types of information are for the control panel only, not the printer.

● Panel ID

● Hardware (version)

● Firmware (version)

● KB Hw (version)

● KB Firm (version)

● LCD Vendor

● Touch Controller Version

Version 243
 Figure 4-62 Open the version information

Control panel messages document (CPMD)

Learn about the printer control panel messages document (CPMD).

NOTE: A complete CPMD is not included in this service manual.

Click here to access the complete CPMD for this printer.

How to search for printer documentation

The CPMD, error codes, and other support documentation for each printer is available on the HP portals.

For HP internal access to WISE, go to WISE.

For HP channel partners access WISE, see {Xref Error! Target does not exist.}Accessing WISE for HP
channel partners (HP Partner Portal) or {Xref Error! Target does not exist.}Accessing WISE for HP channel
partners (CSDP).

WISE is available to call agents, service technicians, and HP internal users. The level of detail available
depends on your access credentials. To learn how to find support content in WISE, watch the video here.

How to search WISE for printer information and documentation

These instructions are for HP internal use by call agents, service technicians, and other internal users.

To learn how to find support content in WISE, watch the video here: Finding Error Code and Control Panel
Message Document in WISE.

TIP: The Product Detail Page (PDP) is available from the WISE home page. Enter, and then select a
product name or number in the Go to a Product Detail Page area (callout 1), or select the …or select your
product from a list item (callout 2) on the WISE home page.

244 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 1

Many types of printer documentation and information are available on WISE. This section details
methods for finding error code descriptions and solutions.

TIP: To view a list of control panel message documents (CPMD) per printer, search for the following
topic in WISE: HP LaserJet, OfficeJet, PageWide, ScanJet Enterprise - Control panel message
document (CPMD) list or click the link below.

● HP LaserJet, HP OfficeJet, HP PageWide, HP ScanJet - Control panel messages document (CPMD),

Service manual, and Service cost data list

Use one of the following methods to search for CPMD error code information.

● Method 1: Use the WISE home page Error Code Lookup tool on page 245

● Method 2: Search for error codes using the WISE search function on page 247

● Method 3: Search for error codes using the Product Detail Page on page 248

Method 1: Use the WISE home page Error Code Lookup tool
Use the WISE Error Code Lookup tool to find error code troubleshooting procedures using the following
steps.

1. On the WISE home page, click the Error Code Lookup tool icon.

Figure 4-63 WISE Error Code Lookup tool icon

2. Enter a printer model number (for example, M606) in the Error Code Lookup dialog box.

How to search WISE for printer information and documentation 245

 Figure 4-64 WISE Error Code Lookup tool dialog box

3. A drop-down list appears. Click on the full printer series name (for example, HP LaserJet Enterprise
M606 series) in the list.

NOTE: Selecting the series item from the drop-down list is recommended for the most accurate
search return.

Figure 4-65 WISE Error Code Lookup tool drop-down list

M606

4. Type the error code (for example, 13.b2.d2) in the Error Code Lookup keyword field, and then select
the search icon.

Figure 4-66 WISE Error Code Lookup tool search

5. The error code troubleshooting content displays in the All Search Results area.

246 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Figure 4-67 WISE Search results

Method 2: Search for error codes using the WISE search function
Use the WISE search function to find error code troubleshooting procedures using the following steps.

1. On the WISE home page, enter a printer model number (for example, M606) in the Search dialog box.

Figure 4-68 WISE Search dialog box

2. A drop-down list appears. Click on the full printer series name (for example, HP LaserJet Enterprise
M606 series) in the list.

NOTE: Selecting the series item from the drop-down list is recommended for the most accurate
search return.

Figure 4-69 WISE Search drop-down list

3. Type the error code (for example, 13.E1.D3) in the Search keyword field, and then select the search
icon.

How to search WISE for printer information and documentation 247

 Figure 4-70 WISE Search

1 2

4. The error code troubleshooting content displays in the All Search Results area.

Figure 4-71 WISE Search results

Method 3: Search for error codes using the Product Detail Page
Use the WISE Product Detail Page (PDP) to find error code troubleshooting procedures using the
following steps.

1. On the WISE home page, enter a printer model number (for example, M606) in the Go to a Product
Detail page dialog box.

TIP: To find a PDP from a list of products by product type, select the …or select your product from
a list item just below the dialog box.

Figure 4-72 WISE PDP dialog box

2. A drop-down list appears. Click on the full printer series name (for example, HP LaserJet Enterprise
M606 series) in the list.

NOTE: Selecting the series item from the drop-down list is recommended for the most accurate
search return.

248 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Figure 4-73 WISE PDP drop-down list

3. Type the error code (for example, 13.E1.D3) in the Error Code Lookup field, and then select the search
icon.

Figure 4-74 WISE PDP search

1 2

4. The error code troubleshooting content displays in the All Search Results area.

Figure 4-75 WISE PDP search results

How to search WISE for printer information and documentation 249

 How to search GCSN for printer documentation
These instructions are for internal use by HP Channel Partners.

To learn how to find support content in GCSN, watch the video here: Finding Error Code and Control
Panel Message Documents in GCSN or follow these steps:

1. On the Home screen in GCSN, open Technical information using one of the following two methods:

● Type TINF in the Speedcode field found in the upper right corner and press Enter.

● On the Home page, click Technical information in the left pane.

2. Under Product Search, select the Type, Category, Family, and Series that match your product
model (leave the Model field as blank or the default).

NOTE: Make sure to log in to GCSN using your service-qualified credentials to access the most
comprehensive content list available. To find out how to become service-qualified, contact your HP
representative.

Figure 4-76 Sample product search criteria

250 Chapter 4 Solve problems

3. Click Add Favorites and then click Add to add the printer to your Favorites list and allow you to
bypass the Product Search fields next time for that particular model (optional).

4. Clear all of the high-level check boxes.

5. Select the check boxes for the document types for which you want to search.

NOTE: Select only the high-level Manuals and Guides search option if you are not sure in which
type of manual or guide the content might be listed.

6. Select Submit.

How to search GCSN for printer documentation 251

 7. If needed, click Back To selection Criteria and narrow your search (the maximum allowed search
result is 100 documents).

NOTE: Do not select the Top Issue option unless you only want to view top issues for that model.
All other available content will be filtered out.

Table 4-40 Information on WISE

Technical information type Select this checkbox

CPMD CPMD-Map

List of all CPMDs per product Support Information

Installation Guide or Hardware Install Guide Maintenance/Service Guide or Install Guide

Service cost document Install Guide or Service Guide/Manual

Service guide or Service manual Service Guide/Manual

Self-solve or troubleshooting document Support Information

User manual or User guide User Guide

Warranty and Legal Guide Warranty Statement

Error-code and control-panel-message troubleshooting overview

This section provides information on error codes and searching for information.

Error codes (types and structure)

Error codes and control-panel messages display on the printer control panel to indicate the current
printer status or situations that might require action. Error codes are numerical, or alphanumerical, and
have a set structure with six characters (example: 13.WX.YZ).

● The first two characters are numeric and represent the system component that is causing the error.
For example, in error code 10.22.15, 10 = Supplies for HP LaserJets.

● The remaining four characters (W, X, Y, and Z values) further define the error.

HP LaserJet and HP PageWide Enterprise error codes are documented in the control panel message
document (CPMD) for each printer.

The CPMD is a comprehensive list of error codes, diagnostic and troubleshooting steps to clear or
resolve the error, and other helpful information such as service mode pins and part numbers.

The CPMD is continually updated and republished with the latest information for the following error
codes.

Table 4-41 ERROR CODES: The first two characters

Error code System Component System Error Description

10.WX.YZ Supplies (LaserJet) Supply error or supply memory error.

11.WX.YZ Real-time clock Internal error with the clock on the formatter.

13.WX.YZ Jam (LaserJet) Paper jam or open door jam error.

15.WX.YZ Jam (PageWide) Paper jam or open door jam error.

17.WX.YZ Supplies (PageWide) Supply error or supply memory error.

252 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-41 ERROR CODES: The first two characters (continued)

Error code System Component System Error Description

20.WX.YZ Printer memory Insufficient memory or buffering error.

21.WX.YZ Page Page complexity causing a decompression error

when trying to process job.

30.WX.YZ Scanner Flatbed scanner error occurring inside the unit.

31.WX.YZ Document feeder Document feeder, scanner, or jam error.

32.WX.YZ Backup, restore, or reset Backup, restore, or reset notification or error.

33.WX.YZ Security Backup, Disk, EFI BIOS, Firmware integrity

(SureStart), or Trusted Platform Module (TPM)
notification or error.

40.WX.YZ Input/Output (I/O) Partition manager, secure erase, or USB

accessory error.

41.WX.YZ Fuser, Laser scanner, or Paper path Miscellaneous error including general and
misprint or mismatch errors typically involving
(but not limited to) the fuser, the laser scanner,
or the paper path.

42.WX.YZ Firmware Firmware failure involving the Event Log, Shell,

System Manager, or other component.

44.WX.YZ Firmware Firmware failure involving a digital sending

component.

45.WX.YZ OXPd/Web Kit (PageWide) Informational notifications involving the OXPd

Web Kit (communications log).

46.WX.YZ Engine (LaserJet) Engine communication error.

47.WX.YZ Firmware Job parser or printer calibration error.

48.WX.YZ Firmware PJA job accounting, job management, or job

pipeline error.

49.WX.YZ Firmware Firmware communication error.

50.WX.YZ Fuser (LaserJet) Fuser error.

51.WX.YZ Laser scanner (LaserJet) Laser scanner beam error.

52.WX.YZ Laser scanner (LaserJet) Laser scanner startup error.

54.WX.YZ Sensor Sensor error (not jam related).

55.WX.YZ DC controller (LaserJet) DC controller communication error.

56.WX.YZ Paper handling (LaserJet) Paper input/output or accessory error.

57.WX.YZ Fan Fan error.

58.WX.YZ Sensor Engine sensor failure.

59.WX.YZ Motor (LaserJet) Motor error.

60.WX.YZ Tray motor error (LaserJet) Tray lifting or pick up error.

61.WX.YZ Engine (PageWide) Print engine error with the 8–bit data package.

62.WX.YZ System (LaserJet) LaserJet internal system error.

Print bar (PageWide) PageWide print system error.

Error codes (types and structure) 253

 Table 4-41 ERROR CODES: The first two characters (continued)

Error code System Component System Error Description

63.WX.YZ Engine (LaserJet) General engine error (electrical, communication,

etc.).

65.WX.YZ Connector Output accessory connection error.

66.WX.YZ Output accessory Output accessory error.

67.WX.YZ Input accessory Input accessory connection error

69.WX.YZ Duplexer Duplexer error.

70.WX.YZ DC controller (LaserJet) DC controller firmware error.

76.WX.YZ DC controller (LaserJet) Power supply fluctuations causes formatter and

DC controller communication issue and results
them not to be in synchronization.

80.WX.YZ Managed device Embedded Jetdirect error.

81.WX.YZ Near Field Communication (NFC) Wireless, Bluetooth or internal EIO error.

82.WX.YZ Memory (hard disk, EMMC, etc.) Disk hardware error.

90.WX.YZ Internal diagnostics Internal test of systems (i.e. disk, CPB, display) or
interconnection error.

98.WX.YZ Hard disk Hard disk partition error.

99.WX.YZ Firmware installer Remote Firmware Upgrade (RFU), firmware install

(engine or accessory), or disk error.

Solve paper handling problems

Review the following information to solve paper handling problems.

Clear paper jams (SFP)

Use the procedures in this section to clear jammed paper from the printer paper path.

NOTE: To avoid tearing the paper, pull the jammed paper out slowly and gently.

Figures in this section are representational only. The actual printer being serviced might look slightly
different depending on the model and installed accessories.

Paper jam locations

Jams can occur in these locations.

254 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Figure 4-77 Paper jam locations
1

1
2
3
4

Number Description

1 Output bin

2 Duplexer

3 Tray 1

4 Tray 2

Auto-navigation for clearing paper jams

Learn about printer jam clearing auto-navigation.

The auto-navigation feature assists in clearing jams by providing step-by-step instructions on the control
panel.

When you complete a step, the printer displays instructions for the next step until you have completed all
steps in the procedure.

Experiencing frequent or recurring paper jams?

To reduce the number of paper jams, try these solutions.

View a video that demonstrates how to load paper in a way that reduces the number of paper
jams

1. Use only paper that meets HP specifications for this printer.

2. Use paper that is not wrinkled, folded, or damaged. If necessary, use paper from a different
package.

3. Use paper that has not previously been printed or copied on.

4. Make sure the tray is not overfilled. If it is, remove the entire stack of paper from the tray, straighten
the stack, and then return some of the paper to the tray.

5. Make sure the paper guides in the tray are adjusted correctly for the size of paper. Adjust the guides
so they are touching the paper stack without bending it.

6. Make sure that the tray is fully inserted in the printer.

Auto-navigation for clearing paper jams 255

 7. If you are printing on heavy, embossed, or perforated paper, use the manual feed feature and feed
sheets one at a time.

8. Open the Trays menu on the printer control panel. Verify that the tray is configured correctly for the
paper type and size.

9. Make sure the printing environment is within recommended specifications.

13.A3 jam error in tray 3

Use the following procedure to check for a paper jam in tray 3.

Recommended action for customers

When a jam occurs, the control panel displays a message and an animation that assists in clearing the
jam.

● 13.A3.D3 - Jam in tray 3

View a video of how to clear a jam in tray 3

1. Pull the tray completely out of the printer.

2. Remove any jammed or damaged sheets of paper.

256 Chapter 4 Solve problems

3. Reinsert and close Tray 3.

NOTE: When reinserting the paper, make sure the paper guides are adjusted properly for the
paper size.

4. Open the rear door and look for and clear any paper present or obstructions in the paper path.

5. Check the following are for paper. Remove paper by gently pulling paper out.

13.A3 jam error in tray 3 257

 6. If the error persists, ensure that the tray width and length guides are set to the correct paper size
for the paper being installed into the tray and that the tray is not over filled above the fill mark or
over the tab (line below 3 triangles). See following images.

A5

JIS B5
EXEC
A4
LTR/LGL
A4 11 10.5 B5

A6

A4 11 10.5 B5 A5
A5

JIS B5
EXEC
A4
LTR/LGL

7. Ensure the type and quality of the paper being used meets the HP specifications for the printer.

8. If the error persists, contact customer support at www.hp.com/go/contactHP, or contact an HP-

authorized service or support provider.

13.B2.D1 jam error in tray 1

Use the following procedure to clear paper jams in tray 1.

Recommended action for customers

When a jam occurs, the control panel displays a message and an animation that assists in clearing the
jam.

● 13.B2.D1 Jam in tray 1

View a video of how to clear a jam in tray 1

258 Chapter 4 Solve problems

1. If you can see the jammed sheet in Tray 1, remove the jammed sheet by pulling it straight out.

2. If you cannot see the jammed sheet, close Tray 1, and then remove Tray 2.

3. At the left side of the Tray 2 cavity, press the tab to lower the tray plate, and then remove any paper.
Remove the jammed sheet by gently pulling it straight out.

13.B2.D1 jam error in tray 1 259

 4. Push the tray plate back up into place.

5. Reinstall Tray 2.

6. Make sure the type and quality of the paper being used meets the HP specifications for the printer.

7. Reopen Tray 1 and load paper into the tray. Ensure the tray guides are set to the correct paper size.

260 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 8. Ensure the tray is not overfilled. Paper should be below the 3 triangles in the following image.

9. If the error persists, contact your HP-authorized service or support provider, or contact customer
support at www.hp.com/go/contactHP.

13.B2.D2 jam error in tray 2

Use the following procedure to check for a paper jam in tray 2.

When a jam occurs, the control panel displays a message and an animation that assists in clearing the
jam.

● 13.B2.D2 Paper jam in tray 2

View a video of how to clear a jam in tray 2

1. Pull the tray completely out of the printer.

13.B2.D2 jam error in tray 2 261

 2. Remove any jammed or damaged sheets of paper.

3. Reinsert and close Tray 2.

NOTE: When reinserting the paper, make sure the paper guides are adjusted properly for the
paper size.

4. Open the rear door and look for and clear any paper present or obstructions in the paper path.

262 Chapter 4 Solve problems

5. Ensure the type and quality of the paper being used meets the HP specifications for the printer.

6. If the error persists, ensure that the tray width and length guides are set to the correct paper size
for the paper being installed into the tray and that the tray is not over filled above the fill mark or
over the tab (line below 3 triangles). See following images.

A5

JIS B5
EXEC
A4
LTR/LGL
A4 11 10.5 B5

A6

A4 11 10.5 B5 A5
A5

JIS B5
EXEC
A4
LTR/LGL

13.B2.D2 jam error in tray 2 263

 7. If the error persists, contact your HP-authorized service or support provider, or contact customer
support at www.hp.com/go/contactHP.

13.B2 jam error in rear door

Use the following procedure to check for a paper jam in the rear door.

Recommended action for customers

When a jam occurs, the control panel displays a message and an animation that assists in clearing the
jam.

● 13.B2.A1 - Jam in rear door

● 13.B2.D1 - Jam in rear door

● 13.B2.A2 - Jam in rear door

● 13.B2.D2 - Jam in rear door

● 13.B2.A3 - Jam in rear door

● 13.B2.D3 - Jam in rear door

● 13.B2.AD - Jam in rear door

● 13.B2.DD - Jam in rear door

1. Pull the tray completely out of the printer.

264 Chapter 4 Solve problems

2. Remove any jammed or damaged sheets of paper.

3. Reinsert and close Tray 3.

NOTE: When reinserting the paper, make sure the paper guides are adjusted properly for the
paper size.

4. Open the rear door and look for and clear any paper present or obstructions in the paper path.

13.B2 jam error in rear door 265

 5. If the error persists, ensure that the tray width and length guides are set to the correct paper size
for the paper being installed into the tray and that the tray is not over filled above the fill mark or
over the tab (line below 3 triangles). See following images.

A5

JIS B5
EXEC
A4
LTR/LGL
A4 11 10.5 B5

A6

A4 11 10.5 B5 A5
A5

JIS B5
EXEC
A4
LTR/LGL

6. Ensure the type and quality of the paper being used meets the HP specifications for the printer.

266 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 7. If the error persists, contact customer support at www.hp.com/go/contactHP, or contact an HP-
authorized service or support provider.

13.B9 jam error in fuser output

Use the following procedure to check for paper in all possible jam locations in the fuser area.

Recommended action for customers

When a jam occurs, the control panel displays a message and an animation that assists in clearing the
jam.

● 13.B9.yz Jam in rear door

y = jam type (A, C, or D)

z = paper type that is being printer on. This can be 0-9 or A-F.

View a video of how to clear a jam in the fuser area

CAUTION: The fuser can be hot while the printer is in use. Wait for the fuser to cool before

handling it.

1. Open the rear door.

2. Gently pull out any jammed paper from the rollers in the rear door area.

13.B9 jam error in fuser output 267

 3. Close the rear door.

4. If the error persists, ensure the type and quality of the paper being used meets the HP
specifications for the printer.

5. If the error persists, contact your HP-authorized service or support provider, or contact customer
support at www.hp.com/go/contactHP.

13.D1, 13.D3 jam error in the duplexer

Use the following procedure to check for paper in all possible jam locations in the automatic duplexer.

Recommended action for customers

When a jam occurs, the control panel displays a message and an animation that assists in clearing the
jam.

● 13.D1.yz Paper jam in duplexer (upper area of duplexer)

● 13.D3.yz Paper jam in duplexer (lower area of duplexer)

y = A or D

x = 0-9 or A-F

View a video of how to clear a jam in the duplexer

1. Check the out area of the printer. If paper is extruding out slowly pull it out of the printer.

2. At the rear of the printer, open the duplexer.

268 Chapter 4 Solve problems

3. Remove any jammed or damaged sheets of paper from the rear door of the printer.

CAUTION: The fuser is located above the rear door, and it is hot. Do not attempt to reach

into the area above the rear door until the fuser is cool.

NOTE: There are 3 areas to check for paper, above the fuser, entering in the duplexer and the exit
of the duplexer.

13.D1, 13.D3 jam error in the duplexer 269

 4. Close the duplexer.

5. If the error persists, ensure the type and quality of the paper being used meets the HP
specifications for the printer.

6. If the error persists, contact your HP-authorized service or support provider, or contact customer
support at www.hp.com/go/contactHP.

13.E1 jam error in the output bin

Use the following procedure to check for paper in all possible jam locations related to the output bin.

When a jam occurs, the control panel displays an animation that assists in clearing the jam.

View a video of how to clear a jam in the output bin

■ If paper is visible in the output bin, grasp the leading edge and remove it.

Change jam recovery (non-touchscreen)

Use the following procedure to change jam recovery from a non-touchscreen control panel
(FutureSmart 4 firmware or later).

1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, use the arrow buttons to navigate to Settings,
and then press the OK button.

2. Use the buttons to scroll to General, and then press the OK button.

270 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 3. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Jam Recovery, and then press the OK button.

4. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to an option, and then press the OK button to select it.

● Auto — The printer attempts to reprint jammed pages when sufficient memory is available. This
is the default setting.

● Off — The printer does not attempt to reprint jammed pages. Because no memory is used to
store the most recent pages, performance is optimal.

NOTE: Some pages can be lost if the printer runs out of paper while printing a duplex job with
Jam Recovery set to Off.

● On — The printer always reprints jammed pages. Additional memory is allocated to store the
last few pages printed.

Clear paper jams (MFP)

Use the procedures in this section to clear jammed paper from the printer paper path.

NOTE: To avoid tearing the paper, pull the jammed paper out slowly and gently.

Figures in this section are representational only. The actual printer being serviced might look slightly
different depending on the model and installed accessories.

Paper jam locations

Jams can occur in these locations.

Figure 4-78 Jam locations

1

3
4
5

Number Description

1 Document feeder

2 Output bin

3 Rear door, fuser, and duplexer area

4 Tray 1

5 Tray 2

Clear paper jams (MFP) 271

 Auto-navigation for clearing paper jams
Learn about printer jam clearing auto-navigation.

The auto-navigation feature assists in clearing jams by providing step-by-step instructions on the control
panel.

When you complete a step, the printer displays instructions for the next step until you have completed all
steps in the procedure.

Experiencing frequent or recurring paper jams?

To reduce the number of paper jams, try these solutions.

View a video that demonstrates how to load paper in a way that reduces the number of paper
jams

1. Use only paper that meets HP specifications for this printer.

2. Use paper that is not wrinkled, folded, or damaged. If necessary, use paper from a different
package.

3. Use paper that has not previously been printed or copied on.

4. Make sure the tray is not overfilled. If it is, remove the entire stack of paper from the tray, straighten
the stack, and then return some of the paper to the tray.

5. Make sure the paper guides in the tray are adjusted correctly for the size of paper. Adjust the guides
so they are touching the paper stack without bending it.

6. Make sure that the tray is fully inserted in the printer.

7. If you are printing on heavy, embossed, or perforated paper, use the manual feed feature and feed
sheets one at a time.

8. Open the Trays menu on the printer control panel. Verify that the tray is configured correctly for the
paper type and size.

9. Make sure the printing environment is within recommended specifications.

31.13 jam error in the document feeder

Use the following procedure to check for paper in all possible jam locations related to the document
feeder.

Recommended action for customers

When a jam occurs, the control panel displays a message and an animation that assists in clearing the
jam.

● 31.13.01 Jam in document feeder

● 31.13.02 Jam in document feeder

● 31.13.13 Jam in document feeder

272 Chapter 4 Solve problems

In addition to the instructions provided below

NOTE: The printer model referenced in this video might be different from your printer model, but the
steps to clear the jam are the same.

View a video of how to clear a jam in the document feeder

1. Open the document feeder cover.

2. Remove any jammed paper.

31.13 jam error in the document feeder 273

 3. Close the document feeder cover.

4. Lift the document feeder input tray to provide better access to the document feeder output bin,
and then remove any jammed paper from the output area.

5. Open the scanner lid. If paper is jammed behind the white plastic backing, gently pull it out.

274 Chapter 4 Solve problems

6. Lower the scanner lid.

7. If the error persists, ensure that the paper meets the document feeder (ADF) specifications for the
printer.

8. Ensure that the input tray is not overloaded and that the tray guides are set to the correct size.
Make sure that the paper stack is correctly aligned at the center of the input tray when paper is
loaded in the tray. The correct position of the loaded paper is parallel with the direction of travel into
the document feeder paper path.

Figure 4-79 Set the ADF guides

NOTE: To avoid jams, make sure the guides in the document feeder input tray are adjusted
correctly. Remove all staples, paper clips, or tape from original documents.

NOTE: Original documents that are printed on heavy, glossy paper can jam more frequently than
originals that are printed on plain paper.

9. Open the document feeder and check and clean the Document Feeder Kit rollers and separation
pad by removing any visible lint or dust from each of the feed rollers and the separation pad using

31.13 jam error in the document feeder 275

 a clean lint-free cloth moistened with warm water. View the How to Clean the Pick Rollers in HP
LaserJet and PageWide Printers for detailed instructions.

NOTE: Lift up the roller assembly to access and clean the second roller

10. If the error persists, contact your HP-authorized service or support provider, or contact customer
support at www.hp.com/go/contactHP.

NOTE: To avoid jams, make sure the guides in the document feeder input tray are adjusted tightly
against the document. Remove all staples and paper clips from original documents.

NOTE: Original documents that are printed on heavy, glossy paper can jam more frequently than
originals that are printed on plain paper.

13.A3 jam error in tray 3

Use the following procedure to check for a paper jam in tray 3.

Recommended action for customers

When a jam occurs, the control panel displays a message and an animation that assists in clearing the
jam.

● 13.A3.D3 - Jam in tray 3

View a video of how to clear a jam in tray 3

276 Chapter 4 Solve problems

1. Pull the tray completely out of the printer.

2. Remove any jammed or damaged sheets of paper.

3. Reinsert and close Tray 3.

NOTE: When reinserting the paper, make sure the paper guides are adjusted properly for the
paper size.

13.A3 jam error in tray 3 277

 4. Open the rear door and look for and clear any paper present or obstructions in the paper path.

5. Check the following are for paper. Remove paper by gently pulling paper out.

6. If the error persists, ensure that the tray width and length guides are set to the correct paper size
for the paper being installed into the tray and that the tray is not over filled above the fill mark or
over the tab (line below 3 triangles). See following images.

A5

JIS B5
EXEC
A4
LTR/LGL
A4 11 10.5 B5

A6

A4 11 10.5 B5 A5
A5

JIS B5
EXEC
A4
LTR/LGL

278 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 7. Ensure the type and quality of the paper being used meets the HP specifications for the printer.

8. If the error persists, contact customer support at www.hp.com/go/contactHP, or contact an HP-

authorized service or support provider.

13.B2.D1 jam error in tray 1

Use the following procedure to clear paper jams in tray 1.

Recommended action for customers

When a jam occurs, the control panel displays a message and an animation that assists in clearing the
jam.

● 13.B2.D1 Jam in tray 1

View a video of how to clear a jam in tray 1

1. If you can see the jammed sheet in Tray 1, remove the jammed sheet by pulling it straight out.

13.B2.D1 jam error in tray 1 279

 2. If you cannot see the jammed sheet, close Tray 1, and then remove Tray 2.

3. At the left side of the Tray 2 cavity, press the tab to lower the tray plate, and then remove any paper.
Remove the jammed sheet by gently pulling it straight out.

4. Push the tray plate back up into place.

280 Chapter 4 Solve problems

5. Reinstall Tray 2.

6. Make sure the type and quality of the paper being used meets the HP specifications for the printer.

7. Reopen Tray 1 and load paper into the tray. Ensure the tray guides are set to the correct paper size.

8. Ensure the tray is not overfilled. Paper should be below the 3 triangles in the following image.

13.B2.D1 jam error in tray 1 281

 9. If the error persists, contact your HP-authorized service or support provider, or contact customer
support at www.hp.com/go/contactHP.

13.B2.D2 jam error in tray 2

Use the following procedure to check for a paper jam in tray 2.

When a jam occurs, the control panel displays a message and an animation that assists in clearing the
jam.

● 13.B2.D2 Paper jam in tray 2

View a video of how to clear a jam in tray 2

1. Pull the tray completely out of the printer.

2. Remove any jammed or damaged sheets of paper.

282 Chapter 4 Solve problems

3. Reinsert and close Tray 2.

NOTE: When reinserting the paper, make sure the paper guides are adjusted properly for the
paper size.

4. Open the rear door and look for and clear any paper present or obstructions in the paper path.

5. Ensure the type and quality of the paper being used meets the HP specifications for the printer.

13.B2.D2 jam error in tray 2 283

 6. If the error persists, ensure that the tray width and length guides are set to the correct paper size
for the paper being installed into the tray and that the tray is not over filled above the fill mark or
over the tab (line below 3 triangles). See following images.

A5

JIS B5
EXEC
A4
LTR/LGL
A4 11 10.5 B5

A6

A4 11 10.5 B5 A5
A5

JIS B5
EXEC
A4
LTR/LGL

7. If the error persists, contact your HP-authorized service or support provider, or contact customer
support at www.hp.com/go/contactHP.

13.B2 jam error in rear door

Use the following procedure to check for a paper jam in the rear door.

Recommended action for customers

When a jam occurs, the control panel displays a message and an animation that assists in clearing the
jam.

● 13.B2.A1 - Jam in rear door

● 13.B2.D1 - Jam in rear door

● 13.B2.A2 - Jam in rear door

284 Chapter 4 Solve problems

● 13.B2.D2 - Jam in rear door

● 13.B2.A3 - Jam in rear door

● 13.B2.D3 - Jam in rear door

● 13.B2.AD - Jam in rear door

● 13.B2.DD - Jam in rear door

1. Pull the tray completely out of the printer.

2. Remove any jammed or damaged sheets of paper.

13.B2 jam error in rear door 285

 3. Reinsert and close Tray 3.

NOTE: When reinserting the paper, make sure the paper guides are adjusted properly for the
paper size.

4. Open the rear door and look for and clear any paper present or obstructions in the paper path.

286 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 5. If the error persists, ensure that the tray width and length guides are set to the correct paper size
for the paper being installed into the tray and that the tray is not over filled above the fill mark or
over the tab (line below 3 triangles). See following images.

A5

JIS B5
EXEC
A4
LTR/LGL
A4 11 10.5 B5

A6

A4 11 10.5 B5 A5
A5

JIS B5
EXEC
A4
LTR/LGL

6. Ensure the type and quality of the paper being used meets the HP specifications for the printer.

7. If the error persists, contact customer support at www.hp.com/go/contactHP, or contact an HP-

authorized service or support provider.

13.B4, 13.B5 jam error in fuser input

Use the following procedure to check for paper in all possible jam locations in the fuser area.

Recommended action for customers

When a jam occurs, the control panel displays a message and an animation that assists in clearing the
jam.

● 13.B4.yz Jam in rear door

● 13.B5.yz Jam in rear door

13.B4, 13.B5 jam error in fuser input 287

 y = jam type (A or D)

z = paper type that is being printer on. This can be 0-9 or A-F.

CAUTION: The fuser can be hot while the printer is in use. Wait for the fuser to cool before

handling it.

1. Open the rear door.

2. Gently pull out any jammed paper from the rollers in the rear door area.

288 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 3. If paper is present in the upper rollers, gently pull out any jammed paper from the rollers in the rear
door area.

4. Close the rear door.

5. Ensure the type and quality of the paper being used meets the HP specifications for the printer.

6. Ensure the paper tray guides are set to the correct size for the paper loaded.

7. If the error persists, contact your HP-authorized service or support provider, or contact customer
support at www.hp.com/go/contactHP.

13.B9 jam error in fuser output

Use the following procedure to check for paper in all possible jam locations in the fuser area.

Recommended action for customers

When a jam occurs, the control panel displays a message and an animation that assists in clearing the
jam.

● 13.B9.yz Jam in rear door

y = jam type (A, C, or D)

z = paper type that is being printer on. This can be 0-9 or A-F.

13.B9 jam error in fuser output 289

 View a video of how to clear a jam in the fuser area

CAUTION: The fuser can be hot while the printer is in use. Wait for the fuser to cool before

handling it.

1. Open the rear door.

2. Gently pull out any jammed paper from the rollers in the rear door area.

3. Close the rear door.

290 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 4. If the error persists, ensure the type and quality of the paper being used meets the HP
specifications for the printer.

5. If the error persists, contact your HP-authorized service or support provider, or contact customer
support at www.hp.com/go/contactHP.

13.D1, 13.D3 jam error in the duplexer

Use the following procedure to check for paper in all possible jam locations in the automatic duplexer.

Recommended action for customers

When a jam occurs, the control panel displays a message and an animation that assists in clearing the
jam.

● 13.D1.yz Paper jam in duplexer (upper area of duplexer)

● 13.D3.yz Paper jam in duplexer (lower area of duplexer)

y = A or D

x = 0-9 or A-F

View a video of how to clear a jam in the duplexer

1. Check the out area of the printer. If paper is extruding out slowly pull it out of the printer.

2. At the rear of the printer, open the duplexer.

3. Remove any jammed or damaged sheets of paper from the rear door of the printer.

CAUTION: The fuser is located above the rear door, and it is hot. Do not attempt to reach

into the area above the rear door until the fuser is cool.

NOTE: There are 3 areas to check for paper, above the fuser, entering in the duplexer and the exit
of the duplexer.

13.D1, 13.D3 jam error in the duplexer 291

 4. Close the duplexer.

292 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 5. If the error persists, ensure the type and quality of the paper being used meets the HP
specifications for the printer.

6. If the error persists, contact your HP-authorized service or support provider, or contact customer
support at www.hp.com/go/contactHP.

13.E1 jam error in the output bin

Use the following procedure to check for paper in all possible jam locations related to the output bin.

When a jam occurs, the control panel displays a message and an animation that assists in clearing the
jam.

● 13.E1.yz - jam in output bin

y = A or D

z = 0-9 or A-F

View a video of how to clear a jam in the output bin

■ If paper is visible in the output bin, grasp the leading edge and remove it.

Change jam recovery (touchscreen)

Use the following procedure to change jam recovery from a touchscreen control panel.

1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Settings button.

2. Open the General menu, and then open the Jam recovery menu.

3. Select one of the following options:

● Auto — The printer attempts to reprint jammed pages when sufficient memory is available. This
is the default setting.

● Off — The printer does not attempt to reprint jammed pages. Because no memory is used to
store the most recent pages, performance is optimal.

NOTE: Some pages can be lost if the printer runs out of paper while printing a duplex job with
Jam Recovery set to Off.

13.E1 jam error in the output bin 293

 ● On — The printer always reprints jammed pages. Additional memory is allocated to store the
last few pages printed.

Printer feeds incorrect page size

Review the following information when the printer feeds an incorrect page size.

NOTE: To print using an HP Plus printer, the printer must have genuine original HP toner cartridges
installed, must have an ongoing internet connection and an active HP Plus account (for more
information, go to hp.com/plus).

Table 4-42 Printer feeds incorrect page size

Cause Solution

The correct size paper is not loaded in the tray. Load the correct size paper in the tray.

The correct size paper is not selected in the software program Confirm that the settings in the software program and printer
or printer driver. driver are correct, because the software program settings
override the printer driver and control panel settings, and the
printer driver settings override the control panel settings.

The correct size paper for the tray is not selected in the printer From the control panel, select the correct size paper for the
control panel. tray.

The paper size is not configured correctly for the tray. Print a configuration page to determine the paper size for
which the tray is configured.

The guides in the tray are not against the paper. Verify that the paper guides are touching the paper.

Printer pulls from incorrect tray

Review the following information when the printer pulls from an incorrect tray.

NOTE: To print using an HP Plus printer, the printer must have genuine original HP toner cartridges
installed, must have an ongoing internet connection and an active HP Plus account (for more
information, go to hp.com/plus).

Table 4-43 Printer pulls from incorrect tray

Cause Solution

A driver for a different printer is in use. Use a driver for this printer.

The specified tray is empty. Load paper in the specified tray.

The paper size is not configured correctly for the input tray. Print a configuration page or use the control panel to
determine the paper size for which the tray is configured.

The guides in the tray are not against the paper. Verify that the guides are touching the paper.

Printer will not duplex or duplexes incorrectly (duplex models)

Review the following information when the printer will not duplex or duplexes incorrectly.

Table 4-44 Printer will not duplex (print 2-sided jobs) or duplexes incorrectly

Cause Solution

The duplex job is trying to use unsupported paper. Verify that the paper is supported for duplex printing.

294 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Table 4-44 Printer will not duplex (print 2-sided jobs) or duplexes incorrectly (continued)

Cause Solution

The printer driver is not set up for duplex printing. Set up the printer driver to enable duplex printing.

The first page is printing on the back of preprinted forms or Load preprinted forms and letterhead in Tray 1 with the
letterhead. letterhead or printed side down, with the top of the page
leading into the printer. For Tray 2-X, load the paper printed
side up with the top of the page toward the right of the printer.

The printer model does not support automatic 2-sided printing. The printer model does not support automatic 2-sided printing.

Paper does not feed from Tray 2-X

Review the following information when the paper does not feed from Tray 2-X.

NOTE: To print using an HP Plus printer, the printer must have genuine original HP toner cartridges
installed, must have an ongoing internet connection and an active HP Plus account (for more
information, go to hp.com/plus).

Table 4-45 Paper does not feed from Tray 2-X

Cause Solution

The correct size paper is not loaded. Load the correct size paper.

The input tray is empty. Load paper in the input tray.

The correct paper type for the input tray is not selected in the From the printer control panel, select the correct paper type
printer control panel. for the input tray. Trays configured for a paper type with a
specific weight range will not match a print job that specifies
an exact weight, even if the specified weight is within the
weight range.

Paper from a previous jam has not been completely removed. Open the printer and remove any paper in the paper path.
Closely inspect the fuser area for jams.

None of the optional trays appear as input tray options. The optional trays only display as available if they are installed.
Verify that any optional trays are correctly installed. Verify
that the printer driver has been configured to recognize the
optional trays.

An optional tray is incorrectly installed. Print a configuration page to confirm that the optional tray is
installed. If not, verify that the tray is correctly attached to the
printer.

The paper size is not configured correctly for the input tray. Print a configuration page or use the control panel to
determine the paper size for which the tray is configured.

The guides in the tray are not against the paper. Verify that the guides are touching the paper.

Output is curled or wrinkled

Review the following information when the output is curled or wrinkled.

Paper does not feed from Tray 2-X 295

 Table 4-46 Output is curled or wrinkled

Cause Solution

Paper does not meet the specifications for this printer. Use only paper that meets the HP paper specifications for this
printer. Non-recycled, 75 g/m2 (20 lb) paper is optimal for office
use.

The correct paper type for the input tray is not selected in the From the printer control panel, select the correct paper type
printer control panel. for the input tray. Trays configured for a paper type with a
specific weight range will not match a print job that specifies
an exact weight, even if the specified weight is within the
weight range.

Paper is damaged or in poor condition. Remove paper from the input tray and load paper that is in
good condition.

The printer is operating in an excessively humid environment. Verify that the printing environment is within humidity
specifications.

The print job consist of large, solid-filled areas. Large, solid-filled areas can cause excessive curl. Try using a
different pattern.

Paper used was not stored correctly and might have absorbed Remove paper and replace it with paper from a fresh,
moisture. unopened package. Store paper in a plastic bag to protect it
from humidity.

Paper has poorly cut edges. Remove paper, flex it, rotate it 180 degrees or turn it over,
and then reload it into the input tray. Do not fan paper. If the
problem persists, replace the paper.

The specific paper type was not configured for the tray or Configure the software for the paper (see the software
selected in the software. documentation). Configure the tray for the paper.

The paper has previously been used for a print job. Do not re-use paper.

The printer does not pick up paper

If the printer does not pick up paper from the tray, try these solutions.

NOTE: Tray 1 and Tray 2 are optimal for paper pickup when using special paper or media other than
20lb plain paper. For Tray 1 and Tray 2 the printer increases the number of attempts to pick up a page,
which increases the reliability of successfully picking the page from the tray and decreases the
possibility of a mispick jam.

HP recommends using Tray 1 or Tray 2 if the printer is experiencing excessive or reoccurring jams from
trays other than Tray 1 and Tray 2, or for print jobs that require media other than 20lb plain paper.

1. Open the printer and remove any jammed sheets of paper.

2. Load the tray with the correct size of paper for the job.

3. Make sure the paper size and type are set correctly on the printer control panel.

4. Make sure the paper guides in the tray are adjusted correctly for the size of paper. Adjust the
guides to the appropriate indentation in the tray.

5. Check the printer control panel to see if the printer is waiting for an acknowledgment to the feed
the paper manually prompt. Load paper, and continue.

6. The rollers above the tray might be contaminated. Clean the rollers with a lint-free cloth dampened
with warm water.

296 Chapter 4 Solve problems

The printer picks up multiple sheets of paper
If the printer picks up multiple sheets of paper from the tray, try these solutions.

1. Remove the stack of paper from the tray and flex it, rotate it 180 degrees, and flip it over. Do not fan
the paper. Return the stack of paper to the tray.
2. Use only paper that meets HP specifications for this printer.

3. Use paper that is not wrinkled, folded, or damaged. If necessary, use paper from a different
package.

4. Make sure the tray is not overfilled. If it is, remove the entire stack of paper from the tray, straighten
the stack, and then return some of the paper to the tray.

5. Make sure the paper guides in the tray are adjusted correctly for the size of paper. Adjust the
guides to the appropriate indentation in the tray.

6. Make sure the printing environment is within recommended specifications.

7. The tray pick and/or feed rollers might be contaminated. Clean the rollers with a lint-free cloth
dampened with warm water.

The document feeder jams, skews, or picks up multiple sheets of paper (MFP)
Learn about MFP document feeder paper handling problems.

Review the following information when the document feeder jams, skews, or picks up multiple sheets of
paper.

● Check to see if there are areas on the page that might have had staples removed. This can cause
jams and/or mispicks.

● The original might have something on it, such as staples or self-adhesive notes that must be
removed.

● Check that all rollers are in place and correctly installed.

● Make sure that the top document-feeder cover is closed.

● The pages might not be placed correctly. Straighten the pages and adjust the paper guides to
center the stack.

● The paper guides must be touching the sides of the paper stack to work correctly. Make sure that
the paper stack is straight, and the guides are against the paper stack.

● The document feeder input tray or output bin might contain more than the maximum number of
pages. Make sure the paper stack fits below the guides in the input tray and remove pages from the
output bin.

● Verify that there are no pieces of paper, staples, paper clips, or other debris in the paper path.

● Clean the document-feeder rollers and the separation pad. Use compressed air or a clean, lint-free
cloth moistened with warm water. If misfeeds still occur, replace the rollers.

● Use the control panel menus to check the status of the document-feeder kit and replace it if
necessary.

The printer picks up multiple sheets of paper 297

 Paper does not feed automatically
Review the following information when the paper does not feed automatically.

NOTE: To print using an HP Plus printer, the printer must have genuine original HP toner cartridges
installed, must have an ongoing internet connection and an active HP Plus account (for more
information, go to hp.com/plus).

Table 4-47 Paper does not feed automatically

Cause Solution

Manual feed is selected in the software program. Load Tray 1 with paper, or, if the paper is loaded, press the OK
button.

The correct size paper is not loaded. Load the correct size paper.

The input tray is empty. Load paper into the input tray.

Paper from a previous jam has not been completely removed. Open the printer and remove any paper in the paper path.

The paper size is not configured correctly for the input tray. Print a configuration page or use the control panel to
determine the paper size for which the tray is configured.

The guides in the tray are not against the paper. Verify that the rear and width paper guides are touching the
paper.

Image-quality troubleshooting
Learn about image-quality troubleshooting.

Use the information in this topic to troubleshoot and resolve image-quality (what you see on the final
printed page) problems including copy-quality, print-quality, and color problems (color printers only).

Various printer hardware problems can cause image-quality defects. This topic is a guide to the steps
used to isolate the specific areas of the printer that are causing image-quality defects on the printed
page, and to provide solutions to resolve those image-quality defects.

Image-quality problems are defined as:

● Print-quality (PQ) problems: PQ problems are associated with the print engine (printer base) of an
MFP printer (single function non MFP image-quality problems are always PQ defects). PQ defects
appear on pages that are printed by the print engine and not fed through an integrated scanner
assembly (ISA).

● Copy-quality (CQ) problems: CQ problems are associated with the integrated-scanner assembly
(ISA) portion of an MFP printer. CQ defects appear on pages that are copied using the document
feeder or flatbed glass.

If the print defect is already known to be a PQ or CQ problem, skip to the appropriate troubleshooting
topic listed below. Otherwise, follow the steps in the next section below to get started troubleshooting
image-quality problems.

● Print-quality (PQ) problems: See Print-quality troubleshooting on page 299.

● Copy-quality (CQ) problems: See Copy-quality troubleshooting on page 314.

Get started troubleshooting image-quality problems

298 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Print a demonstration page to identify the defect as a PQ (print engine ) or CQ (ISA) problem.

NOTE: If the image defect appears on the printed demonstration page, the issue is a print-quality (PQ)
problem (associated with the print engine and not the document feeder or flatbed glass) and not a CQ
problem.

Make sure that the demonstration page is printed on plain paper.

Enterprise printers

1. Select Reports > Other pages.

2. Select Demonstration Page.

Pro printers

1. At the printer, scroll to or select Setup.

2. Go to Reports, and then select Demonstration Page.

Does the demonstration page show any image-quality defects?

● Yes: If defects appear on the printed demonstration page the issue is PQ related. See Print-quality
troubleshooting on page 299.

● No: If defects does not appear on the printed demonstration page the issue is CQ related. See
Copy-quality troubleshooting on page 314.

Print-quality troubleshooting
Learn about the print-quality troubleshooting.

NOTE: Print-quality (PQ) problems are associated with the print engine (printer base) of an MFP
printer (single function non MFP image-quality problems are always PQ defects). PQ defects appear on
pages that are printed by the print engine and not feed through an integrated scanner assembly (ISA).

Repetitive image defect ruler

Review the following information about a repetitive image defect ruler.

When troubleshooting the source of some print image defects, one solution is to identify if it is a
repetitive defect (does the print quality defect appear multiple times on the printed page?). If this is
the case, use a ruler to measure occurrences of repetitive image defects to help solve image-quality
problems. For more information, see Using a ruler to measure between repetitive defects.

Use a ruler to measure occurrences of repetitive image defects to help solve image-quality problems.
Place the ruler next to the first occurrence of the defect on the page. Find the distance between identical
defects and use the table below to identify the component that is causing the defect.

CAUTION: Do not use solvents or oils to clean rollers. Instead, rub the roller with a lint-free cloth. If dirt
is difficult to remove, rub the roller with a lint-free cloth that has been dampened with water.

NOTE: The primary charging roller, photosensitive drum, and developer roller cannot be cleaned
because they are internal assemblies in the toner cartridge or imaging drum. If one of these
assemblies is causing the defect, replace the toner cartridge.

The primary fuser sleeve unit or pressure roller cannot be cleaned because they are internal
assemblies in the fuser. If one of these assemblies is causing the defect, replace the fuse

Print-quality troubleshooting 299

 TIP: To make a printer specific repetitive defect ruler, use a metric ruler to transfer the measurements
in the table below to a transparency or the edge of a piece of paper—clearly label each ruler mark with
the associated defective assembly.

Table 4-48 Repetitive defects

Assembly Distance between defects Notes

Developer roller 22.6 mm (0.89 in) Appears as dropouts.

Primary charging roller 23.6 mm (0.93 in) Appears as dropouts.

RS roller 29.6 mm (1.17 in)

Intermediate transfer belt (ITB) assist 35.0 mm (1.38 in)

roller

Secondary transfer roller 50.0 mm (1.97 in) Appears as dropouts or dirt on the
back of the page.

Large assist roller 50.0 mm (1.97 in)

Fuser rollers (3) 57.0 mm (2.24 in) Appears as dropouts or dirt on the
back of the page.

Photosensitive drum 63.0 mm (2.48 in) Appears as dropouts.

Tension roller 63.0 mm (2.48 in)

Scale 75.0 mm (2.95 in)

Cartridge station 78.0 mm (3.07 in)

Intermediate transfer belt (ITB) drive 78.0 mm (3.07 in)

roller

Intermediate transfer belt (ITB) 712.0 mm (28.03 in)

length

Use a ruler to measure between repetitive defects

The figures in this section show color repetitive defect pages. However, the process for measuring
repetitive defects is valid for mono pages.

1. Identify a repetitive defect on the page.

TIP: Print a cleaning page to see if that resolves the defect.

NOTE: Some printers allow loading Letter and A4 media in short-edge-first or long-edge-first
orientation in the paper trays. When measuring repetitive defects, make sure to place the ruler at
the leading edge of the page. This is the edge of the page that feeds into the printer first.

The example pages below show the following types of repetitive defects.

● Lines (callout 1)

● Smudges (callout 2)

● Dots or spots (callout 3)

300 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Figure 4-80 Examples of repetitive defects

1 2

NOTE: These are examples only, other types of repetitive defects might appear on a page.

Use a ruler to measure between repetitive defects 301

 2. Position a metric ruler on the page with the “zero” ruler mark at one occurrence of the defect
(callout 1).

Figure 4-81 Place the ruler on the page

3. Locate the next occurrence of the defect (callout 1).

Figure 4-82 Locate the next repetitive defect

302 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 4. Measure the distance (in millimeters) between the two occurrences (callout 1), and then use the
Repetitive defects table to determine the defective assembly.

TIP: Always measure from and to the same point on the defects. For example, if the ruler is
“zeroed” at the top edge of a defect, measure to the top edge of the next occurrence of that defect.

Figure 4-83 Determine the defective assembly

Print from a different software program

Try printing from a different software program.

If the page prints correctly, the problem is with the software program from which you were printing.

Check the paper-type setting for the print job

Check the paper type setting when printing from a software program and the printed pages have
smears, fuzzy or dark print, curled paper, scattered dots of toner, loose toner, or small areas of missing
toner.

Check the paper type setting on the control panel

Check the paper type setting on the printer control panel, and change the setting as needed.

1. Open and close the paper tray.

2. Follow the control panel prompts to confirm or modify the paper type and size settings for the tray.

3. Make sure the paper loaded meets specifications.

4. Adjust the humidity and resistance setting on the control panel to match the environment.

a. Open the following menus:

i. Settings

Print from a different software program 303

 ii. Copy/Print

iii. Print quality

iv. Adjust paper type

b. Select the paper type that matches the type loaded in the tray.

c. Use the arrows to increase or decrease the humidity and resistance setting.

5. Make sure the driver settings match the control panel settings.

NOTE: The print driver settings will override any control panel settings.

Check the paper type setting (Windows)

Check the paper type setting for Windows, and change the setting as needed.

NOTE: The print driver settings will override any control panel settings.

1. From the software program, select the Print option.

2. Select the printer, and then click the Properties or Preferences button.

3. Click the Paper/Quality tab.

4. From the Paper Type drop-down list, click the More... option.

5. Expand the list of Type is: options.

6. Expand the category of paper types that best describes your paper.

7. Select the option for the type of paper you are using, and click the OK button.

8. Click the OK button to close the Document Properties dialog box. In the Print dialog box, click the OK
button to print the job.

Check the paper type setting (macOS)

Check the paper type setting for macOS, and change the setting as needed.

1. Click the File menu, and then click the Print option.

2. In the Printer menu, select the printer.

3. Click Show Details or Copies & Pages.

4. Open the menus drop-down list, and then click the Paper/Quality menu.

5. Select a type from the Media Type drop-down list.

6. Click the Print button.

Check toner-cartridge status

Follow these steps to check the estimated life remaining in the toner cartridges and if applicable, the
status of other replaceable maintenance parts.

Step one: Print the Supplies Status Page

The supplies status page indicates the cartridge status.

304 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, select the Reports menu.

2. Select the Configuration/Status Pages menu.

3. Select Supplies Status Page, and then select Print to print the page.

Step two: Check supplies status

Check the supplies status report as follows.

1. Look at the supplies status report to check the percent of life remaining for the toner cartridges
and, if applicable, the status of other replaceable maintenance parts.

Print quality problems can occur when using a toner cartridge that is at its estimated end of life.
The supplies status page indicates when a supply level is very low. After an HP supply has reached
the very low threshold, HP’s premium protection warranty on that supply has ended.
The toner cartridge does not need to be replaced now unless the print quality is no longer
acceptable. Consider having a replacement available to install when print quality is no longer
acceptable.
If you determine that you need to replace a toner cartridge or other replaceable maintenance
parts, the supplies status page lists the genuine HP part numbers.

2. Check to see if you are using a genuine HP cartridge.

A genuine HP toner cartridge has the word “HP” on it, or has the HP logo on it. For more information
on identifying HP cartridges go to www.hp.com/go/learnaboutsupplies.

Print a cleaning page

Learn how to print a cleaning page.

Print a cleaning page from a non-touchscreen control panel

1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, use the arrow keys to navigate to Support Tools,
and then press the OK button.

2. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Maintenance, and then press the OK button.

3. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Calibration/Cleaning, and then press the OK button.

4. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Cleaning page, and then press the OK button.

TIP: Use this screen to set up automatic cleaning page intervals if desired.

5. Use the arrow buttons to scroll to Print (at the bottom of the control-panel display), and then press
the OK button to print the cleaning page.

NOTE: A Cleaning... message displays on the control-panel display. Do not turn the printer off until
the cleaning process has finished. When it is finished, discard the printed page.

Print a cleaning page from a touchscreen control panel

1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, scroll to and touch the Support Tools button.

2. Open the following menus:

● Maintenance

Step two: Check supplies status 305

 ● Calibration/Cleaning

3. Touch Cleaning Page, and then touch the Print button to print the cleaning page.

NOTE: A Cleaning... message displays on the control-panel display. Do not turn the printer off until
the cleaning process has finished. When it is finished, discard the printed page.

TIP: Use this screen to set up automatic cleaning page intervals if desired.

Check paper and the printing environment

Use the following information to check the paper selection and the printing environment.

Step one: Use paper that meets HP specifications

Some print-quality problems arise from using paper that does not meet HP specifications.

● Always use a paper type and weight that this printer supports.

● Use paper that is of good quality and free of cuts, nicks, tears, spots, loose particles, dust, wrinkles,
voids, staples, and curled or bent edges.

● Use paper that has not been previously printed on.

● Use paper that does not contain metallic material, such as glitter.

● Use paper that is designed for use in laser printers. Do not use paper that is designed only for use in
Inkjet printers.

● Use paper that is not too rough. Using smoother paper generally results in better print quality.

Step two: Check the environment

The environment can directly affect print quality and is a common cause of print-quality or paper-
feeding issues. Try the following solutions:

● Move the printer away from drafty locations, such as open windows or doors, or air-conditioning
vents.

● Make sure the printer is not exposed to temperatures or humidity outside of printer specifications.

● Do not place the printer in a confined space, such as a cabinet.

● Place the printer on a sturdy, level surface.

● Remove anything that is blocking the vents on the printer. The printer requires good air flow on all
sides, including the top.

● Protect the printer from airborne debris, dust, steam, grease, or other elements that can leave
residue inside the printer.

Step three: Set the individual tray alignment

Follow these steps when text or images are not centered or aligned correctly on the printed page when
printing from specific trays.

1. From the Home screen on the printer control panel, select the Settings menu.

2. Select the following menus:

306 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 a. Copy/Print or Print

b. Print Quality

c. Image Registration

3. Select Tray, and then select the tray to adjust.

4. Select Print Test Page, and then follow the instructions on the printed pages.

5. Select Print Test Page again to verify the results, and then make further adjustments if necessary.

6. Select Done to save the new settings.

Try a different print driver

Try a different print driver when printing from a software program and the printed pages have
unexpected lines in graphics, missing text, missing graphics, incorrect formatting, or substituted fonts.

Download a different print driver from the HP support Web site: www.hp.com/supplort/colorljM455 or
www.hp.com/support/color/ljM480MFP or www.hp.com/support/colorljE45028 or www.hp.com/support/
colorljE47528MFP.

Troubleshoot image defects

Review examples of image defects and steps to resolve these defects.

Table 4-49 Image defects table quick reference

Defect Defect Defect

Table 4-57 Light print on page 313 Table 4-55 Gray background or dark print Table 4-52 Blank page - No print on page
on page 312 310

Try a different print driver 307

 Table 4-49 Image defects table quick reference (continued)

Defect Defect Defect

Table 4-51 Black page on page 310 Table 4-50 Banding defects on page 309 Table 4-59 Streak defects on page 314

Table 4-54 Fixing/fuser defects on page Table 4-56 Image placement defects on Table 4-53 Color plane registrations
311 page 312 defects (color models only) on page 311

Table 4-58 Output defects on page 313

308 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Image defects, no matter the cause, can often be resolved using the same steps. Use the following steps
as a starting point for solving image defect issues.

1. Reprint the document. Print quality defects can be intermittent in nature or can go away completely
with continued printing.

2. Check the condition of the cartridge or cartridges. If a cartridge is in a Very Low state (it has
passed the rated life), replace the cartridge.

3. Make sure that the driver and tray print mode settings match the media that is loaded in the tray.
Try using a different ream of media or a different tray. Try using a different print mode.

4. Make sure the printer is within the supported operating temperature/humidity range.

5. Make sure that the paper type, size, and weight are supported by the printer. See the printer
support page at support.hp.com for a list of the supported paper sizes and types for the printer.

NOTE: The term "fusing" refers to the part of the printing process where toner is affixed to paper.

The following examples depict letter-size paper that has passed through the printer with the short edge
first.

Table 4-50 Banding defects

Sample Description Possible solutions

Dark or light lines which repeat down the length 1. Reprint the document.
of the page, and are wide-pitch and/or impulse
bands. They might be sharp or soft in nature. The 2. Try printing from another tray.
defect displays only in areas of fill, not in text or
sections with no printed content. 3. Replace the cartridge.

4. Use a different paper type.

5. Enterprise models only: From the Home

screen on the printer control panel, go to the
Adjust Paper Types menu, and then choose
a print mode that is designed for a slightly
heavier media than what you are using. This
slows the print speed and might improve the
print quality.

6. If the issue persists, go to support.hp.com.

Troubleshoot image defects 309

 Table 4-51 Black page

Sample Description Possible solutions

The entire printed page is black. 1. Visually inspect the cartridge to check for
damage.

2. Make sure that the cartridge is installed

correctly.

3. Replace the cartridge.

4. If the issue persists, go to support.hp.com.

Table 4-52 Blank page - No print

Sample Description Possible solutions

The page is completely blank and contains no 1. Make sure that the cartridges are genuine
printed content. HP cartridges.

2. Make sure that the cartridge is installed

correctly.

3. Print with a different cartridge.

4. Check the paper type in the paper tray

and adjust the printer settings to match. If
necessary, select a lighter paper type.

5. If the issue persists, go to support.hp.com.

310 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-53 Color plane registrations defects (color models only)

Sample Description Possible solutions

One or more color plane(s) is not aligned with 1. Reprint the document.
the other color planes. This registration error will
typically occur with yellow. 2. From the printer control panel, calibrate the
printer.

3. If a cartridge has reached a Very Low state,

or the printed output is severely faded,
replace the cartridge.

4. From the printer control panel use the

Restore Calibration feature to reset the
printer's calibration settings to the factory
defaults.

5. If the issue persists, go to support.hp.com.

Table 4-54 Fixing/fuser defects

Sample Description Possible solutions

Slight shadows or offsets of the image are 1. Reprint the document.

repeated down the page. The repeated image
might fade with each recurrence. 2. Check the paper type in the paper tray
and adjust the printer settings to match. If
necessary, select a lighter paper type.

3. If the issue persists, go to support.hp.com.

Toner rubs off along either edge of the page. 1. Reprint the document.
This defect is more common at the edges of high-
coverage jobs, and on light media types, but can 2. Check the paper type in the paper tray
occur anywhere on the page. and adjust the printer settings to match. If
necessary, select a heavier paper type.

3. Enterprise models only: From the printer

control panel, go to the Edge-to-Edge
menu and then select Normal. Reprint the
document.

4. Enterprise models only: From the printer

control panel, select Auto Include Margins
and then reprint the document.

5. If the issue persists, go to support.hp.com.

Troubleshoot image defects 311

 Table 4-55 Gray background or dark print

Sample Description Possible solutions

The image or text is darker than expected and/or 1. Make sure that the paper in the trays has
the background is gray. not already been run through the printer.

2. Use a different paper type.

3. Reprint the document.

4. Mono models only: From the Home screen

on the printer control panel, go to the Adjust
Toner Density menu, and then adjust the
toner density to a lower level.

5. Make sure that the printer is within

the supported operating temperature and
humidity range.

6. Replace the cartridge.

7. If the issue persists, go to support.hp.com.

Table 4-56 Image placement defects

Sample Description Possible solutions

The image is not centered, or is skewed on the 1. Reprint the document.

page. The defect occurs when the paper is not
positioned properly as it is pulled from the tray 2. Remove the paper and then reload the tray.
and moves through the paper path. Make sure that all the paper edges are even
on all sides.

3. Make sure that the top of the paper stack

is below the tray-full indicator. Do not overfill
the tray.

4. Make sure that the paper guides are

adjusted to the correct size for the paper.
Do not adjust the paper guides tightly
against the paper stack. Adjust them to the
indentations or markings in the tray.

5. If the issue persists, go to support.hp.com.

312 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Table 4-57 Light print

Sample Description Possible solutions

The printed content is light or faded on the entire 1. Reprint the document.
page.
2. Remove the cartridge, and then shake
it to redistribute the toner. Reinsert the
toner cartridges into the printer and close
the cover. For a graphical representation
of this procedure, see Replace the toner
cartridges.

3. Mono models only: Make sure that the

EconoMode setting is disabled, both at the
printer control panel and in the print driver.

4. Make sure that the cartridge is installed

correctly.

5. Print a Supplies Status Page and check the

life and usage of the cartridge.

6. Replace the cartridge.

7. If the issue persists, go to support.hp.com.

Table 4-58 Output defects

Sample Description Possible solutions

Printed pages have curled edges. The curled 1. Reprint the document.
edge can be along the short or long side of the
paper. Two types of curl are possible: 2. Positive curl: From the printer control panel,
select a heavier paper type. The heavier
● Positive curl: The paper curls toward paper type creates a higher temperature for
the printed side. The defect occurs in printing.
dry environments or when printing high-
coverage pages. Negative curl: From the printer control
panel, select a lighter paper type. The lighter
● Negative curl: The paper curls away from paper type creates a lower temperature
the printed side. The defect occurs in high- for printing. Try storing the paper in a dry
humidity environments or when printing low- environment prior to use, or use freshly
coverage pages. opened paper.

3. Print in duplex mode.

4. If the issue persists, go to support.hp.com.

The paper does not stack well in the output tray. 1. Reprint the document.
The stack might be uneven, skewed, or the pages
might be pushed out of the tray and onto the 2. Extend the output bin extension.
floor. Any of the following conditions can cause
this defect: 3. If the defect is caused by extreme paper
curl, refer to the troubleshooting steps for
● Extreme paper curl "Output curl."

● The paper in the tray is wrinkled or 4. Use a different paper type.

deformed
5. Use freshly opened paper.
● The paper is a non-standard paper type,
such as envelopes 6. Remove the paper from the output tray
before the tray gets too full.
● The output tray is too full
7. If the issue persists, go to support.hp.com.

Troubleshoot image defects 313

 Table 4-59 Streak defects

Sample Description Possible solutions

Light vertical streaks that usually span the length 1. Reprint the document.
of the page. The defect displays only in areas of
fill, not in text or sections with no printed content. 2. Remove the cartridge, and then shake
it to redistribute the toner. Reinsert the
toner cartridges into the printer and close
the cover. For a graphical representation
of this procedure, see Replace the toner
cartridges.

3. If the issue persists, go to support.hp.com.

NOTE: Both light and dark vertical streaks can

occur when the printing environment is outside
the specified range for temperature or humidity.
Refer to your printer's environmental
specifications for allowable temperature and
humidity levels.

Dark vertical lines which occur down the length 1. Reprint the document.
of the page. The defect might occur anywhere
on the page, in areas of fill or in sections with 2. Remove the cartridge, and then shake
no printed content. On color models, these lines it to redistribute the toner. Reinsert the
or streaks will also be visible on the ITB cleaning toner cartridges into the printer and close
page. the cover. For a graphical representation
of this procedure, see Replace the toner
cartridges.

3. Print a cleaning page.

4. Check the toner level in the cartridge.

5. If the issue persists, go to support.hp.com.

Copy-quality troubleshooting
Learn about copy-quality troubleshooting.

NOTE: Copy-quality (CQ) problems are associated with the integrated-scanner assembly (ISA) portion
of an MFP printer. CQ defects appear on pages that are copied using the document feeder or flatbed
glass.

Identify the location and type of the CQ problem

Resolving CQ problems involves isolating the defect to the document feeder or flatbed glass.
Comparing printed output between the document feeder and the flatbed glass might determine the
ISA location that is causing the CQ defect.

NOTE: If a CQ defect appears on printed output from both the document feeder and the flatbed
glass, carefully inspect the original source for a print-quality (PQ) problem.

Document feeder isolation test

1. Mark a printed page in a way that clearly identifies it as the source document used in this isolation
procedure.

2. Place the source page in the document feeder, and then make a copy.

314 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 3. Mark the copied output page to clearly identify it as output from the document feeder.

4. Compare the original and copied pages. Defects appearing on the copied page are caused by a
problem in the document feeder.

Flatbed isolation test

1. Mark a printed page in a way that clearly identifies it as the source document used in this isolation
procedure.

2. Place the source page on the flatbed glass, and then make a copy.

3. Mark the copied output page to clearly identify it as output from the flatbed.

4. Compare the original and copied pages. Defects appearing on the copied page are caused by a
problem in the flatbed.

Check the scanner glass for dirt and smudges

Learn about solving copy-quality debris problems.

Over time, specks of debris might collect on the scanner glass and document feeder white plastic
backing, which might cause print defects. Use the following procedure to clean the scanner if the printed
pages have streaks, unwanted lines, black dots, poor print quality, or unclear text.

View a video of cleaning the document feeder glass and flatbed glass.

1. Press the power button to turn the printer off, and then disconnect the power cable from the
electrical outlet.

2. Open the scanner lid.

Check the scanner glass for dirt and smudges 315

 3. Clean the scanner glass (callout 1) and the document feeder strips (callout 2, callout 3) with a soft
cloth or sponge that has been moistened with nonabrasive glass cleaner.

CAUTION: Do not use abrasives, acetone, benzene, ammonia, ethyl alcohol, or carbon
tetrachloride on any part of the printer; these can damage the printer. Do not place liquids directly
on the glass or platen. They might seep and damage the printer.

NOTE: If you are having trouble with streaks on copies when you are using the document feeder,
be sure to clean the small strips of glass on the left side of the scanner (callout 2, callout 3).

4. Dry the glass and white plastic parts with a chamois or a cellulose sponge to prevent spotting.

5. Connect the power cable to an outlet, and then press the power button to turn the printer on.

Vertical lines, bands, or streaks

Learn about vertical lines, bands, or streaks copy-quality problems.

Vertical lines or streaks appear on copies and/or scans in the same direction that the paper feeds when
copying and/or scanning from the document feeder. Lines or streaks might be visible on the front and/or
the back side of the page. Copies and/or scans from the flatbed glass look normal. Printouts also look
normal.

The line or streak might be black or in color, and can also be present on fax or digital send output (for
example, when using Scan to folder or Scan to email features.

NOTE: HP has determined that 99% of all lines and streaks on copies made by feeding the original
documents through the document feeder are caused by debris on the document feeder glass strip.
Even small specks can cause the light reflected off the original to be distorted, resulting in a line, streak,
or smudge on copies or scans made from the document feeder.

316 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Even if the document feeder glass strip and/or flatbed glass has been wiped clean, the defect might
persist. Persistent vertical lines, bands, or streaks when copying from the document feeder might mean
that the debris causing the print quality are not readily visible and cannot be removed with a quick
cleaning.

Use the procedures below to resolve persistent lines, bands, or streak copy-quality (CQ) problems.

Locate debris and thoroughly clean the document feeder glass

1. Place a blank sheet of paper in the document feeder and mark an X in the lower right corner as
shown.

Figure 4-84 Load the document feeder

2. Press the Start button to make a copy of the blank page.

3. Place the copied paper face-up on the flatbed glass with the X located as shown.

NOTE: Make sure the upper left corner of the copy is aligned with the upper left corner of the
flatbed glass.

Figure 4-85 Place the copy on the flatbed

4. Follow the line or streak on the paper to the area on the document feeder glass that is causing the
CQ problem.

Vertical lines, bands, or streaks 317

 Figure 4-86 Identify the CQ defect location

5. Use a fingernail to loosen any stubborn debris.

WARNING! Use only a fingernail. Other objects can scratch the document feeder glass.

Clean this specific area again (with a lint-free cloth dampened with water), and then dry the glass
with a soft, lint-free cloth.

Figure 4-87 Clean the glass

6. Make another copy or scan to determine if the defect is gone.

Clean the duplexer scanner glass (model specific)

NOTE: Not all MFP printers use a background selector for duplex printing.

If a Side 2 Background Selector cannot be located for the printer (it might not include one) skip this
procedure.

1. Release the latch and open the document feeder jam-access door.

318 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 Figure 4-88 Open the jam-access door

2. Unlock the Side 2 Background Selector by pressing and holding both green tabs inward towards
each other.

Figure 4-89 Release the Side 2 Background Selector

3. While holding the green tabs, pull out and remove the Side 2 Background Selector.

Figure 4-90 Remove the Side 2 Background Selector

Vertical lines, bands, or streaks 319

 4. Rotate the top to reveal the white and black backside reflector (circled in blue).

NOTE: If the white and black areas do not come clean, wipe the surface thoroughly with a damp
cloth again. Dry the area with a soft, dry cloth to prevent spotting.

Figure 4-91 Locate the backside reflector

5. With the background selector removed from the document feeder, clean the inside of the scan
module.

6. In the back area from where the background selector was removed, locate the Side 2 Scan Module
glass found under the top area.

NOTE: The glass surface of the Side 2 Scan module sits horizontally flat and might not be easily
viewable.

7. Use a soft, lint-free cloth moistened with water and apply pressure upwards behind the rollers to
clean the Side 2 Scan Module Glass, making sure to that the entire width of the glass is cleaned
from left to right.

NOTE: If needed, lens cleaner or non-abrasive glass cleaner can be applied to the cloth before
cleaning the glass. Spray only onto the cloth and not directly onto the glass or device. Do not spray
water or glass cleaner on the glass as it can seep under it and possibly damage the printer. Do not
use abrasives, acetone, benzene, ethyl alcohol, or carbon tetrachloride on the glass; these can
damage it and/or leave residue on the glass resulting in degraded copy/scan quality.

8. Reverse the removal steps to reinstall the Side 2 Background Selector.

9. Make another copy or scan to determine if the defect is gone.

Modify printer settings to improve scan or copy quality

Learn about printer settings to improve scan or copy quality.

Optimize printer settings to potentially improve scan or copy quality.

IMPORTANT: The printer settings described in this section are firmware dependent and might not be
available for a specific printer (for example, color adjustment settings do not apply to mono printers).

320 Chapter 4 Solve problems

Image Adjustment settings

NOTE: Settings > Print (SFP) or Copy/Print (MFP) > Image Adjustment > Background Cleanup.

Use the sliders to perform a Background Cleanup, adjust the image Darkness as well as changing the
Sharpness and Contrast.

Use this feature to improve the overall quality of the copy (for example, adjusting the Darkness and
Sharpness. Use the Background Cleanup setting to remove faint images from the background or to
remove a light background color.

● Darkness: Adjust this setting to increase or decrease the amount of white and black in the colors.

● Contrast: Adjust this setting to increase or decrease the difference between the lightest and
darkest color on the page.

● Background Cleanup: Adjust this setting if copying a faint image is a problem.

● Sharpness: Adjust this setting to clarify or soften the image. Increasing the sharpness might make
text appear crisper, but decreasing it would make photographs appear smoother.

Optimize Text/Picture settings

NOTE: Settings > Scan/Digital Send Settings > Optimize Text/Picture.

Use to optimize the output for a particular type of content. You can optimize the output for text, printed
pictures, or a mixture.

Use this setting to optimize the output for a particular type of content.

● Mixed: Use to optimize the setting for text and for pictures.

● Text: Use to optimize the text portion of the copy when text and/or pictures are on the original.

● Printed picture: Use to optimize line drawing and preprinted images such as magazine clippings or
pages from a book. If you see bands of irregular intensity on copies, try selecting Printed picture to
improve quality.

● Photographs: Use to optimize photographic prints.

Color/Black settings

NOTE: Settings > Scan/Digital Send Settings > Color/Black.

Use to enable or disable color scanning.(some highlighters will not auto detect as color).

● Automatically detect color or black: When pages without color are detected, the printer creates an
image of the page in 1-bit black if other settings allow. If the other settings don't allow (File Type, for
example), the image is in grayscale.

● Automatically detect color or gray: When pages without color are detected, the printer creates an
image of the page in grayscale. Select this option for the best image quality for non-color pages.

● Color: Scans the documents in color.

● Black: Scans documents in black and white with a compressed file size.

● Black/Gray: Scans or prints documents in grayscale.

Modify printer settings to improve scan or copy quality 321

 Light or faint copies (color models)
Learn how to resolve light or faint copy-quality problems.

Are you attempting to copy or scan highlighted text?

NOTE: When digitally sending or copying highlighted images or text objects, the image might appear
lighter than expected or does not show up at all with certain brands/types of highlighter pens.

Highlighters come in bright, often fluorescent colors. Fluorescent highlighter inks tend to reflect more
light than that which is absorbed by the paper source. This reflection might cause the image to not show
up as well as non-fluorescent colors depending upon the scanner/MFP being used.

The most common color for highlighters is yellow, but many other colors are also found such as pink,
blue, green, orange, and purples. Yellow is often the preferred color to use when making a photocopy as it
tends to not produce as much of a shadow on copies or scans.

There are different color and ink properties depending upon the brand of highlighters used. Due to these
differences, scanning of the images might vary greatly from not being seen at all to changing colors (for
example, orange highlighter might appear brown in the copy or scan or yellow highlighter might appear
green).

Automatic color detect

HP has a feature in all FutureSmart (LaserJet Enterprise Series only) printers which automatically
detects color on each page. Depending upon the amount of color information on a page, the scanner
might determine the page to be black and white due to a very, very small amount of color which might
be considered background artifacts. This helps to reduce the file size of sent files as well as toner usage
on a copied page. You might see small highlighted marks on pages print out in black and white or even
disappear.

The black and white effect is due to the printer not seeing enough color on the page, in which case the
whole image is rendered as a black and white page. The highlighted mark disappearing might be due to
the marker characteristics not being detected by the scanner.

Does the printer have the latest firmware version installed?

No or I don't know.

A Firmware enhancement has been introduced for certain LaserJets to help with the reproduction of
highlighted images.

NOTE: Some Multifunction Printers (MFPs) using FutureSmart firmware v3.5.3 or later have improved
color reproduction of fluorescent highlighters when scanning or copying.

Use the following steps to identify the installed firmware version, and then upgrade the firmware if
needed.

1. Print a configuration page (from the printer control panel).

2. On the printed configuration page look in the section marked Device Information, and then identify
the Firmware Datecode and Firmware Revision.

This is the current version of firmware installed on this printer.

3. In the US, go to www.hp.com/supplort/colorljM455 or www.hp.com/support/color/ljM480MFP or

www.hp.com/support/colorljE45028 or www.hp.com/support/colorljE47528MFP.

322 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 a. Select Get drivers, Software, and Firmware, and then select the appropriate product by name.

NOTE: More than one printer model might be listed. Make sure to select the correct model so
that the upgraded firmware supports all of the printer functions.

b. Select the driver language and operating system.

c. Locate the firmware download. If the firmware version is more recent than the one shown on the
printed configuration page, select Download.

4. Outside the U.S., go to www.hp.com/support.

a. Select your country/region.

b. Select Drivers & Downloads.

c. Enter the product name in the Find my product dialogue box, and then select Go.

TIP: Click on the How do I find my product name/number? link to see a short video on
identifying the printer name and number.

d. Select the appropriate product by name.

NOTE: More than one printer model might be listed. Make sure to select the correct model so
that the upgraded firmware supports all of the printer functions.

e. Select the driver language and operating system.

f. Locate the firmware download. If the firmware version is more recent than the one shown on the
printed configuration page, select Download.

5. Perform a firmware upgrade. See the Firmware upgrades topic in the product service manual.

6. When the upgrade process is complete, print a configuration page and verify that the upgrade
firmware version was installed.

Yes

These procedures help provide settings which affect the way highlighters are scanned or copied. A
firmware enhancement is available for certain printers that helps with the reproduction of highlighted
images.

● Enable Firmware Enhancement

1. From the Home screen, select the desired scanning application (for example, Copy, E-Mail, Save
to Network Folder).

2. Select More Options > Optimize Text/Picture > Text button (not slider). This enables the improved
color reproduction of fluorescent highlighters.

TIP: Administrators can set Text as the default setting on the device.

● Alternative Settings

See Modify printer settings to improve scan or copy quality on page 320 for more information.

Light or faint copies (color models) 323

 Performance and connectivity troubleshooting
Learn about performance and connectivity troubleshooting.

Solve fax or email problems

Learn about solving fax and email problems.

Fax or email troubleshooting information is not provided in this service manual. The most current
information is available in WISE. Search using model number then use "fax troubleshooting" as the
search term.

For HP Channel partners, open the HP Partner First Portal located at https://partner.hp.com, and then do
the following:

1. Select the Services & Support tab, and then select Technical Support.

2. Select Technical Documentation.

3. You will be taken to the WISE portal.

For HP service personnel, go to one of the following Web-based Interactive Search Engines (WISE) sites:

Americas (AMS)

● WISE - English

● WISE - Spanish

● WISE - Portuguese

● WISE - French

Asia Pacific / Japan (APJ)

● WISE - English

● WISE - Japanese

● WISE - Korean

● WISE - Chinese (simplified)

● WISE - Chinese (traditional)

● WISE - Thai

Europe / Middle East / Africa (EMEA)

● WISE - English

Solve performance problems

Review the following information and procedures to solve performance problems.

NOTE: Tray 1 and Tray 2 are optimal for paper pickup when using special paper or media other than
75-80gsm (20lb) plain paper. For Tray 1 and Tray 2 the printer increases the number of attempts to pick
up a page, which increases the reliability of successfully picking the page from the tray and decreases
the possibility of a mis-pick jam.

324 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 HP recommends using Tray 1 or Tray 2 if the printer is experiencing excessive or reoccurring jams from
trays other than Tray 1 and Tray 2, or for print jobs that require media other than 75-80gsm (20lb) plain
paper.

Factors affecting print performance

Review the following information about factors affecting print performance.

NOTE: To print using an HP Plus printer, the printer must have genuine original HP toner cartridges
installed, must have an ongoing internet connection and an active HP Plus account (for more
information, go to hp.com/plus).

Table 4-60 Solve performance problems

Problem Cause Solution

Pages print but are totally blank. The document might contain blank Check the original document to see if
pages. content is present on all of the pages.

Pages print but are totally blank. The printer might be malfunctioning. To check the printer, print a
Configuration page.

Pages print but are totally blank. Make sure that the printer is not feeding Make sure that the paper meets HP
multiple pages (especially if very thin specifications for this printer.
paper is used).
For a complete list of specific
HP-brand paper that this printer
supports, go to www.hp.com/supplort/
colorljM455 or www.hp.com/support/
color/ljM480MFP or www.hp.com/
support/colorljE45028 or www.hp.com/
support/colorljE47528MFP.

Pages print very slowly. Heavier paper types can slow the print Print on a different type of paper.
job.
NOTE: Some software programs
process print jobs slowly.

Pages print very slowly. Complex pages can print slowly. Proper fusing might require a slower
print speed to ensure the best print
NOTE: Some software programs quality.
process print jobs slowly.

Pages print very slowly. Large batches, narrow paper, and Print in smaller batches, on a different
special paper such as gloss, type of paper, or on a different size of
NOTE: Some software programs transparency, cardstock, and HP Tough paper.
process print jobs slowly. Paper can slow the print job.

Pages did not print. The printer might not be pulling paper Make sure paper is loaded in the tray
correctly. correctly.

Pages did not print. The paper is jamming in the printer. Clear the jam.

Pages did not print. The USB cable might be defective or ● Disconnect the USB cable at both
incorrectly connected. ends and reconnect it.

● Try printing a job that has printed in

the past.

● Try using a different USB cable.

Factors affecting print performance 325

 Table 4-60 Solve performance problems (continued)

Problem Cause Solution

Pages did not print. Other devices are running on the host The printer might not share a USB port.
computer. If an external hard drive or network
switchbox is connected to the same port
as the printer, the other device might be
interfering with the printer. To connect
and use the printer, disconnect the other
device or use two USB ports on the host
computer.

Pages did not print. The print job might not have arrived at Check the printer status queue. Also, the
the printer. Printing message should appear on the
control panel display.

Print speeds
Print speed is the number of pages that print in one minute. Print speed depends on different engine-
process speeds or operational pauses between printed pages during normal printer operation. Factors
that determine the print speed of the printer include the following:

● Page formatting time

The printer must pause for each page to be formatted before it prints. Complex pages take more
time to format, resulting in reduced print speed. However, most jobs print at full engine speed.

● Media size

Legal-size media reduces print speed because it is longer than the standard Letter- or A4–size
media. A reduce print speed is used when printing on narrow media to prevent the edges of the
fuser from overheating.

● Media mode

Some media types require a reduced print speed to achieve maximum print quality on that media.
For example, glossy, heavy, and specialty media (for example, envelopes or photos) require a
reduced print speed. To maximize the print speed for special media types, make sure that the
correct media type in the print driver is selected.

● Printer temperature

To prevent printer damage, print speed is reduced if the printer reaches a specific internal
temperature (thermal slow down). The starting temperature of the printer, ambient environment
temperature, and the print job size effect the number of pages that can be printed before the printer
reduces the print speed. Thermal slow down reduces print speed by printing four pages and then
pausing for an amount of time before printing continues.

● Other print speed reduction factors

Other factors (especially during large print jobs) that can cause reduced print speeds include:

– Density control sequence; occurs every 150 pages and takes about 120 seconds

The printer does not print

If the printer does not print at all, try the following solutions.

326 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 NOTE: To print using an HP Plus printer, the printer must have genuine original HP toner cartridges
installed, must have an ongoing internet connection and an active HP Plus account (for more
information, go to hp.com/plus).

1. Make sure the printer is turned on and that the control panel indicates it is ready.

● If the control panel does not indicate the printer is ready, turn the printer off and then on again.

● If the control panel indicates the printer is ready, try sending the job again.

2. If the control panel indicates the printer has an error, resolve the error and then try sending the job
again.

3. Make sure the cables are all connected correctly. If the printer is connected to a network, check the
following items:

● Check the bottom LED next to the network connection on the printer. If the network is active,
the light is green.

● Make sure that a network cable and not a phone cord is used to connect to the network.

● Make sure the network router, hub, or switch is turned on and that it is working correctly.

4. Install the HP software for the printer. Using generic printer drivers can cause delays clearing jobs
from the print queue.

5. From the list of printers on your computer, right-click the name of this product, click Properties, and
open the Ports tab.

● If a network cable is used to connect to the network, make sure the printer name listed on the
Ports tab matches the one on the printer configuration page.

● If a USB cable is used, and the printer is connected to a wireless network, make sure the box is
checked next to Virtual printer port for USB.

6. If a personal firewall system on the computer is used, it might be blocking communication with the
printer. Try temporarily disabling the firewall to see if it is the source of the problem.

7. If the host computer or the printer is connected to a wireless network, low signal quality or
interference might be delaying print jobs.

The printer prints slowly

If the printer prints, but it seems slow, try the following solutions.

1. Make sure the computer meets the minimum specifications for this printer. For
a list of specifications, go to this Web site: www.hp.com/supplort/colorljM455 or
www.hp.com/support/color/ljM480MFP or www.hp.com/support/colorljE45028 or www.hp.com/
support/colorljE47528MFP.

2. When the printer is configured to print on some paper types, such as heavy paper, the printer prints
more slowly so it can correctly fuse the toner to the paper. If the paper type setting is not correct
for the type of paper you are using, change the setting to the correct paper type.

3. If the host computer or the printer is connected to a wireless network, low signal quality or
interference might be delaying print jobs.

The printer prints slowly 327

 Solve connectivity problems
Review the following information and procedures to solve connectivity problems.

Solve USB connection problems

If you have connected the product directly to a computer, check the cable.

● Verify that the cable is connected to the computer and to the product.

● Verify that the cable is not longer than 2 m (6.65 ft). Try using a shorter cable.

● Verify that the cable is working correctly by connecting it to another product. Replace the cable if
necessary.

Solve wired network problems

Review the following information and procedures to solve wired network problems.

Introduction
Learn about solving wired network problems.

Certain types of problems can indicate there is a network communication problem. These problems
include the following issues:

● The periodic loss of ability to communicate with the printer

● The printer cannot be found during driver installation

● A periodic failure to print

Check the items in this topic to verify that the printer is communicating with the network. Before
beginning, print a configuration page from the printer control panel and locate the printer IP address
that is listed on this page.

NOTE: To print using an HP Plus printer, the printer must have genuine original HP toner cartridges
installed, must have an ongoing internet connection and an active HP Plus account (for more
information, go to hp.com/plus).

Poor physical connection

Use the following procedure when the printer has a poor physical connection.

1. Verify that the printer is attached to the correct network port using a cable of the correct length.

2. Verify that cable connections are secure.

3. Look at the network port connection on the back of the printer, and verify that the amber activity
light and the green link-status light are lit.

4. If the problem continues, try a different cable or port on the hub.

The computer is using the incorrect IP address for the printer

Use the following procedure when the computer is using the incorrect IP address for the printer.

328 Chapter 4 Solve problems

 1. Open the printer properties and click the Ports tab. Verify that the current IP address for the printer
is selected. The printer IP address is listed on the printer configuration page.

NOTE: To print a configuration page using an HP Plus printer, the printer must have genuine
original HP toner cartridges installed, must have an ongoing internet connection and an active HP
Plus account (for more information, go to hp.com/plus).

2. If you installed the printer using the HP standard TCP/IP port, select the box labeled Always print to
this printer, even if its IP address changes.

3. If you installed the printer using a Microsoft standard TCP/IP port, use the hostname instead of the
IP address.

4. If the IP address is correct, delete the printer and then add it again.

The computer is unable to communicate with the printer

Use the following procedure when the computer is unable to communicate with the printer.

1. Test network communication by pinging the network.

a. Open a command-line prompt on your computer.

● For Windows, click Start, click Run, type cmd, and then press Enter.

● For macOS, go to Applications, then Utilities, and open Terminal.

b. Type ping followed by the IP address for your printer.

c. If the window displays round-trip times, the network is working.

2. If the ping command failed, verify that the network hubs are on, and then verify that the network
settings, the printer, and the computer are all configured for the same network.

The printer is using incorrect link and duplex settings for the network
HP recommends leaving these settings in automatic mode (the default setting). If you change these
settings, you must also change them for your network.

New software programs might be causing compatibility problems

Verify that any new software programs are correctly installed and that they use the correct print driver.

The computer or workstation might be set up incorrectly

Use the following procedure when the computer or workstation might be set up incorrectly.

1. Check the network drivers, print drivers, and the network redirection settings.

2. Verify that the operating system is configured correctly.

The printer is disabled, or other network settings are incorrect

Use the following procedure when the printer is disabled, or other network settings are incorrect.

1. Review the configuration page to check the status of the network protocol. Enable it if necessary.

NOTE: To print a configuration page using an HP Plus printer, the printer must have genuine
original HP toner cartridges installed, must have an ongoing internet connection and an active HP
Plus account (for more information, go to hp.com/plus).

The computer is unable to communicate with the printer 329

 2. Reconfigure the network settings if necessary.

330 Chapter 4 Solve problems

5 Removal and replacement

When servicing the printer, several items must be considered to ensure a successful repair and to avoid
damage to the printer or personal injury. Learn about these considerations and find detailed instructions
for removing and replacing printer parts.

HP service and support

Learn about access to additional service and support information.

Additional service and support for channel partners

Channel partners can use the HP Partner Portal or the Channel Services Delivery Platform (CSDP) to
access the HP Web-based Interactive Search Engine (WISE).

Find information about the following topics.

● Service manuals, service cost data, and service advisories

● The latest control panel message (CPMD) troubleshooting information

● Remove and replace part instructions and videos

● Solutions for printer issues and emerging issues

● Printer specifications, warranty, and regulatory information

● Install, configure, and how to information

View a video of how to use the HP Partner First Portal to access WISE.

Access WISE for Channel partners (HP Partner Portal)

1. Sign-in to the HP Partner Portal (click https://partner.hp.com to access the sign-in page).

2. Select the Services & Support item (near the top of the screen).

3. Select the Technical Support (WISE) item.

4. Select the Technical Documentation item.

5. Use the WISE portal to search for printer information.

Access WISE for Channel partners (CSDP)

1. Sign-in to the CSDP portal (click csdp.hp.com to access the sign-in page).

Removal and replacement 331

 2. Select the Knowledge and Training item.

3. Select theHP Technical Documentation item.

4. Use the WISE portal to search for printer information.

Additional service and support for HP internal personnel

HP internal personnel, go to one of the following Web-based Interactive Search Engine (WISE) sites:

View a video of how to access WISE for internal HP users.

Americas (AMS)

● WISE - English

● WISE - Spanish

● WISE - Portuguese

● WISE - French

Asia Pacific / Japan (APJ)

● WISE - English

● WISE - Japanese

● WISE - Korean

● WISE - Chinese (simplified)

● WISE - Chinese (traditional)

● WISE - Thai

Europe / Middle East / Africa (EMEA)

● WISE - English

Additional technical support WISE videos

The videos below provide additional ways to access printer information using WISE.

View a video of how to use WISE to find technical support videos (model number search).

View a video of ow to use WISE to find technical support videos (Product detail page [PDP]
search).

Order parts, accessories, and supplies

Find information about ordering parts and supplies for the printer.

Ordering
Order parts by authorized service providers.

332 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Table 5-1 Ordering

Item or provider Description

Order supplies and paper www.hp.com/go/suresupply

Order parts from authorized service providers www.hp.com/buy/parts or partsurfer.hp.com

Order through service or support providers Contact an HP-authorized service or support provider.

Order using the HP Embedded Web Server (EWS) To access, in a supported web browser on your
computer, enter the printer IP address or host name
in the address/URL field. The EWS contains a link to
the HP SureSupply web site, which provides options for
purchasing Original HP supplies.

Orderable parts
Not all of the parts shown in the exploded assembly diagrams are orderable parts.

Refer to the tables following the diagrams or the alphabetical/numerical parts lists to determine if a part
is orderable.

Supplies and accessories

Learn about the supplies and accessories that are available for the printer.

To order cartridges, visit http://www.hp.com (some portions of the HP Web site are available in English
only). Ordering cartridges online is not supported in all countries/regions. However, many countries/
regions have information about ordering by telephone, locating a local store, and printing a shopping list.
In addition, go to hp.com/supplies to obtain information about purchasing HP products in your country/
region.

Use only the replacement cartridges that have the same cartridge number as the cartridge that is being
replaced. Find the cartridge number in the following places:

● On the label of the cartridge that is being replaced.

● On a sticker inside the printer. Open the cartridge door to locate the sticker.

● Open the printer software (HP Printer Assistant), and then click Shop > Shop For Supplies Online.

● Open the HP Embedded Web Server (EWS), and then click Tools > Supply Status (under the Product
Information item).

Table 5-2 Supplies part numbers

Item Description Part number (service) Product number

(new)

Toner cartridge HP 414A Black Original W2020-67901 W2020A

LaserJet Toner Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 414X High Yield Black W2020-67902 W2020X

Original LaserJet Toner
Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 414X High Yield (Contract) W2020-67903 W2020XC

Black Original LaserJet Toner
Cartridge

Orderable parts 333

 Table 5-2 Supplies part numbers (continued)

Item Description Part number (service) Product number

(new)

Toner cartridge HP 414A Cyan Original W2021-67901 W2021A

LaserJet Toner Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 414X High Yield Cyan W2021-67902 W2021X

Original LaserJet Toner
Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 414X High Yield (Contract) W2021-67903 W2021XC

Cyan Original LaserJet Toner
Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 414A Yellow Original W2022-67901 W2022A

LaserJet Toner Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 414X High Yield Yellow W2022-67902 W2022X

Original LaserJet Toner
Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 414X High Yield (Contract) W2022-67903 W2022XC

Yellow Original LaserJet
Toner Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 414A Magenta Original W2023-67901 W2023A

LaserJet Toner Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 414X High Yield Magenta W2023-67902 W2023X

Original LaserJet Toner
Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 414X High Yield (Contract) W2023-67903 W2023XC

Magenta Original LaserJet
Toner Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 415A Black Original W2030-67901 W2030A

LaserJet Toner Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 415X High Yield Black W2030-67902 W2030X

Original LaserJet Toner
Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 415X High Yield (Contract) W2030-67903 W2030XC

Black Original LaserJet Toner
Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 415A Cyan Original W2031-67901 W2031A

LaserJet Toner Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 415X High Yield Cyan W2031-67902 W2031X

Original LaserJet Toner
Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 415X High Yield (Contract) W2031-67903 W2031XC

Cyan Original LaserJet Toner
Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 415A Yellow Original W2032-67901 W2032A

LaserJet Toner Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 415X High Yield Yellow W2032-67902 W2032X

Original LaserJet Toner
Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 415X High Yield (Contract) W2032-67903 W2032XC

Yellow Original LaserJet
Toner Cartridge

334 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

Table 5-2 Supplies part numbers (continued)

Item Description Part number (service) Product number

(new)

Toner cartridge HP 415A Magenta Original W2033-67901 W2033A

LaserJet Toner Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 415X High Yield Magenta W2033-67902 W2033X

Original LaserJet Toner
Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 415X High Yield (Contract) W2033-67903 W2033XC

Magenta Original LaserJet
Toner Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 416A Black Original W2040-67901 W2040A

LaserJet Toner Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 416X High Yield Black W2040-67902 W2040X

Original LaserJet Toner
Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 416X High Yield (Contract) W2040-67903 W2040XC

Black Original LaserJet Toner
Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 416A Cyan Original W2041-67901 W2041A

LaserJet Toner Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 416X High Yield Cyan W2041-67902 W2041X

Original LaserJet Toner
Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 416X High Yield (Contract) W2041-67903 W2041XC

Cyan Original LaserJet Toner
Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 416A Yellow Original W2042-67901 W2042A

LaserJet Toner Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 416X High Yield Yellow W2042-67902 W2042X

Original LaserJet Toner
Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 416X High Yield (Contract) W2042-67903 W2042XC

Yellow Original LaserJet
Toner Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 416A Magenta Original W2043-67901 W2043A

LaserJet Toner Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 416X High Yield Magenta W2043-67902 W2043X

Original LaserJet Toner
Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 416X High Yield (Contract) W2043-67903 W2043XC

Magenta Original LaserJet
Toner Cartridge

Table 5-3 Accessories

Description Part number (service) Product number

550-sheet paper feeder CF404-67901 CF404A

Supplies and accessories 335

 Table 5-3 Accessories (continued)

Description Part number (service) Product number

HP JetDirect 3100w BLE/NFC/Wireless 3JN69-61001 3JN69A

accessory

HP Accessibility Kit 2TD64-61001 2TD64A

HP Accessibility Assistant 2MU47-61001 2MU47A

Locking Tray Guides (managed printers only) 3PZ95-67906 NA

HP Jetdirect LAN Accessory Module 5851-8004 8FP31A

Customer self-repair parts

Learn about printer customer self-repair parts.

Customer self-repair (CSR) parts are available for many HP LaserJet printers to reduce repair time.

NOTE: More information about the CSR program and benefits can be found at www.hp.com/go/csr-
support and www.hp.com/go/csr-faq.

Genuine HP replacement parts can be ordered at www.hp.com/buy/parts or by contacting an HP-

authorized service or support provider. When ordering, one of the following will be needed: part number,
serial number (found on back of printer), product number, or printer name.

● Parts listed as A: Easy

● Parts listed as B: Difficult and/or require tools

● Parts listed as Mandatory: Customer installed self-replacement parts (unless the customer is willing
to pay for HP service personnel to perform the repair). For these parts, on-site or return-to-depot
support is not provided under the HP printer warranty.

● Parts listed as Optional: HP service personnel installed self-replacement parts by customer request
for no additional charge during the printer warranty period.

Table 5-4 Customer self-repair (CSR) parts

Kit name Description CSR level Self-replacement Part number

options

Tray 2 Cassette (Tray 2) assembly A Mandatory RM2-6377-000CN

Tray 3 Cassette assembly, Tray 3 A Mandatory RM2-6486-000CN

(550-sheet paper feeder)

Tray 3 assembly (whole unit) 550-sheet paper feeder A Mandatory CF404-67901

Toner cartridge HP 414A Black Original A Mandatory W2020A/W2020X/

LaserJet Toner CartridgeHP W2020XC
414X High Yield Black Original
LaserJet Toner CartridgeHP
414X High Yield (Contract)
Black Original LaserJet Toner
Cartridge

336 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

Table 5-4 Customer self-repair (CSR) parts (continued)

Kit name Description CSR level Self-replacement Part number

options

Toner cartridge HP 414A Cyan Original A Mandatory W2021A/W2021X/

LaserJet Toner CartridgeHP W2021XC
414X High Yield Cyan Original
LaserJet Toner CartridgeHP
414X High Yield (Contract)
Cyan Original LaserJet Toner
Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 414A Yellow Original A Mandatory W2022A/W2022X/

LaserJet Toner CartridgeHP W2022XC
414X High Yield Yellow
Original LaserJet Toner
CartridgeHP 414X High Yield
(Contract) Yellow Original
LaserJet Toner Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 414A Magenta Original A Mandatory W2023A/W2023X/

LaserJet Toner CartridgeHP W2023XC
414X High Yield Magenta
Original LaserJet Toner
CartridgeHP 414X High Yield
(Contract) Magenta Original
LaserJet Toner Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 415A Black Original A Mandatory W2030A/W2030X/

LaserJet Toner CartridgeHP W2030XC
415X High Yield Black Original
LaserJet Toner CartridgeHP
415X High Yield (Contract)
Black Original LaserJet Toner
Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 415A Cyan Original A Mandatory W2031A/W2031X/

LaserJet Toner CartridgeHP W2031XC
415X High Yield Cyan Original
LaserJet Toner CartridgeHP
415X High Yield (Contract)
Cyan Original LaserJet Toner
Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 415A Yellow Original A Mandatory W2032A/W2032X/

LaserJet Toner CartridgeHP W2032XC
415X High Yield Yellow
Original LaserJet Toner
CartridgeHP 415X High Yield
(Contract) Yellow Original
LaserJet Toner Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 415A Magenta Original A Mandatory W2033A/W2033X/

LaserJet Toner CartridgeHP W2033XC
415X High Yield Magenta
Original LaserJet Toner
CartridgeHP 415X High Yield
(Contract) Magenta Original
LaserJet Toner Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 416A Black Original A Mandatory W2040A/W2040X/

LaserJet Toner CartridgeHP W2040XC
416X High Yield Black Original
LaserJet Toner CartridgeHP
416X High Yield (Contract)
Black Original LaserJet Toner
Cartridge

Customer self-repair parts 337

 Table 5-4 Customer self-repair (CSR) parts (continued)

Kit name Description CSR level Self-replacement Part number

options

Toner cartridge HP 416A Cyan Original A Mandatory W2041A/W2041X/

LaserJet Toner CartridgeHP W2041XC
416X High Yield Cyan Original
LaserJet Toner CartridgeHP
416X High Yield (Contract)
Cyan Original LaserJet Toner
Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 416A Yellow Original A Mandatory W2042A/W2042X/

LaserJet Toner CartridgeHP W2042XC
416X High Yield Yellow
Original LaserJet Toner
CartridgeHP 416X High Yield
(Contract) Yellow Original
LaserJet Toner Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 416A Magenta Original A Mandatory W2043A/W2043X/

LaserJet Toner CartridgeHP W2043XC
416X High Yield Magenta
Original LaserJet Toner
CartridgeHP 416X High Yield
(Contract) Magenta Original
LaserJet Toner Cartridge

HP service and support

Learn about access to additional service and support information.

Additional service and support for channel partners

Channel partners can use the HP Partner Portal or the Channel Services Delivery Platform (CSDP) to
access the HP Web-based Interactive Search Engine (WISE).

Find information about the following topics.

● Service manuals, service cost data, and service advisories

● The latest control panel message (CPMD) troubleshooting information

● Remove and replace part instructions and videos

● Solutions for printer issues and emerging issues

● Printer specifications, warranty, and regulatory information

● Install, configure, and how to information

View a video of how to use the HP Partner First Portal to access WISE.

Access WISE for Channel partners (HP Partner Portal)

1. Sign-in to the HP Partner Portal (click https://partner.hp.com to access the sign-in page).

2. Select the Services & Support item (near the top of the screen).

3. Select the Technical Support (WISE) item.

338 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

4. Select the Technical Documentation item.

5. Use the WISE portal to search for printer information.

Access WISE for Channel partners (CSDP)

1. Sign-in to the CSDP portal (click csdp.hp.com to access the sign-in page).

2. Select the Knowledge and Training item.

3. Select theHP Technical Documentation item.

4. Use the WISE portal to search for printer information.

Additional service and support for HP internal personnel

HP internal personnel, go to one of the following Web-based Interactive Search Engine (WISE) sites:

View a video of how to access WISE for internal HP users.

Americas (AMS)

● WISE - English

● WISE - Spanish

● WISE - Portuguese

● WISE - French

Asia Pacific / Japan (APJ)

● WISE - English

● WISE - Japanese

● WISE - Korean

● WISE - Chinese (simplified)

● WISE - Chinese (traditional)

● WISE - Thai

Europe / Middle East / Africa (EMEA)

● WISE - English

Additional technical support WISE videos

The videos below provide additional ways to access printer information using WISE.

View a video of how to use WISE to find technical support videos (model number search).

View a video of ow to use WISE to find technical support videos (Product detail page [PDP]
search).

HP service and support 339

 Assembly locations
Learn about major printer assembly locations.

Printer front view (SFP)

Identify the parts on the front of the printer (SFP).

Figure 5-1 Printer front view (SFP)

1

2
9

3
8

7 4

6
5

Number Description

1 Output bin

2 Color non-touch control panel with 10-key keypad

3 Power on/off button

4 Regulatory label (inside the front door)

5 Tray 2

6 Tray 1

7 Front door (provides toner cartridge access)

8 Output bin extension

9 Easy-access USB port for printing without a computer

Printer back view (SFP)

Identify the parts on the back of the printer (SFP).

340 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-2 Printer rear view (SFP)

6
1

Number Description

1 Front door release button

2 USB port for job storage or connecting accessories

3 USB port for direct connection to a computer

4 Ethernet port

5 Power connection

6 Duplexer rear access door

Printer front view (MFP)

Identify the parts on the front of the printer (MFP).

Printer front view (MFP) 341

 Figure 5-3 Printer front view (MFP)
1
11
10

9
8 2
7
6
5
4
3

Number Description

1 Document feeder

2 Regulatory label (inside the front door)

3 Tray 2

4 Tray 1

5 Power on/off button

6 Front door (provides toner cartridge access)

7 Output bin extension

8 Output bin

9 Easy-access USB port (for printing and scanning without a computer)

10 Touchscreen control panel (tilts up for easier viewing)

11 Scanner

Printer back view (MFP)

Identify the parts on the back of the printer (MFP).

342 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-4 Printer rear view (MFP)

1
7
2
6
3

Number Description

1 Front door release button

2 Fax ports cover

NOTE: The fax ports are behind the cover.

3 USB port for job storage or connecting accessories

4 USB port for direct connection to a computer

5 Ethernet port

6 Power connection

7 Rear door (provides access for clearing jams)

Customer self-repair (CSR) A parts and accessories

Customer self-repair (CSR) A parts are parts that a customer replaces without assistance from a field
technician. These parts can be replaced without the use of any tools.

Removal and replacement: Toner cartridges

Learn how to remove and replace the toner cartridges.

View a video of removing and replacing the toner cartridges.

Mean time to repair: 2 minutes

Service level: CSR A

Before performing service

CAUTION: To prevent damage to a toner cartridge, do not expose it to light for more than a few
minutes. Cover the green imaging drum if the toner cartridge must be removed from the printer for an
extended period of time.

Customer self-repair (CSR) A parts and accessories 343

 If toner gets on clothing, wipe it off by using a dry cloth and wash the clothes in cold water. Hot water
sets toner into fabric.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-5 Toner cartridge part numbers

Part number Description

W2020-67901 HP 414A Black Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge

W2020-67902 HP 414X High Yield Black Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge

W2020-67903 HP 414X High Yield (Contract) Black Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge

W2021-67901 HP 414A Cyan Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge

W2021-67902 HP 414X High Yield Cyan Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge

W2021-67903 HP 414X High Yield (Contract) Cyan Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge

W2022-67901 HP 414A Yellow Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge

W2022-67902 HP 414X High Yield Yellow Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge

W2022-67903 HP 414X High Yield (Contract) Yellow Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge

W2023-67901 HP 414A Magenta Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge

W2023-67902 HP 414X High Yield Magenta Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge

W2023-67903 HP 414X High Yield (Contract) Magenta Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge

W2030-67901 HP 415A Black Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge

W2030-67902 HP 415X High Yield Black Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge

W2030-67903 HP 415X High Yield (Contract) Black Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge

W2031-67901 HP 415A Cyan Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge

W2031-67902 HP 415X High Yield Cyan Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge

W2031-67903 HP 415X High Yield (Contract) Cyan Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge

W2032-67901 HP 415A Yellow Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge

W2032-67902 HP 415X High Yield Yellow Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge

W2032-67903 HP 415X High Yield (Contract) Yellow Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge

W2033-67901 HP 415A Magenta Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge

W2033-67902 HP 415X High Yield Magenta Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge

W2033-67903 HP 415X High Yield (Contract) Magenta Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge

W2040-67901 HP 416A Black Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge

W2040-67902 HP 416X High Yield Black Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge

W2040-67903 HP 416X High Yield (Contract) Black Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge

W2041-67901 HP 416A Cyan Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge

W2041-67902 HP 416X High Yield Cyan Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge

W2041-67903 HP 416X High Yield (Contract) Cyan Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge

344 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Table 5-5 Toner cartridge part numbers (continued)

Part number Description

W2042-67901 HP 416A Yellow Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge

W2042-67902 HP 416X High Yield Yellow Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge

W2042-67903 HP 416X High Yield (Contract) Yellow Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge

W2043-67901 HP 416A Magenta Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge

W2043-67902 HP 416X High Yield Magenta Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge

W2043-67903 HP 416X High Yield (Contract) Magenta Original LaserJet Toner Cartridge

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Make sure that the cartridge tray and front door are fully closed after replacing a toner cartridge.

Post service test

Print a print quality page, which shows bands of colors that can indicate whether the printer is producing
colors correctly.

1. Remove the toner cartridge

Follow these steps to remove the toner cartridge.

1. Open the front door by pressing the button on the left cover.

Figure 5-5 Open the front door

Remove the toner cartridge 345

 2. Grasp the blue handle on the toner cartridge tray, and then pull out the tray.

Figure 5-6 Open the cartridge drawer

3. Grasp the handle on the toner cartridge, and then pull the toner cartridge straight up to remove it.

Figure 5-7 Remove the toner cartridge

2. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using

346 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

3. Install a toner cartridge

Follow these steps to install a toner cartridge.

1. Hold both ends of the toner cartridge and rock it 5-6 times.

Figure 5-8 Rock the toner cartridge

2. Do not touch the imaging drum on the bottom of the toner cartridge. Fingerprints on the imaging
drum can cause print-quality problems.

Figure 5-9 Do not touch imaging drum

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Tray 2 cassette

Learn how to remove and replace the Tray 2 cassette.

Install a toner cartridge 347

 View a video of removing and replacing the Tray 2 cassette.

Mean time to repair: 2 minutes

Service level: CSR A

Before performing service

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-6 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-6377-000CN Cassette (Tray 2) assembly

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Make sure that Tray 2 is fully closed after replacing it.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove Tray 2
Follow these steps to remove Tray 2.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-10 Remove the tray

2. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

348 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

3. Install Tray 2
Follow these steps to install Tray 2.

■ With the front of the tray slightly lifted, align the sides of the tray with the rails in the printer, and then
carefully slide the tray into the printer. As the tray slides into the printer, lower the front of the tray,
and then close it.

Figure 5-11 Install the tray

Install Tray 2 349

 Removal and replacement: Tray 3 cassette
Learn how to remove and replace the Tray 3 cassette.

View a video of removing and replacing the Tray 3 cassette.

Mean time to repair: 2 minutes

Service level: CSR A

Before performing service

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-7 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-6486-000CN Cassette assembly, Tray 3 (550-sheet paper feeder)

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Make sure that Tray 3 is fully closed after replacing it.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove Tray 3
Follow these steps to remove Tray 3.

350 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-12 Remove the tray

2. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Unpack the replacement assembly 351

 3. Install Tray 3
Follow these steps to install Tray 3.

■ To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end of
the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Document feeder / scanner

Learn about document feeder and scanner parts removal and replacement.

Removal and replacement: Document feeder top cover assembly with rollers
Learn how to remove and replace the document feeder top cover assembly with rollers.

View a video of how to remove and replace the document feeder top cover assembly with
rollers.

Mean time to repair: 5 minutes

Service level: Easy

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-8 Part information

Part number Part description

W1A77-67903 ADF top cover assembly (includes rollers)

Required tools
● Small flat-blade screwdriver

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

352 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Make sure that toner toner-cartridge door correctly opens and closes.

Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.

1. Remove the document feeder top cover assembly

Follow these steps to remove the document feeder top cover assembly.

1. Open the document feeder top cover.

Figure 5-13 Open the document feeder top cover

2. Release one hinge pin (callout 1).

Figure 5-14 Release one hinge pin

Remove the document feeder top cover assembly 353

 3. Use a small, flat blade screwdriver to lift up and release two hinge pins (callout 1), and then remove
the cover.

Figure 5-15 Release two hinge pins

2. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

354 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

Removal and replacement: ISA lift assembly and slider pin (MFP)
Learn how to remove and replace the integrated scanner assembly (ISA) lift assembly and slider pin.

View a video of how to remove and replace the ISA lift assembly and slider pin.

Mean time to repair: 4 minutes

Service level: Easy

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-9 Part information

Part number Part description

B3Q10-60128 ISA lift assembly

B3Q10-40041 ISA lift slider pin

Required tools
● Small flat-blade screwdriver

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make sure that toner ISA correctly opens and closes.

1. Remove the slider pin and ISA lift assembly (MFP only)
Follow these steps to remove the slider pin and ISA lift assembly (MFP only).

Removal and replacement: ISA lift assembly and slider pin (MFP) 355
 1. open the ISA, release one tab (callout 1), and then rotate the ISA slider pin (callout 2) towards the
front of the printer to release it.

Figure 5-16 Release one tab and rotate the slider pin

2. Remove the slider pin.

Reinstallation tip: Align the keyed portion of the locking pin with the slot and hole in the support
arm.

Figure 5-17 Remove the slider pin

3. Move the ISA out of the way, and then lower the support arm to the closed position.

CAUTION: The ISA hinges are not captive in the top cover mounting bosses. Do not allow the ISA
to slip off of the top cover.

356 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Reinstallation tip: If the replacement lift assembly is in the closed position, place it in the open
position.

Figure 5-18 Lower the support arm

4. Before proceeding take note of the following.

CAUTION: The support arm is spring loaded and can unexpectedly spring into the open position.
To avoid injury, do not place a finger in the screw well when the support arm is in the closed
position.

Figure 5-19 Before proceeding take note

Remove the slider pin and ISA lift assembly (MFP only) 357
 5. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-20 Remove one screw

6. Use a flat-blade screwdriver to release one tab (callout 1).

Figure 5-21 Release one tab

358 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 7. Remove the support arm.

Figure 5-22 Remove the support arm

2. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Unpack the replacement assembly 359

 Removal and replacement: Integrated scanner assembly (MFP)
Learn how to remove and replace the integrated scanner assembly (ISA).

View a video of how to remove and replace the ISA.

Mean time to repair: 22 minutes

Service level: Medium

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

NOTE: The integrated scanner assembly (ISA) includes the sub-scanner assembly (SSA) and the
automatic document feeder (ADF).

Table 5-10 Part information

Part number Part description

W1A73-60113 Assy-duplex GSO (ISA/ADF assembly)

Required tools
● Small flat-blade screwdriver

● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make sure that toner toner-cartridge door correctly opens and closes.

Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove Tray 2
Follow these steps to remove Tray 2.

360 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: Removing the tray is the same for SFP and MFP printers.

Figure 5-23 Remove the tray

2. Open the front door and duplexing door

Follow these steps to open the front door and duplexing door.

1. Press the button (callout 1) on the left side of the printer to release the front door.

Figure 5-24 Release the front door

Open the front door and duplexing door 361

 2. Open the front door.

Figure 5-25 Open the front door

3. Open the duplexing door.

Figure 5-26 Open the duplexer door

3. Remove the left cover (MFP )

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (MFP ).

362 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-27 Raise the scanner

2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-28 Remove one screw

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 363

 3. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
re-engaging.

Figure 5-29 Release two tabs

4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-30 Locate the tabs

364 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

5. Beginning from the front of the cover, release the four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the
cover.

Figure 5-31 Release four tabs

4 3
2 1

6. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1). Make sure that the tab (callout 2) does
not get caught on the printer frame (callout 3).

Figure 5-32 Rotate the cover

3
1

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 365

 7. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release two hooks (callout 3) inside the cover.

Figure 5-33 Release one tab and two hooks

3
1

8. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-34 Lower the scanner

366 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 9. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then slide the cover (callout 2) toward the
back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-35 Remove the left cover

2 1

4. Remove the integrated scanner assembly

(MFP)

1. On the left side of the printer, disconnect three connectors (callout 1).

Figure 5-36 Disconnect three connectors

Remove the integrated scanner assembly 367

 2. Raise the scanner cables up, and then remove one screw (callout 1) to release the ground wire.

Figure 5-37 Remove one screw and release the ground wire

3. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-38 Raise the scanner

368 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

4. With the scanner lifted, release the tab (callout 1) on the scanner support arm pin from the slot and
rotate the pin in the direction indicated.

Figure 5-39 Release scanner support arm pin

5. Remove the scanner arm pin.

CAUTION: Once the scanner arm pin is removed, support the scanner with one hand at all times
so that it does not fall backwards off of the printer.

Figure 5-40 Remove the pin

Remove the integrated scanner assembly 369

 6. On the top of the printer, use a flat-blade screwdriver to release one tab (callout 1).

Figure 5-41 Release one tab

7. Remove the scanner cable cover.

Figure 5-42 Remove the scanner cable cover

370 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 8. The scanner cables (callout 1) are held in place on the top cover with double-sided tape. Carefully
release the cables from the top cover.

Figure 5-43 Release the cables

9. Open the scanner assembly fully, slide the assembly toward the right side of the printer, and then
lift the assembly off of the printer.

Figure 5-44 Remove the scanner assembly

2
1

5. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Unpack the replacement assembly 371

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: External panels, covers, and doors

(base printer)
Learn how to remove and replace the printer external panels, covers, and doors.

Removal and replacement: Right cover (SFP)

Learn how to remove and replace the right cover (SFP).

View a video of removing and replacing the right cover (SFP).

Mean time to repair: 5 minutes

Service level: Easy

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-11 Part information

Part number Part description

RC4-4853-000CN Cover, right (SFP)

372 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make sure that front door correctly opens and closes.

Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.

1. Remove Tray 2
Follow these steps to remove Tray 2.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: Removing the tray is the same for SFP and MFP printers.

Figure 5-45 Remove the tray

2. Open the front door and duplexing door

Follow these steps to open the front door and duplexing door.

Remove Tray 2 373

 1. Press the button (callout 1) on the left side of the printer to release the front door.

Figure 5-46 Release the front door

2. Open the front door.

Figure 5-47 Open the front door

374 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 3. Open the duplexing door.

Figure 5-48 Open the duplexer door

3. Remove the right cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (SFP).

1. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-49 Remove one screw

Remove the right cover (SFP) 375

 2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-50 Remove one screw

3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-51 Locate the tabs

376 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

4. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the bottom of
the cover.

Figure 5-52 Release front lower tabs

1
2

5. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
bottom of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-53 Release lower rear tab

2
6. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

Remove the right cover (SFP) 377

 Figure 5-54 Release two front tabs

1
2

7. Release four tabs on the top of the printer (callout 1).

Figure 5-55 Release upper tabs

378 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 8. Slide the cover toward the back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-56 Remove the right cover

4. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Unpack the replacement assembly 379

 Removal and replacement: Right cover (MFP)
Learn how to remove and replace the right cover (MFP).

View a video of removing and replacing the right cover (MFP).

Mean time to repair: 5 minutes

Service level: Easy

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-12 Part information

Part number Part description

RC4-6044-000CN Cover, right (MFP)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make sure that front door correctly opens and closes.

Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.

1. Remove Tray 2
Follow these steps to remove Tray 2.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: Removing the tray is the same for SFP and MFP printers.

380 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-57 Remove the tray

2. Open the front door and duplexing door

Follow these steps to open the front door and duplexing door.

1. Press the button (callout 1) on the left side of the printer to release the front door.

Figure 5-58 Release the front door

Open the front door and duplexing door 381

 2. Open the front door.

Figure 5-59 Open the front door

3. Open the duplexing door.

Figure 5-60 Open the duplexer door

3. Remove the right cover (MFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (MFP).

382 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-61 Raise the scanner

2. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-62 Remove one screw

Remove the right cover (MFP) 383

 3. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-63 Remove one screw

4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-64 Locate the tabs

384 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

5. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the lower
edge of the cover.

Figure 5-65 Release front lower tabs

1
2

6. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
lower edge of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-66 Release lower rear tab

Remove the right cover (MFP) 385

 7. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

Figure 5-67 Release front upper tabs

8. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1).

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

Figure 5-68 Rotate the front of the cover

386 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

9. Slightly pull the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2).

Figure 5-69 Release top tabs

10. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release one hook (callout 3) on the inside of the cover.

Figure 5-70 Release one tab and one hook

Remove the right cover (MFP) 387

 11. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-71 Lower the scanner

12. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2) at the back of the
printer, and then remove the cover.

Figure 5-72 Remove the right cover

4. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

388 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

5. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly

Also use the followingspecial installation instructions.

Right cover

■ At the back of the printer, install the tab (callout 1) on the cover into the slot (callout 2) on the printer.

Figure 5-73 Install rear tab

2
1

Removal and replacement: Left cover (SFP)

Learn how to remove and replace the left cover (SFP).

View a video of removing and replacing the right cover (SFP).

Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly 389

 Mean time to repair: 5 minutes

Service level: Easy

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-13 Part information

Part number Part description

RC4-4854-000CN Cover, left (SFP)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make sure that front door correctly opens and closes.

Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.

1. Remove Tray 2
Follow these steps to remove Tray 2.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: Removing the tray is the same for SFP and MFP printers.

390 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-74 Remove the tray

2. Open the front door and duplexing door

Follow these steps to open the front door and duplexing door.

1. Press the button (callout 1) on the left side of the printer to release the front door.

Figure 5-75 Release the front door

Open the front door and duplexing door 391

 2. Open the front door.

Figure 5-76 Open the front door

3. Open the duplexing door.

Figure 5-77 Open the duplexer door

3. Remove the left cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (SFP).

392 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-78 Remove one screw

2. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
reengaging.

Figure 5-79 Release two tabs

Remove the left cover (SFP) 393

 3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-80 Locate the tabs

4. Beginning from the front of the cover, release four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the cover.

Figure 5-81 Release bottom tabs

4 3 2 1

394 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

5. Release three tabs at the top of the cover (callout 1), and then slide the cover toward the rear of the
printer to remove it.

Figure 5-82 Release three tabs

6. On the inside of the left cover, release two tabs (callout 1).

Figure 5-83 Release two tabs

Remove the left cover (SFP) 395

 7. Remove the door-release button. Save this button for installation on the replacement left cover.

Figure 5-84 Remove the button

4. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

396 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

Removal and replacement: Left cover (MFP)
Learn how to remove and replace the left cover (MFP).

View a video of removing and replacing the right cover (MFP).

Mean time to repair: 5 minutes

Service level: Easy

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-14 Part information

Part number Part description

RC4-6045-000CN Cover, left (MFP)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make sure that front door correctly opens and closes.

Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.

1. Remove Tray 2
Follow these steps to remove Tray 2.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: Removing the tray is the same for SFP and MFP printers.

Removal and replacement: Left cover (MFP) 397

 Figure 5-85 Remove the tray

2. Open the front door and duplexing door

Follow these steps to open the front door and duplexing door.

1. Press the button (callout 1) on the left side of the printer to release the front door.

Figure 5-86 Release the front door

398 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Open the front door.

Figure 5-87 Open the front door

3. Open the duplexing door.

Figure 5-88 Open the duplexer door

3. Remove the left cover (MFP)

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (MFP).

Remove the left cover (MFP) 399

 1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-89 Raise the scanner

2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-90 Remove one screw

400 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
re-engaging.

Figure 5-91 Release two tabs

4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-92 Locate the tabs

Remove the left cover (MFP) 401

 5. Beginning from the front of the cover, release the four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the
cover.

Figure 5-93 Release four tabs

4 3
2 1

6. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1). Make sure that the tab (callout 2) does
not get caught on the printer frame (callout 3).

Figure 5-94 Rotate the cover

3
1

402 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

7. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release two hooks (callout 3) inside the cover.

Figure 5-95 Release one tab and two hooks

3
1

8. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-96 Lower the scanner

Remove the left cover (MFP) 403

 9. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then slide the cover (callout 2) toward the
back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-97 Remove the left cover

2 1

10. On the inside of the left cover, release two tabs (callout 1).

Figure 5-98 Release two tabs

404 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 11. Remove the door-release button. Save this button for installation on the replacement left cover.

Figure 5-99 Remove the button

4. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Unpack the replacement assembly 405

 Removal and replacement: Front door assembly
Learn how to remove and replace the front door assembly.

View a video of removing and replacing the front door.

Mean time to repair: 11 minutes

Service level: Easy

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-15 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-1823-000CN Front (cartridge) door assembly (SFP)

RM2-1824-000CN Front (cartridge) door assembly (MFP)

7121-8684 HP logo jewel

Required tools
● Small flat-blade screwdriver

● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make sure that the door correctly opens and closes.

Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.

1. Remove Tray 2
Follow these steps to remove Tray 2.

406 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: Removing the tray is the same for SFP and MFP printers.

Figure 5-100 Remove the tray

2. Open the front door and duplexing door

Follow these steps to open the front door and duplexing door.

1. Press the button (callout 1) on the left side of the printer to release the front door.

Figure 5-101 Release the front door

Open the front door and duplexing door 407

 2. Open the front door.

Figure 5-102 Open the front door

3. Open the duplexing door.

Figure 5-103 Open the duplexer door

3. Remove the right cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (SFP).

408 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-104 Remove one screw

2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-105 Remove one screw

Remove the right cover (SFP) 409

 3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-106 Locate the tabs

4. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the bottom of
the cover.

Figure 5-107 Release front lower tabs

1
2

410 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

5. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
bottom of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-108 Release lower rear tab

2
6. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

Figure 5-109 Release two front tabs

1
2

Remove the right cover (SFP) 411

 7. Release four tabs on the top of the printer (callout 1).

Figure 5-110 Release upper tabs

8. Slide the cover toward the back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-111 Remove the right cover

4. Remove the right cover (MFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (MFP).

412 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-112 Raise the scanner

2. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-113 Remove one screw

Remove the right cover (MFP) 413

 3. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-114 Remove one screw

4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-115 Locate the tabs

414 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

5. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the lower
edge of the cover.

Figure 5-116 Release front lower tabs

1
2

6. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
lower edge of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-117 Release lower rear tab

Remove the right cover (MFP) 415

 7. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

Figure 5-118 Release front upper tabs

8. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1).

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

Figure 5-119 Rotate the front of the cover

416 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

9. Slightly pull the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2).

Figure 5-120 Release top tabs

10. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release one hook (callout 3) on the inside of the cover.

Figure 5-121 Release one tab and one hook

Remove the right cover (MFP) 417

 11. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-122 Lower the scanner

12. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2) at the back of the
printer, and then remove the cover.

Figure 5-123 Remove the right cover

5. Remove the front door assembly

Follow these steps to remove the front door assembly.

418 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-124 Remove one screw

2. Tilt the front door up to about a 45-degree angle.

Figure 5-125 Tilt the door up

Remove the front door assembly 419

 3. Lift the end of the right hinge cover up (callout 1), and then slide it away from the door (callout 2) to
disconnect it.

Figure 5-126 Release the right hinge cover

1
2

4. On the left side of the door, release one tab (callout 1).

Figure 5-127 Release one tab

420 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

5. Release the left hinge cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-128 Release the left hinge cover

6. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-129 Remove one screw

Remove the front door assembly 421

 7. Release one arm (callout 1).

Figure 5-130 Release one arm

8. Lift the front door up slightly, swing the right side of the door away from the printer (callout 1), and
then slide the door left (callout 2) to remove it.

Figure 5-131 Remove the front door

1
2

6. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

422 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Duplexing door assembly

Learn how to remove and replace the duplexing door.

View a video of removing and replacing the duplexing door.

Mean time to repair: 13 minutes

Service level: Easy

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-16 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-1838-000CN Duplexing door assembly

Required tools
● Small flat-blade screwdriver

● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

Removal and replacement: Duplexing door assembly 423

 After performing service
Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.

1. Remove Tray 2
Follow these steps to remove Tray 2.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: Removing the tray is the same for SFP and MFP printers.

Figure 5-132 Remove the tray

2. Open the front door and duplexing door

Follow these steps to open the front door and duplexing door.

424 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Press the button (callout 1) on the left side of the printer to release the front door.

Figure 5-133 Release the front door

2. Open the front door.

Figure 5-134 Open the front door

Open the front door and duplexing door 425

 3. Open the duplexing door.

Figure 5-135 Open the duplexer door

3. Remove the right cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (SFP).

1. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-136 Remove one screw

426 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-137 Remove one screw

3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-138 Locate the tabs

Remove the right cover (SFP) 427

 4. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the bottom of
the cover.

Figure 5-139 Release front lower tabs

1
2

5. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
bottom of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-140 Release lower rear tab

2
6. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

428 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-141 Release two front tabs

1
2

7. Release four tabs on the top of the printer (callout 1).

Figure 5-142 Release upper tabs

Remove the right cover (SFP) 429

 8. Slide the cover toward the back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-143 Remove the right cover

4. Remove the right cover (MFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (MFP).

1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-144 Raise the scanner

430 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-145 Remove one screw

3. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-146 Remove one screw

Remove the right cover (MFP) 431

 4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-147 Locate the tabs

5. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the lower
edge of the cover.

Figure 5-148 Release front lower tabs

1
2

432 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

6. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
lower edge of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-149 Release lower rear tab

1
7. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

Figure 5-150 Release front upper tabs

8. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1).

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

Remove the right cover (MFP) 433

 Figure 5-151 Rotate the front of the cover

9. Slightly pull the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2).

Figure 5-152 Release top tabs

434 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

10. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release one hook (callout 3) on the inside of the cover.

Figure 5-153 Release one tab and one hook

11. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-154 Lower the scanner

Remove the right cover (MFP) 435

 12. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2) at the back of the
printer, and then remove the cover.

Figure 5-155 Remove the right cover

5. Remove the left cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (SFP).

1. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-156 Remove one screw

436 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
reengaging.

Figure 5-157 Release two tabs

3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-158 Locate the tabs

Remove the left cover (SFP) 437

 4. Beginning from the front of the cover, release four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the cover.

Figure 5-159 Release bottom tabs

4 3 2 1

5. Release three tabs at the top of the cover (callout 1), and then slide the cover toward the rear of the
printer to remove it.

Figure 5-160 Release three tabs

6. Remove the left cover (MFP )

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (MFP ).

438 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-161 Raise the scanner

2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-162 Remove one screw

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 439

 3. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
re-engaging.

Figure 5-163 Release two tabs

4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-164 Locate the tabs

440 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

5. Beginning from the front of the cover, release the four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the
cover.

Figure 5-165 Release four tabs

4 3
2 1

6. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1). Make sure that the tab (callout 2) does
not get caught on the printer frame (callout 3).

Figure 5-166 Rotate the cover

3
1

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 441

 7. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release two hooks (callout 3) inside the cover.

Figure 5-167 Release one tab and two hooks

3
1

8. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-168 Lower the scanner

442 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 9. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then slide the cover (callout 2) toward the
back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-169 Remove the left cover

2 1

7. Remove the duplexing door assembly

Follow these steps to remove the duplexing door assembly.

1. Rotate the secondary transfer assembly (callout 1) toward the printer to close it.

Figure 5-170 Close the secondary transfer assembly

2. At the back of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove one screw (callout 2) that
holds the retention arm.

TIP: Note that the screw (callout 2) that holds the retention arm is longer than the other two. Make
sure this screw is installed in the correct position.

Remove the duplexing door assembly 443

 Figure 5-171 Remove three screws

3. Release the retention arm (callout 1).

Figure 5-172 Release the retention arm

444 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 4. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the duplexer door (callout 2) to the right to remove it.

Figure 5-173 Remove the duplexing door

8. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Unpack the replacement assembly 445

 9. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly
Also use the followingspecial installation instructions.

Duplexing door assembly

■ Position the tab (callout 1) on the door into the slot (callout 2) on the printer.

Figure 5-174 Position the tab in the slot

2
1

Removal and replacement: Top cover (SFP)

Learn how to remove and replace the top cover (SFP).

View a video of removing and replacing the top cover (SFP).

Mean time to repair: 14 minutes

Service level: Easy

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-17 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-3088-000CN Cover, top assembly (SFP) (includes control panel and FFC)

446 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Required tools
● Small flat-blade screwdriver

● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.

1. Remove Tray 2
Follow these steps to remove Tray 2.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: Removing the tray is the same for SFP and MFP printers.

Figure 5-175 Remove the tray

2. Open the front door and duplexing door

Follow these steps to open the front door and duplexing door.

Remove Tray 2 447

 1. Press the button (callout 1) on the left side of the printer to release the front door.

Figure 5-176 Release the front door

2. Open the front door.

Figure 5-177 Open the front door

448 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 3. Open the duplexing door.

Figure 5-178 Open the duplexer door

3. Remove the right cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (SFP).

1. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-179 Remove one screw

Remove the right cover (SFP) 449

 2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-180 Remove one screw

3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-181 Locate the tabs

450 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

4. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the bottom of
the cover.

Figure 5-182 Release front lower tabs

1
2

5. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
bottom of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-183 Release lower rear tab

2
6. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

Remove the right cover (SFP) 451

 Figure 5-184 Release two front tabs

1
2

7. Release four tabs on the top of the printer (callout 1).

Figure 5-185 Release upper tabs

452 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 8. Slide the cover toward the back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-186 Remove the right cover

4. Remove the left cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (SFP).

1. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-187 Remove one screw

Remove the left cover (SFP) 453

 2. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
reengaging.

Figure 5-188 Release two tabs

3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-189 Locate the tabs

454 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 4. Beginning from the front of the cover, release four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the cover.

Figure 5-190 Release bottom tabs

4 3 2 1

5. Release three tabs at the top of the cover (callout 1), and then slide the cover toward the rear of the
printer to remove it.

Figure 5-191 Release three tabs

5. Remove the top cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the top cover (SFP).

1. On the left side of the printer, on the formatter, disconnect one connector (callout 1).

NOTE: The formatter may look slightly different than what is shown below, however the removal
procedures are the same.

Remove the top cover (SFP) 455

 Figure 5-192 Disconnect one connector

2. At the back of the printer, remove five screws (callout 1), and then remove the fuser cover.

Figure 5-193 Remove five screws

456 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. At the front of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-194 Remove two screws

4. Lift the front of the top cover up and release two tabs at the back of the printer (callout 1).

Figure 5-195 Lift the top cover and release two tabs

5. Remove the top cover.

NOTE: For a replacement cover install, remove the control panel form the discarded cover and
install it on the replacement cover.

Remove the top cover (SFP) 457

 Figure 5-196 Remove the top cover

6. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Top cover (MFP)

Learn how to remove and replace the top cover (MFP).

458 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 View a video of removing and replacing the top cover (MFP).

Mean time to repair: 37 minutes

Service level: Medium

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-18 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-3091-000CN Cover, top assembly (MFP)

Required tools
● Small flat-blade screwdriver

● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.

1. Remove Tray 2
Follow these steps to remove Tray 2.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: Removing the tray is the same for SFP and MFP printers.

Remove Tray 2 459

 Figure 5-197 Remove the tray

2. Open the front door and duplexing door

Follow these steps to open the front door and duplexing door.

1. Press the button (callout 1) on the left side of the printer to release the front door.

Figure 5-198 Release the front door

460 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Open the front door.

Figure 5-199 Open the front door

3. Open the duplexing door.

Figure 5-200 Open the duplexer door

3. Remove the right cover (MFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (MFP).

Remove the right cover (MFP) 461

 1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-201 Raise the scanner

2. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-202 Remove one screw

462 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-203 Remove one screw

4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-204 Locate the tabs

Remove the right cover (MFP) 463

 5. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the lower
edge of the cover.

Figure 5-205 Release front lower tabs

1
2

6. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
lower edge of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-206 Release lower rear tab

464 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

7. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

Figure 5-207 Release front upper tabs

8. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1).

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

Figure 5-208 Rotate the front of the cover

Remove the right cover (MFP) 465

 9. Slightly pull the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2).

Figure 5-209 Release top tabs

10. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release one hook (callout 3) on the inside of the cover.

Figure 5-210 Release one tab and one hook

466 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 11. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-211 Lower the scanner

12. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2) at the back of the
printer, and then remove the cover.

Figure 5-212 Remove the right cover

4. Remove the left cover (MFP )

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (MFP ).

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 467

 1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-213 Raise the scanner

2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-214 Remove one screw

468 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
re-engaging.

Figure 5-215 Release two tabs

4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-216 Locate the tabs

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 469

 5. Beginning from the front of the cover, release the four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the
cover.

Figure 5-217 Release four tabs

4 3
2 1

6. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1). Make sure that the tab (callout 2) does
not get caught on the printer frame (callout 3).

Figure 5-218 Rotate the cover

3
1

470 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

7. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release two hooks (callout 3) inside the cover.

Figure 5-219 Release one tab and two hooks

3
1

8. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-220 Lower the scanner

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 471

 9. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then slide the cover (callout 2) toward the
back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-221 Remove the left cover

2 1

5. Remove the integrated scanner assembly

(MFP)

1. On the left side of the printer, disconnect three connectors (callout 1).

Figure 5-222 Disconnect three connectors

472 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. Raise the scanner cables up, and then remove one screw (callout 1) to release the ground wire.

Figure 5-223 Remove one screw and release the ground wire

3. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-224 Raise the scanner

Remove the integrated scanner assembly 473

 4. With the scanner lifted, release the tab (callout 1) on the scanner support arm pin from the slot and
rotate the pin in the direction indicated.

Figure 5-225 Release scanner support arm pin

5. Remove the scanner arm pin.

CAUTION: Once the scanner arm pin is removed, support the scanner with one hand at all times
so that it does not fall backwards off of the printer.

Figure 5-226 Remove the pin

474 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

6. On the top of the printer, use a flat-blade screwdriver to release one tab (callout 1).

Figure 5-227 Release one tab

7. Remove the scanner cable cover.

Figure 5-228 Remove the scanner cable cover

Remove the integrated scanner assembly 475

 8. The scanner cables (callout 1) are held in place on the top cover with double-sided tape. Carefully
release the cables from the top cover.

Figure 5-229 Release the cables

9. Open the scanner assembly fully, slide the assembly toward the right side of the printer, and then
lift the assembly off of the printer.

Figure 5-230 Remove the scanner assembly

2
1

6. Remove the control panel display and mount base (MFP only)
Follow these steps to remove the control panel display and mount base (MFP only).

1. Open the integrated scanner assembly (ISA).

NOTE: The ISA might already have been removed. If so, skip ISA related steps.

If the control panel is not fully tilted forward, tilt it forward now until it stops.

476 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-231 Open the ISA

2. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-232 Remove one screw

Remove the control panel display and mount base (MFP only) 477
 3. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to release two tabs (callout 1) on the control-panel mount cover.

Figure 5-233 Release two tabs

4. Rotate the control-panel mount cover up towards the control panel to release it, and then remove
the cover.

Figure 5-234 Remove the cover

478 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

5. Remove one grounding screw (callout 1), and then move the ground cable (callout 2) out of the way.

Figure 5-235 Remove one screw

1
2

6. Disconnect two FFC (callout 1).

Figure 5-236 Disconnect two FFC

Remove the control panel display and mount base (MFP only) 479
 7. Release one tab (callout 1), and then remove the interconnect board (ICB).

Figure 5-237 Remove the ICB

8. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then lift the control panel display and mount base together to
remove them.

CAUTION: Carefully unfold the FFC and release it through the opening in the mount base.

Figure 5-238 Remove two screws and remove the control panel assembly

7. Remove the fax PCA (MFP)

Follow these steps to remove the fax PCA (MFP).

480 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Disconnect one FFC cable from fax PCA.

Figure 5-239 Disconnect one connector

2. Remove three screws and release one tab (callout 1).

Figure 5-240 Remove three screws and release one tab

Remove the fax PCA (MFP) 481

 3. Lift up to remove the fax PCA.

Figure 5-241 Lift up to remove the fax PCA

4. Optional step: Release the tab (callout 1) on the back of the fax PCA to remove the PCA from the
plastic holder.

Figure 5-242 Release one tab on the back of the fax PCA

8. Remove the top cover (MFP)

Follow these steps to remove the top cover (MFP).

482 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Disconnect one FFC (callout 1) and one connector (callout 2).

Figure 5-243 Disconnect one FFC and one connector

1
2

2. On the top cover, remove one screw (callout 1) and the sheet metal plate (callout 2).

Figure 5-244 Remove one screw and the sheet metal plate

Remove the top cover (MFP) 483

 3. At the top of the printer, lower the scanner support arm (callout 1), and then remove one screw
(callout 2).

Figure 5-245 Lower the support arm and remove one screw

2 1

4. Remove the scanner support arm (callout 1).

Figure 5-246 Remove the scanner support arm

484 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

5. At the top of the printer, remove four screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-247 Remove four screws

6. Remove the USB cable (callout 1) from the cable guides.

Figure 5-248 Release the USB cable

Remove the top cover (MFP) 485

 7. At the front of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-249 Remove two screws

8. Release one retainer (callout 1), and then release three tabs (callout 2).

Figure 5-250 Release one retainer and three tabs

486 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 9. Remove the top cover.

Figure 5-251 Remove the top cover

9. Remove the walk-up USB port (MFP)

Follow these steps to remove the walk-up USB port (MFP).

1. Turn the top cover over, release the metal tab, and then lift up on the metal bracket to remove the
USB port.

Figure 5-252 Release the metal tab and lift to remove the USB

Remove the walk-up USB port (MFP) 487

 2. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then separate the USB connector from the bracket.

Figure 5-253 Remove one screw and remove the USB connector

10. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

488 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

Removal and replacement: Internal parts and assemblies (base
printer)
Learn how to remove and replace the base printer internal parts and assemblies.

Removal and replacement: Control panel mount top cover (MFP)

Learn how to remove and replace the MFP control panel mount cover.

View a video of how to remove and replace the control panel mount top cover (MFP).

Mean time to repair: 2 minutes

Service level: Easy

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-19 Part information

Part number Part description

3PZ55-67902 Cover, top control panel mount

Required tools
● Small flat-blade screwdriver

● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make sure that toner toner-cartridge door correctly opens and closes.

Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.

1. Remove the control panel mount cover (MFP only)

Follow these steps to remove the control panel mount cover (MFP only).

Removal and replacement: Internal parts and assemblies (base printer) 489
 1. Open the integrated scanner assembly (ISA).

NOTE: If the control panel is not fully tilted forward, tilt it forward now until it stops.

Figure 5-254 Open the ISA

2. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-255 Remove one screw

490 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to release two tabs (callout 1) on the control-panel mount cover.

Figure 5-256 Release two tabs

4. Rotate the control-panel mount cover up towards the control panel to release it, and then remove
the cover.

Figure 5-257 Remove the cover

Remove the control panel mount cover (MFP only) 491

 5. Remove the control-panel mount cover.

Figure 5-258 Remove the cover

2. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

492 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

Removal and replacement: Control panel assembly (MFP)
Learn how to remove and replace the control panel assembly (MFP).

View a video of how to remove and replace the control panel (MFP).

Mean time to repair: 4 minutes

Service level: Easy

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-20 Part information

Part number Part description

3PZ55-67901 Control panel assembly

Required tools
● Small flat-blade screwdriver

● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make sure that toner toner-cartridge door correctly opens and closes.

Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.

1. Remove the control panel mount cover (MFP only)

Follow these steps to remove the control panel mount cover (MFP only).

1. Open the integrated scanner assembly (ISA).

NOTE: If the control panel is not fully tilted forward, tilt it forward now until it stops.

Removal and replacement: Control panel assembly (MFP) 493

 Figure 5-259 Open the ISA

2. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-260 Remove one screw

494 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to release two tabs (callout 1) on the control-panel mount cover.

Figure 5-261 Release two tabs

4. Rotate the control-panel mount cover up towards the control panel to release it, and then remove
the cover.

Figure 5-262 Remove the cover

Remove the control panel mount cover (MFP only) 495

 5. Remove the control-panel mount cover.

Figure 5-263 Remove the cover

2. Remove the control panel (MFP only)

Follow these steps to remove the control panel (MFP only).

1. Remove one grounding screw (callout 1), and then move the ground cable (callout 2) out of the way.

Figure 5-264 Remove one screw

1
2

496 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. Lift the latch to disconnect one FFC (callout 1).

Figure 5-265 Disconnect one flat cable

3. Slide the control panel assembly to the right.

Figure 5-266 Slide the control panel display

Remove the control panel (MFP only) 497

 4. Rotate the assembly toward the front of the printer, and then remove the assembly.

Figure 5-267 Remove the control-panel assembly

3. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

498 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

4. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly
Also use the followingspecial installation instructions.

Install the control panel assembly.

■ When installing the MFP control panel assembly, align the hinge pins (callout 1) on the assembly with
the hinge guides (callout 2) on the control panel base, and then align the grooves (callout 3) on the
control panel assembly with the teeth (callout 4) on the gear on the control panel base.

Figure 5-268 Install the control panel assembly

3
4
1

Removal and replacement: Control panel interconnect board (MFP)

Learn how to remove and replace the MFP control panel interconnect board (ICB).

View a video of how to remove and replace the control panel ICB (MFP).

Mean time to repair: 4 minutes

Service level: Easy

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-21 Part information

Part number Part description

3PZ55-67903 CP interconnect board and ground clip kit

Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly 499

 Required tools
● Small flat-blade screwdriver

● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make sure that toner toner-cartridge door correctly opens and closes.

Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.

1. Remove the control panel mount cover (MFP only)

Follow these steps to remove the control panel mount cover (MFP only).

1. Open the integrated scanner assembly (ISA).

NOTE: If the control panel is not fully tilted forward, tilt it forward now until it stops.

Figure 5-269 Open the ISA

500 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-270 Remove one screw

3. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to release two tabs (callout 1) on the control-panel mount cover.

Figure 5-271 Release two tabs

Remove the control panel mount cover (MFP only) 501

 4. Rotate the control-panel mount cover up towards the control panel to release it, and then remove
the cover.

Figure 5-272 Remove the cover

5. Remove the control-panel mount cover.

Figure 5-273 Remove the cover

2. Remove the control panel interconnect board (ICB)

Follow these steps to remove the control panel interconnect board (ICB).

502 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Remove one grounding screw (callout 1), and then move the ground cable (callout 2) out of the way.

Figure 5-274 Remove one screw

1
2

2. Disconnect two FFC (callout 1).

Figure 5-275 Disconnect two FFC

Remove the control panel interconnect board (ICB) 503

 3. Release one tab (callout 1), and then remove the ICB.

Figure 5-276 Remove the ICB

3. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

504 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

Removal and replacement: Control panel mount base and interconnect board
chassis (MFP)
Learn how to remove and replace the MFP control panel mount base and the interconnect board (ICB)
chassis mount.

View a video of how to remove and replace the control panel mount base and the ICB chassis
mount.

Mean time to repair: 8 minutes

Service level: Easy

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-22 Part information

Part number Part description

3PZ55-67904 Control panel ICB chassis mount

3PZ55-67984 Control panel mount base

Required tools
● Small flat-blade screwdriver

● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make sure that toner toner-cartridge door correctly opens and closes.

Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.

1. Remove the control panel mount cover (MFP only)

Follow these steps to remove the control panel mount cover (MFP only).

Removal and replacement: Control panel mount base and interconnect board chassis (MFP) 505
 1. Open the integrated scanner assembly (ISA).

NOTE: If the control panel is not fully tilted forward, tilt it forward now until it stops.

Figure 5-277 Open the ISA

2. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-278 Remove one screw

506 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to release two tabs (callout 1) on the control-panel mount cover.

Figure 5-279 Release two tabs

4. Rotate the control-panel mount cover up towards the control panel to release it, and then remove
the cover.

Figure 5-280 Remove the cover

Remove the control panel mount cover (MFP only) 507

 5. Remove the control-panel mount cover.

Figure 5-281 Remove the cover

2. Remove the control panel (MFP only)

Follow these steps to remove the control panel (MFP only).

1. Remove one grounding screw (callout 1), and then move the ground cable (callout 2) out of the way.

Figure 5-282 Remove one screw

1
2

508 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. Lift the latch to disconnect one FFC (callout 1).

Figure 5-283 Disconnect one flat cable

3. Slide the control panel assembly to the right.

Figure 5-284 Slide the control panel display

Remove the control panel (MFP only) 509

 4. Rotate the assembly toward the front of the printer, and then remove the assembly.

Figure 5-285 Remove the control-panel assembly

3. Remove the control panel mount base (MFP only)

Follow these steps to remove the control panel mount base (MFP only).

1. Release one connector (callout 1), release one tab (callout 2), and then remove the interconnect
board (ICB) (callout 3).

Figure 5-286 Remove the ICB

510 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-287 Remove two screws

3. Lift the control panel mount base to remove it.

CAUTION: Carefully unfold the flat cables and release them through the opening in the mount
base.

Figure 5-288 Remove control panel mount base

Remove the control panel mount base (MFP only) 511

 4. Slide the chassis mount assembly toward the back of the control panel base to release it from four
bosses.

Figure 5-289 Release the chassis mount assembly

5. Separate the chassis mount assembly (callout 1) from the mount base (callout 2).

Figure 5-290 Remove the chassis mount assembly

2
1

4. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

512 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

5. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly

Also use the followingspecial installation instructions.

Install the control panel assembly.

■ When installing the MFP control panel assembly, align the hinge pins (callout 1) on the assembly with
the hinge guides (callout 2) on the control panel base, and then align the grooves (callout 3) on the
control panel assembly with the teeth (callout 4) on the gear on the control panel base.

Figure 5-291 Install the control panel assembly

3
4
1

Removal and replacement: Control panel cable (MFP)

Learn how to remove and replace the control panel cable (MFP).

Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly 513

 View a video of how to remove and replace the control panel cable (MFP).

Mean time to repair: 39 minutes

Service level: Medium

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-23 Part information

Part number Part description

3QA55-67903 Cable, flexible flat control panel to frmtr

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

● Small flat-blade screwdriver

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove Tray 2
Follow these steps to remove Tray 2.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: Removing the tray is the same for SFP and MFP printers.

514 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-292 Remove the tray

2. Open the front door and duplexing door

Follow these steps to open the front door and duplexing door.

1. Press the button (callout 1) on the left side of the printer to release the front door.

Figure 5-293 Release the front door

Open the front door and duplexing door 515

 2. Open the front door.

Figure 5-294 Open the front door

3. Open the duplexing door.

Figure 5-295 Open the duplexer door

3. Remove the right cover (MFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (MFP).

516 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-296 Raise the scanner

2. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-297 Remove one screw

Remove the right cover (MFP) 517

 3. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-298 Remove one screw

4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-299 Locate the tabs

518 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

5. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the lower
edge of the cover.

Figure 5-300 Release front lower tabs

1
2

6. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
lower edge of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-301 Release lower rear tab

Remove the right cover (MFP) 519

 7. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

Figure 5-302 Release front upper tabs

8. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1).

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

Figure 5-303 Rotate the front of the cover

520 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

9. Slightly pull the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2).

Figure 5-304 Release top tabs

10. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release one hook (callout 3) on the inside of the cover.

Figure 5-305 Release one tab and one hook

Remove the right cover (MFP) 521

 11. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-306 Lower the scanner

12. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2) at the back of the
printer, and then remove the cover.

Figure 5-307 Remove the right cover

4. Remove the left cover (MFP )

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (MFP ).

522 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-308 Raise the scanner

2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-309 Remove one screw

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 523

 3. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
re-engaging.

Figure 5-310 Release two tabs

4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-311 Locate the tabs

524 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

5. Beginning from the front of the cover, release the four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the
cover.

Figure 5-312 Release four tabs

4 3
2 1

6. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1). Make sure that the tab (callout 2) does
not get caught on the printer frame (callout 3).

Figure 5-313 Rotate the cover

3
1

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 525

 7. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release two hooks (callout 3) inside the cover.

Figure 5-314 Release one tab and two hooks

3
1

8. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-315 Lower the scanner

526 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 9. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then slide the cover (callout 2) toward the
back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-316 Remove the left cover

2 1

5. Remove the integrated scanner assembly

(MFP)

1. On the left side of the printer, disconnect three connectors (callout 1).

Figure 5-317 Disconnect three connectors

Remove the integrated scanner assembly 527

 2. Raise the scanner cables up, and then remove one screw (callout 1) to release the ground wire.

Figure 5-318 Remove one screw and release the ground wire

3. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-319 Raise the scanner

528 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

4. With the scanner lifted, release the tab (callout 1) on the scanner support arm pin from the slot and
rotate the pin in the direction indicated.

Figure 5-320 Release scanner support arm pin

5. Remove the scanner arm pin.

CAUTION: Once the scanner arm pin is removed, support the scanner with one hand at all times
so that it does not fall backwards off of the printer.

Figure 5-321 Remove the pin

Remove the integrated scanner assembly 529

 6. On the top of the printer, use a flat-blade screwdriver to release one tab (callout 1).

Figure 5-322 Release one tab

7. Remove the scanner cable cover.

Figure 5-323 Remove the scanner cable cover

530 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 8. The scanner cables (callout 1) are held in place on the top cover with double-sided tape. Carefully
release the cables from the top cover.

Figure 5-324 Release the cables

9. Open the scanner assembly fully, slide the assembly toward the right side of the printer, and then
lift the assembly off of the printer.

Figure 5-325 Remove the scanner assembly

2
1

6. Remove the control panel display and mount base (MFP only)
Follow these steps to remove the control panel display and mount base (MFP only).

1. Open the integrated scanner assembly (ISA).

NOTE: The ISA might already have been removed. If so, skip ISA related steps.

If the control panel is not fully tilted forward, tilt it forward now until it stops.

Remove the control panel display and mount base (MFP only) 531
 Figure 5-326 Open the ISA

2. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-327 Remove one screw

532 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to release two tabs (callout 1) on the control-panel mount cover.

Figure 5-328 Release two tabs

4. Rotate the control-panel mount cover up towards the control panel to release it, and then remove
the cover.

Figure 5-329 Remove the cover

Remove the control panel display and mount base (MFP only) 533
 5. Remove one grounding screw (callout 1), and then move the ground cable (callout 2) out of the way.

Figure 5-330 Remove one screw

1
2

6. Disconnect two FFC (callout 1).

Figure 5-331 Disconnect two FFC

534 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 7. Release one tab (callout 1), and then remove the interconnect board (ICB).

Figure 5-332 Remove the ICB

8. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then lift the control panel display and mount base together to
remove them.

CAUTION: Carefully unfold the FFC and release it through the opening in the mount base.

Figure 5-333 Remove two screws and remove the control panel assembly

7. Remove the fax PCA (MFP)

Follow these steps to remove the fax PCA (MFP).

Remove the fax PCA (MFP) 535

 1. Disconnect one FFC cable from fax PCA.

Figure 5-334 Disconnect one connector

2. Remove three screws and release one tab (callout 1).

Figure 5-335 Remove three screws and release one tab

536 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 3. Lift up to remove the fax PCA.

Figure 5-336 Lift up to remove the fax PCA

4. Optional step: Release the tab (callout 1) on the back of the fax PCA to remove the PCA from the
plastic holder.

Figure 5-337 Release one tab on the back of the fax PCA

8. Remove the top cover (MFP)

Follow these steps to remove the top cover (MFP).

Remove the top cover (MFP) 537

 1. Disconnect one FFC (callout 1) and one connector (callout 2).

Figure 5-338 Disconnect one FFC and one connector

1
2

2. On the top cover, remove one screw (callout 1) and the sheet metal plate (callout 2).

Figure 5-339 Remove one screw and the sheet metal plate

538 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. At the top of the printer, lower the scanner support arm (callout 1), and then remove one screw
(callout 2).

Figure 5-340 Lower the support arm and remove one screw

2 1

4. Remove the scanner support arm (callout 1).

Figure 5-341 Remove the scanner support arm

Remove the top cover (MFP) 539

 5. At the top of the printer, remove four screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-342 Remove four screws

6. Remove the USB cable (callout 1) from the cable guides.

Figure 5-343 Release the USB cable

540 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

7. At the front of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-344 Remove two screws

8. Release one retainer (callout 1), and then release three tabs (callout 2).

Figure 5-345 Release one retainer and three tabs

Remove the top cover (MFP) 541

 9. Remove the top cover.

Figure 5-346 Remove the top cover

9. Remove the control panel FFC (MFP)

Follow these steps to remove the control panel FFC (MFP).

■ Turn the top cover over, and then remove the flat cable (callout 1) from the guide (callout 2).

Figure 5-347 Remove the FFC

1 2

10. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

542 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Power switch assembly

Learn how to remove and replace the power switch.

View a video of removing and replacing the power switch.

Mean time to repair: 7 minutes

Service level: Easy

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-24 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-6373-000CN Power switch (SW601) assembly

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

Removal and replacement: Power switch assembly 543

 After performing service
Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.

1. Remove Tray 2
Follow these steps to remove Tray 2.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: Removing the tray is the same for SFP and MFP printers.

Figure 5-348 Remove the tray

2. Open the front door and duplexing door

Follow these steps to open the front door and duplexing door.

544 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Press the button (callout 1) on the left side of the printer to release the front door.

Figure 5-349 Release the front door

2. Open the front door.

Figure 5-350 Open the front door

Open the front door and duplexing door 545

 3. Open the duplexing door.

Figure 5-351 Open the duplexer door

3. Remove the right cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (SFP).

1. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-352 Remove one screw

546 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-353 Remove one screw

3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-354 Locate the tabs

Remove the right cover (SFP) 547

 4. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the bottom of
the cover.

Figure 5-355 Release front lower tabs

1
2

5. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
bottom of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-356 Release lower rear tab

2
6. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

548 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-357 Release two front tabs

1
2

7. Release four tabs on the top of the printer (callout 1).

Figure 5-358 Release upper tabs

Remove the right cover (SFP) 549

 8. Slide the cover toward the back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-359 Remove the right cover

4. Remove the right cover (MFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (MFP).

1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-360 Raise the scanner

550 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-361 Remove one screw

3. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-362 Remove one screw

Remove the right cover (MFP) 551

 4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-363 Locate the tabs

5. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the lower
edge of the cover.

Figure 5-364 Release front lower tabs

1
2

552 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

6. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
lower edge of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-365 Release lower rear tab

1
7. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

Figure 5-366 Release front upper tabs

8. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1).

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

Remove the right cover (MFP) 553

 Figure 5-367 Rotate the front of the cover

9. Slightly pull the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2).

Figure 5-368 Release top tabs

554 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

10. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release one hook (callout 3) on the inside of the cover.

Figure 5-369 Release one tab and one hook

11. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-370 Lower the scanner

Remove the right cover (MFP) 555

 12. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2) at the back of the
printer, and then remove the cover.

Figure 5-371 Remove the right cover

5. Remove the power switch

Follow these steps to remove the power switch.

1. On the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1), and then release three tabs (callout 2).

Figure 5-372 Remove one screw and release three tabs

556 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then remove the power switch.

Figure 5-373 Remove the switch

6. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Unpack the replacement assembly 557

 Removal and replacement: Toner cartridge tray
Learn how to remove and replace the toner cartridge tray.

View a video of removing and replacing the toner cartridge tray.

Mean time to repair: 11 minutes

Service level: Easy

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-25 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-1807-000CN Cartridge (toner) tray assembly

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make sure that the toner cartridge tray slides freely in and out of the printer, and that the cartridge door
correctly closes.

1. Remove Tray 2
Follow these steps to remove Tray 2.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: Removing the tray is the same for SFP and MFP printers.

558 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-374 Remove the tray

2. Remove the toner cartridges

Follow these steps to remove the toner cartridges.

1. Open the front door by pressing the button on the left cover.

Figure 5-375 Open the front door

2. Grasp the blue handle on the toner cartridge tray, and then pull out the tray.

Figure 5-376 Open the cartridge drawer

Remove the toner cartridges 559

 3. Grasp the handle on the toner cartridge, and then pull the toner cartridge straight up to remove it.
Repeat this step for each toner cartridge.

Figure 5-377 Remove the toner cartridges

4. Slide the cartridge tray into the printer.

Figure 5-378 Slide the cartridge tray into the printer

5. Close the front door.

Figure 5-379 Close the front door

560 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Open the front door and duplexing door
Follow these steps to open the front door and duplexing door.

1. Press the button (callout 1) on the left side of the printer to release the front door.

Figure 5-380 Release the front door

2. Open the front door.

Figure 5-381 Open the front door

Open the front door and duplexing door 561

 3. Open the duplexing door.

Figure 5-382 Open the duplexer door

4. Remove the left cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (SFP).

1. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-383 Remove one screw

562 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
reengaging.

Figure 5-384 Release two tabs

3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-385 Locate the tabs

Remove the left cover (SFP) 563

 4. Beginning from the front of the cover, release four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the cover.

Figure 5-386 Release bottom tabs

4 3 2 1

5. Release three tabs at the top of the cover (callout 1), and then slide the cover toward the rear of the
printer to remove it.

Figure 5-387 Release three tabs

5. Remove the left cover (MFP )

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (MFP ).

564 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-388 Raise the scanner

2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-389 Remove one screw

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 565

 3. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
re-engaging.

Figure 5-390 Release two tabs

4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-391 Locate the tabs

566 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

5. Beginning from the front of the cover, release the four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the
cover.

Figure 5-392 Release four tabs

4 3
2 1

6. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1). Make sure that the tab (callout 2) does
not get caught on the printer frame (callout 3).

Figure 5-393 Rotate the cover

3
1

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 567

 7. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release two hooks (callout 3) inside the cover.

Figure 5-394 Release one tab and two hooks

3
1

8. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-395 Lower the scanner

568 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 9. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then slide the cover (callout 2) toward the
back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-396 Remove the left cover

2 1

6. Remove the toner cartridge tray

Follow these steps to remove the toner cartridge tray.

1. Release the tab (callout 1) on the front door hinge arm from the slot (callout 2) on the tray slide
mechanism.

Figure 5-397 Release the hinge arm

1 2

Remove the toner cartridge tray 569

 2. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-398 Remove two screws

3. Remove the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-399 Remove the cover

570 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

4. Pull the tray slide mechanism (callout 1) out.

Figure 5-400 Pull the tray slide mechanism out

5. Slide the cartridge tray out of the printer (callout 1). Rotate the tray counterclockwise (callout 2) to
release one silver shaft (callout 3).

Figure 5-401 Rotate the cartridge tray to release one shaft

Remove the toner cartridge tray 571

 6. Continue to rotate the tray to release the edge of the tray (callout 1) from the white clip (callout 2).
Remove the toner cartridge tray.

Figure 5-402 Remove the assembly

2
1

7. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

572 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

8. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly
Also use the followingspecial installation instructions.

Toner cartridge tray

1. Install the edge of the tray (callout 1) into the white clip (callout 2), and then rotate the tray clockwise.

Figure 5-403 Install the white clip

2
1

2. Install the silver shaft (callout 1) over the edge of the sheet metal (callout 2) on the cartridge tray.

Figure 5-404 Install the silver shaft

Removal and replacement: Cartridge fan

Learn how to remove and replace the cartridge fan (FM2).

View a video of removing and replacing the cartridge fan.

Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly 573

 Mean time to repair: 9 minutes

Service level: Easy

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-26 Part information

Part number Part description

RK2-6270-000CN Fan assembly

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove Tray 2
Follow these steps to remove Tray 2.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: Removing the tray is the same for SFP and MFP printers.

574 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-405 Remove the tray

2. Open the front door and duplexing door

Follow these steps to open the front door and duplexing door.

1. Press the button (callout 1) on the left side of the printer to release the front door.

Figure 5-406 Release the front door

Open the front door and duplexing door 575

 2. Open the front door.

Figure 5-407 Open the front door

3. Open the duplexing door.

Figure 5-408 Open the duplexer door

3. Remove the right cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (SFP).

576 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-409 Remove one screw

2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-410 Remove one screw

Remove the right cover (SFP) 577

 3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-411 Locate the tabs

4. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the bottom of
the cover.

Figure 5-412 Release front lower tabs

1
2

578 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

5. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
bottom of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-413 Release lower rear tab

2
6. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

Figure 5-414 Release two front tabs

1
2

Remove the right cover (SFP) 579

 7. Release four tabs on the top of the printer (callout 1).

Figure 5-415 Release upper tabs

8. Slide the cover toward the back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-416 Remove the right cover

4. Remove the right cover (MFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (MFP).

580 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-417 Raise the scanner

2. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-418 Remove one screw

Remove the right cover (MFP) 581

 3. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-419 Remove one screw

4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-420 Locate the tabs

582 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

5. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the lower
edge of the cover.

Figure 5-421 Release front lower tabs

1
2

6. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
lower edge of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-422 Release lower rear tab

Remove the right cover (MFP) 583

 7. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

Figure 5-423 Release front upper tabs

8. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1).

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

Figure 5-424 Rotate the front of the cover

584 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

9. Slightly pull the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2).

Figure 5-425 Release top tabs

10. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release one hook (callout 3) on the inside of the cover.

Figure 5-426 Release one tab and one hook

Remove the right cover (MFP) 585

 11. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-427 Lower the scanner

12. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2) at the back of the
printer, and then remove the cover.

Figure 5-428 Remove the right cover

5. Remove the cartridge fan

Follow these steps to remove the cartridge fan.

586 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then remove the cables (callout 2) from the wire guides
(callout 3).

Figure 5-429 Disconnect one connector and release cables from guides

3 2 1

2. Release three tabs (callout 1).

Figure 5-430 Release three tabs

Remove the cartridge fan 587

 3. Remove the cartridge fan (callout 1).

Figure 5-431 Remove the assembly

6. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

588 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

7. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly
Also use the followingspecial installation instructions.

Cartridge fan

■ Position the cartridge fan so that the white label (callout 1) is facing the printer and the top embossed
arrow (callout 2) is pointing into the printer.

Figure 5-432 Install the cartridge fan

Removal and replacement: Power supply fan

Learn how to remove and replace the power supply fan (FM1).

View a video of removing and replacing the power supply fan.

Mean time to repair: 9 minutes

Service level: Easy

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-27 Part information

Part number Part description

RK2-6270-000CN Fan assembly

Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly 589

 Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove Tray 2
Follow these steps to remove Tray 2.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: Removing the tray is the same for SFP and MFP printers.

Figure 5-433 Remove the tray

2. Open the front door and duplexing door

Follow these steps to open the front door and duplexing door.

590 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Press the button (callout 1) on the left side of the printer to release the front door.

Figure 5-434 Release the front door

2. Open the front door.

Figure 5-435 Open the front door

Open the front door and duplexing door 591

 3. Open the duplexing door.

Figure 5-436 Open the duplexer door

3. Remove the right cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (SFP).

1. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-437 Remove one screw

592 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-438 Remove one screw

3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-439 Locate the tabs

Remove the right cover (SFP) 593

 4. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the bottom of
the cover.

Figure 5-440 Release front lower tabs

1
2

5. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
bottom of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-441 Release lower rear tab

2
6. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

594 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-442 Release two front tabs

1
2

7. Release four tabs on the top of the printer (callout 1).

Figure 5-443 Release upper tabs

Remove the right cover (SFP) 595

 8. Slide the cover toward the back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-444 Remove the right cover

4. Remove the right cover (MFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (MFP).

1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-445 Raise the scanner

596 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-446 Remove one screw

3. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-447 Remove one screw

Remove the right cover (MFP) 597

 4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-448 Locate the tabs

5. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the lower
edge of the cover.

Figure 5-449 Release front lower tabs

1
2

598 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

6. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
lower edge of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-450 Release lower rear tab

1
7. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

Figure 5-451 Release front upper tabs

8. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1).

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

Remove the right cover (MFP) 599

 Figure 5-452 Rotate the front of the cover

9. Slightly pull the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2).

Figure 5-453 Release top tabs

600 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

10. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release one hook (callout 3) on the inside of the cover.

Figure 5-454 Release one tab and one hook

11. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-455 Lower the scanner

Remove the right cover (MFP) 601

 12. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2) at the back of the
printer, and then remove the cover.

Figure 5-456 Remove the right cover

5. Remove the power supply fan

Follow these steps to remove the power supply fan.

1. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then remove the cable (callout 2) from the wire guide
(callout 3).

Figure 5-457 Disconnect one connector and release cables from guides

3 1

602 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. Release the spring (callout 1) from the tab (callout 2).

Figure 5-458 Release the spring

2
3. Release two tabs (callout 1).

Figure 5-459 Release two tabs

Remove the power supply fan 603

 4. Remove the power supply fan (callout 1).

Figure 5-460 Remove the assembly

6. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

604 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

7. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly
Also use the followingspecial installation instructions.

Power supply fan

■ Position the power supply fan so that the white label (callout 1) is facing the printer.

Figure 5-461 Install the power supply fan

Removal and replacement: Low-voltage power supply (LVPS)

Learn how to remove and replace the low-voltage power supply (LVPS).

View a video of removing and replacing the LVPS.

Mean time to repair: 26 minutes

Service level: Medium

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-28 Part information

Part number Part description

RM3-7278-000CN LV power supply PCA (110-127V)

RM3-7279-000CN LV power supply PCA (220-240V)

Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly 605

 Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

● #2 Phillips short-shaft or right-angle screwdriver with a magnetic tip

● Small flat-blade screwdriver

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove Tray 2
Follow these steps to remove Tray 2.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: Removing the tray is the same for SFP and MFP printers.

Figure 5-462 Remove the tray

2. Open the front door and duplexing door

Follow these steps to open the front door and duplexing door.

606 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Press the button (callout 1) on the left side of the printer to release the front door.

Figure 5-463 Release the front door

2. Open the front door.

Figure 5-464 Open the front door

Open the front door and duplexing door 607

 3. Open the duplexing door.

Figure 5-465 Open the duplexer door

3. Remove the right cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (SFP).

1. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-466 Remove one screw

608 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-467 Remove one screw

3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-468 Locate the tabs

Remove the right cover (SFP) 609

 4. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the bottom of
the cover.

Figure 5-469 Release front lower tabs

1
2

5. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
bottom of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-470 Release lower rear tab

2
6. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

610 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-471 Release two front tabs

1
2

7. Release four tabs on the top of the printer (callout 1).

Figure 5-472 Release upper tabs

Remove the right cover (SFP) 611

 8. Slide the cover toward the back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-473 Remove the right cover

4. Remove the right cover (MFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (MFP).

1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-474 Raise the scanner

612 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-475 Remove one screw

3. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-476 Remove one screw

Remove the right cover (MFP) 613

 4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-477 Locate the tabs

5. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the lower
edge of the cover.

Figure 5-478 Release front lower tabs

1
2

614 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

6. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
lower edge of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-479 Release lower rear tab

1
7. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

Figure 5-480 Release front upper tabs

8. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1).

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

Remove the right cover (MFP) 615

 Figure 5-481 Rotate the front of the cover

9. Slightly pull the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2).

Figure 5-482 Release top tabs

616 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

10. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release one hook (callout 3) on the inside of the cover.

Figure 5-483 Release one tab and one hook

11. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-484 Lower the scanner

Remove the right cover (MFP) 617

 12. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2) at the back of the
printer, and then remove the cover.

Figure 5-485 Remove the right cover

5. Remove the left cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (SFP).

1. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-486 Remove one screw

618 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
reengaging.

Figure 5-487 Release two tabs

3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-488 Locate the tabs

Remove the left cover (SFP) 619

 4. Beginning from the front of the cover, release four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the cover.

Figure 5-489 Release bottom tabs

4 3 2 1

5. Release three tabs at the top of the cover (callout 1), and then slide the cover toward the rear of the
printer to remove it.

Figure 5-490 Release three tabs

6. Remove the left cover (MFP )

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (MFP ).

620 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-491 Raise the scanner

2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-492 Remove one screw

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 621

 3. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
re-engaging.

Figure 5-493 Release two tabs

4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-494 Locate the tabs

622 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

5. Beginning from the front of the cover, release the four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the
cover.

Figure 5-495 Release four tabs

4 3
2 1

6. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1). Make sure that the tab (callout 2) does
not get caught on the printer frame (callout 3).

Figure 5-496 Rotate the cover

3
1

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 623

 7. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release two hooks (callout 3) inside the cover.

Figure 5-497 Release one tab and two hooks

3
1

8. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-498 Lower the scanner

624 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 9. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then slide the cover (callout 2) toward the
back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-499 Remove the left cover

2 1

7. Remove the duplexing door assembly

Follow these steps to remove the duplexing door assembly.

1. Rotate the secondary transfer assembly (callout 1) toward the printer to close it.

Figure 5-500 Close the secondary transfer assembly

2. At the back of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove one screw (callout 2) that
holds the retention arm.

TIP: Note that the screw (callout 2) that holds the retention arm is longer than the other two. Make
sure this screw is installed in the correct position.

Remove the duplexing door assembly 625

 Figure 5-501 Remove three screws

3. Release the retention arm (callout 1).

Figure 5-502 Release the retention arm

626 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 4. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the duplexer door (callout 2) to the right to remove it.

Figure 5-503 Remove the duplexing door

8. Remove the LVPS

Follow these steps to remove the LVPS.

1. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then remove the cable (callout 2) from the wire guide
(callout 3).

Figure 5-504 Disconnect one connector and release cables from guides

1
2

Remove the LVPS 627

 2. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-505 Remove two screws

3. Release the hinge arm (callout 1).

Figure 5-506 Release the hinge arm

628 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

4. Release one tab (callout 1) on the right side of the power supply fan.

Figure 5-507 Release one tab

5. Lift the front door up slightly (callout 1), and then remove the power supply fan and holder (callout 2).

Figure 5-508 Remove the power supply fan and holder

6. Before proceeding, take note of the position of two cables (callout 1).

IMPORTANT: These cables can be mistakenly switched when reinstalled. The connectors on the
cables fit in either connector on the LVPS. Make sure that these cables are installed in the correct
connectors. If the cables are switched, the printer will not power on when reassembled.

Remove the LVPS 629

 Figure 5-509 Check the connectors

7. Disconnect five connectors (callout 1). One connector (callout 2) has a latch that must be released
before disconnecting it. Remove three screws (callout 3).

NOTE: The latch for one connector (callout 2) is located on the backside of the connector body,
and not easily seen.

Figure 5-510 Disconnect five connectors and remove three screws

1 1

3
2

630 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 8. Remove two screws from the back (callout 1), and then release four tabs (callout 2).

Figure 5-511 Remove two screws and release three tabs

1 2

9. Remove the LVPS (callout 1).

Figure 5-512 Remove the assembly

9. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Unpack the replacement assembly 631

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

10. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly

Also use the followingspecial installation instructions.

Low-voltage power supply

1. Install the tab (callout 1) on the LVPS into the slot (callout 2) in the printer. Install the slot (callout 3) in
the LVPS over the tab (callout 4) on the printer.

Figure 5-513 Install the side tabs of the LVPS

1 2

2. At the back of the printer, install the tabs on the LVPS (callout 1) into the slots (callout 2) in the printer.

632 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-514 Install the back tabs of the LVPS

2
1

Removal and replacement: Pickup motor

Learn how to remove and replace the pickup motor.

View a video of removing and replacing the pickup motor.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Medium

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-29 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-7350-000CN Pickup motor assembly

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

● #2 Phillips short-shaft or right-angle screwdriver with a magnetic tip

● Small flat-blade screwdriver

Removal and replacement: Pickup motor 633

 After performing service
Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove Tray 2
Follow these steps to remove Tray 2.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: Removing the tray is the same for SFP and MFP printers.

Figure 5-515 Remove the tray

2. Open the front door and duplexing door

Follow these steps to open the front door and duplexing door.

634 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Press the button (callout 1) on the left side of the printer to release the front door.

Figure 5-516 Release the front door

2. Open the front door.

Figure 5-517 Open the front door

Open the front door and duplexing door 635

 3. Open the duplexing door.

Figure 5-518 Open the duplexer door

3. Remove the right cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (SFP).

1. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-519 Remove one screw

636 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-520 Remove one screw

3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-521 Locate the tabs

Remove the right cover (SFP) 637

 4. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the bottom of
the cover.

Figure 5-522 Release front lower tabs

1
2

5. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
bottom of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-523 Release lower rear tab

2
6. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

638 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-524 Release two front tabs

1
2

7. Release four tabs on the top of the printer (callout 1).

Figure 5-525 Release upper tabs

Remove the right cover (SFP) 639

 8. Slide the cover toward the back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-526 Remove the right cover

4. Remove the right cover (MFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (MFP).

1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-527 Raise the scanner

640 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-528 Remove one screw

3. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-529 Remove one screw

Remove the right cover (MFP) 641

 4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-530 Locate the tabs

5. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the lower
edge of the cover.

Figure 5-531 Release front lower tabs

1
2

642 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

6. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
lower edge of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-532 Release lower rear tab

1
7. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

Figure 5-533 Release front upper tabs

8. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1).

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

Remove the right cover (MFP) 643

 Figure 5-534 Rotate the front of the cover

9. Slightly pull the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2).

Figure 5-535 Release top tabs

644 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

10. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release one hook (callout 3) on the inside of the cover.

Figure 5-536 Release one tab and one hook

11. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-537 Lower the scanner

Remove the right cover (MFP) 645

 12. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2) at the back of the
printer, and then remove the cover.

Figure 5-538 Remove the right cover

5. Remove the left cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (SFP).

1. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-539 Remove one screw

646 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
reengaging.

Figure 5-540 Release two tabs

3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-541 Locate the tabs

Remove the left cover (SFP) 647

 4. Beginning from the front of the cover, release four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the cover.

Figure 5-542 Release bottom tabs

4 3 2 1

5. Release three tabs at the top of the cover (callout 1), and then slide the cover toward the rear of the
printer to remove it.

Figure 5-543 Release three tabs

6. Remove the left cover (MFP )

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (MFP ).

648 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-544 Raise the scanner

2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-545 Remove one screw

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 649

 3. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
re-engaging.

Figure 5-546 Release two tabs

4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-547 Locate the tabs

650 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

5. Beginning from the front of the cover, release the four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the
cover.

Figure 5-548 Release four tabs

4 3
2 1

6. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1). Make sure that the tab (callout 2) does
not get caught on the printer frame (callout 3).

Figure 5-549 Rotate the cover

3
1

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 651

 7. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release two hooks (callout 3) inside the cover.

Figure 5-550 Release one tab and two hooks

3
1

8. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-551 Lower the scanner

652 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 9. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then slide the cover (callout 2) toward the
back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-552 Remove the left cover

2 1

7. Remove the duplexing door assembly

Follow these steps to remove the duplexing door assembly.

1. Rotate the secondary transfer assembly (callout 1) toward the printer to close it.

Figure 5-553 Close the secondary transfer assembly

2. At the back of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove one screw (callout 2) that
holds the retention arm.

TIP: Note that the screw (callout 2) that holds the retention arm is longer than the other two. Make
sure this screw is installed in the correct position.

Remove the duplexing door assembly 653

 Figure 5-554 Remove three screws

3. Release the retention arm (callout 1).

Figure 5-555 Release the retention arm

654 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 4. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the duplexer door (callout 2) to the right to remove it.

Figure 5-556 Remove the duplexing door

8. Remove the LVPS

Follow these steps to remove the LVPS.

1. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then remove the cable (callout 2) from the wire guide
(callout 3).

Figure 5-557 Disconnect one connector and release cables from guides

1
2

Remove the LVPS 655

 2. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-558 Remove two screws

3. Release the hinge arm (callout 1).

Figure 5-559 Release the hinge arm

656 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

4. Release one tab (callout 1) on the right side of the power supply fan.

Figure 5-560 Release one tab

5. Lift the front door up slightly (callout 1), and then remove the power supply fan and holder (callout 2).

Figure 5-561 Remove the power supply fan and holder

6. Before proceeding, take note of the position of two cables (callout 1).

IMPORTANT: These cables can be mistakenly switched when reinstalled. The connectors on the
cables fit in either connector on the LVPS. Make sure that these cables are installed in the correct
connectors. If the cables are switched, the printer will not power on when reassembled.

Remove the LVPS 657

 Figure 5-562 Check the connectors

7. Disconnect five connectors (callout 1). One connector (callout 2) has a latch that must be released
before disconnecting it. Remove three screws (callout 3).

NOTE: The latch for one connector (callout 2) is located on the backside of the connector body,
and not easily seen.

Figure 5-563 Disconnect five connectors and remove three screws

1 1

3
2

658 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 8. Remove two screws from the back (callout 1), and then release four tabs (callout 2).

Figure 5-564 Remove two screws and release three tabs

1 2

9. Remove the LVPS (callout 1).

Figure 5-565 Remove the assembly

9. Remove the pickup motor

Follow these steps to remove the pickup motor.

Remove the pickup motor 659

 1. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the fan duct (callout 2) up to remove it.

Figure 5-566 Remove the fan duct

1
2

2. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove two screws (callout 2), and then remove the pickup
motor (callout 3).

Figure 5-567 Remove the assembly

3
1

10. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

660 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

11. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly

Also use the followingspecial installation instructions.

Low-voltage power supply

1. Install the tab (callout 1) on the LVPS into the slot (callout 2) in the printer. Install the slot (callout 3) in
the LVPS over the tab (callout 4) on the printer.

Figure 5-568 Install the side tabs of the LVPS

1 2

2. At the back of the printer, install the tabs on the LVPS (callout 1) into the slots (callout 2) in the printer.

Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly 661

 Figure 5-569 Install the back tabs of the LVPS

2
1

Removal and replacement: Driver PCA

Learn how to remove and replace the driver printed-circuit assembly (PCA).

View a video of removing and replacing the driver printed-circuit assembly (PCA).

Mean time to repair: 12 minutes

Service level: Easy

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-30 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-7369-000CN Driver PCA assembly

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

662 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove Tray 2
Follow these steps to remove Tray 2.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: Removing the tray is the same for SFP and MFP printers.

Figure 5-570 Remove the tray

2. Open the front door and duplexing door

Follow these steps to open the front door and duplexing door.

Remove Tray 2 663

 1. Press the button (callout 1) on the left side of the printer to release the front door.

Figure 5-571 Release the front door

2. Open the front door.

Figure 5-572 Open the front door

664 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 3. Open the duplexing door.

Figure 5-573 Open the duplexer door

3. Remove the right cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (SFP).

1. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-574 Remove one screw

Remove the right cover (SFP) 665

 2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-575 Remove one screw

3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-576 Locate the tabs

666 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

4. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the bottom of
the cover.

Figure 5-577 Release front lower tabs

1
2

5. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
bottom of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-578 Release lower rear tab

2
6. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

Remove the right cover (SFP) 667

 Figure 5-579 Release two front tabs

1
2

7. Release four tabs on the top of the printer (callout 1).

Figure 5-580 Release upper tabs

668 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 8. Slide the cover toward the back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-581 Remove the right cover

4. Remove the right cover (MFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (MFP).

1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-582 Raise the scanner

Remove the right cover (MFP) 669

 2. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-583 Remove one screw

3. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-584 Remove one screw

670 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-585 Locate the tabs

5. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the lower
edge of the cover.

Figure 5-586 Release front lower tabs

1
2

Remove the right cover (MFP) 671

 6. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
lower edge of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-587 Release lower rear tab

1
7. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

Figure 5-588 Release front upper tabs

8. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1).

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

672 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-589 Rotate the front of the cover

9. Slightly pull the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2).

Figure 5-590 Release top tabs

Remove the right cover (MFP) 673

 10. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release one hook (callout 3) on the inside of the cover.

Figure 5-591 Release one tab and one hook

11. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-592 Lower the scanner

674 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 12. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2) at the back of the
printer, and then remove the cover.

Figure 5-593 Remove the right cover

5. Remove the driver PCA

Follow these steps to remove the driver PCA.

1. Disconnect one connector (callout 1).

Figure 5-594 Disconnect one connector

Remove the driver PCA 675

 2. Release one retainer (callout 1), disconnect all of the connectors on the driver PCA, remove one
screw (callout 2), and then release two tabs (callout 3).

Figure 5-595 Disconnect all connectors and remove one screw

3 2

3. Rotate the top of the driver PCA away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift up (callout 2) to
remove it.

Figure 5-596 Remove the PCA

6. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

676 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Drum motor

Learn how to remove and replace the drum motor.

View a video of removing and replacing the drum motor.

Mean time to repair: 37 minutes

Service level: Medium

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-31 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-7342-000CN Drum motor (M2)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

● #2 Phillips short-shaft or right-angle screwdriver with a magnetic tip

Removal and replacement: Drum motor 677

 ● Small flat-blade screwdriver

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove Tray 2
Follow these steps to remove Tray 2.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: Removing the tray is the same for SFP and MFP printers.

Figure 5-597 Remove the tray

2. Open the front door and duplexing door

Follow these steps to open the front door and duplexing door.

678 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Press the button (callout 1) on the left side of the printer to release the front door.

Figure 5-598 Release the front door

2. Open the front door.

Figure 5-599 Open the front door

Open the front door and duplexing door 679

 3. Open the duplexing door.

Figure 5-600 Open the duplexer door

3. Remove the right cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (SFP).

1. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-601 Remove one screw

680 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-602 Remove one screw

3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-603 Locate the tabs

Remove the right cover (SFP) 681

 4. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the bottom of
the cover.

Figure 5-604 Release front lower tabs

1
2

5. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
bottom of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-605 Release lower rear tab

2
6. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

682 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-606 Release two front tabs

1
2

7. Release four tabs on the top of the printer (callout 1).

Figure 5-607 Release upper tabs

Remove the right cover (SFP) 683

 8. Slide the cover toward the back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-608 Remove the right cover

4. Remove the right cover (MFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (MFP).

1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-609 Raise the scanner

684 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-610 Remove one screw

3. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-611 Remove one screw

Remove the right cover (MFP) 685

 4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-612 Locate the tabs

5. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the lower
edge of the cover.

Figure 5-613 Release front lower tabs

1
2

686 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

6. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
lower edge of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-614 Release lower rear tab

1
7. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

Figure 5-615 Release front upper tabs

8. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1).

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

Remove the right cover (MFP) 687

 Figure 5-616 Rotate the front of the cover

9. Slightly pull the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2).

Figure 5-617 Release top tabs

688 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

10. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release one hook (callout 3) on the inside of the cover.

Figure 5-618 Release one tab and one hook

11. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-619 Lower the scanner

Remove the right cover (MFP) 689

 12. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2) at the back of the
printer, and then remove the cover.

Figure 5-620 Remove the right cover

5. Remove the left cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (SFP).

1. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-621 Remove one screw

690 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
reengaging.

Figure 5-622 Release two tabs

3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-623 Locate the tabs

Remove the left cover (SFP) 691

 4. Beginning from the front of the cover, release four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the cover.

Figure 5-624 Release bottom tabs

4 3 2 1

5. Release three tabs at the top of the cover (callout 1), and then slide the cover toward the rear of the
printer to remove it.

Figure 5-625 Release three tabs

6. Remove the left cover (MFP )

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (MFP ).

692 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-626 Raise the scanner

2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-627 Remove one screw

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 693

 3. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
re-engaging.

Figure 5-628 Release two tabs

4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-629 Locate the tabs

694 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

5. Beginning from the front of the cover, release the four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the
cover.

Figure 5-630 Release four tabs

4 3
2 1

6. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1). Make sure that the tab (callout 2) does
not get caught on the printer frame (callout 3).

Figure 5-631 Rotate the cover

3
1

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 695

 7. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release two hooks (callout 3) inside the cover.

Figure 5-632 Release one tab and two hooks

3
1

8. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-633 Lower the scanner

696 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 9. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then slide the cover (callout 2) toward the
back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-634 Remove the left cover

2 1

7. Remove the duplexing door assembly

Follow these steps to remove the duplexing door assembly.

1. Rotate the secondary transfer assembly (callout 1) toward the printer to close it.

Figure 5-635 Close the secondary transfer assembly

2. At the back of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove one screw (callout 2) that
holds the retention arm.

TIP: Note that the screw (callout 2) that holds the retention arm is longer than the other two. Make
sure this screw is installed in the correct position.

Remove the duplexing door assembly 697

 Figure 5-636 Remove three screws

3. Release the retention arm (callout 1).

Figure 5-637 Release the retention arm

698 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 4. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the duplexer door (callout 2) to the right to remove it.

Figure 5-638 Remove the duplexing door

8. Remove the LVPS

Follow these steps to remove the LVPS.

1. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then remove the cable (callout 2) from the wire guide
(callout 3).

Figure 5-639 Disconnect one connector and release cables from guides

1
2

Remove the LVPS 699

 2. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-640 Remove two screws

3. Release the hinge arm (callout 1).

Figure 5-641 Release the hinge arm

700 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

4. Release one tab (callout 1) on the right side of the power supply fan.

Figure 5-642 Release one tab

5. Lift the front door up slightly (callout 1), and then remove the power supply fan and holder (callout 2).

Figure 5-643 Remove the power supply fan and holder

6. Before proceeding, take note of the position of two cables (callout 1).

IMPORTANT: These cables can be mistakenly switched when reinstalled. The connectors on the
cables fit in either connector on the LVPS. Make sure that these cables are installed in the correct
connectors. If the cables are switched, the printer will not power on when reassembled.

Remove the LVPS 701

 Figure 5-644 Check the connectors

7. Disconnect five connectors (callout 1). One connector (callout 2) has a latch that must be released
before disconnecting it. Remove three screws (callout 3).

NOTE: The latch for one connector (callout 2) is located on the backside of the connector body,
and not easily seen.

Figure 5-645 Disconnect five connectors and remove three screws

1 1

3
2

702 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 8. Remove two screws from the back (callout 1), and then release four tabs (callout 2).

Figure 5-646 Remove two screws and release three tabs

1 2

9. Remove the LVPS (callout 1).

Figure 5-647 Remove the assembly

9. Remove the driver PCA

Follow these steps to remove the driver PCA.

Remove the driver PCA 703

 1. Disconnect one connector (callout 1).

Figure 5-648 Disconnect one connector

2. Release one retainer (callout 1), disconnect all of the connectors on the driver PCA, remove one
screw (callout 2), and then release two tabs (callout 3).

Figure 5-649 Disconnect all connectors and remove one screw

3 2

704 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 3. Rotate the top of the driver PCA away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift up (callout 2) to
remove it.

Figure 5-650 Remove the PCA

10. Remove the driver PCA holder

Follow these steps to remove the driver PCA holder.

1. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then release the cables (callout 2) from the guides
(callout 3).

Figure 5-651 Disconnect one connector and release cables from guides

2 1

Remove the driver PCA holder 705

 2. Release three tabs (callout 1).

Figure 5-652 Release three tabs

3. Release the cables from the driver PCA holder (callout 1), and then remove the driver PCA holder.

Figure 5-653 Remove the PCA holder

11. Remove the drum motor

Follow these steps to remove the drum motor.

706 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ■ Disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove four screws (callout 2), and then remove the drum
motor (callout 3).

Figure 5-654 Remove the assembly

3 1

12. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Unpack the replacement assembly 707

 13. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly
Also use the followingspecial installation instructions.

Low-voltage power supply

1. Install the tab (callout 1) on the LVPS into the slot (callout 2) in the printer. Install the slot (callout 3) in
the LVPS over the tab (callout 4) on the printer.

Figure 5-655 Install the side tabs of the LVPS

1 2

2. At the back of the printer, install the tabs on the LVPS (callout 1) into the slots (callout 2) in the printer.

Figure 5-656 Install the back tabs of the LVPS

2
1

Removal and replacement: Developer motor

Learn how to remove and replace the developer motor (M3).

708 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 View a video of removing and replacing the developer motor.

Mean time to repair: 37 minutes

Service level: Medium

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-32 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-7344-000CN Developing motor (M3)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

● #2 Phillips short-shaft or right-angle screwdriver with a magnetic tip

● Small flat-blade screwdriver

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove Tray 2
Follow these steps to remove Tray 2.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: Removing the tray is the same for SFP and MFP printers.

Remove Tray 2 709

 Figure 5-657 Remove the tray

2. Open the front door and duplexing door

Follow these steps to open the front door and duplexing door.

1. Press the button (callout 1) on the left side of the printer to release the front door.

Figure 5-658 Release the front door

710 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Open the front door.

Figure 5-659 Open the front door

3. Open the duplexing door.

Figure 5-660 Open the duplexer door

3. Remove the right cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (SFP).

Remove the right cover (SFP) 711

 1. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-661 Remove one screw

2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-662 Remove one screw

712 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-663 Locate the tabs

4. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the bottom of
the cover.

Figure 5-664 Release front lower tabs

1
2

Remove the right cover (SFP) 713

 5. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
bottom of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-665 Release lower rear tab

2
6. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

Figure 5-666 Release two front tabs

1
2

714 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 7. Release four tabs on the top of the printer (callout 1).

Figure 5-667 Release upper tabs

8. Slide the cover toward the back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-668 Remove the right cover

4. Remove the right cover (MFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (MFP).

Remove the right cover (MFP) 715

 1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-669 Raise the scanner

2. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-670 Remove one screw

716 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-671 Remove one screw

4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-672 Locate the tabs

Remove the right cover (MFP) 717

 5. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the lower
edge of the cover.

Figure 5-673 Release front lower tabs

1
2

6. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
lower edge of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-674 Release lower rear tab

718 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

7. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

Figure 5-675 Release front upper tabs

8. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1).

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

Figure 5-676 Rotate the front of the cover

Remove the right cover (MFP) 719

 9. Slightly pull the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2).

Figure 5-677 Release top tabs

10. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release one hook (callout 3) on the inside of the cover.

Figure 5-678 Release one tab and one hook

720 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 11. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-679 Lower the scanner

12. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2) at the back of the
printer, and then remove the cover.

Figure 5-680 Remove the right cover

5. Remove the left cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (SFP).

Remove the left cover (SFP) 721

 1. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-681 Remove one screw

2. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
reengaging.

Figure 5-682 Release two tabs

722 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-683 Locate the tabs

4. Beginning from the front of the cover, release four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the cover.

Figure 5-684 Release bottom tabs

4 3 2 1

Remove the left cover (SFP) 723

 5. Release three tabs at the top of the cover (callout 1), and then slide the cover toward the rear of the
printer to remove it.

Figure 5-685 Release three tabs

6. Remove the left cover (MFP )

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (MFP ).

1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-686 Raise the scanner

724 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-687 Remove one screw

3. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
re-engaging.

Figure 5-688 Release two tabs

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 725

 4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-689 Locate the tabs

5. Beginning from the front of the cover, release the four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the
cover.

Figure 5-690 Release four tabs

4 3
2 1

726 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

6. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1). Make sure that the tab (callout 2) does
not get caught on the printer frame (callout 3).

Figure 5-691 Rotate the cover

3
1

7. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release two hooks (callout 3) inside the cover.

Figure 5-692 Release one tab and two hooks

3
1

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 727

 8. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-693 Lower the scanner

9. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then slide the cover (callout 2) toward the
back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-694 Remove the left cover

2 1

7. Remove the duplexing door assembly

Follow these steps to remove the duplexing door assembly.

728 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Rotate the secondary transfer assembly (callout 1) toward the printer to close it.

Figure 5-695 Close the secondary transfer assembly

2. At the back of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove one screw (callout 2) that
holds the retention arm.

TIP: Note that the screw (callout 2) that holds the retention arm is longer than the other two. Make
sure this screw is installed in the correct position.

Figure 5-696 Remove three screws

Remove the duplexing door assembly 729

 3. Release the retention arm (callout 1).

Figure 5-697 Release the retention arm

4. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the duplexer door (callout 2) to the right to remove it.

Figure 5-698 Remove the duplexing door

8. Remove the LVPS

Follow these steps to remove the LVPS.

730 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then remove the cable (callout 2) from the wire guide
(callout 3).

Figure 5-699 Disconnect one connector and release cables from guides

1
2

2. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-700 Remove two screws

Remove the LVPS 731

 3. Release the hinge arm (callout 1).

Figure 5-701 Release the hinge arm

4. Release one tab (callout 1) on the right side of the power supply fan.

Figure 5-702 Release one tab

732 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

5. Lift the front door up slightly (callout 1), and then remove the power supply fan and holder (callout 2).

Figure 5-703 Remove the power supply fan and holder

6. Before proceeding, take note of the position of two cables (callout 1).

IMPORTANT: These cables can be mistakenly switched when reinstalled. The connectors on the
cables fit in either connector on the LVPS. Make sure that these cables are installed in the correct
connectors. If the cables are switched, the printer will not power on when reassembled.

Figure 5-704 Check the connectors

7. Disconnect five connectors (callout 1). One connector (callout 2) has a latch that must be released
before disconnecting it. Remove three screws (callout 3).

NOTE: The latch for one connector (callout 2) is located on the backside of the connector body,
and not easily seen.

Remove the LVPS 733

 Figure 5-705 Disconnect five connectors and remove three screws

1 1

3
2

8. Remove two screws from the back (callout 1), and then release four tabs (callout 2).

Figure 5-706 Remove two screws and release three tabs

1 2

734 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 9. Remove the LVPS (callout 1).

Figure 5-707 Remove the assembly

9. Remove the driver PCA

Follow these steps to remove the driver PCA.

1. Disconnect one connector (callout 1).

Figure 5-708 Disconnect one connector

Remove the driver PCA 735

 2. Release one retainer (callout 1), disconnect all of the connectors on the driver PCA, remove one
screw (callout 2), and then release two tabs (callout 3).

Figure 5-709 Disconnect all connectors and remove one screw

3 2

3. Rotate the top of the driver PCA away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift up (callout 2) to
remove it.

Figure 5-710 Remove the PCA

10. Remove the driver PCA holder

Follow these steps to remove the driver PCA holder.

736 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then release the cables (callout 2) from the guides
(callout 3).

Figure 5-711 Disconnect one connector and release cables from guides

2 1

2. Release three tabs (callout 1).

Figure 5-712 Release three tabs

Remove the driver PCA holder 737

 3. Release the cables from the driver PCA holder (callout 1), and then remove the driver PCA holder.

Figure 5-713 Remove the PCA holder

11. Remove the developer motor

Follow these steps to remove the developer motor.

■ Remove four screws (callout 1), lift the developer motor away from the printer slightly (callout 2), and
then disconnect one connector (callout 3).

Figure 5-714 Remove the assembly

3 1

12. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

738 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

13. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly

Also use the followingspecial installation instructions.

Low-voltage power supply

1. Install the tab (callout 1) on the LVPS into the slot (callout 2) in the printer. Install the slot (callout 3) in
the LVPS over the tab (callout 4) on the printer.

Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly 739

 Figure 5-715 Install the side tabs of the LVPS

1 2

2. At the back of the printer, install the tabs on the LVPS (callout 1) into the slots (callout 2) in the printer.

Figure 5-716 Install the back tabs of the LVPS

2
1

Removal and replacement: Secondary transfer roller

Learn how to remove and replace the secondary transfer roller (duplex).

View a video of removing and replacing the secondary transfer roller (duplex).

Mean time to repair: 5 minutes

Service level: Easy

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

740 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-33 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-6397-000CN Secondary transfer assembly

Required tools
● No special tools are required to remove or install this assembly.

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove the secondary transfer assembly

Follow these steps to remove the secondary transfer assembly.

1. Open the duplexing door.

Figure 5-717 Open the duplexing door

Remove the secondary transfer assembly 741

 2. Remove one retainer collar (callout 1).

Figure 5-718 Remove one retainer collar

3. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then release the retaining arm (callout 2).

Figure 5-719 Remove one screw and release the arm

742 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 4. Lift the assembly up slightly (callout 1), and then slide it to the left (callout 2).

Figure 5-720 Slide the assembly left

1
2

5. Rotate the right side of the assembly away from the printer (callout 1) so that the left side of the
assembly rotates free of the plastic tab (callout 2). Remove the assembly.

Figure 5-721 Remove the assembly

2. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Unpack the replacement assembly 743

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

3. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly

Also use the followingspecial installation instructions.

Secondary transfer roller (duplex)

■ Install the left edge of the secondary transfer assembly behind the plastic tab (callout 1), and then
rotate the right side of the assembly toward the printer to install it (callout 2).

CAUTION: Do not touch or damage the secondary transfer roller (callout 3).

Figure 5-722 Position the secondary transfer assembly

1
3

744 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

Removal and replacement: Intermediate transfer belt (ITB)
Learn how to remove and replace the intermediate transfer belt (ITB).

View a video of removing and replacing the ITB.

Mean time to repair: 30 minutes

Service level: Medium

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-34 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-6454-000CN Intermediate transfer belt (ITB) assembly

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

● Small flat-blade screwdriver

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove Tray 2
Follow these steps to remove Tray 2.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: Removing the tray is the same for SFP and MFP printers.

Removal and replacement: Intermediate transfer belt (ITB) 745

 Figure 5-723 Remove the tray

2. Open the front door and duplexing door

Follow these steps to open the front door and duplexing door.

1. Press the button (callout 1) on the left side of the printer to release the front door.

Figure 5-724 Release the front door

746 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Open the front door.

Figure 5-725 Open the front door

3. Open the duplexing door.

Figure 5-726 Open the duplexer door

3. Remove the right cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (SFP).

Remove the right cover (SFP) 747

 1. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-727 Remove one screw

2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-728 Remove one screw

748 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-729 Locate the tabs

4. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the bottom of
the cover.

Figure 5-730 Release front lower tabs

1
2

Remove the right cover (SFP) 749

 5. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
bottom of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-731 Release lower rear tab

2
6. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

Figure 5-732 Release two front tabs

1
2

750 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 7. Release four tabs on the top of the printer (callout 1).

Figure 5-733 Release upper tabs

8. Slide the cover toward the back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-734 Remove the right cover

4. Remove the right cover (MFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (MFP).

Remove the right cover (MFP) 751

 1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-735 Raise the scanner

2. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-736 Remove one screw

752 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-737 Remove one screw

4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-738 Locate the tabs

Remove the right cover (MFP) 753

 5. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the lower
edge of the cover.

Figure 5-739 Release front lower tabs

1
2

6. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
lower edge of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-740 Release lower rear tab

754 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

7. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

Figure 5-741 Release front upper tabs

8. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1).

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

Figure 5-742 Rotate the front of the cover

Remove the right cover (MFP) 755

 9. Slightly pull the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2).

Figure 5-743 Release top tabs

10. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release one hook (callout 3) on the inside of the cover.

Figure 5-744 Release one tab and one hook

756 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 11. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-745 Lower the scanner

12. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2) at the back of the
printer, and then remove the cover.

Figure 5-746 Remove the right cover

5. Remove the left cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (SFP).

Remove the left cover (SFP) 757

 1. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-747 Remove one screw

2. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
reengaging.

Figure 5-748 Release two tabs

758 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-749 Locate the tabs

4. Beginning from the front of the cover, release four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the cover.

Figure 5-750 Release bottom tabs

4 3 2 1

Remove the left cover (SFP) 759

 5. Release three tabs at the top of the cover (callout 1), and then slide the cover toward the rear of the
printer to remove it.

Figure 5-751 Release three tabs

6. Remove the left cover (MFP )

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (MFP ).

1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-752 Raise the scanner

760 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-753 Remove one screw

3. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
re-engaging.

Figure 5-754 Release two tabs

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 761

 4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-755 Locate the tabs

5. Beginning from the front of the cover, release the four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the
cover.

Figure 5-756 Release four tabs

4 3
2 1

762 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

6. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1). Make sure that the tab (callout 2) does
not get caught on the printer frame (callout 3).

Figure 5-757 Rotate the cover

3
1

7. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release two hooks (callout 3) inside the cover.

Figure 5-758 Release one tab and two hooks

3
1

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 763

 8. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-759 Lower the scanner

9. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then slide the cover (callout 2) toward the
back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-760 Remove the left cover

2 1

7. Remove the secondary transfer assembly

Follow these steps to remove the secondary transfer assembly.

764 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Remove one retainer collar (callout 1).

Figure 5-761 Remove one retainer collar

2. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then release the retaining arm (callout 2).

Figure 5-762 Remove one screw and release the arm

Remove the secondary transfer assembly 765

 3. Lift the assembly up slightly (callout 1), and then slide it to the left (callout 2).

Figure 5-763 Slide the assembly left

1
2

4. Rotate the right side of the assembly away from the printer (callout 1) so that the left side of the
assembly rotates free of the plastic tab (callout 2). Remove the assembly.

Figure 5-764 Remove the assembly

8. Remove the ITB

Follow these steps to remove the ITB.

766 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Slide the cartridge tray out of the printer.

Figure 5-765 Slide the cartridge tray out of the printer

2. Locate two levers (callout 1) above the low-voltage power supply, and then rotate them down to
release them.

Figure 5-766 Release two levers

Remove the ITB 767

 3. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to pull the levers away from the printer until they stop.

Figure 5-767 Pull two levers out

4. At the rear of the printer, release one tab (callout 1).

Figure 5-768 Release one tab

768 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

5. Remove the cover.

Figure 5-769 Remove the cover

6. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to release the retainers and disconnect two connectors (callout
1).

Figure 5-770 Disconnect two connectors

NOTE: Newer printers will have only one (1) connector.

Remove the ITB 769

 7. Release one tab (callout 1) on the left side of the fuser cover, and then release one tab (callout 2) on
the right side.

Figure 5-771 Release two tabs

1 2

8. Remove the fuser cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-772 Remove the fuser cover

770 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

9. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-773 Remove two screws

10. Press up on two tabs with thumbs (callout 1) and position fingers on the sheet metal on the top of
the ITB (callout 2).

CAUTION: Do not touch the silver surface of the ITB. Skin oils on the ITB will cause print-quality
problems.

Figure 5-774 Release two tabs

11. Slide the ITB out of the printer to remove it.

CAUTION: Do not tamper with any of the white fittings on the side of the ITB.

Remove the ITB 771

 Figure 5-775 Remove the assembly

9. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

10. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly

Also use the followingspecial installation instructions.

772 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

ITB

1. Use a soft, lint-free cloth to remove any paper dust from the Mylar strips (callout 1) under the ITB.

Figure 5-776 Clean the Mylar strips

2. Verify that the tabs on the end of the ITB are in the position shown.

NOTE: Lower both tabs on each side of the ITB to the down position.

Figure 5-777 Check tabs on the end of the ITB

NOTE: The ITB (RM2-6454-000) may come with 2 connectors. The extra connector is just a dummy
wire without function.

3. Ensure that both alienation cams are in the right position. If not, rotate them accordingly.

Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly 773

 Figure 5-778 Ensure alienation cams are in correct position

Figure 5-779 Use illustrations to help with alignment

1 2

Callout 1- Cam in Correct position looking down on ITB side.

Callout 2- Cam in Wrong position looking down on ITB side.

Callout 3- Side view of cam in correct position looking down on ITB side.

NOTE: If both alienation cams are not in the correct position, the printer will print blank pages

Removal and replacement: Density detect sensor assembly

Learn how to remove and replace the density detect sensor assembly.

View a video of removing and replacing the density detect sensor assembly.

Mean time to repair: 46 minutes

774 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Service level: Difficult

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-35 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-7399-000CN Density detect sensor

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

● Small flat-blade screwdriver

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove Tray 2
Follow these steps to remove Tray 2.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: Removing the tray is the same for SFP and MFP printers.

Remove Tray 2 775

 Figure 5-780 Remove the tray

2. Remove the toner cartridges

Follow these steps to remove the toner cartridges.

1. Open the front door by pressing the button on the left cover.

Figure 5-781 Open the front door

2. Grasp the blue handle on the toner cartridge tray, and then pull out the tray.

Figure 5-782 Open the cartridge drawer

776 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Grasp the handle on the toner cartridge, and then pull the toner cartridge straight up to remove it.
Repeat this step for each toner cartridge.

Figure 5-783 Remove the toner cartridges

4. Slide the cartridge tray into the printer.

Figure 5-784 Slide the cartridge tray into the printer

5. Close the front door.

Figure 5-785 Close the front door

Remove the toner cartridges 777

 3. Open the front door and duplexing door
Follow these steps to open the front door and duplexing door.

1. Press the button (callout 1) on the left side of the printer to release the front door.

Figure 5-786 Release the front door

2. Open the front door.

Figure 5-787 Open the front door

778 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 3. Open the duplexing door.

Figure 5-788 Open the duplexer door

4. Remove the right cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (SFP).

1. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-789 Remove one screw

Remove the right cover (SFP) 779

 2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-790 Remove one screw

3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-791 Locate the tabs

780 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

4. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the bottom of
the cover.

Figure 5-792 Release front lower tabs

1
2

5. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
bottom of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-793 Release lower rear tab

2
6. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

Remove the right cover (SFP) 781

 Figure 5-794 Release two front tabs

1
2

7. Release four tabs on the top of the printer (callout 1).

Figure 5-795 Release upper tabs

782 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 8. Slide the cover toward the back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-796 Remove the right cover

5. Remove the right cover (MFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (MFP).

1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-797 Raise the scanner

Remove the right cover (MFP) 783

 2. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-798 Remove one screw

3. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-799 Remove one screw

784 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-800 Locate the tabs

5. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the lower
edge of the cover.

Figure 5-801 Release front lower tabs

1
2

Remove the right cover (MFP) 785

 6. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
lower edge of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-802 Release lower rear tab

1
7. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

Figure 5-803 Release front upper tabs

8. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1).

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

786 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-804 Rotate the front of the cover

9. Slightly pull the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2).

Figure 5-805 Release top tabs

Remove the right cover (MFP) 787

 10. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release one hook (callout 3) on the inside of the cover.

Figure 5-806 Release one tab and one hook

11. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-807 Lower the scanner

788 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 12. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2) at the back of the
printer, and then remove the cover.

Figure 5-808 Remove the right cover

6. Remove the left cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (SFP).

1. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-809 Remove one screw

Remove the left cover (SFP) 789

 2. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
reengaging.

Figure 5-810 Release two tabs

3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-811 Locate the tabs

790 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 4. Beginning from the front of the cover, release four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the cover.

Figure 5-812 Release bottom tabs

4 3 2 1

5. Release three tabs at the top of the cover (callout 1), and then slide the cover toward the rear of the
printer to remove it.

Figure 5-813 Release three tabs

7. Remove the left cover (MFP )

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (MFP ).

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 791

 1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-814 Raise the scanner

2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-815 Remove one screw

792 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
re-engaging.

Figure 5-816 Release two tabs

4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-817 Locate the tabs

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 793

 5. Beginning from the front of the cover, release the four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the
cover.

Figure 5-818 Release four tabs

4 3
2 1

6. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1). Make sure that the tab (callout 2) does
not get caught on the printer frame (callout 3).

Figure 5-819 Rotate the cover

3
1

794 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

7. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release two hooks (callout 3) inside the cover.

Figure 5-820 Release one tab and two hooks

3
1

8. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-821 Lower the scanner

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 795

 9. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then slide the cover (callout 2) toward the
back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-822 Remove the left cover

2 1

8. Remove the secondary transfer assembly

Follow these steps to remove the secondary transfer assembly.

1. Remove one retainer collar (callout 1).

Figure 5-823 Remove one retainer collar

796 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then release the retaining arm (callout 2).

Figure 5-824 Remove one screw and release the arm

3. Lift the assembly up slightly (callout 1), and then slide it to the left (callout 2).

Figure 5-825 Slide the assembly left

1
2

Remove the secondary transfer assembly 797

 4. Rotate the right side of the assembly away from the printer (callout 1) so that the left side of the
assembly rotates free of the plastic tab (callout 2). Remove the assembly.

Figure 5-826 Remove the assembly

9. Remove the ITB

Follow these steps to remove the ITB.

1. Slide the cartridge tray out of the printer.

Figure 5-827 Slide the cartridge tray out of the printer

798 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. Locate two levers (callout 1) above the low-voltage power supply, and then rotate them down to
release them.

Figure 5-828 Release two levers

3. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to pull the levers away from the printer until they stop.

Figure 5-829 Pull two levers out

Remove the ITB 799

 4. At the rear of the printer, release one tab (callout 1).

Figure 5-830 Release one tab

5. Remove the cover.

Figure 5-831 Remove the cover

800 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

6. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to release the retainers and disconnect two connectors (callout
1).

Figure 5-832 Disconnect two connectors

NOTE: Newer printers will have only one (1) connector.

7. Release one tab (callout 1) on the left side of the fuser cover, and then release one tab (callout 2) on
the right side.

Figure 5-833 Release two tabs

1 2

Remove the ITB 801

 8. Remove the fuser cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-834 Remove the fuser cover

9. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-835 Remove two screws

10. Press up on two tabs with thumbs (callout 1) and position fingers on the sheet metal on the top of
the ITB (callout 2).

CAUTION: Do not touch the silver surface of the ITB. Skin oils on the ITB will cause print-quality
problems.

802 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-836 Release two tabs

11. Slide the ITB out of the printer to remove it.

CAUTION: Do not tamper with any of the white fittings on the side of the ITB.

Figure 5-837 Remove the assembly

10. Remove the toner cartridge tray

Follow these steps to remove the toner cartridge tray.

Remove the toner cartridge tray 803

 1. Release the tab (callout 1) on the front door hinge arm from the slot (callout 2) on the tray slide
mechanism.

Figure 5-838 Release the hinge arm

1 2

2. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-839 Remove two screws

804 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Remove the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-840 Remove the cover

4. Pull the tray slide mechanism (callout 1) out.

Figure 5-841 Pull the tray slide mechanism out

Remove the toner cartridge tray 805

 5. Slide the cartridge tray out of the printer (callout 1). Rotate the tray counterclockwise (callout 2) to
release one silver shaft (callout 3).

Figure 5-842 Rotate the cartridge tray to release one shaft

6. Continue to rotate the tray to release the edge of the tray (callout 1) from the white clip (callout 2).
Remove the toner cartridge tray.

Figure 5-843 Remove the assembly

2
1

11. Remove the density detect sensor assembly

Follow these steps to remove the density detect sensor assembly.

806 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. The density detect sensor assembly (callout 1) is located behind the Tray 1 pickup and feed rollers.

Figure 5-844 Registration density sensor location

2. On the left side of the printer, disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then release the cables
(callout 2) from the guide (callout 3).

Figure 5-845 Disconnect one connector and release cables

1
3

Remove the density detect sensor assembly 807

 3. Release one tab (callout 1).

Figure 5-846 Release one tab

4. Slide the density detect sensor assembly (callout 1) and the cable guide (callout 2) to the right to
release them.

Figure 5-847 Slide the sensor and cable guide right

2 1

808 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

5. Pass the connector through the opening in the sheet metal (callout 1).

Figure 5-848 Release the connector

6. Remove the density detect sensor assembly and cable guide.

Figure 5-849 Remove the registration density sensor and guide

Remove the density detect sensor assembly 809

 7. Release the cables (callout 1) from the guides (callout 2).

Figure 5-850 Release the cables from the guides

8. Remove the cable guide (callout 1).

Figure 5-851 Remove the cable guide

12. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

810 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

13. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly

Also use the followingspecial installation instructions.

Density detect sensor

1. If the spring on the density detect sensor assembly becomes dislodged, reinstall it as shown below.

Figure 5-852 Reinstall spring

2. Position the cable guide on the replacement density detect sensor assembly, and then install the
cables (callout 1) into the guides (callout 2).

Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly 811

 Figure 5-853 Install the cables in the guides

3. Pass the connector through the opening in the sheet metal (callout 1).

Figure 5-854 Install the connector

4. Install the tabs (callout 1) on the cable guide into the slots (callout 2) in the printer.

812 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-855 Install the cable guide tabs

5. Install the tabs (callout 1) on the density detect sensor assembly into the slots (callout 2) in the
printer.

Figure 5-856 Install two tabs

Intermediate transfer belt

1. Use a soft, lint-free cloth to remove any paper dust from the Mylar strips (callout 1) under the ITB.

Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly 813

 Figure 5-857 Clean the Mylar strips

2. Verify that the tabs on the end of the ITB are in the position shown.

NOTE: Lower both tabs on each side of the ITB to the down position.

Figure 5-858 Check tabs on the end of the ITB

NOTE: The ITB (RM2-6454-000) may come with 2 connectors. The extra connector is just a dummy
wire without function.

3. Ensure that both alienation cams are in the right position. If not, rotate them accordingly.

814 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-859 Ensure alienation cams are in correct position

Figure 5-860 Use illustrations to help with alignment

1 2

Callout 1- Cam in Correct position looking down on ITB side.

Callout 2- Cam in Wrong position looking down on ITB side.

Callout 3- Side view of cam in correct position looking down on ITB side.

NOTE: If both alienation cams are not in the correct position, the printer will print blank pages

Removal and replacement: Re-pickup assembly

Learn how to remove and replace the re-pickup assembly.

View a video of removing and replacing the re-pickup assembly (duplex printers).

Mean time to repair: 24 minutes

Removal and replacement: Re-pickup assembly 815

 Service level: Medium

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-36 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-6387-000CN Paper re-pickup assembly

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

● Small flat-blade screwdriver

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove Tray 2
Follow these steps to remove Tray 2.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: Removing the tray is the same for SFP and MFP printers.

816 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-861 Remove the tray

2. Remove the toner cartridges

Follow these steps to remove the toner cartridges.

1. Open the front door by pressing the button on the left cover.

Figure 5-862 Open the front door

2. Grasp the blue handle on the toner cartridge tray, and then pull out the tray.

Figure 5-863 Open the cartridge drawer

Remove the toner cartridges 817

 3. Grasp the handle on the toner cartridge, and then pull the toner cartridge straight up to remove it.
Repeat this step for each toner cartridge.

Figure 5-864 Remove the toner cartridges

4. Slide the cartridge tray into the printer.

Figure 5-865 Slide the cartridge tray into the printer

5. Close the front door.

Figure 5-866 Close the front door

818 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Open the front door and duplexing door
Follow these steps to open the front door and duplexing door.

1. Press the button (callout 1) on the left side of the printer to release the front door.

Figure 5-867 Release the front door

2. Open the front door.

Figure 5-868 Open the front door

Open the front door and duplexing door 819

 3. Open the duplexing door.

Figure 5-869 Open the duplexer door

4. Remove the right cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (SFP).

1. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-870 Remove one screw

820 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-871 Remove one screw

3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-872 Locate the tabs

Remove the right cover (SFP) 821

 4. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the bottom of
the cover.

Figure 5-873 Release front lower tabs

1
2

5. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
bottom of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-874 Release lower rear tab

2
6. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

822 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-875 Release two front tabs

1
2

7. Release four tabs on the top of the printer (callout 1).

Figure 5-876 Release upper tabs

Remove the right cover (SFP) 823

 8. Slide the cover toward the back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-877 Remove the right cover

5. Remove the right cover (MFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (MFP).

1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-878 Raise the scanner

824 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-879 Remove one screw

3. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-880 Remove one screw

Remove the right cover (MFP) 825

 4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-881 Locate the tabs

5. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the lower
edge of the cover.

Figure 5-882 Release front lower tabs

1
2

826 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

6. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
lower edge of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-883 Release lower rear tab

1
7. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

Figure 5-884 Release front upper tabs

8. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1).

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

Remove the right cover (MFP) 827

 Figure 5-885 Rotate the front of the cover

9. Slightly pull the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2).

Figure 5-886 Release top tabs

828 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

10. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release one hook (callout 3) on the inside of the cover.

Figure 5-887 Release one tab and one hook

11. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-888 Lower the scanner

Remove the right cover (MFP) 829

 12. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2) at the back of the
printer, and then remove the cover.

Figure 5-889 Remove the right cover

6. Remove the left cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (SFP).

1. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-890 Remove one screw

830 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
reengaging.

Figure 5-891 Release two tabs

3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-892 Locate the tabs

Remove the left cover (SFP) 831

 4. Beginning from the front of the cover, release four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the cover.

Figure 5-893 Release bottom tabs

4 3 2 1

5. Release three tabs at the top of the cover (callout 1), and then slide the cover toward the rear of the
printer to remove it.

Figure 5-894 Release three tabs

7. Remove the left cover (MFP )

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (MFP ).

832 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-895 Raise the scanner

2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-896 Remove one screw

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 833

 3. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
re-engaging.

Figure 5-897 Release two tabs

4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-898 Locate the tabs

834 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

5. Beginning from the front of the cover, release the four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the
cover.

Figure 5-899 Release four tabs

4 3
2 1

6. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1). Make sure that the tab (callout 2) does
not get caught on the printer frame (callout 3).

Figure 5-900 Rotate the cover

3
1

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 835

 7. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release two hooks (callout 3) inside the cover.

Figure 5-901 Release one tab and two hooks

3
1

8. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-902 Lower the scanner

836 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 9. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then slide the cover (callout 2) toward the
back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-903 Remove the left cover

2 1

8. Remove the duplexing door assembly

Follow these steps to remove the duplexing door assembly.

1. Rotate the secondary transfer assembly (callout 1) toward the printer to close it.

Figure 5-904 Close the secondary transfer assembly

2. At the back of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove one screw (callout 2) that
holds the retention arm.

TIP: Note that the screw (callout 2) that holds the retention arm is longer than the other two. Make
sure this screw is installed in the correct position.

Remove the duplexing door assembly 837

 Figure 5-905 Remove three screws

3. Release the retention arm (callout 1).

Figure 5-906 Release the retention arm

838 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 4. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the duplexer door (callout 2) to the right to remove it.

Figure 5-907 Remove the duplexing door

9. Remove the re-pickup assembly

Follow these steps to remove the re-pickup assembly.

1. On the left side of the printer, disconnect two connectors (callout 1), and then remove the cables
(callout 2) from the guides (callout 3).

Figure 5-908 Disconnect two connectors and remove cables from guides

1
2

Remove the re-pickup assembly 839

 2. Lay the printer on the right side so that the left side is facing up. Remove six screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-909 Remove six screws

3. Release four tabs (callout 1).

Figure 5-910 Release four tabs

840 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 4. Remove the re-pickup assembly (callout 1).

Figure 5-911 Remove the assembly

10. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Unpack the replacement assembly 841

 11. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly
Also use the followingspecial installation instructions.

Re-pickup assembly

■ Position the foot on the printer (callout 1) through the opening (callout 2) on the re-pickup drive
assembly.

Figure 5-912 Position the foot through the opening

1 2

Removal and replacement: DC controller

Learn how to remove and replace the DC controller.

View a video of removing and replacing the DC controller.

Mean time to repair: 23 minutes

Service level: Medium

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-37 Part information

Part number Part description

RM3-7272-000CN DC controller

842 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove Tray 2
Follow these steps to remove Tray 2.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: Removing the tray is the same for SFP and MFP printers.

Figure 5-913 Remove the tray

2. Open the front door and duplexing door

Follow these steps to open the front door and duplexing door.

Remove Tray 2 843

 1. Press the button (callout 1) on the left side of the printer to release the front door.

Figure 5-914 Release the front door

2. Open the front door.

Figure 5-915 Open the front door

844 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 3. Open the duplexing door.

Figure 5-916 Open the duplexer door

3. Remove the left cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (SFP).

1. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-917 Remove one screw

Remove the left cover (SFP) 845

 2. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
reengaging.

Figure 5-918 Release two tabs

3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-919 Locate the tabs

846 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 4. Beginning from the front of the cover, release four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the cover.

Figure 5-920 Release bottom tabs

4 3 2 1

5. Release three tabs at the top of the cover (callout 1), and then slide the cover toward the rear of the
printer to remove it.

Figure 5-921 Release three tabs

4. Remove the left cover (MFP )

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (MFP ).

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 847

 1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-922 Raise the scanner

2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-923 Remove one screw

848 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
re-engaging.

Figure 5-924 Release two tabs

4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-925 Locate the tabs

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 849

 5. Beginning from the front of the cover, release the four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the
cover.

Figure 5-926 Release four tabs

4 3
2 1

6. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1). Make sure that the tab (callout 2) does
not get caught on the printer frame (callout 3).

Figure 5-927 Rotate the cover

3
1

850 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

7. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release two hooks (callout 3) inside the cover.

Figure 5-928 Release one tab and two hooks

3
1

8. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-929 Lower the scanner

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 851

 9. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then slide the cover (callout 2) toward the
back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-930 Remove the left cover

2 1

5. Remove the DC controller

Follow these steps to remove the DC controller.

1. Before disconnecting the connectors in the next step, take note of the position of two of the cables
(callout 1).

IMPORTANT: These cables can be mistakenly switched when reinstalled. The connectors on the
cables fit in either connector on the DC controller. Make sure that these cables are installed in the
correct connectors. The upper cable is purple and the lower cable is yellow. If the cables are
switched, the printer jams repeatedly when duplex printing.

Figure 5-931 Check the cables

852 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. Disconnect all of the connectors on the DC controller. Note that one connector (callout 1) is a zero
insertion force (ZIF) connector. Lift the latch on the connector before removing the flat cable.

Figure 5-932 Disconnect all of the connectors

3. Remove six screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-933 Remove six screws

Remove the DC controller 853

 4. Release four tabs (callout 1).

Figure 5-934 Release four tabs

5. Remove the DC controller.

Figure 5-935 Remove the assembly

6. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

854 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Lifter drive assembly

Learn how to remove and replace the lifter drive assembly.

View a video of removing and replacing the lifter drive assembly.

Mean time to repair: 56 minutes

Service level: Difficult

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-38 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-6370-000CN Lifter drive assembly

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

● Small flat-blade screwdriver

Removal and replacement: Lifter drive assembly 855

 After performing service
Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove Tray 2
Follow these steps to remove Tray 2.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: Removing the tray is the same for SFP and MFP printers.

Figure 5-936 Remove the tray

2. Remove the toner cartridges

Follow these steps to remove the toner cartridges.

856 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Open the front door by pressing the button on the left cover.

Figure 5-937 Open the front door

2. Grasp the blue handle on the toner cartridge tray, and then pull out the tray.

Figure 5-938 Open the cartridge drawer

3. Grasp the handle on the toner cartridge, and then pull the toner cartridge straight up to remove it.
Repeat this step for each toner cartridge.

Figure 5-939 Remove the toner cartridges

Remove the toner cartridges 857

 4. Slide the cartridge tray into the printer.

Figure 5-940 Slide the cartridge tray into the printer

5. Close the front door.

Figure 5-941 Close the front door

3. Open the front door and duplexing door

Follow these steps to open the front door and duplexing door.

858 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Press the button (callout 1) on the left side of the printer to release the front door.

Figure 5-942 Release the front door

2. Open the front door.

Figure 5-943 Open the front door

Open the front door and duplexing door 859

 3. Open the duplexing door.

Figure 5-944 Open the duplexer door

4. Remove the right cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (SFP).

1. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-945 Remove one screw

860 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-946 Remove one screw

3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-947 Locate the tabs

Remove the right cover (SFP) 861

 4. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the bottom of
the cover.

Figure 5-948 Release front lower tabs

1
2

5. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
bottom of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-949 Release lower rear tab

2
6. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

862 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-950 Release two front tabs

1
2

7. Release four tabs on the top of the printer (callout 1).

Figure 5-951 Release upper tabs

Remove the right cover (SFP) 863

 8. Slide the cover toward the back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-952 Remove the right cover

5. Remove the right cover (MFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (MFP).

1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-953 Raise the scanner

864 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-954 Remove one screw

3. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-955 Remove one screw

Remove the right cover (MFP) 865

 4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-956 Locate the tabs

5. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the lower
edge of the cover.

Figure 5-957 Release front lower tabs

1
2

866 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

6. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
lower edge of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-958 Release lower rear tab

1
7. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

Figure 5-959 Release front upper tabs

8. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1).

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

Remove the right cover (MFP) 867

 Figure 5-960 Rotate the front of the cover

9. Slightly pull the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2).

Figure 5-961 Release top tabs

868 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

10. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release one hook (callout 3) on the inside of the cover.

Figure 5-962 Release one tab and one hook

11. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-963 Lower the scanner

Remove the right cover (MFP) 869

 12. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2) at the back of the
printer, and then remove the cover.

Figure 5-964 Remove the right cover

6. Remove the left cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (SFP).

1. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-965 Remove one screw

870 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
reengaging.

Figure 5-966 Release two tabs

3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-967 Locate the tabs

Remove the left cover (SFP) 871

 4. Beginning from the front of the cover, release four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the cover.

Figure 5-968 Release bottom tabs

4 3 2 1

5. Release three tabs at the top of the cover (callout 1), and then slide the cover toward the rear of the
printer to remove it.

Figure 5-969 Release three tabs

7. Remove the left cover (MFP )

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (MFP ).

872 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-970 Raise the scanner

2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-971 Remove one screw

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 873

 3. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
re-engaging.

Figure 5-972 Release two tabs

4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-973 Locate the tabs

874 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

5. Beginning from the front of the cover, release the four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the
cover.

Figure 5-974 Release four tabs

4 3
2 1

6. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1). Make sure that the tab (callout 2) does
not get caught on the printer frame (callout 3).

Figure 5-975 Rotate the cover

3
1

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 875

 7. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release two hooks (callout 3) inside the cover.

Figure 5-976 Release one tab and two hooks

3
1

8. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-977 Lower the scanner

876 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 9. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then slide the cover (callout 2) toward the
back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-978 Remove the left cover

2 1

8. Remove the duplexing door assembly

Follow these steps to remove the duplexing door assembly.

1. Rotate the secondary transfer assembly (callout 1) toward the printer to close it.

Figure 5-979 Close the secondary transfer assembly

2. At the back of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove one screw (callout 2) that
holds the retention arm.

TIP: Note that the screw (callout 2) that holds the retention arm is longer than the other two. Make
sure this screw is installed in the correct position.

Remove the duplexing door assembly 877

 Figure 5-980 Remove three screws

3. Release the retention arm (callout 1).

Figure 5-981 Release the retention arm

878 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 4. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the duplexer door (callout 2) to the right to remove it.

Figure 5-982 Remove the duplexing door

9. Remove the re-pickup assembly

Follow these steps to remove the re-pickup assembly.

1. On the left side of the printer, disconnect two connectors (callout 1), and then remove the cables
(callout 2) from the guides (callout 3).

Figure 5-983 Disconnect two connectors and remove cables from guides

1
2

Remove the re-pickup assembly 879

 2. Lay the printer on the right side so that the left side is facing up. Remove six screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-984 Remove six screws

3. Release four tabs (callout 1).

Figure 5-985 Release four tabs

880 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 4. Remove the re-pickup assembly (callout 1).

Figure 5-986 Remove the assembly

10. Remove the DC controller

Follow these steps to remove the DC controller.

1. Before disconnecting the connectors in the next step, take note of the position of two of the cables
(callout 1).

IMPORTANT: These cables can be mistakenly switched when reinstalled. The connectors on the
cables fit in either connector on the DC controller. Make sure that these cables are installed in the
correct connectors. The upper cable is purple and the lower cable is yellow. If the cables are
switched, the printer jams repeatedly when duplex printing.

Figure 5-987 Check the cables

Remove the DC controller 881

 2. Disconnect all of the connectors on the DC controller. Note that one connector (callout 1) is a zero
insertion force (ZIF) connector. Lift the latch on the connector before removing the flat cable.

Figure 5-988 Disconnect all of the connectors

3. Remove six screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-989 Remove six screws

882 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 4. Release four tabs (callout 1).

Figure 5-990 Release four tabs

5. Remove the DC controller.

Figure 5-991 Remove the assembly

11. Remove the lifter drive assembly

Follow these steps to remove the lifter drive assembly.

Remove the lifter drive assembly 883

 1. Remove four screws (callout 1), and then release the cables (callout 2) from the guides (callout 3).

Figure 5-992 Remove four screws and release cables

1 2 3

2. Remove one cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-993 Remove one cover

884 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-994 Remove one screw

4. Remove the shaft.

Figure 5-995 Remove the shaft

Remove the lifter drive assembly 885

 5. Lay the printer on the right side so that the left side is facing up. Locate the tray sensor switch
(callout 1).

Figure 5-996 Locate the tray sensor switch

6. Release three tabs (callout 1).

Figure 5-997 Release three tabs

886 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

7. Release the tray sensor switch (callout 1), and then remove the cables (callout 2) from the guides
(callout 3).

Figure 5-998 Release the tray sensor switch

8. Remove the tray sensor switch by releasing the cables (callout 1) through the printer frame.

Figure 5-999 Remove the tray sensor switch

Remove the lifter drive assembly 887

 9. Remove the lifter drive assembly (callout 1), and then pass the cables (callout 2) through the printer
frame.

Figure 5-1000 Remove the assembly

12. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

888 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

13. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly
Also use the followingspecial installation instructions.

Lifter drive assembly

1. Pass the cables (callout 1) on the lifter drive assembly up through the printer frame, and then install
the lifter drive assembly (callout 2).

Figure 5-1001 Install the lifter drive assembly

2. Pass the cables (callout 1) on the tray sensor switch up through the printer frame.

Figure 5-1002 Install the tray sensor switch cable

3. Install the cables (callout 1) in the cable guide (callout 2), and then install the tray sensor switch
(callout 3) on the lifter drive assembly (callout 4).

Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly 889

 Figure 5-1003 Install the tray sensor switch

1
4

Removal and replacement: Pickup assembly

Learn how to remove and replace the pickup assembly.

View a video of removing and replacing the pickup assembly.

Mean time to repair: 80 minutes

Service level: Difficult

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-39 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-6372-000CN Paper pickup assembly

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

● #2 Phillips short-shaft or right-angle screwdriver with a magnetic tip

● Small flat-blade screwdriver

890 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 After performing service
Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove Tray 2
Follow these steps to remove Tray 2.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: Removing the tray is the same for SFP and MFP printers.

Figure 5-1004 Remove the tray

2. Remove the toner cartridges

Follow these steps to remove the toner cartridges.

Remove Tray 2 891

 1. Open the front door by pressing the button on the left cover.

Figure 5-1005 Open the front door

2. Grasp the blue handle on the toner cartridge tray, and then pull out the tray.

Figure 5-1006 Open the cartridge drawer

3. Grasp the handle on the toner cartridge, and then pull the toner cartridge straight up to remove it.
Repeat this step for each toner cartridge.

Figure 5-1007 Remove the toner cartridges

892 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 4. Slide the cartridge tray into the printer.

Figure 5-1008 Slide the cartridge tray into the printer

5. Close the front door.

Figure 5-1009 Close the front door

3. Open the front door and duplexing door

Follow these steps to open the front door and duplexing door.

Open the front door and duplexing door 893

 1. Press the button (callout 1) on the left side of the printer to release the front door.

Figure 5-1010 Release the front door

2. Open the front door.

Figure 5-1011 Open the front door

894 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 3. Open the duplexing door.

Figure 5-1012 Open the duplexer door

4. Remove the right cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (SFP).

1. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1013 Remove one screw

Remove the right cover (SFP) 895

 2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1014 Remove one screw

3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1015 Locate the tabs

896 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

4. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the bottom of
the cover.

Figure 5-1016 Release front lower tabs

1
2

5. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
bottom of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-1017 Release lower rear tab

2
6. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

Remove the right cover (SFP) 897

 Figure 5-1018 Release two front tabs

1
2

7. Release four tabs on the top of the printer (callout 1).

Figure 5-1019 Release upper tabs

898 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 8. Slide the cover toward the back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-1020 Remove the right cover

5. Remove the right cover (MFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (MFP).

1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-1021 Raise the scanner

Remove the right cover (MFP) 899

 2. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1022 Remove one screw

3. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1023 Remove one screw

900 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1024 Locate the tabs

5. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the lower
edge of the cover.

Figure 5-1025 Release front lower tabs

1
2

Remove the right cover (MFP) 901

 6. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
lower edge of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-1026 Release lower rear tab

1
7. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

Figure 5-1027 Release front upper tabs

8. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1).

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

902 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-1028 Rotate the front of the cover

9. Slightly pull the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2).

Figure 5-1029 Release top tabs

Remove the right cover (MFP) 903

 10. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release one hook (callout 3) on the inside of the cover.

Figure 5-1030 Release one tab and one hook

11. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-1031 Lower the scanner

904 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 12. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2) at the back of the
printer, and then remove the cover.

Figure 5-1032 Remove the right cover

6. Remove the left cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (SFP).

1. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1033 Remove one screw

Remove the left cover (SFP) 905

 2. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
reengaging.

Figure 5-1034 Release two tabs

3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1035 Locate the tabs

906 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 4. Beginning from the front of the cover, release four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the cover.

Figure 5-1036 Release bottom tabs

4 3 2 1

5. Release three tabs at the top of the cover (callout 1), and then slide the cover toward the rear of the
printer to remove it.

Figure 5-1037 Release three tabs

7. Remove the left cover (MFP )

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (MFP ).

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 907

 1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-1038 Raise the scanner

2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1039 Remove one screw

908 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
re-engaging.

Figure 5-1040 Release two tabs

4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1041 Locate the tabs

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 909

 5. Beginning from the front of the cover, release the four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the
cover.

Figure 5-1042 Release four tabs

4 3
2 1

6. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1). Make sure that the tab (callout 2) does
not get caught on the printer frame (callout 3).

Figure 5-1043 Rotate the cover

3
1

910 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

7. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release two hooks (callout 3) inside the cover.

Figure 5-1044 Release one tab and two hooks

3
1

8. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-1045 Lower the scanner

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 911

 9. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then slide the cover (callout 2) toward the
back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-1046 Remove the left cover

2 1

8. Remove the duplexing door assembly

Follow these steps to remove the duplexing door assembly.

1. Rotate the secondary transfer assembly (callout 1) toward the printer to close it.

Figure 5-1047 Close the secondary transfer assembly

2. At the back of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove one screw (callout 2) that
holds the retention arm.

TIP: Note that the screw (callout 2) that holds the retention arm is longer than the other two. Make
sure this screw is installed in the correct position.

912 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-1048 Remove three screws

3. Release the retention arm (callout 1).

Figure 5-1049 Release the retention arm

Remove the duplexing door assembly 913

 4. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the duplexer door (callout 2) to the right to remove it.

Figure 5-1050 Remove the duplexing door

9. Remove the re-pickup assembly

Follow these steps to remove the re-pickup assembly.

1. On the left side of the printer, disconnect two connectors (callout 1), and then remove the cables
(callout 2) from the guides (callout 3).

Figure 5-1051 Disconnect two connectors and remove cables from guides

1
2

914 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. Lay the printer on the right side so that the left side is facing up. Remove six screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-1052 Remove six screws

3. Release four tabs (callout 1).

Figure 5-1053 Release four tabs

Remove the re-pickup assembly 915

 4. Remove the re-pickup assembly (callout 1).

Figure 5-1054 Remove the assembly

10. Remove the DC controller

Follow these steps to remove the DC controller.

1. Before disconnecting the connectors in the next step, take note of the position of two of the cables
(callout 1).

IMPORTANT: These cables can be mistakenly switched when reinstalled. The connectors on the
cables fit in either connector on the DC controller. Make sure that these cables are installed in the
correct connectors. The upper cable is purple and the lower cable is yellow. If the cables are
switched, the printer jams repeatedly when duplex printing.

Figure 5-1055 Check the cables

916 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. Disconnect all of the connectors on the DC controller. Note that one connector (callout 1) is a zero
insertion force (ZIF) connector. Lift the latch on the connector before removing the flat cable.

Figure 5-1056 Disconnect all of the connectors

3. Remove six screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-1057 Remove six screws

Remove the DC controller 917

 4. Release four tabs (callout 1).

Figure 5-1058 Release four tabs

5. Remove the DC controller.

Figure 5-1059 Remove the assembly

11. Remove the lifter drive assembly

Follow these steps to remove the lifter drive assembly.

918 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Remove four screws (callout 1), and then release the cables (callout 2) from the guides (callout 3).

Figure 5-1060 Remove four screws and release cables

1 2 3

2. Remove one cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1061 Remove one cover

Remove the lifter drive assembly 919

 3. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1062 Remove one screw

4. Remove the shaft.

Figure 5-1063 Remove the shaft

920 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

5. Lay the printer on the right side so that the left side is facing up. Locate the tray sensor switch
(callout 1).

Figure 5-1064 Locate the tray sensor switch

6. Release three tabs (callout 1).

Figure 5-1065 Release three tabs

Remove the lifter drive assembly 921

 7. Release the tray sensor switch (callout 1), and then remove the cables (callout 2) from the guides
(callout 3).

Figure 5-1066 Release the tray sensor switch

8. Remove the tray sensor switch by releasing the cables (callout 1) through the printer frame.

Figure 5-1067 Remove the tray sensor switch

922 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 9. Remove the lifter drive assembly (callout 1), and then pass the cables (callout 2) through the printer
frame.

Figure 5-1068 Remove the assembly

12. Remove the driver PCA

Follow these steps to remove the driver PCA.

1. Disconnect one connector (callout 1).

Figure 5-1069 Disconnect one connector

Remove the driver PCA 923

 2. Release one retainer (callout 1), disconnect all of the connectors on the driver PCA, remove one
screw (callout 2), and then release two tabs (callout 3).

Figure 5-1070 Disconnect all connectors and remove one screw

3 2

3. Rotate the top of the driver PCA away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift up (callout 2) to
remove it.

Figure 5-1071 Remove the PCA

13. Remove the LVPS

Follow these steps to remove the LVPS.

924 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then remove the cable (callout 2) from the wire guide
(callout 3).

Figure 5-1072 Disconnect one connector and release cables from guides

1
2

2. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-1073 Remove two screws

Remove the LVPS 925

 3. Release the hinge arm (callout 1).

Figure 5-1074 Release the hinge arm

4. Release one tab (callout 1) on the right side of the power supply fan.

Figure 5-1075 Release one tab

926 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

5. Lift the front door up slightly (callout 1), and then remove the power supply fan and holder (callout 2).

Figure 5-1076 Remove the power supply fan and holder

6. Before proceeding, take note of the position of two cables (callout 1).

IMPORTANT: These cables can be mistakenly switched when reinstalled. The connectors on the
cables fit in either connector on the LVPS. Make sure that these cables are installed in the correct
connectors. If the cables are switched, the printer will not power on when reassembled.

Figure 5-1077 Check the connectors

7. Disconnect five connectors (callout 1). One connector (callout 2) has a latch that must be released
before disconnecting it. Remove three screws (callout 3).

NOTE: The latch for one connector (callout 2) is located on the backside of the connector body,
and not easily seen.

Remove the LVPS 927

 Figure 5-1078 Disconnect five connectors and remove three screws

1 1

3
2

8. Remove two screws from the back (callout 1), and then release four tabs (callout 2).

Figure 5-1079 Remove two screws and release three tabs

1 2

928 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 9. Remove the LVPS (callout 1).

Figure 5-1080 Remove the assembly

14. Remove the pickup motor

Follow these steps to remove the pickup motor.

1. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the fan duct (callout 2) up to remove it.

Figure 5-1081 Remove the fan duct

1
2

Remove the pickup motor 929

 2. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove two screws (callout 2), and then remove the pickup
motor (callout 3).

Figure 5-1082 Remove the assembly

3
1

15. Remove the pickup assembly

Follow these steps to remove the pickup assembly.

1. Remove three screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-1083 Remove three screws

930 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. Release the cables (callout 1) from the cable guides (callout 2).

Figure 5-1084 Release the cables from the cable guides

3. Thread the cables (callout 1) through the opening in the driver PCA holder (callout 2).

Figure 5-1085 Release the cables

Remove the pickup assembly 931

 4. Lay the printer on the right side so that the left side is facing up. Press the pickup and feed roller
holder (callout 1) toward the printer, and then remove the pickup assembly (callout 2).

Figure 5-1086 Remove the pickup assembly

5. Pass the cables (callout 1) through the printer frame.

Figure 5-1087 Release the cables

16. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

932 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

17. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly

Also use the followingspecial installation instructions.

Pickup assembly

1. Pass the cables (callout 1) through the printer frame.

Figure 5-1088 Pass the cables through the printer frame

2. Press the pickup and feed roller holder (callout 1) toward the printer, and then install the pickup
assembly (callout 2).

Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly 933

 Figure 5-1089 Install the pickup assembly

Low-voltage power supply

1. Install the tab (callout 1) on the LVPS into the slot (callout 2) in the printer. Install the slot (callout 3) in
the LVPS over the tab (callout 4) on the printer.

Figure 5-1090 Install the side tabs of the LVPS

1 2

2. At the back of the printer, install the tabs on the LVPS (callout 1) into the slots (callout 2) in the printer.

934 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-1091 Install the back tabs of the LVPS

2
1

Lifter drive assembly

1. Pass the cables (callout 1) on the lifter drive assembly up through the printer frame, and then install
the lifter drive assembly (callout 2).

Figure 5-1092 Install the lifter drive assembly

2. Pass the cables (callout 1) on the tray sensor switch up through the printer frame.

Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly 935

 Figure 5-1093 Install the tray sensor switch cable

3. Install the cables (callout 1) in the cable guide (callout 2), and then install the tray sensor switch
(callout 3) on the lifter drive assembly (callout 4).

Figure 5-1094 Install the tray sensor switch

1
4

Removal and replacement: Front feed guide assembly

Learn how to remove and replace the front feed guide assembly.

View a video of removing and replacing the front feed guide assembly.

Mean time to repair: 96 minutes

Service level: Difficult

Before performing service

936 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-40 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-6368-000CN Feed guide assembly (front)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

● #2 Phillips short-shaft or right-angle screwdriver with a magnetic tip

● Small flat-blade screwdriver

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove Tray 2
Follow these steps to remove Tray 2.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: Removing the tray is the same for SFP and MFP printers.

Remove Tray 2 937

 Figure 5-1095 Remove the tray

2. Remove the toner cartridges

Follow these steps to remove the toner cartridges.

1. Open the front door by pressing the button on the left cover.

Figure 5-1096 Open the front door

2. Grasp the blue handle on the toner cartridge tray, and then pull out the tray.

Figure 5-1097 Open the cartridge drawer

938 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Grasp the handle on the toner cartridge, and then pull the toner cartridge straight up to remove it.
Repeat this step for each toner cartridge.

Figure 5-1098 Remove the toner cartridges

4. Slide the cartridge tray into the printer.

Figure 5-1099 Slide the cartridge tray into the printer

5. Close the front door.

Figure 5-1100 Close the front door

Remove the toner cartridges 939

 3. Open the front door and duplexing door
Follow these steps to open the front door and duplexing door.

1. Press the button (callout 1) on the left side of the printer to release the front door.

Figure 5-1101 Release the front door

2. Open the front door.

Figure 5-1102 Open the front door

940 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 3. Open the duplexing door.

Figure 5-1103 Open the duplexer door

4. Remove the right cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (SFP).

1. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1104 Remove one screw

Remove the right cover (SFP) 941

 2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1105 Remove one screw

3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1106 Locate the tabs

942 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

4. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the bottom of
the cover.

Figure 5-1107 Release front lower tabs

1
2

5. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
bottom of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-1108 Release lower rear tab

2
6. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

Remove the right cover (SFP) 943

 Figure 5-1109 Release two front tabs

1
2

7. Release four tabs on the top of the printer (callout 1).

Figure 5-1110 Release upper tabs

944 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 8. Slide the cover toward the back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-1111 Remove the right cover

5. Remove the right cover (MFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (MFP).

1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-1112 Raise the scanner

Remove the right cover (MFP) 945

 2. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1113 Remove one screw

3. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1114 Remove one screw

946 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1115 Locate the tabs

5. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the lower
edge of the cover.

Figure 5-1116 Release front lower tabs

1
2

Remove the right cover (MFP) 947

 6. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
lower edge of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-1117 Release lower rear tab

1
7. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

Figure 5-1118 Release front upper tabs

8. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1).

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

948 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-1119 Rotate the front of the cover

9. Slightly pull the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2).

Figure 5-1120 Release top tabs

Remove the right cover (MFP) 949

 10. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release one hook (callout 3) on the inside of the cover.

Figure 5-1121 Release one tab and one hook

11. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-1122 Lower the scanner

950 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 12. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2) at the back of the
printer, and then remove the cover.

Figure 5-1123 Remove the right cover

6. Remove the left cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (SFP).

1. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1124 Remove one screw

Remove the left cover (SFP) 951

 2. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
reengaging.

Figure 5-1125 Release two tabs

3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1126 Locate the tabs

952 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 4. Beginning from the front of the cover, release four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the cover.

Figure 5-1127 Release bottom tabs

4 3 2 1

5. Release three tabs at the top of the cover (callout 1), and then slide the cover toward the rear of the
printer to remove it.

Figure 5-1128 Release three tabs

7. Remove the left cover (MFP )

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (MFP ).

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 953

 1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-1129 Raise the scanner

2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1130 Remove one screw

954 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
re-engaging.

Figure 5-1131 Release two tabs

4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1132 Locate the tabs

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 955

 5. Beginning from the front of the cover, release the four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the
cover.

Figure 5-1133 Release four tabs

4 3
2 1

6. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1). Make sure that the tab (callout 2) does
not get caught on the printer frame (callout 3).

Figure 5-1134 Rotate the cover

3
1

956 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

7. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release two hooks (callout 3) inside the cover.

Figure 5-1135 Release one tab and two hooks

3
1

8. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-1136 Lower the scanner

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 957

 9. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then slide the cover (callout 2) toward the
back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-1137 Remove the left cover

2 1

8. Remove the duplexing door assembly

Follow these steps to remove the duplexing door assembly.

1. Rotate the secondary transfer assembly (callout 1) toward the printer to close it.

Figure 5-1138 Close the secondary transfer assembly

2. At the back of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove one screw (callout 2) that
holds the retention arm.

TIP: Note that the screw (callout 2) that holds the retention arm is longer than the other two. Make
sure this screw is installed in the correct position.

958 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-1139 Remove three screws

3. Release the retention arm (callout 1).

Figure 5-1140 Release the retention arm

Remove the duplexing door assembly 959

 4. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the duplexer door (callout 2) to the right to remove it.

Figure 5-1141 Remove the duplexing door

9. Remove the re-pickup assembly

Follow these steps to remove the re-pickup assembly.

1. On the left side of the printer, disconnect two connectors (callout 1), and then remove the cables
(callout 2) from the guides (callout 3).

Figure 5-1142 Disconnect two connectors and remove cables from guides

1
2

960 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. Lay the printer on the right side so that the left side is facing up. Remove six screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-1143 Remove six screws

3. Release four tabs (callout 1).

Figure 5-1144 Release four tabs

Remove the re-pickup assembly 961

 4. Remove the re-pickup assembly (callout 1).

Figure 5-1145 Remove the assembly

10. Remove the DC controller

Follow these steps to remove the DC controller.

1. Before disconnecting the connectors in the next step, take note of the position of two of the cables
(callout 1).

IMPORTANT: These cables can be mistakenly switched when reinstalled. The connectors on the
cables fit in either connector on the DC controller. Make sure that these cables are installed in the
correct connectors. The upper cable is purple and the lower cable is yellow. If the cables are
switched, the printer jams repeatedly when duplex printing.

Figure 5-1146 Check the cables

962 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. Disconnect all of the connectors on the DC controller. Note that one connector (callout 1) is a zero
insertion force (ZIF) connector. Lift the latch on the connector before removing the flat cable.

Figure 5-1147 Disconnect all of the connectors

3. Remove six screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-1148 Remove six screws

Remove the DC controller 963

 4. Release four tabs (callout 1).

Figure 5-1149 Release four tabs

5. Remove the DC controller.

Figure 5-1150 Remove the assembly

11. Remove the lifter drive assembly

Follow these steps to remove the lifter drive assembly.

964 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Remove four screws (callout 1), and then release the cables (callout 2) from the guides (callout 3).

Figure 5-1151 Remove four screws and release cables

1 2 3

2. Remove one cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1152 Remove one cover

Remove the lifter drive assembly 965

 3. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1153 Remove one screw

4. Remove the shaft.

Figure 5-1154 Remove the shaft

966 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

5. Lay the printer on the right side so that the left side is facing up. Locate the tray sensor switch
(callout 1).

Figure 5-1155 Locate the tray sensor switch

6. Release three tabs (callout 1).

Figure 5-1156 Release three tabs

Remove the lifter drive assembly 967

 7. Release the tray sensor switch (callout 1), and then remove the cables (callout 2) from the guides
(callout 3).

Figure 5-1157 Release the tray sensor switch

8. Remove the tray sensor switch by releasing the cables (callout 1) through the printer frame.

Figure 5-1158 Remove the tray sensor switch

968 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 9. Remove the lifter drive assembly (callout 1), and then pass the cables (callout 2) through the printer
frame.

Figure 5-1159 Remove the assembly

12. Remove the driver PCA

Follow these steps to remove the driver PCA.

1. Disconnect one connector (callout 1).

Figure 5-1160 Disconnect one connector

Remove the driver PCA 969

 2. Release one retainer (callout 1), disconnect all of the connectors on the driver PCA, remove one
screw (callout 2), and then release two tabs (callout 3).

Figure 5-1161 Disconnect all connectors and remove one screw

3 2

3. Rotate the top of the driver PCA away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift up (callout 2) to
remove it.

Figure 5-1162 Remove the PCA

13. Remove the LVPS

Follow these steps to remove the LVPS.

970 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then remove the cable (callout 2) from the wire guide
(callout 3).

Figure 5-1163 Disconnect one connector and release cables from guides

1
2

2. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-1164 Remove two screws

Remove the LVPS 971

 3. Release the hinge arm (callout 1).

Figure 5-1165 Release the hinge arm

4. Release one tab (callout 1) on the right side of the power supply fan.

Figure 5-1166 Release one tab

972 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

5. Lift the front door up slightly (callout 1), and then remove the power supply fan and holder (callout 2).

Figure 5-1167 Remove the power supply fan and holder

6. Before proceeding, take note of the position of two cables (callout 1).

IMPORTANT: These cables can be mistakenly switched when reinstalled. The connectors on the
cables fit in either connector on the LVPS. Make sure that these cables are installed in the correct
connectors. If the cables are switched, the printer will not power on when reassembled.

Figure 5-1168 Check the connectors

7. Disconnect five connectors (callout 1). One connector (callout 2) has a latch that must be released
before disconnecting it. Remove three screws (callout 3).

NOTE: The latch for one connector (callout 2) is located on the backside of the connector body,
and not easily seen.

Remove the LVPS 973

 Figure 5-1169 Disconnect five connectors and remove three screws

1 1

3
2

8. Remove two screws from the back (callout 1), and then release four tabs (callout 2).

Figure 5-1170 Remove two screws and release three tabs

1 2

974 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 9. Remove the LVPS (callout 1).

Figure 5-1171 Remove the assembly

14. Remove the pickup motor

Follow these steps to remove the pickup motor.

1. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the fan duct (callout 2) up to remove it.

Figure 5-1172 Remove the fan duct

1
2

Remove the pickup motor 975

 2. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove two screws (callout 2), and then remove the pickup
motor (callout 3).

Figure 5-1173 Remove the assembly

3
1

15. Remove the pickup assembly

Follow these steps to remove the pickup assembly.

1. Remove three screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-1174 Remove three screws

976 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. Release the cables (callout 1) from the cable guides (callout 2).

Figure 5-1175 Release the cables from the cable guides

3. Thread the cables (callout 1) through the opening in the driver PCA holder (callout 2).

Figure 5-1176 Release the cables

Remove the pickup assembly 977

 4. Lay the printer on the right side so that the left side is facing up. Press the pickup and feed roller
holder (callout 1) toward the printer, and then remove the pickup assembly (callout 2).

Figure 5-1177 Remove the pickup assembly

5. Pass the cables (callout 1) through the printer frame.

Figure 5-1178 Release the cables

16. Remove the front feed guide assembly

Follow these steps to remove the front feed guide assembly.

978 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Release the cables (callout 1) from the cable guide (callout 2).

Figure 5-1179 Release the cables

2
1

2. Lay the printer on the right side so that the left side is facing up. Press the tray 1 feed guide release
button (callout 1), and then release the tray 1 feed guide toward the front of the printer (callout 2).

Figure 5-1180 Release the tray 1 feed guide

Remove the front feed guide assembly 979

 3. Press the lever (callout 1) on the roller holder, and then slide the roller holder up (callout 2).

Figure 5-1181 Slide the roller holder

4. Hold the roller holder up (callout 1), and then lift the pickup and feed roller case (callout 2) up off of
the shafts (callout 3).

Figure 5-1182 Remove the pickup and feed rollers

3
5. Remove three screws (callout 1) on the rear feed guide assembly, and then remove three screws
(callout 2) on the front feed guide assembly.

Reinstallation tip: The three screws (callout 1) on the rear feed guide assembly are larger than the
screws on the front feed guide assembly.

980 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-1183 Remove six screws

1
2

6. Remove the roller holder (callout 1).

Figure 5-1184 Remove the roller holder

Remove the front feed guide assembly 981

 7. Remove the front feed guide assembly (callout 1). Release the cables (callout 2) through the printer
frame.

Figure 5-1185 Remove the assembly

17. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

982 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

18. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly
Also use the followingspecial installation instructions.

Front feed guide assembly

1. Thread the cables (callout 1) on the front feed guide assembly up through the printer frame, and then
move the front feed guide assembly (callout 2) into position.

Figure 5-1186 Position the front feed guide assembly

2. Make sure that the flag (callout 1) on the front feed guide assembly fits in the opening (callout 2) in
the rear feed guide assembly.

Figure 5-1187 Position the flag

2
1

3. Install the holes on the front feed guide assembly (callout 1) over the tabs (callout 2) on the rear feed
guide assembly.

Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly 983

 Figure 5-1188 Install the front feed guide assembly

2 1

Pickup assembly

1. Pass the cables (callout 1) through the printer frame.

Figure 5-1189 Pass the cables through the printer frame

2. Press the pickup and feed roller holder (callout 1) toward the printer, and then install the pickup
assembly (callout 2).

984 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-1190 Install the pickup assembly

Low-voltage power supply

1. Install the tab (callout 1) on the LVPS into the slot (callout 2) in the printer. Install the slot (callout 3) in
the LVPS over the tab (callout 4) on the printer.

Figure 5-1191 Install the side tabs of the LVPS

1 2

2. At the back of the printer, install the tabs on the LVPS (callout 1) into the slots (callout 2) in the printer.

Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly 985

 Figure 5-1192 Install the back tabs of the LVPS

2
1

Lifter drive assembly

1. Pass the cables (callout 1) on the lifter drive assembly up through the printer frame, and then install
the lifter drive assembly (callout 2).

Figure 5-1193 Install the lifter drive assembly

2. Pass the cables (callout 1) on the tray sensor switch up through the printer frame.

986 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-1194 Install the tray sensor switch cable

3. Install the cables (callout 1) in the cable guide (callout 2), and then install the tray sensor switch
(callout 3) on the lifter drive assembly (callout 4).

Figure 5-1195 Install the tray sensor switch

1
4

Removal and replacement: Rear feed guide assembly

Learn how to remove and replace the rear feed guide assembly.

View a video of removing and replacing the rear feed guide assembly.

Mean time to repair: 98 minutes

Service level: Difficult

Before performing service

Removal and replacement: Rear feed guide assembly 987

 Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-41 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-6366-000CN Feed guide assembly (rear)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

● #2 Phillips short-shaft or right-angle screwdriver with a magnetic tip

● Small flat-blade screwdriver

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove Tray 2
Follow these steps to remove Tray 2.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: Removing the tray is the same for SFP and MFP printers.

988 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-1196 Remove the tray

2. Remove the toner cartridges

Follow these steps to remove the toner cartridges.

1. Open the front door by pressing the button on the left cover.

Figure 5-1197 Open the front door

2. Grasp the blue handle on the toner cartridge tray, and then pull out the tray.

Figure 5-1198 Open the cartridge drawer

Remove the toner cartridges 989

 3. Grasp the handle on the toner cartridge, and then pull the toner cartridge straight up to remove it.
Repeat this step for each toner cartridge.

Figure 5-1199 Remove the toner cartridges

4. Slide the cartridge tray into the printer.

Figure 5-1200 Slide the cartridge tray into the printer

5. Close the front door.

Figure 5-1201 Close the front door

990 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Open the front door and duplexing door
Follow these steps to open the front door and duplexing door.

1. Press the button (callout 1) on the left side of the printer to release the front door.

Figure 5-1202 Release the front door

2. Open the front door.

Figure 5-1203 Open the front door

Open the front door and duplexing door 991

 3. Open the duplexing door.

Figure 5-1204 Open the duplexer door

4. Remove the right cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (SFP).

1. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1205 Remove one screw

992 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1206 Remove one screw

3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1207 Locate the tabs

Remove the right cover (SFP) 993

 4. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the bottom of
the cover.

Figure 5-1208 Release front lower tabs

1
2

5. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
bottom of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-1209 Release lower rear tab

2
6. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

994 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-1210 Release two front tabs

1
2

7. Release four tabs on the top of the printer (callout 1).

Figure 5-1211 Release upper tabs

Remove the right cover (SFP) 995

 8. Slide the cover toward the back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-1212 Remove the right cover

5. Remove the right cover (MFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (MFP).

1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-1213 Raise the scanner

996 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1214 Remove one screw

3. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1215 Remove one screw

Remove the right cover (MFP) 997

 4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1216 Locate the tabs

5. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the lower
edge of the cover.

Figure 5-1217 Release front lower tabs

1
2

998 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

6. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
lower edge of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-1218 Release lower rear tab

1
7. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

Figure 5-1219 Release front upper tabs

8. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1).

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

Remove the right cover (MFP) 999

 Figure 5-1220 Rotate the front of the cover

9. Slightly pull the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2).

Figure 5-1221 Release top tabs

1000 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

10. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release one hook (callout 3) on the inside of the cover.

Figure 5-1222 Release one tab and one hook

11. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-1223 Lower the scanner

Remove the right cover (MFP) 1001

 12. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2) at the back of the
printer, and then remove the cover.

Figure 5-1224 Remove the right cover

6. Remove the left cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (SFP).

1. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1225 Remove one screw

1002 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
reengaging.

Figure 5-1226 Release two tabs

3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1227 Locate the tabs

Remove the left cover (SFP) 1003

 4. Beginning from the front of the cover, release four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the cover.

Figure 5-1228 Release bottom tabs

4 3 2 1

5. Release three tabs at the top of the cover (callout 1), and then slide the cover toward the rear of the
printer to remove it.

Figure 5-1229 Release three tabs

7. Remove the left cover (MFP )

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (MFP ).

1004 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-1230 Raise the scanner

2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1231 Remove one screw

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 1005

 3. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
re-engaging.

Figure 5-1232 Release two tabs

4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1233 Locate the tabs

1006 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

5. Beginning from the front of the cover, release the four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the
cover.

Figure 5-1234 Release four tabs

4 3
2 1

6. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1). Make sure that the tab (callout 2) does
not get caught on the printer frame (callout 3).

Figure 5-1235 Rotate the cover

3
1

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 1007

 7. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release two hooks (callout 3) inside the cover.

Figure 5-1236 Release one tab and two hooks

3
1

8. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-1237 Lower the scanner

1008 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 9. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then slide the cover (callout 2) toward the
back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-1238 Remove the left cover

2 1

8. Remove the duplexing door assembly

Follow these steps to remove the duplexing door assembly.

1. Rotate the secondary transfer assembly (callout 1) toward the printer to close it.

Figure 5-1239 Close the secondary transfer assembly

2. At the back of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove one screw (callout 2) that
holds the retention arm.

TIP: Note that the screw (callout 2) that holds the retention arm is longer than the other two. Make
sure this screw is installed in the correct position.

Remove the duplexing door assembly 1009

 Figure 5-1240 Remove three screws

3. Release the retention arm (callout 1).

Figure 5-1241 Release the retention arm

1010 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 4. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the duplexer door (callout 2) to the right to remove it.

Figure 5-1242 Remove the duplexing door

9. Remove the re-pickup assembly

Follow these steps to remove the re-pickup assembly.

1. On the left side of the printer, disconnect two connectors (callout 1), and then remove the cables
(callout 2) from the guides (callout 3).

Figure 5-1243 Disconnect two connectors and remove cables from guides

1
2

Remove the re-pickup assembly 1011

 2. Lay the printer on the right side so that the left side is facing up. Remove six screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-1244 Remove six screws

3. Release four tabs (callout 1).

Figure 5-1245 Release four tabs

1012 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 4. Remove the re-pickup assembly (callout 1).

Figure 5-1246 Remove the assembly

10. Remove the DC controller

Follow these steps to remove the DC controller.

1. Before disconnecting the connectors in the next step, take note of the position of two of the cables
(callout 1).

IMPORTANT: These cables can be mistakenly switched when reinstalled. The connectors on the
cables fit in either connector on the DC controller. Make sure that these cables are installed in the
correct connectors. The upper cable is purple and the lower cable is yellow. If the cables are
switched, the printer jams repeatedly when duplex printing.

Figure 5-1247 Check the cables

Remove the DC controller 1013

 2. Disconnect all of the connectors on the DC controller. Note that one connector (callout 1) is a zero
insertion force (ZIF) connector. Lift the latch on the connector before removing the flat cable.

Figure 5-1248 Disconnect all of the connectors

3. Remove six screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-1249 Remove six screws

1014 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 4. Release four tabs (callout 1).

Figure 5-1250 Release four tabs

5. Remove the DC controller.

Figure 5-1251 Remove the assembly

11. Remove the lifter drive assembly

Follow these steps to remove the lifter drive assembly.

Remove the lifter drive assembly 1015

 1. Remove four screws (callout 1), and then release the cables (callout 2) from the guides (callout 3).

Figure 5-1252 Remove four screws and release cables

1 2 3

2. Remove one cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1253 Remove one cover

1016 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1254 Remove one screw

4. Remove the shaft.

Figure 5-1255 Remove the shaft

Remove the lifter drive assembly 1017

 5. Lay the printer on the right side so that the left side is facing up. Locate the tray sensor switch
(callout 1).

Figure 5-1256 Locate the tray sensor switch

6. Release three tabs (callout 1).

Figure 5-1257 Release three tabs

1018 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

7. Release the tray sensor switch (callout 1), and then remove the cables (callout 2) from the guides
(callout 3).

Figure 5-1258 Release the tray sensor switch

8. Remove the tray sensor switch by releasing the cables (callout 1) through the printer frame.

Figure 5-1259 Remove the tray sensor switch

Remove the lifter drive assembly 1019

 9. Remove the lifter drive assembly (callout 1), and then pass the cables (callout 2) through the printer
frame.

Figure 5-1260 Remove the assembly

12. Remove the driver PCA

Follow these steps to remove the driver PCA.

1. Disconnect one connector (callout 1).

Figure 5-1261 Disconnect one connector

1020 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Release one retainer (callout 1), disconnect all of the connectors on the driver PCA, remove one
screw (callout 2), and then release two tabs (callout 3).

Figure 5-1262 Disconnect all connectors and remove one screw

3 2

3. Rotate the top of the driver PCA away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift up (callout 2) to
remove it.

Figure 5-1263 Remove the PCA

13. Remove the LVPS

Follow these steps to remove the LVPS.

Remove the LVPS 1021

 1. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then remove the cable (callout 2) from the wire guide
(callout 3).

Figure 5-1264 Disconnect one connector and release cables from guides

1
2

2. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-1265 Remove two screws

1022 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Release the hinge arm (callout 1).

Figure 5-1266 Release the hinge arm

4. Release one tab (callout 1) on the right side of the power supply fan.

Figure 5-1267 Release one tab

Remove the LVPS 1023

 5. Lift the front door up slightly (callout 1), and then remove the power supply fan and holder (callout 2).

Figure 5-1268 Remove the power supply fan and holder

6. Before proceeding, take note of the position of two cables (callout 1).

IMPORTANT: These cables can be mistakenly switched when reinstalled. The connectors on the
cables fit in either connector on the LVPS. Make sure that these cables are installed in the correct
connectors. If the cables are switched, the printer will not power on when reassembled.

Figure 5-1269 Check the connectors

7. Disconnect five connectors (callout 1). One connector (callout 2) has a latch that must be released
before disconnecting it. Remove three screws (callout 3).

NOTE: The latch for one connector (callout 2) is located on the backside of the connector body,
and not easily seen.

1024 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-1270 Disconnect five connectors and remove three screws

1 1

3
2

8. Remove two screws from the back (callout 1), and then release four tabs (callout 2).

Figure 5-1271 Remove two screws and release three tabs

1 2

Remove the LVPS 1025

 9. Remove the LVPS (callout 1).

Figure 5-1272 Remove the assembly

14. Remove the pickup motor

Follow these steps to remove the pickup motor.

1. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the fan duct (callout 2) up to remove it.

Figure 5-1273 Remove the fan duct

1
2

1026 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove two screws (callout 2), and then remove the pickup
motor (callout 3).

Figure 5-1274 Remove the assembly

3
1

15. Remove the pickup assembly

Follow these steps to remove the pickup assembly.

1. Remove three screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-1275 Remove three screws

Remove the pickup assembly 1027

 2. Release the cables (callout 1) from the cable guides (callout 2).

Figure 5-1276 Release the cables from the cable guides

3. Thread the cables (callout 1) through the opening in the driver PCA holder (callout 2).

Figure 5-1277 Release the cables

1028 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 4. Lay the printer on the right side so that the left side is facing up. Press the pickup and feed roller
holder (callout 1) toward the printer, and then remove the pickup assembly (callout 2).

Figure 5-1278 Remove the pickup assembly

5. Pass the cables (callout 1) through the printer frame.

Figure 5-1279 Release the cables

16. Remove the front feed guide assembly

Follow these steps to remove the front feed guide assembly.

Remove the front feed guide assembly 1029

 1. Release the cables (callout 1) from the cable guide (callout 2).

Figure 5-1280 Release the cables

2
1

2. Lay the printer on the right side so that the left side is facing up. Press the tray 1 feed guide release
button (callout 1), and then release the tray 1 feed guide toward the front of the printer (callout 2).

Figure 5-1281 Release the tray 1 feed guide

1030 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Press the lever (callout 1) on the roller holder, and then slide the roller holder up (callout 2).

Figure 5-1282 Slide the roller holder

4. Hold the roller holder up (callout 1), and then lift the pickup and feed roller case (callout 2) up off of
the shafts (callout 3).

Figure 5-1283 Remove the pickup and feed rollers

3
5. Remove three screws (callout 1) on the rear feed guide assembly, and then remove three screws
(callout 2) on the front feed guide assembly.

Reinstallation tip: The three screws (callout 1) on the rear feed guide assembly are larger than the
screws on the front feed guide assembly.

Remove the front feed guide assembly 1031

 Figure 5-1284 Remove six screws

1
2

6. Remove the roller holder (callout 1).

Figure 5-1285 Remove the roller holder

1032 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 7. Remove the front feed guide assembly (callout 1). Release the cables (callout 2) through the printer
frame.

Figure 5-1286 Remove the assembly

17. Remove the rear feed guide assembly

Follow these steps to remove the rear feed guide assembly.

■ Remove the rear feed guide assembly (callout 1).

Figure 5-1287 Remove the rear feed guide assembly

18. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

Remove the rear feed guide assembly 1033

 1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

19. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly

Also use the followingspecial installation instructions.

Front feed guide assembly

1. Thread the cables (callout 1) on the front feed guide assembly up through the printer frame, and then
move the front feed guide assembly (callout 2) into position.

1034 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-1288 Position the front feed guide assembly

2. Make sure that the flag (callout 1) on the front feed guide assembly fits in the opening (callout 2) in
the rear feed guide assembly.

Figure 5-1289 Position the flag

2
1

3. Install the holes on the front feed guide assembly (callout 1) over the tabs (callout 2) on the rear feed
guide assembly.

Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly 1035

 Figure 5-1290 Install the front feed guide assembly

2 1

Pickup assembly

1. Pass the cables (callout 1) through the printer frame.

Figure 5-1291 Pass the cables through the printer frame

2. Press the pickup and feed roller holder (callout 1) toward the printer, and then install the pickup
assembly (callout 2).

1036 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-1292 Install the pickup assembly

Low-voltage power supply

1. Install the tab (callout 1) on the LVPS into the slot (callout 2) in the printer. Install the slot (callout 3) in
the LVPS over the tab (callout 4) on the printer.

Figure 5-1293 Install the side tabs of the LVPS

1 2

2. At the back of the printer, install the tabs on the LVPS (callout 1) into the slots (callout 2) in the printer.

Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly 1037

 Figure 5-1294 Install the back tabs of the LVPS

2
1

Lifter drive assembly

1. Pass the cables (callout 1) on the lifter drive assembly up through the printer frame, and then install
the lifter drive assembly (callout 2).

Figure 5-1295 Install the lifter drive assembly

2. Pass the cables (callout 1) on the tray sensor switch up through the printer frame.

1038 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-1296 Install the tray sensor switch cable

3. Install the cables (callout 1) in the cable guide (callout 2), and then install the tray sensor switch
(callout 3) on the lifter drive assembly (callout 4).

Figure 5-1297 Install the tray sensor switch

1
4

Removal and replacement: Registration assembly

Learn how to remove and replace the registration assembly.

View a video of removing and replacing the registration assembly.

Mean time to repair: 100 minutes

Service level: Difficult

Before performing service

Removal and replacement: Registration assembly 1039

 Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-42 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-1839-000CN Registration assembly

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

● #2 Phillips short-shaft or right-angle screwdriver with a magnetic tip

● Small flat-blade screwdriver

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove Tray 2
Follow these steps to remove Tray 2.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: Removing the tray is the same for SFP and MFP printers.

1040 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-1298 Remove the tray

2. Remove the toner cartridges

Follow these steps to remove the toner cartridges.

1. Open the front door by pressing the button on the left cover.

Figure 5-1299 Open the front door

2. Grasp the blue handle on the toner cartridge tray, and then pull out the tray.

Figure 5-1300 Open the cartridge drawer

Remove the toner cartridges 1041

 3. Grasp the handle on the toner cartridge, and then pull the toner cartridge straight up to remove it.
Repeat this step for each toner cartridge.

Figure 5-1301 Remove the toner cartridges

4. Slide the cartridge tray into the printer.

Figure 5-1302 Slide the cartridge tray into the printer

5. Close the front door.

Figure 5-1303 Close the front door

1042 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Open the front door and duplexing door
Follow these steps to open the front door and duplexing door.

1. Press the button (callout 1) on the left side of the printer to release the front door.

Figure 5-1304 Release the front door

2. Open the front door.

Figure 5-1305 Open the front door

Open the front door and duplexing door 1043

 3. Open the duplexing door.

Figure 5-1306 Open the duplexer door

4. Remove the right cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (SFP).

1. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1307 Remove one screw

1044 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1308 Remove one screw

3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1309 Locate the tabs

Remove the right cover (SFP) 1045

 4. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the bottom of
the cover.

Figure 5-1310 Release front lower tabs

1
2

5. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
bottom of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-1311 Release lower rear tab

2
6. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

1046 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-1312 Release two front tabs

1
2

7. Release four tabs on the top of the printer (callout 1).

Figure 5-1313 Release upper tabs

Remove the right cover (SFP) 1047

 8. Slide the cover toward the back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-1314 Remove the right cover

5. Remove the right cover (MFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (MFP).

1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-1315 Raise the scanner

1048 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1316 Remove one screw

3. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1317 Remove one screw

Remove the right cover (MFP) 1049

 4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1318 Locate the tabs

5. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the lower
edge of the cover.

Figure 5-1319 Release front lower tabs

1
2

1050 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

6. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
lower edge of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-1320 Release lower rear tab

1
7. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

Figure 5-1321 Release front upper tabs

8. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1).

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

Remove the right cover (MFP) 1051

 Figure 5-1322 Rotate the front of the cover

9. Slightly pull the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2).

Figure 5-1323 Release top tabs

1052 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

10. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release one hook (callout 3) on the inside of the cover.

Figure 5-1324 Release one tab and one hook

11. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-1325 Lower the scanner

Remove the right cover (MFP) 1053

 12. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2) at the back of the
printer, and then remove the cover.

Figure 5-1326 Remove the right cover

6. Remove the left cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (SFP).

1. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1327 Remove one screw

1054 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
reengaging.

Figure 5-1328 Release two tabs

3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1329 Locate the tabs

Remove the left cover (SFP) 1055

 4. Beginning from the front of the cover, release four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the cover.

Figure 5-1330 Release bottom tabs

4 3 2 1

5. Release three tabs at the top of the cover (callout 1), and then slide the cover toward the rear of the
printer to remove it.

Figure 5-1331 Release three tabs

7. Remove the left cover (MFP )

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (MFP ).

1056 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-1332 Raise the scanner

2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1333 Remove one screw

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 1057

 3. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
re-engaging.

Figure 5-1334 Release two tabs

4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1335 Locate the tabs

1058 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

5. Beginning from the front of the cover, release the four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the
cover.

Figure 5-1336 Release four tabs

4 3
2 1

6. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1). Make sure that the tab (callout 2) does
not get caught on the printer frame (callout 3).

Figure 5-1337 Rotate the cover

3
1

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 1059

 7. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release two hooks (callout 3) inside the cover.

Figure 5-1338 Release one tab and two hooks

3
1

8. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-1339 Lower the scanner

1060 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 9. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then slide the cover (callout 2) toward the
back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-1340 Remove the left cover

2 1

8. Remove the duplexing door assembly

Follow these steps to remove the duplexing door assembly.

1. Rotate the secondary transfer assembly (callout 1) toward the printer to close it.

Figure 5-1341 Close the secondary transfer assembly

2. At the back of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1), and then remove one screw (callout 2) that
holds the retention arm.

TIP: Note that the screw (callout 2) that holds the retention arm is longer than the other two. Make
sure this screw is installed in the correct position.

Remove the duplexing door assembly 1061

 Figure 5-1342 Remove three screws

3. Release the retention arm (callout 1).

Figure 5-1343 Release the retention arm

1062 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 4. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the duplexer door (callout 2) to the right to remove it.

Figure 5-1344 Remove the duplexing door

9. Remove the re-pickup assembly

Follow these steps to remove the re-pickup assembly.

1. On the left side of the printer, disconnect two connectors (callout 1), and then remove the cables
(callout 2) from the guides (callout 3).

Figure 5-1345 Disconnect two connectors and remove cables from guides

1
2

Remove the re-pickup assembly 1063

 2. Lay the printer on the right side so that the left side is facing up. Remove six screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-1346 Remove six screws

3. Release four tabs (callout 1).

Figure 5-1347 Release four tabs

1064 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 4. Remove the re-pickup assembly (callout 1).

Figure 5-1348 Remove the assembly

10. Remove the DC controller

Follow these steps to remove the DC controller.

1. Before disconnecting the connectors in the next step, take note of the position of two of the cables
(callout 1).

IMPORTANT: These cables can be mistakenly switched when reinstalled. The connectors on the
cables fit in either connector on the DC controller. Make sure that these cables are installed in the
correct connectors. The upper cable is purple and the lower cable is yellow. If the cables are
switched, the printer jams repeatedly when duplex printing.

Figure 5-1349 Check the cables

Remove the DC controller 1065

 2. Disconnect all of the connectors on the DC controller. Note that one connector (callout 1) is a zero
insertion force (ZIF) connector. Lift the latch on the connector before removing the flat cable.

Figure 5-1350 Disconnect all of the connectors

3. Remove six screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-1351 Remove six screws

1066 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 4. Release four tabs (callout 1).

Figure 5-1352 Release four tabs

5. Remove the DC controller.

Figure 5-1353 Remove the assembly

11. Remove the lifter drive assembly

Follow these steps to remove the lifter drive assembly.

Remove the lifter drive assembly 1067

 1. Remove four screws (callout 1), and then release the cables (callout 2) from the guides (callout 3).

Figure 5-1354 Remove four screws and release cables

1 2 3

2. Remove one cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1355 Remove one cover

1068 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1356 Remove one screw

4. Remove the shaft.

Figure 5-1357 Remove the shaft

Remove the lifter drive assembly 1069

 5. Lay the printer on the right side so that the left side is facing up. Locate the tray sensor switch
(callout 1).

Figure 5-1358 Locate the tray sensor switch

6. Release three tabs (callout 1).

Figure 5-1359 Release three tabs

1070 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

7. Release the tray sensor switch (callout 1), and then remove the cables (callout 2) from the guides
(callout 3).

Figure 5-1360 Release the tray sensor switch

8. Remove the tray sensor switch by releasing the cables (callout 1) through the printer frame.

Figure 5-1361 Remove the tray sensor switch

Remove the lifter drive assembly 1071

 9. Remove the lifter drive assembly (callout 1), and then pass the cables (callout 2) through the printer
frame.

Figure 5-1362 Remove the assembly

12. Remove the driver PCA

Follow these steps to remove the driver PCA.

1. Disconnect one connector (callout 1).

Figure 5-1363 Disconnect one connector

1072 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Release one retainer (callout 1), disconnect all of the connectors on the driver PCA, remove one
screw (callout 2), and then release two tabs (callout 3).

Figure 5-1364 Disconnect all connectors and remove one screw

3 2

3. Rotate the top of the driver PCA away from the printer (callout 1), and then lift up (callout 2) to
remove it.

Figure 5-1365 Remove the PCA

13. Remove the LVPS

Follow these steps to remove the LVPS.

Remove the LVPS 1073

 1. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then remove the cable (callout 2) from the wire guide
(callout 3).

Figure 5-1366 Disconnect one connector and release cables from guides

1
2

2. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-1367 Remove two screws

1074 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Release the hinge arm (callout 1).

Figure 5-1368 Release the hinge arm

4. Release one tab (callout 1) on the right side of the power supply fan.

Figure 5-1369 Release one tab

Remove the LVPS 1075

 5. Lift the front door up slightly (callout 1), and then remove the power supply fan and holder (callout 2).

Figure 5-1370 Remove the power supply fan and holder

6. Before proceeding, take note of the position of two cables (callout 1).

IMPORTANT: These cables can be mistakenly switched when reinstalled. The connectors on the
cables fit in either connector on the LVPS. Make sure that these cables are installed in the correct
connectors. If the cables are switched, the printer will not power on when reassembled.

Figure 5-1371 Check the connectors

7. Disconnect five connectors (callout 1). One connector (callout 2) has a latch that must be released
before disconnecting it. Remove three screws (callout 3).

NOTE: The latch for one connector (callout 2) is located on the backside of the connector body,
and not easily seen.

1076 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-1372 Disconnect five connectors and remove three screws

1 1

3
2

8. Remove two screws from the back (callout 1), and then release four tabs (callout 2).

Figure 5-1373 Remove two screws and release three tabs

1 2

Remove the LVPS 1077

 9. Remove the LVPS (callout 1).

Figure 5-1374 Remove the assembly

14. Remove the pickup motor

Follow these steps to remove the pickup motor.

1. Release one tab (callout 1), and then slide the fan duct (callout 2) up to remove it.

Figure 5-1375 Remove the fan duct

1
2

1078 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove two screws (callout 2), and then remove the pickup
motor (callout 3).

Figure 5-1376 Remove the assembly

3
1

15. Remove the pickup assembly

Follow these steps to remove the pickup assembly.

1. Remove three screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-1377 Remove three screws

Remove the pickup assembly 1079

 2. Release the cables (callout 1) from the cable guides (callout 2).

Figure 5-1378 Release the cables from the cable guides

3. Thread the cables (callout 1) through the opening in the driver PCA holder (callout 2).

Figure 5-1379 Release the cables

1080 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 4. Lay the printer on the right side so that the left side is facing up. Press the pickup and feed roller
holder (callout 1) toward the printer, and then remove the pickup assembly (callout 2).

Figure 5-1380 Remove the pickup assembly

5. Pass the cables (callout 1) through the printer frame.

Figure 5-1381 Release the cables

16. Remove the front feed guide assembly

Follow these steps to remove the front feed guide assembly.

Remove the front feed guide assembly 1081

 1. Release the cables (callout 1) from the cable guide (callout 2).

Figure 5-1382 Release the cables

2
1

2. Lay the printer on the right side so that the left side is facing up. Press the tray 1 feed guide release
button (callout 1), and then release the tray 1 feed guide toward the front of the printer (callout 2).

Figure 5-1383 Release the tray 1 feed guide

1082 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Press the lever (callout 1) on the roller holder, and then slide the roller holder up (callout 2).

Figure 5-1384 Slide the roller holder

4. Hold the roller holder up (callout 1), and then lift the pickup and feed roller case (callout 2) up off of
the shafts (callout 3).

Figure 5-1385 Remove the pickup and feed rollers

3
5. Remove three screws (callout 1) on the rear feed guide assembly, and then remove three screws
(callout 2) on the front feed guide assembly.

Reinstallation tip: The three screws (callout 1) on the rear feed guide assembly are larger than the
screws on the front feed guide assembly.

Remove the front feed guide assembly 1083

 Figure 5-1386 Remove six screws

1
2

6. Remove the roller holder (callout 1).

Figure 5-1387 Remove the roller holder

1084 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 7. Remove the front feed guide assembly (callout 1). Release the cables (callout 2) through the printer
frame.

Figure 5-1388 Remove the assembly

17. Remove the rear feed guide assembly

Follow these steps to remove the rear feed guide assembly.

■ Remove the rear feed guide assembly (callout 1).

Figure 5-1389 Remove the rear feed guide assembly

18. Remove the registration assembly

Follow these steps to remove the registration assembly.

Remove the rear feed guide assembly 1085

 1. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-1390 Remove two screws

2. Squeeze the registration assembly (callout 1) to release five tabs (callout 2).

Figure 5-1391 Release five tabs

2
1

1086 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 3. Remove the registration assembly (callout 1). Release the cables (callout 2) through the printer
frame.

Figure 5-1392 Remove the assembly

19. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Unpack the replacement assembly 1087

 20. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly
Also use the followingspecial installation instructions.

Registration assembly

■ Thread the cables (callout 1) on the registration assembly up through the printer frame, and then
move the registration assembly (callout 2) into position.

Figure 5-1393 Install the registration assembly

Front feed guide assembly

1. Thread the cables (callout 1) on the front feed guide assembly up through the printer frame, and then
move the front feed guide assembly (callout 2) into position.

Figure 5-1394 Position the front feed guide assembly

2. Make sure that the flag (callout 1) on the front feed guide assembly fits in the opening (callout 2) in
the rear feed guide assembly.

1088 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-1395 Position the flag

2
1

3. Install the holes on the front feed guide assembly (callout 1) over the tabs (callout 2) on the rear feed
guide assembly.

Figure 5-1396 Install the front feed guide assembly

2 1

Pickup assembly

1. Pass the cables (callout 1) through the printer frame.

Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly 1089

 Figure 5-1397 Pass the cables through the printer frame

2. Press the pickup and feed roller holder (callout 1) toward the printer, and then install the pickup
assembly (callout 2).

Figure 5-1398 Install the pickup assembly

Low-voltage power supply

1. Install the tab (callout 1) on the LVPS into the slot (callout 2) in the printer. Install the slot (callout 3) in
the LVPS over the tab (callout 4) on the printer.

1090 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-1399 Install the side tabs of the LVPS

1 2

2. At the back of the printer, install the tabs on the LVPS (callout 1) into the slots (callout 2) in the printer.

Figure 5-1400 Install the back tabs of the LVPS

2
1

Lifter drive assembly

1. Pass the cables (callout 1) on the lifter drive assembly up through the printer frame, and then install
the lifter drive assembly (callout 2).

Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly 1091

 Figure 5-1401 Install the lifter drive assembly

2. Pass the cables (callout 1) on the tray sensor switch up through the printer frame.

Figure 5-1402 Install the tray sensor switch cable

3. Install the cables (callout 1) in the cable guide (callout 2), and then install the tray sensor switch
(callout 3) on the lifter drive assembly (callout 4).

1092 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-1403 Install the tray sensor switch

1
4

Removal and replacement: Memory PCA

Learn how to remove and replace the memory printed-circuit assembly (PCA).

View a video of removing and replacing the memory printed-circuit assembly (PCA).

Mean time to repair: 18 minutes (SFP)

Service level: Easy (SFP)

Mean time to repair: 35 minutes (MFP)

Service level: Medium (MFP)

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-43 Part information

Part number Part description

RM3-7245-000CN Memory PCA

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

Removal and replacement: Memory PCA 1093

 ● Small flat-blade screwdriver

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove Tray 2
Follow these steps to remove Tray 2.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: Removing the tray is the same for SFP and MFP printers.

Figure 5-1404 Remove the tray

2. Open the front door and duplexing door

Follow these steps to open the front door and duplexing door.

1094 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Press the button (callout 1) on the left side of the printer to release the front door.

Figure 5-1405 Release the front door

2. Open the front door.

Figure 5-1406 Open the front door

Open the front door and duplexing door 1095

 3. Open the duplexing door.

Figure 5-1407 Open the duplexer door

3. Remove the right cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (SFP).

1. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1408 Remove one screw

1096 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1409 Remove one screw

3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1410 Locate the tabs

Remove the right cover (SFP) 1097

 4. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the bottom of
the cover.

Figure 5-1411 Release front lower tabs

1
2

5. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
bottom of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-1412 Release lower rear tab

2
6. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

1098 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-1413 Release two front tabs

1
2

7. Release four tabs on the top of the printer (callout 1).

Figure 5-1414 Release upper tabs

Remove the right cover (SFP) 1099

 8. Slide the cover toward the back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-1415 Remove the right cover

4. Remove the right cover (MFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (MFP).

1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-1416 Raise the scanner

1100 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1417 Remove one screw

3. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1418 Remove one screw

Remove the right cover (MFP) 1101

 4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1419 Locate the tabs

5. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the lower
edge of the cover.

Figure 5-1420 Release front lower tabs

1
2

1102 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

6. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
lower edge of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-1421 Release lower rear tab

1
7. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

Figure 5-1422 Release front upper tabs

8. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1).

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

Remove the right cover (MFP) 1103

 Figure 5-1423 Rotate the front of the cover

9. Slightly pull the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2).

Figure 5-1424 Release top tabs

1104 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

10. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release one hook (callout 3) on the inside of the cover.

Figure 5-1425 Release one tab and one hook

11. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-1426 Lower the scanner

Remove the right cover (MFP) 1105

 12. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2) at the back of the
printer, and then remove the cover.

Figure 5-1427 Remove the right cover

5. Remove the left cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (SFP).

1. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1428 Remove one screw

1106 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
reengaging.

Figure 5-1429 Release two tabs

3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1430 Locate the tabs

Remove the left cover (SFP) 1107

 4. Beginning from the front of the cover, release four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the cover.

Figure 5-1431 Release bottom tabs

4 3 2 1

5. Release three tabs at the top of the cover (callout 1), and then slide the cover toward the rear of the
printer to remove it.

Figure 5-1432 Release three tabs

6. Remove the left cover (MFP )

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (MFP ).

1108 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-1433 Raise the scanner

2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1434 Remove one screw

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 1109

 3. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
re-engaging.

Figure 5-1435 Release two tabs

4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1436 Locate the tabs

1110 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

5. Beginning from the front of the cover, release the four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the
cover.

Figure 5-1437 Release four tabs

4 3
2 1

6. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1). Make sure that the tab (callout 2) does
not get caught on the printer frame (callout 3).

Figure 5-1438 Rotate the cover

3
1

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 1111

 7. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release two hooks (callout 3) inside the cover.

Figure 5-1439 Release one tab and two hooks

3
1

8. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-1440 Lower the scanner

1112 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 9. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then slide the cover (callout 2) toward the
back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-1441 Remove the left cover

2 1

7. Remove the control panel display and mount base (MFP only)
Follow these steps to remove the control panel display and mount base (MFP only).

1. Open the integrated scanner assembly (ISA).

NOTE: The ISA might already have been removed. If so, skip ISA related steps.

If the control panel is not fully tilted forward, tilt it forward now until it stops.

Figure 5-1442 Open the ISA

Remove the control panel display and mount base (MFP only) 1113
 2. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1443 Remove one screw

3. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to release two tabs (callout 1) on the control-panel mount cover.

Figure 5-1444 Release two tabs

1114 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

4. Rotate the control-panel mount cover up towards the control panel to release it, and then remove
the cover.

Figure 5-1445 Remove the cover

5. Remove one grounding screw (callout 1), and then move the ground cable (callout 2) out of the way.

Figure 5-1446 Remove one screw

1
2

Remove the control panel display and mount base (MFP only) 1115
 6. Disconnect two FFC (callout 1).

Figure 5-1447 Disconnect two FFC

7. Release one tab (callout 1), and then remove the interconnect board (ICB).

Figure 5-1448 Remove the ICB

8. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then lift the control panel display and mount base together to
remove them.

CAUTION: Carefully unfold the FFC and release it through the opening in the mount base.

1116 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-1449 Remove two screws and remove the control panel assembly

8. Remove the integrated scanner assembly

(MFP)

1. On the left side of the printer, disconnect three connectors (callout 1).

Figure 5-1450 Disconnect three connectors

Remove the integrated scanner assembly 1117

 2. Raise the scanner cables up, and then remove one screw (callout 1) to release the ground wire.

Figure 5-1451 Remove one screw and release the ground wire

3. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-1452 Raise the scanner

1118 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

4. With the scanner lifted, release the tab (callout 1) on the scanner support arm pin from the slot and
rotate the pin in the direction indicated.

Figure 5-1453 Release scanner support arm pin

5. Remove the scanner arm pin.

CAUTION: Once the scanner arm pin is removed, support the scanner with one hand at all times
so that it does not fall backwards off of the printer.

Figure 5-1454 Remove the pin

Remove the integrated scanner assembly 1119

 6. On the top of the printer, use a flat-blade screwdriver to release one tab (callout 1).

Figure 5-1455 Release one tab

7. Remove the scanner cable cover.

Figure 5-1456 Remove the scanner cable cover

1120 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 8. The scanner cables (callout 1) are held in place on the top cover with double-sided tape. Carefully
release the cables from the top cover.

Figure 5-1457 Release the cables

9. Open the scanner assembly fully, slide the assembly toward the right side of the printer, and then
lift the assembly off of the printer.

Figure 5-1458 Remove the scanner assembly

2
1

9. Remove the fax PCA (MFP)

Follow these steps to remove the fax PCA (MFP).

Remove the fax PCA (MFP) 1121

 1. Disconnect one FFC cable from fax PCA.

Figure 5-1459 Disconnect one connector

2. Remove three screws and release one tab (callout 1).

Figure 5-1460 Remove three screws and release one tab

1122 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 3. Lift up to remove the fax PCA.

Figure 5-1461 Lift up to remove the fax PCA

4. Optional step: Release the tab (callout 1) on the back of the fax PCA to remove the PCA from the
plastic holder.

Figure 5-1462 Release one tab on the back of the fax PCA

10. Remove the top cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the top cover (SFP).

1. On the left side of the printer, on the formatter, disconnect one connector (callout 1).

NOTE: The formatter may look slightly different than what is shown below, however the removal
procedures are the same.

Remove the top cover (SFP) 1123

 Figure 5-1463 Disconnect one connector

2. At the back of the printer, remove five screws (callout 1), and then remove the fuser cover.

Figure 5-1464 Remove five screws

1124 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. At the front of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-1465 Remove two screws

4. Lift the front of the top cover up and release two tabs at the back of the printer (callout 1).

Figure 5-1466 Lift the top cover and release two tabs

5. Remove the top cover.

NOTE: For a replacement cover install, remove the control panel form the discarded cover and
install it on the replacement cover.

Remove the top cover (SFP) 1125

 Figure 5-1467 Remove the top cover

11. Remove the top cover (MFP)

Follow these steps to remove the top cover (MFP).

1. Disconnect one FFC (callout 1) and one connector (callout 2).

Figure 5-1468 Disconnect one FFC and one connector

1
2

1126 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. On the top cover, remove one screw (callout 1) and the sheet metal plate (callout 2).

Figure 5-1469 Remove one screw and the sheet metal plate

3. At the top of the printer, lower the scanner support arm (callout 1), and then remove one screw
(callout 2).

Figure 5-1470 Lower the support arm and remove one screw

2 1

Remove the top cover (MFP) 1127

 4. Remove the scanner support arm (callout 1).

Figure 5-1471 Remove the scanner support arm

5. At the top of the printer, remove four screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-1472 Remove four screws

1128 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

6. Remove the USB cable (callout 1) from the cable guides.

Figure 5-1473 Release the USB cable

7. At the front of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-1474 Remove two screws

Remove the top cover (MFP) 1129

 8. Release one retainer (callout 1), and then release three tabs (callout 2).

Figure 5-1475 Release one retainer and three tabs

9. Remove the top cover.

Figure 5-1476 Remove the top cover

12. Remove the memory PCA

Follow these steps to remove the memory PCA.

1130 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 1. Locate the memory PCA on the top of the printer.

Figure 5-1477 Locate the memory PCA

2. Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), remove one screw (callout 2), and then remove the memory
PCA (callout 3).

Figure 5-1478 Remove the PCA

3 2

13. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Unpack the replacement assembly 1131

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Laser scanner assembly (SFP)

Learn how to remove and replace the laser scanner (SFP).

View a video of removing and replacing the laser scanner (SFP).

Mean time to repair: 32 minutes

Service level: Medium

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-44 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-5612-000CN Laser scanner assembly

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

● Small flat-blade screwdriver

1132 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ● Needle-nose pliers

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove Tray 2
Follow these steps to remove Tray 2.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: Removing the tray is the same for SFP and MFP printers.

Figure 5-1479 Remove the tray

2. Open the front door and duplexing door

Follow these steps to open the front door and duplexing door.

Remove Tray 2 1133

 1. Press the button (callout 1) on the left side of the printer to release the front door.

Figure 5-1480 Release the front door

2. Open the front door.

Figure 5-1481 Open the front door

1134 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 3. Open the duplexing door.

Figure 5-1482 Open the duplexer door

3. Remove the right cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (SFP).

1. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1483 Remove one screw

Remove the right cover (SFP) 1135

 2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1484 Remove one screw

3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1485 Locate the tabs

1136 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

4. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the bottom of
the cover.

Figure 5-1486 Release front lower tabs

1
2

5. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
bottom of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-1487 Release lower rear tab

2
6. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

Remove the right cover (SFP) 1137

 Figure 5-1488 Release two front tabs

1
2

7. Release four tabs on the top of the printer (callout 1).

Figure 5-1489 Release upper tabs

1138 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 8. Slide the cover toward the back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-1490 Remove the right cover

4. Remove the left cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (SFP).

1. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1491 Remove one screw

Remove the left cover (SFP) 1139

 2. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
reengaging.

Figure 5-1492 Release two tabs

3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1493 Locate the tabs

1140 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 4. Beginning from the front of the cover, release four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the cover.

Figure 5-1494 Release bottom tabs

4 3 2 1

5. Release three tabs at the top of the cover (callout 1), and then slide the cover toward the rear of the
printer to remove it.

Figure 5-1495 Release three tabs

5. Remove the top cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the top cover (SFP).

1. On the left side of the printer, on the formatter, disconnect one connector (callout 1).

NOTE: The formatter may look slightly different than what is shown below, however the removal
procedures are the same.

Remove the top cover (SFP) 1141

 Figure 5-1496 Disconnect one connector

2. At the back of the printer, remove five screws (callout 1), and then remove the fuser cover.

Figure 5-1497 Remove five screws

1142 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. At the front of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-1498 Remove two screws

4. Lift the front of the top cover up and release two tabs at the back of the printer (callout 1).

Figure 5-1499 Lift the top cover and release two tabs

5. Remove the top cover.

NOTE: For a replacement cover install, remove the control panel form the discarded cover and
install it on the replacement cover.

Remove the top cover (SFP) 1143

 Figure 5-1500 Remove the top cover

6. Remove the memory PCA

Follow these steps to remove the memory PCA.

1. Locate the memory PCA on the top of the printer.

Figure 5-1501 Locate the memory PCA

1144 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), remove one screw (callout 2), and then remove the memory
PCA (callout 3).

Figure 5-1502 Remove the PCA

3 2

7. Remove the laser scanner (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the laser scanner (SFP).

NOTE: Formatter and main PCA boards might appear different than what is shown below. However,
the procedure is correct for all printer models.

1. At the left side of the printer on the DC controller, disconnect four connectors (callout 1).

Figure 5-1503 Disconnect four connectors

Remove the laser scanner (SFP) 1145

 2. Lift the flat cable (callout 1) over to the right side of the printer to gain access to the cables under it.

Figure 5-1504 Lift the flat cable

3. Release all of the cables (callout 1) from the cable guides (callout 2).

Figure 5-1505 Release the cables from the guides

1146 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

4. Remove three screws (callout 1), and then remove the metal bracket (callout 2).

Figure 5-1506 Remove the bracket

5. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-1507 Remove two screws

Remove the laser scanner (SFP) 1147

 6. Remove the grounding plate (callout 1).

Figure 5-1508 Remove the grounding plate

7. SFP only: Disconnect one USB cable from the formatter PCA (callout 1), and then remove the cable
from the guide (callout 2).

Figure 5-1509 Disconnect cable from formatter PCA

1148 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

8. SFP only: Remove three screws (callout 1), and then remove the metal bracket (callout 2) from the
printer .

Figure 5-1510 Remove three screws

9. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1511 Remove one screw

Remove the laser scanner (SFP) 1149

 10. Remove the front door switch holder.

Figure 5-1512 Remove the front door switch holder

11. On the right side of the printer, toward the back, release one tab (callout 1) and then slide (callout 2)
the black cover toward the front of the printer.

Figure 5-1513 Release one tab on the cover

1150 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

12. Remove the cover.

Figure 5-1514 Remove the cover

13. Use a pair of needle-nose pliers to release one tab (callout 1).

Figure 5-1515 Release one tab

Remove the laser scanner (SFP) 1151

 14. Remove the cover.

Figure 5-1516 Remove the cover

15. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1517 Remove one screw

1152 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

16. Release one tab (callout 1).

Figure 5-1518 Release one tab

17. Remove the exhaust duct.

Figure 5-1519 Remove the exhaust duct

Remove the laser scanner (SFP) 1153

 18. Use needle-nose pliers to release three springs (callout 1).

Figure 5-1520 Release three springs

TIP: Lift up the edge of the duct (callout 1) to release the right front spring (callout 2).

Figure 5-1521 Lift the duct to release the spring

1154 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 19. Remove the laser scanner.

Figure 5-1522 Remove the assembly

8. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Unpack the replacement assembly 1155

 9. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly
Also use the followingspecial installation instructions.

Laser scanner

1. Install three tabs (callout 1) on back of the laser scanner into the slots (callout 2) in the printer frame.

Figure 5-1523 Install three tabs

2
1

2. Install the five tabs (callout 1) on the bottom of the laser scanner into the holes (callout 2) in the top of
the printer.

TIP: Check the tabs by feeling along the underside of the sheet metal and verifying they are all
fully installed.

Figure 5-1524 Install five tabs

3. Before installing the springs in the next step, note the proper position of the springs when installed.

1156 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-1525 Spring position

4. If the rear spring becomes dislodged from the printer frame, reposition it as shown below.

Figure 5-1526 Reposition the spring

Removal and replacement: Laser scanner assembly (MFP)

Learn how to remove and replace the laser scanner (MFP).

View a video of removing and replacing the laser scanner (M479 models).

Mean time to repair: 49 minutes

Service level: Difficult

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

Removal and replacement: Laser scanner assembly (MFP) 1157

 ○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-45 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-5612-000CN Laser scanner assembly

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

● Small flat-blade screwdriver

● Needle-nose pliers

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove Tray 2
Follow these steps to remove Tray 2.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: Removing the tray is the same for SFP and MFP printers.

1158 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-1527 Remove the tray

2. Open the front door and duplexing door

Follow these steps to open the front door and duplexing door.

1. Press the button (callout 1) on the left side of the printer to release the front door.

Figure 5-1528 Release the front door

Open the front door and duplexing door 1159

 2. Open the front door.

Figure 5-1529 Open the front door

3. Open the duplexing door.

Figure 5-1530 Open the duplexer door

3. Remove the right cover (MFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (MFP).

1160 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-1531 Raise the scanner

2. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1532 Remove one screw

Remove the right cover (MFP) 1161

 3. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1533 Remove one screw

4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1534 Locate the tabs

1162 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

5. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the lower
edge of the cover.

Figure 5-1535 Release front lower tabs

1
2

6. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
lower edge of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-1536 Release lower rear tab

Remove the right cover (MFP) 1163

 7. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

Figure 5-1537 Release front upper tabs

8. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1).

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

Figure 5-1538 Rotate the front of the cover

1164 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

9. Slightly pull the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2).

Figure 5-1539 Release top tabs

10. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release one hook (callout 3) on the inside of the cover.

Figure 5-1540 Release one tab and one hook

Remove the right cover (MFP) 1165

 11. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-1541 Lower the scanner

12. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2) at the back of the
printer, and then remove the cover.

Figure 5-1542 Remove the right cover

4. Remove the left cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (SFP).

1166 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1543 Remove one screw

2. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
reengaging.

Figure 5-1544 Release two tabs

Remove the left cover (SFP) 1167

 3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1545 Locate the tabs

4. Beginning from the front of the cover, release four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the cover.

Figure 5-1546 Release bottom tabs

4 3 2 1

1168 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 5. Release three tabs at the top of the cover (callout 1), and then slide the cover toward the rear of the
printer to remove it.

Figure 5-1547 Release three tabs

5. Remove the control panel display and mount base (MFP only)
Follow these steps to remove the control panel display and mount base (MFP only).

1. Open the integrated scanner assembly (ISA).

NOTE: The ISA might already have been removed. If so, skip ISA related steps.

If the control panel is not fully tilted forward, tilt it forward now until it stops.

Figure 5-1548 Open the ISA

Remove the control panel display and mount base (MFP only) 1169
 2. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1549 Remove one screw

3. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to release two tabs (callout 1) on the control-panel mount cover.

Figure 5-1550 Release two tabs

1170 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

4. Rotate the control-panel mount cover up towards the control panel to release it, and then remove
the cover.

Figure 5-1551 Remove the cover

5. Remove one grounding screw (callout 1), and then move the ground cable (callout 2) out of the way.

Figure 5-1552 Remove one screw

1
2

Remove the control panel display and mount base (MFP only) 1171
 6. Disconnect two FFC (callout 1).

Figure 5-1553 Disconnect two FFC

7. Release one tab (callout 1), and then remove the interconnect board (ICB).

Figure 5-1554 Remove the ICB

8. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then lift the control panel display and mount base together to
remove them.

CAUTION: Carefully unfold the FFC and release it through the opening in the mount base.

1172 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-1555 Remove two screws and remove the control panel assembly

6. Remove the integrated scanner assembly

(MFP)

1. On the left side of the printer, disconnect three connectors (callout 1).

Figure 5-1556 Disconnect three connectors

Remove the integrated scanner assembly 1173

 2. Raise the scanner cables up, and then remove one screw (callout 1) to release the ground wire.

Figure 5-1557 Remove one screw and release the ground wire

3. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-1558 Raise the scanner

1174 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

4. With the scanner lifted, release the tab (callout 1) on the scanner support arm pin from the slot and
rotate the pin in the direction indicated.

Figure 5-1559 Release scanner support arm pin

5. Remove the scanner arm pin.

CAUTION: Once the scanner arm pin is removed, support the scanner with one hand at all times
so that it does not fall backwards off of the printer.

Figure 5-1560 Remove the pin

Remove the integrated scanner assembly 1175

 6. On the top of the printer, use a flat-blade screwdriver to release one tab (callout 1).

Figure 5-1561 Release one tab

7. Remove the scanner cable cover.

Figure 5-1562 Remove the scanner cable cover

1176 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 8. The scanner cables (callout 1) are held in place on the top cover with double-sided tape. Carefully
release the cables from the top cover.

Figure 5-1563 Release the cables

9. Open the scanner assembly fully, slide the assembly toward the right side of the printer, and then
lift the assembly off of the printer.

Figure 5-1564 Remove the scanner assembly

2
1

7. Remove the fax PCA (MFP)

Follow these steps to remove the fax PCA (MFP).

Remove the fax PCA (MFP) 1177

 1. Disconnect one FFC cable from fax PCA.

Figure 5-1565 Disconnect one connector

2. Remove three screws and release one tab (callout 1).

Figure 5-1566 Remove three screws and release one tab

1178 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 3. Lift up to remove the fax PCA.

Figure 5-1567 Lift up to remove the fax PCA

4. Optional step: Release the tab (callout 1) on the back of the fax PCA to remove the PCA from the
plastic holder.

Figure 5-1568 Release one tab on the back of the fax PCA

8. Remove the top cover (MFP)

Follow these steps to remove the top cover (MFP).

Remove the top cover (MFP) 1179

 1. Disconnect one FFC (callout 1) and one connector (callout 2).

Figure 5-1569 Disconnect one FFC and one connector

1
2

2. On the top cover, remove one screw (callout 1) and the sheet metal plate (callout 2).

Figure 5-1570 Remove one screw and the sheet metal plate

1180 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. At the top of the printer, lower the scanner support arm (callout 1), and then remove one screw
(callout 2).

Figure 5-1571 Lower the support arm and remove one screw

2 1

4. Remove the scanner support arm (callout 1).

Figure 5-1572 Remove the scanner support arm

Remove the top cover (MFP) 1181

 5. At the top of the printer, remove four screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-1573 Remove four screws

6. Remove the USB cable (callout 1) from the cable guides.

Figure 5-1574 Release the USB cable

1182 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

7. At the front of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-1575 Remove two screws

8. Release one retainer (callout 1), and then release three tabs (callout 2).

Figure 5-1576 Release one retainer and three tabs

Remove the top cover (MFP) 1183

 9. Remove the top cover.

Figure 5-1577 Remove the top cover

9. Remove the memory PCA

Follow these steps to remove the memory PCA.

1. Locate the memory PCA on the top of the printer.

Figure 5-1578 Locate the memory PCA

1184 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Disconnect two connectors (callout 1), remove one screw (callout 2), and then remove the memory
PCA (callout 3).

Figure 5-1579 Remove the PCA

3 2

10. Remove the laser scanner (MFP)

Follow these steps to remove the laser scanner (MFP).

1. On the left side of the printer, on the DC controller PCA, disconnect four connectors (callout 1).

NOTE: Formatter and main PCA appear different than shown below, however, the procedures are
the same.

Figure 5-1580 Disconnect four connectors

Remove the laser scanner (MFP) 1185

 2. Lift the flat cable (callout 1) over to the right side of the printer to allow access to the cables under it.

Figure 5-1581 Lift the flat cable

3. Release all of the cables (callout 1) from the cable guides (callout 2).

Figure 5-1582 Release the cables from the guides

1186 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

4. On the right side of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1583 Remove one screw

5. On the left side of the printer on top, remove two screws (callout 1). On the right side of the printer
on top, remove two screws (callout 2).

TIP: The screws on the left (callout 1) are a different type of screw than the screws on the right.
When reinstalling the screws, make sure they are in the correct position.

Figure 5-1584 Remove four screws

2
1

Remove the laser scanner (MFP) 1187

 6. Release the cables (callout 1) through the opening in the bracket (callout 2).

Figure 5-1585 Release the cables

2
1

7. Remove the metal bracket (callout 1).

Figure 5-1586 Remove the metal bracket

1188 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

8. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1587 Remove one screw

9. Remove the front door switch holder.

Figure 5-1588 Remove the front door switch holder

Remove the laser scanner (MFP) 1189

 10. On the right side of the printer, toward the back, release one tab (callout 1) and then slide (callout 2)
the black cover toward the front of the printer.

Figure 5-1589 Release one tab on the cover

11. Remove the cover.

Figure 5-1590 Remove the cover

1190 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

12. Use a pair of needle-nose pliers to release one tab (callout 1).

Figure 5-1591 Release one tab

13. Remove the cover.

Figure 5-1592 Remove the cover

Remove the laser scanner (MFP) 1191

 14. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1593 Remove one screw

15. Release one tab (callout 1).

Figure 5-1594 Release one tab

1192 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

16. Remove the exhaust duct.

Figure 5-1595 Remove the exhaust duct

17. Use needle-nose pliers to release three springs (callout 1).

Figure 5-1596 Release three springs

TIP: Lift up the edge of the duct (callout 1) to release the right front spring (callout 2).

Remove the laser scanner (MFP) 1193

 Figure 5-1597 Lift the duct to release the spring

18. Loosen, but do not remove, two screws (callout 1).

NOTE: These screws must be backed out far enough to give the laser scanner clearance when it
is removed.

Figure 5-1598 Loosen two screws

1194 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 19. Remove the laser scanner.

Figure 5-1599 Remove the laser scanner

11. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Unpack the replacement assembly 1195

 12. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly
Also use the followingspecial installation instructions.

Laser scanner

1. Install three tabs (callout 1) on back of the laser scanner into the slots (callout 2) in the printer frame.

Figure 5-1600 Install three tabs

2
1

2. Install the five tabs (callout 1) on the bottom of the laser scanner into the holes (callout 2) in the top of
the printer.

TIP: Check the tabs by feeling along the underside of the sheet metal and verifying they are all
fully installed.

Figure 5-1601 Install five tabs

3. Before installing the springs in the next step, note the proper position of the springs when installed.

1196 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-1602 Spring position

4. If the rear spring becomes dislodged from the printer frame, reposition it as shown below.

Figure 5-1603 Reposition the spring

Removal and replacement: Fuser

Learn how to remove and replace the fuser.

View a video of removing and replacing the fuser.

Mean time to repair: 24 minutes (SFP)

Service level: Medium (SFP)

Mean time to repair: 41 minutes (MFP)

Service level: Medium (MFP)

Removal and replacement: Fuser 1197

 Before performing service
Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-46 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-6460-000CN Fuser assembly (110-127V)

RM2-6461-000CN Fuser assembly (220-240V)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

● Small flat-blade screwdriver

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove Tray 2
Follow these steps to remove Tray 2.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: Removing the tray is the same for SFP and MFP printers.

1198 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-1604 Remove the tray

2. Open the front door and duplexing door

Follow these steps to open the front door and duplexing door.

1. Press the button (callout 1) on the left side of the printer to release the front door.

Figure 5-1605 Release the front door

Open the front door and duplexing door 1199

 2. Open the front door.

Figure 5-1606 Open the front door

3. Open the duplexing door.

Figure 5-1607 Open the duplexer door

3. Remove the right cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (SFP).

1200 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1608 Remove one screw

2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1609 Remove one screw

Remove the right cover (SFP) 1201

 3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1610 Locate the tabs

4. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the bottom of
the cover.

Figure 5-1611 Release front lower tabs

1
2

1202 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

5. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
bottom of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-1612 Release lower rear tab

2
6. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

Figure 5-1613 Release two front tabs

1
2

Remove the right cover (SFP) 1203

 7. Release four tabs on the top of the printer (callout 1).

Figure 5-1614 Release upper tabs

8. Slide the cover toward the back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-1615 Remove the right cover

4. Remove the right cover (MFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (MFP).

1204 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-1616 Raise the scanner

2. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1617 Remove one screw

Remove the right cover (MFP) 1205

 3. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1618 Remove one screw

4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1619 Locate the tabs

1206 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

5. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the lower
edge of the cover.

Figure 5-1620 Release front lower tabs

1
2

6. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
lower edge of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-1621 Release lower rear tab

Remove the right cover (MFP) 1207

 7. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

Figure 5-1622 Release front upper tabs

8. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1).

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

Figure 5-1623 Rotate the front of the cover

1208 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

9. Slightly pull the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2).

Figure 5-1624 Release top tabs

10. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release one hook (callout 3) on the inside of the cover.

Figure 5-1625 Release one tab and one hook

Remove the right cover (MFP) 1209

 11. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-1626 Lower the scanner

12. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2) at the back of the
printer, and then remove the cover.

Figure 5-1627 Remove the right cover

5. Remove the left cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (SFP).

1210 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1628 Remove one screw

2. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
reengaging.

Figure 5-1629 Release two tabs

Remove the left cover (SFP) 1211

 3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1630 Locate the tabs

4. Beginning from the front of the cover, release four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the cover.

Figure 5-1631 Release bottom tabs

4 3 2 1

1212 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 5. Release three tabs at the top of the cover (callout 1), and then slide the cover toward the rear of the
printer to remove it.

Figure 5-1632 Release three tabs

6. Remove the left cover (MFP )

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (MFP ).

1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-1633 Raise the scanner

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 1213

 2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1634 Remove one screw

3. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
re-engaging.

Figure 5-1635 Release two tabs

1214 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1636 Locate the tabs

5. Beginning from the front of the cover, release the four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the
cover.

Figure 5-1637 Release four tabs

4 3
2 1

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 1215

 6. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1). Make sure that the tab (callout 2) does
not get caught on the printer frame (callout 3).

Figure 5-1638 Rotate the cover

3
1

7. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release two hooks (callout 3) inside the cover.

Figure 5-1639 Release one tab and two hooks

3
1

1216 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 8. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-1640 Lower the scanner

9. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then slide the cover (callout 2) toward the
back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-1641 Remove the left cover

2 1

7. Remove the control panel display and mount base (MFP only)
Follow these steps to remove the control panel display and mount base (MFP only).

1. Open the integrated scanner assembly (ISA).

NOTE: The ISA might already have been removed. If so, skip ISA related steps.

If the control panel is not fully tilted forward, tilt it forward now until it stops.

Remove the control panel display and mount base (MFP only) 1217
 Figure 5-1642 Open the ISA

2. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1643 Remove one screw

1218 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to release two tabs (callout 1) on the control-panel mount cover.

Figure 5-1644 Release two tabs

4. Rotate the control-panel mount cover up towards the control panel to release it, and then remove
the cover.

Figure 5-1645 Remove the cover

Remove the control panel display and mount base (MFP only) 1219
 5. Remove one grounding screw (callout 1), and then move the ground cable (callout 2) out of the way.

Figure 5-1646 Remove one screw

1
2

6. Disconnect two FFC (callout 1).

Figure 5-1647 Disconnect two FFC

1220 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 7. Release one tab (callout 1), and then remove the interconnect board (ICB).

Figure 5-1648 Remove the ICB

8. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then lift the control panel display and mount base together to
remove them.

CAUTION: Carefully unfold the FFC and release it through the opening in the mount base.

Figure 5-1649 Remove two screws and remove the control panel assembly

8. Remove the integrated scanner assembly

(MFP)

Remove the integrated scanner assembly 1221

 1. On the left side of the printer, disconnect three connectors (callout 1).

Figure 5-1650 Disconnect three connectors

2. Raise the scanner cables up, and then remove one screw (callout 1) to release the ground wire.

Figure 5-1651 Remove one screw and release the ground wire

1222 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-1652 Raise the scanner

4. With the scanner lifted, release the tab (callout 1) on the scanner support arm pin from the slot and
rotate the pin in the direction indicated.

Figure 5-1653 Release scanner support arm pin

5. Remove the scanner arm pin.

CAUTION: Once the scanner arm pin is removed, support the scanner with one hand at all times
so that it does not fall backwards off of the printer.

Remove the integrated scanner assembly 1223

 Figure 5-1654 Remove the pin

6. On the top of the printer, use a flat-blade screwdriver to release one tab (callout 1).

Figure 5-1655 Release one tab

1224 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

7. Remove the scanner cable cover.

Figure 5-1656 Remove the scanner cable cover

8. The scanner cables (callout 1) are held in place on the top cover with double-sided tape. Carefully
release the cables from the top cover.

Figure 5-1657 Release the cables

Remove the integrated scanner assembly 1225

 9. Open the scanner assembly fully, slide the assembly toward the right side of the printer, and then
lift the assembly off of the printer.

Figure 5-1658 Remove the scanner assembly

2
1

9. Remove the fax PCA (MFP)

Follow these steps to remove the fax PCA (MFP).

1. Disconnect one FFC cable from fax PCA.

Figure 5-1659 Disconnect one connector

1226 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. Remove three screws and release one tab (callout 1).

Figure 5-1660 Remove three screws and release one tab

3. Lift up to remove the fax PCA.

Figure 5-1661 Lift up to remove the fax PCA

Remove the fax PCA (MFP) 1227

 4. Optional step: Release the tab (callout 1) on the back of the fax PCA to remove the PCA from the
plastic holder.

Figure 5-1662 Release one tab on the back of the fax PCA

10. Remove the top cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the top cover (SFP).

1. On the left side of the printer, on the formatter, disconnect one connector (callout 1).

NOTE: The formatter may look slightly different than what is shown below, however the removal
procedures are the same.

Figure 5-1663 Disconnect one connector

1228 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. At the back of the printer, remove five screws (callout 1), and then remove the fuser cover.

Figure 5-1664 Remove five screws

3. At the front of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-1665 Remove two screws

Remove the top cover (SFP) 1229

 4. Lift the front of the top cover up and release two tabs at the back of the printer (callout 1).

Figure 5-1666 Lift the top cover and release two tabs

5. Remove the top cover.

NOTE: For a replacement cover install, remove the control panel form the discarded cover and
install it on the replacement cover.

Figure 5-1667 Remove the top cover

11. Remove the top cover (MFP)

Follow these steps to remove the top cover (MFP).

1230 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Disconnect one FFC (callout 1) and one connector (callout 2).

Figure 5-1668 Disconnect one FFC and one connector

1
2

2. On the top cover, remove one screw (callout 1) and the sheet metal plate (callout 2).

Figure 5-1669 Remove one screw and the sheet metal plate

Remove the top cover (MFP) 1231

 3. At the top of the printer, lower the scanner support arm (callout 1), and then remove one screw
(callout 2).

Figure 5-1670 Lower the support arm and remove one screw

2 1

4. Remove the scanner support arm (callout 1).

Figure 5-1671 Remove the scanner support arm

1232 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

5. At the top of the printer, remove four screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-1672 Remove four screws

6. Remove the USB cable (callout 1) from the cable guides.

Figure 5-1673 Release the USB cable

Remove the top cover (MFP) 1233

 7. At the front of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-1674 Remove two screws

8. Release one retainer (callout 1), and then release three tabs (callout 2).

Figure 5-1675 Release one retainer and three tabs

1234 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 9. Remove the top cover.

Figure 5-1676 Remove the top cover

12. Remove the fuser

Follow these steps to remove the fuser.

1. Remove four screws (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2).

NOTE: For a SFP printer with the top cover removed, this cover is already off. Skip this step.

Figure 5-1677 Remove four screws

2. Remove the cover (callout 1).

NOTE: For a SFP printer with the top cover removed, this cover is already off. Skip this step.

Remove the fuser 1235

 Figure 5-1678 Remove the guide

3. Disconnect one connector (callout 1) on the engine controller PCA.

NOTE: This connector is a zero-insertion force (ZIF) connector. Lift the latch on the connector
before removing the flat cable. Formatter PCA may appear differently than what is shown below,
however, the procedures are the same.

Figure 5-1679 Disconnect one connector

1236 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

4. Disconnect eight connectors on the engine controller PCA (callout 1), and then remove the cables
(callout 2) from the guides (callout 3).

Figure 5-1680 Disconnect eight connectors

3
2

5. Disconnect one connector (callout 1). Release the connector latch, and then disconnect one
connector (callout 2). Remove the cables (callout 3) from the guides (callout 4).

Figure 5-1681 Disconnect two connectors

1 2

4
3

Remove the fuser 1237

 6. Remove three screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-1682 Remove three screws

7. Remove the fuser.

Figure 5-1683 Remove the fuser

13. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

1238 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

14. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly

Also use the followingspecial installation instructions.

Fuser

1. Position the fuser on the printer. When installing the fuser, make sure that the switchback lever
(callout 1) is installed completely through the opening (callout 2) in the printer frame.

Figure 5-1684 Install the lever through the opening

1
2

2. The fingers on the switchback lever will fit around the shaft (callout 1) inside the printer.

Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly 1239

 Figure 5-1685 Switchback lever shaft

3. The figure below shows a cross section view of the proper position of the switchback lever (callout 1)
around the shaft (callout 2).

Figure 5-1686 Switchback lever position

2
1

Removal and replacement: Fuser motor

Learn how to remove and replace the fuser motor (M4).

View a video of removing and replacing the fuser motor).

Mean time to repair: 19 minutes

Service level: Medium

Before performing service

1240 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-47 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-7349-000CN Assembly, fixing motor

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove Tray 2
Follow these steps to remove Tray 2.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: Removing the tray is the same for SFP and MFP printers.

Remove Tray 2 1241

 Figure 5-1687 Remove the tray

2. Open the front door and duplexing door

Follow these steps to open the front door and duplexing door.

1. Press the button (callout 1) on the left side of the printer to release the front door.

Figure 5-1688 Release the front door

1242 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Open the front door.

Figure 5-1689 Open the front door

3. Open the duplexing door.

Figure 5-1690 Open the duplexer door

3. Remove the right cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (SFP).

Remove the right cover (SFP) 1243

 1. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1691 Remove one screw

2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1692 Remove one screw

1244 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1693 Locate the tabs

4. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the bottom of
the cover.

Figure 5-1694 Release front lower tabs

1
2

Remove the right cover (SFP) 1245

 5. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
bottom of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-1695 Release lower rear tab

2
6. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

Figure 5-1696 Release two front tabs

1
2

1246 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 7. Release four tabs on the top of the printer (callout 1).

Figure 5-1697 Release upper tabs

8. Slide the cover toward the back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-1698 Remove the right cover

4. Remove the right cover (MFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (MFP).

Remove the right cover (MFP) 1247

 1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-1699 Raise the scanner

2. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1700 Remove one screw

1248 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1701 Remove one screw

4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1702 Locate the tabs

Remove the right cover (MFP) 1249

 5. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the lower
edge of the cover.

Figure 5-1703 Release front lower tabs

1
2

6. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
lower edge of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-1704 Release lower rear tab

1250 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

7. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

Figure 5-1705 Release front upper tabs

8. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1).

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

Figure 5-1706 Rotate the front of the cover

Remove the right cover (MFP) 1251

 9. Slightly pull the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2).

Figure 5-1707 Release top tabs

10. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release one hook (callout 3) on the inside of the cover.

Figure 5-1708 Release one tab and one hook

1252 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 11. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-1709 Lower the scanner

12. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2) at the back of the
printer, and then remove the cover.

Figure 5-1710 Remove the right cover

5. Remove the cable holder assembly

Follow these steps to remove the cable holder assembly.

Remove the cable holder assembly 1253

 1. Disconnect one connector (callout 1). Release the connector latch, and then disconnect one
connector (callout 2). Remove the cables (callout 3) from the guides (callout 4).

Figure 5-1711 Disconnect two connectors

1 2 4

2. Remove two screws (callout 1).

TIP: The lower screw (callout 2) is shorter than the other screw. Make sure that this screw is
reinstalled in the correct position.

Figure 5-1712 Remove two screws

1
2

1254 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then release the retainer arm (callout 2).

Figure 5-1713 Release the retainer arm

4. Disconnect four connectors (callout 1). Remove one screw (callout 2). Remove two screws
(callout 3), and then remove cable holder assembly (callout 4).

Figure 5-1714 Disconnect four connectors and remove three screws

1
3

Remove the cable holder assembly 1255

 5. Release one tab (callout 1) on the back of the cable holder assembly from the slot (callout 2) in the
printer frame. Rotate the cable holder assembly away from the printer to remove it (callout 3).

Figure 5-1715 Remove the cable holder assembly

2
1

6. Remove the fuser motor

Follow these steps to remove the fuser motor.

■ Disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove four screws (callout 2), and then remove the fuser
motor (callout 3).

Figure 5-1716 Remove the fuser motor

1 3

7. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1256 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Reverse drive assembly

Learn how to remove and replace the reverse drive assembly.

View a video of removing and replacing the reverse drive assembly.

Mean time to repair: 38 minutes (SFP)

Service level: Medium (SFP)

Mean time to repair: 55 minutes (MFP)

Service level: Difficult (MFP)

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Removal and replacement: Reverse drive assembly 1257

 Table 5-48 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-6389-000CN Reverse drive assembly

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

● Small flat-blade screwdriver

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove Tray 2
Follow these steps to remove Tray 2.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: Removing the tray is the same for SFP and MFP printers.

Figure 5-1717 Remove the tray

1258 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. Open the front door and duplexing door
Follow these steps to open the front door and duplexing door.

1. Press the button (callout 1) on the left side of the printer to release the front door.

Figure 5-1718 Release the front door

2. Open the front door.

Figure 5-1719 Open the front door

Open the front door and duplexing door 1259

 3. Open the duplexing door.

Figure 5-1720 Open the duplexer door

3. Remove the right cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (SFP).

1. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1721 Remove one screw

1260 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1722 Remove one screw

3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1723 Locate the tabs

Remove the right cover (SFP) 1261

 4. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the bottom of
the cover.

Figure 5-1724 Release front lower tabs

1
2

5. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
bottom of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-1725 Release lower rear tab

2
6. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

1262 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-1726 Release two front tabs

1
2

7. Release four tabs on the top of the printer (callout 1).

Figure 5-1727 Release upper tabs

Remove the right cover (SFP) 1263

 8. Slide the cover toward the back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-1728 Remove the right cover

4. Remove the right cover (MFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (MFP).

1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-1729 Raise the scanner

1264 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1730 Remove one screw

3. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1731 Remove one screw

Remove the right cover (MFP) 1265

 4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1732 Locate the tabs

5. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the lower
edge of the cover.

Figure 5-1733 Release front lower tabs

1
2

1266 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

6. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
lower edge of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-1734 Release lower rear tab

1
7. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

Figure 5-1735 Release front upper tabs

8. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1).

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

Remove the right cover (MFP) 1267

 Figure 5-1736 Rotate the front of the cover

9. Slightly pull the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2).

Figure 5-1737 Release top tabs

1268 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

10. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release one hook (callout 3) on the inside of the cover.

Figure 5-1738 Release one tab and one hook

11. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-1739 Lower the scanner

Remove the right cover (MFP) 1269

 12. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2) at the back of the
printer, and then remove the cover.

Figure 5-1740 Remove the right cover

5. Remove the left cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (SFP).

1. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1741 Remove one screw

1270 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
reengaging.

Figure 5-1742 Release two tabs

3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1743 Locate the tabs

Remove the left cover (SFP) 1271

 4. Beginning from the front of the cover, release four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the cover.

Figure 5-1744 Release bottom tabs

4 3 2 1

5. Release three tabs at the top of the cover (callout 1), and then slide the cover toward the rear of the
printer to remove it.

Figure 5-1745 Release three tabs

6. Remove the left cover (MFP )

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (MFP ).

1272 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-1746 Raise the scanner

2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1747 Remove one screw

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 1273

 3. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
re-engaging.

Figure 5-1748 Release two tabs

4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1749 Locate the tabs

1274 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

5. Beginning from the front of the cover, release the four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the
cover.

Figure 5-1750 Release four tabs

4 3
2 1

6. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1). Make sure that the tab (callout 2) does
not get caught on the printer frame (callout 3).

Figure 5-1751 Rotate the cover

3
1

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 1275

 7. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release two hooks (callout 3) inside the cover.

Figure 5-1752 Release one tab and two hooks

3
1

8. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-1753 Lower the scanner

1276 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 9. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then slide the cover (callout 2) toward the
back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-1754 Remove the left cover

2 1

7. Remove the control panel display and mount base (MFP only)
Follow these steps to remove the control panel display and mount base (MFP only).

1. Open the integrated scanner assembly (ISA).

NOTE: The ISA might already have been removed. If so, skip ISA related steps.

If the control panel is not fully tilted forward, tilt it forward now until it stops.

Figure 5-1755 Open the ISA

Remove the control panel display and mount base (MFP only) 1277
 2. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1756 Remove one screw

3. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to release two tabs (callout 1) on the control-panel mount cover.

Figure 5-1757 Release two tabs

1278 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

4. Rotate the control-panel mount cover up towards the control panel to release it, and then remove
the cover.

Figure 5-1758 Remove the cover

5. Remove one grounding screw (callout 1), and then move the ground cable (callout 2) out of the way.

Figure 5-1759 Remove one screw

1
2

Remove the control panel display and mount base (MFP only) 1279
 6. Disconnect two FFC (callout 1).

Figure 5-1760 Disconnect two FFC

7. Release one tab (callout 1), and then remove the interconnect board (ICB).

Figure 5-1761 Remove the ICB

8. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then lift the control panel display and mount base together to
remove them.

CAUTION: Carefully unfold the FFC and release it through the opening in the mount base.

1280 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-1762 Remove two screws and remove the control panel assembly

8. Remove the integrated scanner assembly

(MFP)

1. On the left side of the printer, disconnect three connectors (callout 1).

Figure 5-1763 Disconnect three connectors

Remove the integrated scanner assembly 1281

 2. Raise the scanner cables up, and then remove one screw (callout 1) to release the ground wire.

Figure 5-1764 Remove one screw and release the ground wire

3. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-1765 Raise the scanner

1282 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

4. With the scanner lifted, release the tab (callout 1) on the scanner support arm pin from the slot and
rotate the pin in the direction indicated.

Figure 5-1766 Release scanner support arm pin

5. Remove the scanner arm pin.

CAUTION: Once the scanner arm pin is removed, support the scanner with one hand at all times
so that it does not fall backwards off of the printer.

Figure 5-1767 Remove the pin

Remove the integrated scanner assembly 1283

 6. On the top of the printer, use a flat-blade screwdriver to release one tab (callout 1).

Figure 5-1768 Release one tab

7. Remove the scanner cable cover.

Figure 5-1769 Remove the scanner cable cover

1284 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 8. The scanner cables (callout 1) are held in place on the top cover with double-sided tape. Carefully
release the cables from the top cover.

Figure 5-1770 Release the cables

9. Open the scanner assembly fully, slide the assembly toward the right side of the printer, and then
lift the assembly off of the printer.

Figure 5-1771 Remove the scanner assembly

2
1

9. Remove the fax PCA (MFP)

Follow these steps to remove the fax PCA (MFP).

Remove the fax PCA (MFP) 1285

 1. Disconnect one FFC cable from fax PCA.

Figure 5-1772 Disconnect one connector

2. Remove three screws and release one tab (callout 1).

Figure 5-1773 Remove three screws and release one tab

1286 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 3. Lift up to remove the fax PCA.

Figure 5-1774 Lift up to remove the fax PCA

4. Optional step: Release the tab (callout 1) on the back of the fax PCA to remove the PCA from the
plastic holder.

Figure 5-1775 Release one tab on the back of the fax PCA

10. Remove the top cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the top cover (SFP).

1. On the left side of the printer, on the formatter, disconnect one connector (callout 1).

NOTE: The formatter may look slightly different than what is shown below, however the removal
procedures are the same.

Remove the top cover (SFP) 1287

 Figure 5-1776 Disconnect one connector

2. At the back of the printer, remove five screws (callout 1), and then remove the fuser cover.

Figure 5-1777 Remove five screws

1288 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. At the front of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-1778 Remove two screws

4. Lift the front of the top cover up and release two tabs at the back of the printer (callout 1).

Figure 5-1779 Lift the top cover and release two tabs

5. Remove the top cover.

NOTE: For a replacement cover install, remove the control panel form the discarded cover and
install it on the replacement cover.

Remove the top cover (SFP) 1289

 Figure 5-1780 Remove the top cover

11. Remove the top cover (MFP)

Follow these steps to remove the top cover (MFP).

1. Disconnect one FFC (callout 1) and one connector (callout 2).

Figure 5-1781 Disconnect one FFC and one connector

1
2

1290 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. On the top cover, remove one screw (callout 1) and the sheet metal plate (callout 2).

Figure 5-1782 Remove one screw and the sheet metal plate

3. At the top of the printer, lower the scanner support arm (callout 1), and then remove one screw
(callout 2).

Figure 5-1783 Lower the support arm and remove one screw

2 1

Remove the top cover (MFP) 1291

 4. Remove the scanner support arm (callout 1).

Figure 5-1784 Remove the scanner support arm

5. At the top of the printer, remove four screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-1785 Remove four screws

1292 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

6. Remove the USB cable (callout 1) from the cable guides.

Figure 5-1786 Release the USB cable

7. At the front of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-1787 Remove two screws

Remove the top cover (MFP) 1293

 8. Release one retainer (callout 1), and then release three tabs (callout 2).

Figure 5-1788 Release one retainer and three tabs

9. Remove the top cover.

Figure 5-1789 Remove the top cover

12. Remove the fuser

Follow these steps to remove the fuser.

1. Remove four screws (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2).

NOTE: For a SFP printer with the top cover removed, this cover is already off. Skip this step.

1294 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-1790 Remove four screws

2. Remove the cover (callout 1).

NOTE: For a SFP printer with the top cover removed, this cover is already off. Skip this step.

Figure 5-1791 Remove the guide

3. Disconnect one connector (callout 1) on the engine controller PCA.

NOTE: This connector is a zero-insertion force (ZIF) connector. Lift the latch on the connector
before removing the flat cable. Formatter PCA may appear differently than what is shown below,
however, the procedures are the same.

Remove the fuser 1295

 Figure 5-1792 Disconnect one connector

4. Disconnect eight connectors on the engine controller PCA (callout 1), and then remove the cables
(callout 2) from the guides (callout 3).

Figure 5-1793 Disconnect eight connectors

3
2

1296 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

5. Disconnect one connector (callout 1). Release the connector latch, and then disconnect one
connector (callout 2). Remove the cables (callout 3) from the guides (callout 4).

Figure 5-1794 Disconnect two connectors

1 2

4
3

6. Remove three screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-1795 Remove three screws

Remove the fuser 1297

 7. Remove the fuser.

Figure 5-1796 Remove the fuser

13. Remove the cable holder assembly

Follow these steps to remove the cable holder assembly.

1. Disconnect one connector (callout 1). Release the connector latch, and then disconnect one
connector (callout 2). Remove the cables (callout 3) from the guides (callout 4).

Figure 5-1797 Disconnect two connectors

1 2 4

2. Remove two screws (callout 1).

TIP: The lower screw (callout 2) is shorter than the other screw. Make sure that this screw is
reinstalled in the correct position.

1298 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-1798 Remove two screws

1
2

3. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then release the retainer arm (callout 2).

Figure 5-1799 Release the retainer arm

Remove the cable holder assembly 1299

 4. Disconnect four connectors (callout 1). Remove one screw (callout 2). Remove two screws
(callout 3), and then remove cable holder assembly (callout 4).

Figure 5-1800 Disconnect four connectors and remove three screws

1
3

5. Release one tab (callout 1) on the back of the cable holder assembly from the slot (callout 2) in the
printer frame. Rotate the cable holder assembly away from the printer to remove it (callout 3).

Figure 5-1801 Remove the cable holder assembly

2
1

14. Remove the duplex drive assembly

Follow these steps to remove the duplex drive assembly.

1300 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 1. Release one tab (callout 1).

Figure 5-1802 Release one tab

2. Rotate the duplex drive assembly (callout 1) away from the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-1803 Remove the duplex drive assembly

15. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Unpack the replacement assembly 1301

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Island of Data (IOD)

Learn how to remove and replace the Island of Data (IOD).

View a video of removing and replacing the IOD.

Mean time to repair: 8 minutes

Service level: Easy

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-49 Part information

Part number Part description

3PZ15-67908 Island of Data (IOD)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

● Small flat-blade screwdriver

1302 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 After performing service
Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove Tray 2
Follow these steps to remove Tray 2.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: Removing the tray is the same for SFP and MFP printers.

Figure 5-1804 Remove the tray

2. Open the front door and duplexing door

Follow these steps to open the front door and duplexing door.

Remove Tray 2 1303

 1. Press the button (callout 1) on the left side of the printer to release the front door.

Figure 5-1805 Release the front door

2. Open the front door.

Figure 5-1806 Open the front door

1304 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 3. Open the duplexing door.

Figure 5-1807 Open the duplexer door

3. Remove the left cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (SFP).

1. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1808 Remove one screw

Remove the left cover (SFP) 1305

 2. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
reengaging.

Figure 5-1809 Release two tabs

3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1810 Locate the tabs

1306 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 4. Beginning from the front of the cover, release four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the cover.

Figure 5-1811 Release bottom tabs

4 3 2 1

5. Release three tabs at the top of the cover (callout 1), and then slide the cover toward the rear of the
printer to remove it.

Figure 5-1812 Release three tabs

4. Remove the left cover (MFP )

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (MFP ).

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 1307

 1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-1813 Raise the scanner

2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1814 Remove one screw

1308 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
re-engaging.

Figure 5-1815 Release two tabs

4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1816 Locate the tabs

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 1309

 5. Beginning from the front of the cover, release the four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the
cover.

Figure 5-1817 Release four tabs

4 3
2 1

6. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1). Make sure that the tab (callout 2) does
not get caught on the printer frame (callout 3).

Figure 5-1818 Rotate the cover

3
1

1310 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

7. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release two hooks (callout 3) inside the cover.

Figure 5-1819 Release one tab and two hooks

3
1

8. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-1820 Lower the scanner

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 1311

 9. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then slide the cover (callout 2) toward the
back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-1821 Remove the left cover

2 1

5. Remove the Island of Data (IOD)

Follow these steps to remove the Island of Data (IOD).

1. Disconnect one connector (callout 1).

Figure 5-1822 Disconnect one connector

1
1

1312 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Release one tab (callout 1), and then lift the IOD (callout 2) away from the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-1823 Remove the IOD

1 2 1 2

3. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then connect the cable to the replacement part.

Figure 5-1824 Connect the cable to the replacement IOD

6. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.

Unpack the replacement assembly 1313

 Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: embedded Multi-Media Card (eMMC)

Learn how to remove and replace the eMMC.

View a video of removing and replacing the eMMC.

Mean time to repair: 7 minutes

Service level: Easy

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-50 Part information

Part number Part description

3PZ15-67905 eMMC 4GB (SFP)

B5L32-60002 eMMC 16GB (MFP)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

1314 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove Tray 2
Follow these steps to remove Tray 2.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: Removing the tray is the same for SFP and MFP printers.

Figure 5-1825 Remove the tray

2. Open the front door and duplexing door

Follow these steps to open the front door and duplexing door.

Remove Tray 2 1315

 1. Press the button (callout 1) on the left side of the printer to release the front door.

Figure 5-1826 Release the front door

2. Open the front door.

Figure 5-1827 Open the front door

1316 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 3. Open the duplexing door.

Figure 5-1828 Open the duplexer door

3. Remove the left cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (SFP).

1. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1829 Remove one screw

Remove the left cover (SFP) 1317

 2. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
reengaging.

Figure 5-1830 Release two tabs

3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1831 Locate the tabs

1318 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 4. Beginning from the front of the cover, release four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the cover.

Figure 5-1832 Release bottom tabs

4 3 2 1

5. Release three tabs at the top of the cover (callout 1), and then slide the cover toward the rear of the
printer to remove it.

Figure 5-1833 Release three tabs

4. Remove the left cover (MFP )

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (MFP ).

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 1319

 1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-1834 Raise the scanner

2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1835 Remove one screw

1320 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
re-engaging.

Figure 5-1836 Release two tabs

4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1837 Locate the tabs

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 1321

 5. Beginning from the front of the cover, release the four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the
cover.

Figure 5-1838 Release four tabs

4 3
2 1

6. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1). Make sure that the tab (callout 2) does
not get caught on the printer frame (callout 3).

Figure 5-1839 Rotate the cover

3
1

1322 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

7. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release two hooks (callout 3) inside the cover.

Figure 5-1840 Release one tab and two hooks

3
1

8. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-1841 Lower the scanner

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 1323

 9. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then slide the cover (callout 2) toward the
back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-1842 Remove the left cover

2 1

5. Remove the embedded Multi-Media Card (eMMC)

Follow these steps to remove the embedded Multi-Media Card (eMMC).

■ Carefully pull the eMMC (callout 1) away from the formatter to remove it.

NOTE: If replacing the formatter, retain the eMMC for installation on the replacement formatter.

Figure 5-1843 Remove the eMMC

1 1

6. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

1324 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Formatter PCA

Learn how to remove and replace the formatter printed-circuit assembly (PCA).

View a video of removing and replacing the formatter.

Mean time to repair: 13 minutes

Service level: Easy

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

CAUTION: Under NO circumstances should a formatter from a different printer be installed during
the repair or troubleshooting processes. The formatter stores important data specific to the model of
printer it is installed in and is not deigned to be swapped or repurposed in any way. Return a used
formatter to HP.

Issues that can occur from swapping a formatter include:

● Serial number, product number, product name, page count, and supported cartridges information
change and might make a product unusable

● 33.02.01 Used board/Disk installed errors

If a used formatter is installed and causes this issue, the partner must cover the costs of the repair in
the form of a product replacement. There is no method in the field to recover a printer where a used
formatter is installed.

Removal and replacement: Formatter PCA 1325

 For more information, see HP LaserJet Enterprise, HP LaserJet Managed, HP PageWide Enterprise, HP
PageWide Managed - 33.02.01 error or printer name and/or product number changes after replacing
the formatter.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-51 Part information

Part number Part description

3PZ95-67903 Formatter (SFP)

3PZ95-67904 Formatter (China/India; SFP)

3QA55-67901 Formatter (MFP)

3QA55-67902 Formatter (China/India; MFP)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove Tray 2
Follow these steps to remove Tray 2.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: Removing the tray is the same for SFP and MFP printers.

1326 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-1844 Remove the tray

2. Open the front door and duplexing door

Follow these steps to open the front door and duplexing door.

1. Press the button (callout 1) on the left side of the printer to release the front door.

Figure 5-1845 Release the front door

Open the front door and duplexing door 1327

 2. Open the front door.

Figure 5-1846 Open the front door

3. Open the duplexing door.

Figure 5-1847 Open the duplexer door

3. Remove the left cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (SFP).

1328 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1848 Remove one screw

2. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
reengaging.

Figure 5-1849 Release two tabs

Remove the left cover (SFP) 1329

 3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1850 Locate the tabs

4. Beginning from the front of the cover, release four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the cover.

Figure 5-1851 Release bottom tabs

4 3 2 1

1330 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 5. Release three tabs at the top of the cover (callout 1), and then slide the cover toward the rear of the
printer to remove it.

Figure 5-1852 Release three tabs

4. Remove the left cover (MFP )

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (MFP ).

1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-1853 Raise the scanner

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 1331

 2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1854 Remove one screw

3. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
re-engaging.

Figure 5-1855 Release two tabs

1332 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1856 Locate the tabs

5. Beginning from the front of the cover, release the four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the
cover.

Figure 5-1857 Release four tabs

4 3
2 1

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 1333

 6. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1). Make sure that the tab (callout 2) does
not get caught on the printer frame (callout 3).

Figure 5-1858 Rotate the cover

3
1

7. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release two hooks (callout 3) inside the cover.

Figure 5-1859 Release one tab and two hooks

3
1

1334 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 8. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-1860 Lower the scanner

9. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then slide the cover (callout 2) toward the
back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-1861 Remove the left cover

2 1

5. Remove the formatter PCA

Follow these steps to remove the formatter PCA.

CAUTION: Under NO circumstances should a formatter from a different printer be installed during
the repair or troubleshooting processes. The formatter stores important data specific to the model of
printer it is installed in and is not deigned to be swapped or repurposed in any way. Return a used
formatter to HP.

Remove the formatter PCA 1335

 IMPORTANT: For replacement formatter installations: Make sure that the eMMC and TPM
components are removed from the discarded formatter, and then installed on the replacement
formatter.

A factory installed TPM must remain with the printer it is originally installed in. If the TPM is removed
the printer will not function (reinstall the original TPM). If a TPM cannot be reinstalled or is damaged,
a whole unit replacement printer is required (for security reasons there is no method for in-the-field
recovery of the printer).
NOTE: The formatter PCA on other models might look differently and have a different number of
connections. However, the procedure is correct for all models.

1. Disconnect all of the connectors on the formatter PCA for MFP models.

Figure 5-1862 Disconnect all of the connectors (MFP)

2. Disconnect all of the connectors on the formatter PCA for SFP models.

Figure 5-1863 Disconnect all of the connectors (SFP)

1336 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Remove three screws (callout 1) (MFP).

Figure 5-1864 Remove three screws (MFP)

4. Remove three screws (callout 1) (SFP).

Figure 5-1865 Remove three screws (SFP)

5. Slide the formatter PCA to the right to release the ports (callout 1) from the openings in the printer
frame (callout 2), and then remove the formatter PCA.

IMPORTANT: For replacement formatter installations: Make sure that the eMMC and TPM
components are removed from the discarded formatter, and then installed on the replacement
formatter.

A factory installed TPM must remain with the printer it is originally installed in. If the TPM is
removed the printer will not function (reinstall the original TPM). If a TPM cannot be reinstalled or
is damaged, a whole unit replacement printer is required (for security reasons there is no method
for in-the-field recovery of the printer).

Remove the formatter PCA 1337

 NOTE: The formatter PCA might look slightly different than what is shown below. However, the
procedure is correct for all printer models.

Figure 5-1866 Remove the assembly

1 2

6. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

1338 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

Removal and replacement: Environmental sensor
Learn how to remove and replace the environmental sensor.

View a video of removing and replacing the environmental sensor.

Mean time to repair: 8 minutes

Service level: Easy

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-52 Part information

Part number Part description

RM3-7236-000CN Environment sensor PCB assembly

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.

1. Remove Tray 2
Follow these steps to remove Tray 2.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: Removing the tray is the same for SFP and MFP printers.

Removal and replacement: Environmental sensor 1339

 Figure 5-1867 Remove the tray

2. Open the front door and duplexing door

Follow these steps to open the front door and duplexing door.

1. Press the button (callout 1) on the left side of the printer to release the front door.

Figure 5-1868 Release the front door

1340 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Open the front door.

Figure 5-1869 Open the front door

3. Open the duplexing door.

Figure 5-1870 Open the duplexer door

3. Remove the left cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (SFP).

Remove the left cover (SFP) 1341

 1. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1871 Remove one screw

2. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
reengaging.

Figure 5-1872 Release two tabs

1342 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1873 Locate the tabs

4. Beginning from the front of the cover, release four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the cover.

Figure 5-1874 Release bottom tabs

4 3 2 1

Remove the left cover (SFP) 1343

 5. Release three tabs at the top of the cover (callout 1), and then slide the cover toward the rear of the
printer to remove it.

Figure 5-1875 Release three tabs

4. Remove the left cover (MFP )

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (MFP ).

1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-1876 Raise the scanner

1344 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1877 Remove one screw

3. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
re-engaging.

Figure 5-1878 Release two tabs

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 1345

 4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1879 Locate the tabs

5. Beginning from the front of the cover, release the four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the
cover.

Figure 5-1880 Release four tabs

4 3
2 1

1346 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

6. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1). Make sure that the tab (callout 2) does
not get caught on the printer frame (callout 3).

Figure 5-1881 Rotate the cover

3
1

7. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release two hooks (callout 3) inside the cover.

Figure 5-1882 Release one tab and two hooks

3
1

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 1347

 8. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-1883 Lower the scanner

9. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then slide the cover (callout 2) toward the
back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-1884 Remove the left cover

2 1

5. Remove the environmental sensor

Follow these steps to remove the environmental sensor.

1348 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 1. On the left side of the printer, disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then release two tabs
(callout 2).

Figure 5-1885 Disconnect one connector and release two tabs

2. Disconnect one connector (callout 1), release two tabs (callout 2), and then remove the
environmental sensor.

Figure 5-1886 Remove the assembly

6. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Unpack the replacement assembly 1349

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

7. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly

Also use the followingspecial installation instructions.

Environmental sensor

■ If the spring (callout 1) becomes dislodged, reposition it as shown in the figure.

Figure 5-1887 Reposition the spring

Removal and replacement: Fax PCA (MFP)

Learn how to remove and replace the fax PCA (MFP).

View a video of removing and replacing the fax.

1350 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Mean time to repair: 23 minutes

Service level: Medium

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-53 Part information

Part number Part description

3PZ55-67980 Fax PCA with plug kit (USA)

3PZ55-67981 Fax PCA with plug kit (EURO)

3PZ55-67982 Fax PCA with plug kit (BRAZIL)

3PZ55-67983 Fax PCA with plug kit (AP)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

● Small flat-blade screwdriver

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove Tray 2
Follow these steps to remove Tray 2.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: Removing the tray is the same for SFP and MFP printers.

Remove Tray 2 1351

 Figure 5-1888 Remove the tray

2. Open the front door and duplexing door

Follow these steps to open the front door and duplexing door.

1. Press the button (callout 1) on the left side of the printer to release the front door.

Figure 5-1889 Release the front door

1352 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Open the front door.

Figure 5-1890 Open the front door

3. Open the duplexing door.

Figure 5-1891 Open the duplexer door

3. Remove the right cover (MFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (MFP).

Remove the right cover (MFP) 1353

 1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-1892 Raise the scanner

2. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1893 Remove one screw

1354 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1894 Remove one screw

4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1895 Locate the tabs

Remove the right cover (MFP) 1355

 5. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the lower
edge of the cover.

Figure 5-1896 Release front lower tabs

1
2

6. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
lower edge of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-1897 Release lower rear tab

1356 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

7. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

Figure 5-1898 Release front upper tabs

8. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1).

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

Figure 5-1899 Rotate the front of the cover

Remove the right cover (MFP) 1357

 9. Slightly pull the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2).

Figure 5-1900 Release top tabs

10. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release one hook (callout 3) on the inside of the cover.

Figure 5-1901 Release one tab and one hook

1358 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 11. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-1902 Lower the scanner

12. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2) at the back of the
printer, and then remove the cover.

Figure 5-1903 Remove the right cover

4. Remove the left cover (MFP )

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (MFP ).

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 1359

 1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-1904 Raise the scanner

2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1905 Remove one screw

1360 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
re-engaging.

Figure 5-1906 Release two tabs

4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1907 Locate the tabs

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 1361

 5. Beginning from the front of the cover, release the four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the
cover.

Figure 5-1908 Release four tabs

4 3
2 1

6. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1). Make sure that the tab (callout 2) does
not get caught on the printer frame (callout 3).

Figure 5-1909 Rotate the cover

3
1

1362 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

7. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release two hooks (callout 3) inside the cover.

Figure 5-1910 Release one tab and two hooks

3
1

8. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-1911 Lower the scanner

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 1363

 9. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then slide the cover (callout 2) toward the
back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-1912 Remove the left cover

2 1

5. Remove the integrated scanner assembly

(MFP)

1. On the left side of the printer, disconnect three connectors (callout 1).

Figure 5-1913 Disconnect three connectors

1364 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. Raise the scanner cables up, and then remove one screw (callout 1) to release the ground wire.

Figure 5-1914 Remove one screw and release the ground wire

3. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-1915 Raise the scanner

Remove the integrated scanner assembly 1365

 4. With the scanner lifted, release the tab (callout 1) on the scanner support arm pin from the slot and
rotate the pin in the direction indicated.

Figure 5-1916 Release scanner support arm pin

5. Remove the scanner arm pin.

CAUTION: Once the scanner arm pin is removed, support the scanner with one hand at all times
so that it does not fall backwards off of the printer.

Figure 5-1917 Remove the pin

1366 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

6. On the top of the printer, use a flat-blade screwdriver to release one tab (callout 1).

Figure 5-1918 Release one tab

7. Remove the scanner cable cover.

Figure 5-1919 Remove the scanner cable cover

Remove the integrated scanner assembly 1367

 8. The scanner cables (callout 1) are held in place on the top cover with double-sided tape. Carefully
release the cables from the top cover.

Figure 5-1920 Release the cables

9. Open the scanner assembly fully, slide the assembly toward the right side of the printer, and then
lift the assembly off of the printer.

Figure 5-1921 Remove the scanner assembly

2
1

6. Remove the fax PCA (MFP)

Follow these steps to remove the fax PCA (MFP).

1368 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Disconnect one FFC cable from fax PCA.

Figure 5-1922 Disconnect one connector

2. Remove three screws and release one tab (callout 1).

Figure 5-1923 Remove three screws and release one tab

Remove the fax PCA (MFP) 1369

 3. Lift up to remove the fax PCA.

Figure 5-1924 Lift up to remove the fax PCA

4. Optional step: Release the tab (callout 1) on the back of the fax PCA to remove the PCA from the
plastic holder.

Figure 5-1925 Release one tab on the back of the fax PCA

7. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

1370 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Fax cable (MFP)

Learn how to remove and replace the fax cable. (MFP).

View a video of removing and replacing the fax cable.

Mean time to repair: 22 minutes

Service level: Medium

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-54 Part information

Part number Part description

3QA55-67904 Cable, FFC fax to formatter

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

● Small flat-blade screwdriver

Removal and replacement: Fax cable (MFP) 1371

 After performing service
Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove Tray 2
Follow these steps to remove Tray 2.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: Removing the tray is the same for SFP and MFP printers.

Figure 5-1926 Remove the tray

2. Open the front door and duplexing door

Follow these steps to open the front door and duplexing door.

1372 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Press the button (callout 1) on the left side of the printer to release the front door.

Figure 5-1927 Release the front door

2. Open the front door.

Figure 5-1928 Open the front door

Open the front door and duplexing door 1373

 3. Open the duplexing door.

Figure 5-1929 Open the duplexer door

3. Remove the right cover (MFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (MFP).

1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-1930 Raise the scanner

1374 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1931 Remove one screw

3. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1932 Remove one screw

Remove the right cover (MFP) 1375

 4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1933 Locate the tabs

5. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the lower
edge of the cover.

Figure 5-1934 Release front lower tabs

1
2

1376 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

6. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
lower edge of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-1935 Release lower rear tab

1
7. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

Figure 5-1936 Release front upper tabs

8. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1).

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

Remove the right cover (MFP) 1377

 Figure 5-1937 Rotate the front of the cover

9. Slightly pull the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2).

Figure 5-1938 Release top tabs

1378 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

10. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release one hook (callout 3) on the inside of the cover.

Figure 5-1939 Release one tab and one hook

11. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-1940 Lower the scanner

Remove the right cover (MFP) 1379

 12. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2) at the back of the
printer, and then remove the cover.

Figure 5-1941 Remove the right cover

4. Remove the left cover (MFP )

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (MFP ).

1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-1942 Raise the scanner

1380 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1943 Remove one screw

3. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
re-engaging.

Figure 5-1944 Release two tabs

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 1381

 4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1945 Locate the tabs

5. Beginning from the front of the cover, release the four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the
cover.

Figure 5-1946 Release four tabs

4 3
2 1

1382 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

6. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1). Make sure that the tab (callout 2) does
not get caught on the printer frame (callout 3).

Figure 5-1947 Rotate the cover

3
1

7. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release two hooks (callout 3) inside the cover.

Figure 5-1948 Release one tab and two hooks

3
1

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 1383

 8. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-1949 Lower the scanner

9. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then slide the cover (callout 2) toward the
back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-1950 Remove the left cover

2 1

5. Remove the integrated scanner assembly

(MFP)

1384 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. On the left side of the printer, disconnect three connectors (callout 1).

Figure 5-1951 Disconnect three connectors

2. Raise the scanner cables up, and then remove one screw (callout 1) to release the ground wire.

Figure 5-1952 Remove one screw and release the ground wire

Remove the integrated scanner assembly 1385

 3. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-1953 Raise the scanner

4. With the scanner lifted, release the tab (callout 1) on the scanner support arm pin from the slot and
rotate the pin in the direction indicated.

Figure 5-1954 Release scanner support arm pin

5. Remove the scanner arm pin.

CAUTION: Once the scanner arm pin is removed, support the scanner with one hand at all times
so that it does not fall backwards off of the printer.

1386 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-1955 Remove the pin

6. On the top of the printer, use a flat-blade screwdriver to release one tab (callout 1).

Figure 5-1956 Release one tab

Remove the integrated scanner assembly 1387

 7. Remove the scanner cable cover.

Figure 5-1957 Remove the scanner cable cover

8. The scanner cables (callout 1) are held in place on the top cover with double-sided tape. Carefully
release the cables from the top cover.

Figure 5-1958 Release the cables

1388 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 9. Open the scanner assembly fully, slide the assembly toward the right side of the printer, and then
lift the assembly off of the printer.

Figure 5-1959 Remove the scanner assembly

2
1

6. Remove the Fax FFC

Follow these steps to remove the Fax FFC.

1. Disconnect one FFC cable from the fax PCA.

Figure 5-1960 Disconnect one connector

Remove the Fax FFC 1389

 2. Disconnect the other end of the FFC cable from the formatter PCA.

Figure 5-1961 Remove the FFC

7. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

1390 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

Removal and replacement: Walk-up USB port (SFP)
Learn how to remove and replace the walk-up USB port (SFP).

View a video of removing and replacing the walk-up USB port (SFP).

Mean time to repair: 19 minutes

Service level: Medium

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-55 Part information

Part number Part description

5851-7008 USB connector (walk-up) and cable

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove Tray 2
Follow these steps to remove Tray 2.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: Removing the tray is the same for SFP and MFP printers.

Removal and replacement: Walk-up USB port (SFP) 1391

 Figure 5-1962 Remove the tray

2. Open the front door and duplexing door

Follow these steps to open the front door and duplexing door.

1. Press the button (callout 1) on the left side of the printer to release the front door.

Figure 5-1963 Release the front door

1392 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Open the front door.

Figure 5-1964 Open the front door

3. Open the duplexing door.

Figure 5-1965 Open the duplexer door

3. Remove the right cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (SFP).

Remove the right cover (SFP) 1393

 1. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1966 Remove one screw

2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1967 Remove one screw

1394 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1968 Locate the tabs

4. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the bottom of
the cover.

Figure 5-1969 Release front lower tabs

1
2

Remove the right cover (SFP) 1395

 5. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
bottom of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-1970 Release lower rear tab

2
6. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

Figure 5-1971 Release two front tabs

1
2

1396 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 7. Release four tabs on the top of the printer (callout 1).

Figure 5-1972 Release upper tabs

8. Slide the cover toward the back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-1973 Remove the right cover

4. Remove the left cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (SFP).

Remove the left cover (SFP) 1397

 1. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1974 Remove one screw

2. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
reengaging.

Figure 5-1975 Release two tabs

1398 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1976 Locate the tabs

4. Beginning from the front of the cover, release four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the cover.

Figure 5-1977 Release bottom tabs

4 3 2 1

Remove the left cover (SFP) 1399

 5. Release three tabs at the top of the cover (callout 1), and then slide the cover toward the rear of the
printer to remove it.

Figure 5-1978 Release three tabs

5. Remove the top cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the top cover (SFP).

1. On the left side of the printer, on the formatter, disconnect one connector (callout 1).

NOTE: The formatter may look slightly different than what is shown below, however the removal
procedures are the same.

Figure 5-1979 Disconnect one connector

1400 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. At the back of the printer, remove five screws (callout 1), and then remove the fuser cover.

Figure 5-1980 Remove five screws

3. At the front of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-1981 Remove two screws

Remove the top cover (SFP) 1401

 4. Lift the front of the top cover up and release two tabs at the back of the printer (callout 1).

Figure 5-1982 Lift the top cover and release two tabs

5. Remove the top cover.

NOTE: For a replacement cover install, remove the control panel form the discarded cover and
install it on the replacement cover.

Figure 5-1983 Remove the top cover

6. Remove the walk-up USB port (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the walk-up USB port (SFP).

1402 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Disconnect one USB cable from the formatter PCA (callout 1), and then remove the cable from the
guide (callout 2).

Figure 5-1984 Disconnect cable from formatter PCA

2. Remove three screws (callout 1), and then remove the metal bracket (callout 2) from the printer .

Figure 5-1985 Remove three screws

Remove the walk-up USB port (SFP) 1403

 3. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then separate the USB connector from the bracket.

Figure 5-1986 Remove one screw and remove the USB connector

7. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

1404 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

Removal and replacement: Walk-up USB port (MFP)
Learn how to remove and replace the walk-up USB port (MFP).

View a video of removing and replacing the walk-up USB port (MFP).

Mean time to repair: 35 minutes

Service level: Medium

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-56 Part information

Part number Part description

5851-7008 USB connector (walk-up) and cable

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

● Small flat-blade screwdriver

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove Tray 2
Follow these steps to remove Tray 2.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: Removing the tray is the same for SFP and MFP printers.

Removal and replacement: Walk-up USB port (MFP) 1405

 Figure 5-1987 Remove the tray

2. Open the front door and duplexing door

Follow these steps to open the front door and duplexing door.

1. Press the button (callout 1) on the left side of the printer to release the front door.

Figure 5-1988 Release the front door

1406 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Open the front door.

Figure 5-1989 Open the front door

3. Open the duplexing door.

Figure 5-1990 Open the duplexer door

3. Remove the right cover (MFP)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (MFP).

Remove the right cover (MFP) 1407

 1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-1991 Raise the scanner

2. At the back of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1992 Remove one screw

1408 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-1993 Remove one screw

4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-1994 Locate the tabs

Remove the right cover (MFP) 1409

 5. Release one tab (callout 1) on the front of the cover by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer. While holding the cover in the released position, release one tab (callout 2) on the lower
edge of the cover.

Figure 5-1995 Release front lower tabs

1
2

6. Hold the front tabs in the released position (callout 1), and then release one tab (callout 2) on the
lower edge of the cover, toward the back of the printer.

Figure 5-1996 Release lower rear tab

1410 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

7. Release two tabs at the front of the printer (callout 1) by slightly pulling the cover away from the
printer.

Figure 5-1997 Release front upper tabs

8. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1).

CAUTION: Be careful not to dislodge the power switch (callout 2).

Figure 5-1998 Rotate the front of the cover

Remove the right cover (MFP) 1411

 9. Slightly pull the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2).

Figure 5-1999 Release top tabs

10. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release one hook (callout 3) on the inside of the cover.

Figure 5-2000 Release one tab and one hook

1412 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 11. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-2001 Lower the scanner

12. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1) to release one tab (callout 2) at the back of the
printer, and then remove the cover.

Figure 5-2002 Remove the right cover

4. Remove the left cover (MFP )

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (MFP ).

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 1413

 1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-2003 Raise the scanner

2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-2004 Remove one screw

1414 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
re-engaging.

Figure 5-2005 Release two tabs

4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-2006 Locate the tabs

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 1415

 5. Beginning from the front of the cover, release the four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the
cover.

Figure 5-2007 Release four tabs

4 3
2 1

6. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1). Make sure that the tab (callout 2) does
not get caught on the printer frame (callout 3).

Figure 5-2008 Rotate the cover

3
1

1416 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

7. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release two hooks (callout 3) inside the cover.

Figure 5-2009 Release one tab and two hooks

3
1

8. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-2010 Lower the scanner

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 1417

 9. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then slide the cover (callout 2) toward the
back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-2011 Remove the left cover

2 1

5. Remove the control panel display and mount base (MFP only)
Follow these steps to remove the control panel display and mount base (MFP only).

1. Open the integrated scanner assembly (ISA).

NOTE: The ISA might already have been removed. If so, skip ISA related steps.

If the control panel is not fully tilted forward, tilt it forward now until it stops.

Figure 5-2012 Open the ISA

1418 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. Remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-2013 Remove one screw

3. Use a small flat-blade screwdriver to release two tabs (callout 1) on the control-panel mount cover.

Figure 5-2014 Release two tabs

Remove the control panel display and mount base (MFP only) 1419
 4. Rotate the control-panel mount cover up towards the control panel to release it, and then remove
the cover.

Figure 5-2015 Remove the cover

5. Remove one grounding screw (callout 1), and then move the ground cable (callout 2) out of the way.

Figure 5-2016 Remove one screw

1
2

1420 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

6. Disconnect two FFC (callout 1).

Figure 5-2017 Disconnect two FFC

7. Release one tab (callout 1), and then remove the interconnect board (ICB).

Figure 5-2018 Remove the ICB

8. Remove two screws (callout 1), and then lift the control panel display and mount base together to
remove them.

CAUTION: Carefully unfold the FFC and release it through the opening in the mount base.

Remove the control panel display and mount base (MFP only) 1421
 Figure 5-2019 Remove two screws and remove the control panel assembly

6. Remove the integrated scanner assembly

(MFP)

1. On the left side of the printer, disconnect three connectors (callout 1).

Figure 5-2020 Disconnect three connectors

1422 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. Raise the scanner cables up, and then remove one screw (callout 1) to release the ground wire.

Figure 5-2021 Remove one screw and release the ground wire

3. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-2022 Raise the scanner

Remove the integrated scanner assembly 1423

 4. With the scanner lifted, release the tab (callout 1) on the scanner support arm pin from the slot and
rotate the pin in the direction indicated.

Figure 5-2023 Release scanner support arm pin

5. Remove the scanner arm pin.

CAUTION: Once the scanner arm pin is removed, support the scanner with one hand at all times
so that it does not fall backwards off of the printer.

Figure 5-2024 Remove the pin

1424 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

6. On the top of the printer, use a flat-blade screwdriver to release one tab (callout 1).

Figure 5-2025 Release one tab

7. Remove the scanner cable cover.

Figure 5-2026 Remove the scanner cable cover

Remove the integrated scanner assembly 1425

 8. The scanner cables (callout 1) are held in place on the top cover with double-sided tape. Carefully
release the cables from the top cover.

Figure 5-2027 Release the cables

9. Open the scanner assembly fully, slide the assembly toward the right side of the printer, and then
lift the assembly off of the printer.

Figure 5-2028 Remove the scanner assembly

2
1

7. Remove the fax PCA (MFP)

Follow these steps to remove the fax PCA (MFP).

1426 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Disconnect one FFC cable from fax PCA.

Figure 5-2029 Disconnect one connector

2. Remove three screws and release one tab (callout 1).

Figure 5-2030 Remove three screws and release one tab

Remove the fax PCA (MFP) 1427

 3. Lift up to remove the fax PCA.

Figure 5-2031 Lift up to remove the fax PCA

4. Optional step: Release the tab (callout 1) on the back of the fax PCA to remove the PCA from the
plastic holder.

Figure 5-2032 Release one tab on the back of the fax PCA

8. Remove the top cover (MFP)

Follow these steps to remove the top cover (MFP).

1428 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Disconnect one FFC (callout 1) and one connector (callout 2).

Figure 5-2033 Disconnect one FFC and one connector

1
2

2. On the top cover, remove one screw (callout 1) and the sheet metal plate (callout 2).

Figure 5-2034 Remove one screw and the sheet metal plate

Remove the top cover (MFP) 1429

 3. At the top of the printer, lower the scanner support arm (callout 1), and then remove one screw
(callout 2).

Figure 5-2035 Lower the support arm and remove one screw

2 1

4. Remove the scanner support arm (callout 1).

Figure 5-2036 Remove the scanner support arm

1430 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

5. At the top of the printer, remove four screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2037 Remove four screws

6. Remove the USB cable (callout 1) from the cable guides.

Figure 5-2038 Release the USB cable

Remove the top cover (MFP) 1431

 7. At the front of the printer, remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2039 Remove two screws

8. Release one retainer (callout 1), and then release three tabs (callout 2).

Figure 5-2040 Release one retainer and three tabs

1432 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 9. Remove the top cover.

Figure 5-2041 Remove the top cover

9. Remove the walk-up USB port (MFP)

Follow these steps to remove the walk-up USB port (MFP).

1. Turn the top cover over, release the metal tab, and then lift up on the metal bracket to remove the
USB port.

Figure 5-2042 Release the metal tab and lift to remove the USB

Remove the walk-up USB port (MFP) 1433

 2. Remove one screw (callout 1), and then separate the USB connector from the bracket.

Figure 5-2043 Remove one screw and remove the USB connector

10. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

1434 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

Removal and replacement: Drawer connector (550-sheet paper feeder)
Learn how to remove and replace the drawer connector.

View a video of removing and replacing the drawer connector.

Mean time to repair: 7 minutes

Service level: Easy

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-57 Part information

Part number Part description

VS1-7258-007CN Connector, drawer

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove Tray 2
Follow these steps to remove Tray 2.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: Removing the tray is the same for SFP and MFP printers.

Removal and replacement: Drawer connector (550-sheet paper feeder) 1435

 Figure 5-2044 Remove the tray

2. Open the front door and duplexing door

Follow these steps to open the front door and duplexing door.

1. Press the button (callout 1) on the left side of the printer to release the front door.

Figure 5-2045 Release the front door

1436 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Open the front door.

Figure 5-2046 Open the front door

3. Open the duplexing door.

Figure 5-2047 Open the duplexer door

3. Remove the left cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (SFP).

Remove the left cover (SFP) 1437

 1. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-2048 Remove one screw

2. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
reengaging.

Figure 5-2049 Release two tabs

1438 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-2050 Locate the tabs

4. Beginning from the front of the cover, release four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the cover.

Figure 5-2051 Release bottom tabs

4 3 2 1

Remove the left cover (SFP) 1439

 5. Release three tabs at the top of the cover (callout 1), and then slide the cover toward the rear of the
printer to remove it.

Figure 5-2052 Release three tabs

4. Remove the left cover (MFP )

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (MFP ).

1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-2053 Raise the scanner

1440 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-2054 Remove one screw

3. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
re-engaging.

Figure 5-2055 Release two tabs

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 1441

 4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-2056 Locate the tabs

5. Beginning from the front of the cover, release the four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the
cover.

Figure 5-2057 Release four tabs

4 3
2 1

1442 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

6. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1). Make sure that the tab (callout 2) does
not get caught on the printer frame (callout 3).

Figure 5-2058 Rotate the cover

3
1

7. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release two hooks (callout 3) inside the cover.

Figure 5-2059 Release one tab and two hooks

3
1

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 1443

 8. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-2060 Lower the scanner

9. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then slide the cover (callout 2) toward the
back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-2061 Remove the left cover

2 1

5. Remove the drawer connector

Follow these steps to remove the drawer connector.

1444 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 1. Slide the printer slightly over the edge of the work surface in order to access the connector
location. On the left side of the printer, disconnect one connector (callout 1), and then release two
tabs (callout 2).

Figure 5-2062 Disconnect one connector and release two tabs

2
2. Remove the drawer connector.

Figure 5-2063 Remove the drawer connector

6. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Unpack the replacement assembly 1445

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Removal and replacement: Front door switch

Learn how to remove and replace the front door switch (SW7).

View a video of removing and replacing the front door switch.

Mean time to repair: 7 minutes

Service level: Easy

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-58 Part information

Part number Part description

RK2-0534-000CN Door open switch (SW7, SW501)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

1446 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Make sure that the printer initializes to a Ready state.

1. Remove Tray 2
Follow these steps to remove Tray 2.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

NOTE: Removing the tray is the same for SFP and MFP printers.

Figure 5-2064 Remove the tray

2. Open the front door and duplexing door

Follow these steps to open the front door and duplexing door.

Remove Tray 2 1447

 1. Press the button (callout 1) on the left side of the printer to release the front door.

Figure 5-2065 Release the front door

2. Open the front door.

Figure 5-2066 Open the front door

1448 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 3. Open the duplexing door.

Figure 5-2067 Open the duplexer door

3. Remove the left cover (SFP)

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (SFP).

1. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-2068 Remove one screw

Remove the left cover (SFP) 1449

 2. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
reengaging.

Figure 5-2069 Release two tabs

3. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-2070 Locate the tabs

1450 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 4. Beginning from the front of the cover, release four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the cover.

Figure 5-2071 Release bottom tabs

4 3 2 1

5. Release three tabs at the top of the cover (callout 1), and then slide the cover toward the rear of the
printer to remove it.

Figure 5-2072 Release three tabs

4. Remove the left cover (MFP )

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (MFP ).

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 1451

 1. Raise the scanner.

Figure 5-2073 Raise the scanner

2. At the front of the printer, remove one screw (callout 1).

Figure 5-2074 Remove one screw

1452 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Release two tabs (callout 1) at the front of the cover. Hold the cover open to prevent the tabs from
re-engaging.

Figure 5-2075 Release two tabs

4. Slide the printer to the edge of a work surface. Note the location of the tabs on the lower edge of
the cover (callout 1).

Figure 5-2076 Locate the tabs

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 1453

 5. Beginning from the front of the cover, release the four tabs (callouts 1-4) on the lower edge of the
cover.

Figure 5-2077 Release four tabs

4 3
2 1

6. Rotate the front of the cover away from the printer (callout 1). Make sure that the tab (callout 2) does
not get caught on the printer frame (callout 3).

Figure 5-2078 Rotate the cover

3
1

1454 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

7. At the top of the printer, slightly pull the top of the cover away from the printer to release one
retention tab (callout 1) on the inside of the cover. While holding the cover away, slide the cover
toward the back of the printer (callout 2) to release two hooks (callout 3) inside the cover.

Figure 5-2079 Release one tab and two hooks

3
1

8. Lower the scanner.

Figure 5-2080 Lower the scanner

Remove the left cover (MFP ) 1455

 9. Rotate the cover away from the printer (callout 1), and then slide the cover (callout 2) toward the
back of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-2081 Remove the left cover

2 1

5. Remove the front door switch

Follow these steps to remove the front door switch.

1. On the left side of the printer, release two tabs on the front door switch (callout 1).

Figure 5-2082 Release two tabs

2. Separate the front door switch from the printer.

CAUTION: Do not attempt to completely remove the switch. It is still connected to the printer by
wire harnesses.

1456 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-2083 Release the switch

3. Disconnect two connectors, and then remove the front door switch.

Figure 5-2084 Remove the switch

6. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Unpack the replacement assembly 1457

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Input device - 550-sheet paper feeder

Learn how to remove and replace the 550-sheet paper feeder parts and assemblies.

Removal and replacement: Right cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Learn how to remove and replace the right cover for the 550-sheet paper feeder.

View a video of how to remove and replace the 550-sheet paper feeder right cover.

Mean time to repair: 4 minutes

Service level: Easy

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-59 Part information

Part number Part description

Not orderable Cover, right (550-sheet paper feeder)

1458 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove Tray 3
Follow these steps to remove Tray 3.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-2085 Remove the tray

2. Remove the right cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (550-sheet paper feeder).

Remove Tray 3 1459

 1. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2086 Remove two screws

2. Release one tab (callout 1) on the top of the feeder, and then release two tabs (callout 2) at the front
of the feeder.

Figure 5-2087 Release three tabs

1
2

1460 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 3. Lay the feeder on the left side so that the right side is facing up, and then release one tab (callout 1)
on the bottom of the feeder. Remove the right cover.

Figure 5-2088 Remove the cover

3. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Unpack the replacement assembly 1461

 4. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly
Also use the followingspecial installation instructions.

Right cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

1. Lay the feeder on the left side so that the right side is facing up, and then install one tab (callout 1) on
the bottom of the feeder.

Figure 5-2089 Engage one tab

2. Turn the feeder to an upright position with the top facing up. Install one tab (callout 1) on the top of
the feeder, and then install two tabs (callout 2) at the front of the feeder.

Figure 5-2090 Engage three tabs

1
2

3. Install two screws (callout 1).

1462 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-2091 Install two screws

Removal and replacement: Left cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Learn how to remove and replace the left cover for the 550-sheet paper feeder.

View a video of how to remove and replace the 550-sheet paper feeder left cover.

Mean time to repair: 4 minutes

Service level: Easy

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-60 Part information

Part number Part description

Not orderable Cover, left (550-sheet paper feeder)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

Removal and replacement: Left cover (550-sheet paper feeder) 1463

 ○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove Tray 3
Follow these steps to remove Tray 3.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-2092 Remove the tray

2. Remove the left cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (550-sheet paper feeder).

1464 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2093 Remove two screws

2. Release one tab (callout 1) on the top of the feeder.

Figure 5-2094 Release one tab

3. Lift the front of the cover up (callout 1), and then slide the cover (callout 2) toward the back of the
feeder to remove it.

NOTE: Release additional tabs as needed to remove the cover.

Remove the left cover (550-sheet paper feeder) 1465

 Figure 5-2095 Remove the cover

1
2

3. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

4. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly

Also use the followingspecial installation instructions.

1466 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Left cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

■ Lay the feeder on the right side so that the left side is facing up. At the back of the feeder, install the
tabs (callout 1) on the cover in the holes (callout 2) on the feeder.

Figure 5-2096 Install the left cover

Removal and replacement: Rear cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Learn how to remove and replace the rear cover for the 550-sheet paper feeder.

View a video of how to remove and replace the 550-sheet paper feeder rear cover.

Mean time to repair: 10 minutes

Service level: Easy

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-61 Part information

Part number Part description

RC4-2203-000CN Cover, rear (550-sheet paper feeder)

Required tools

Removal and replacement: Rear cover (550-sheet paper feeder) 1467

 ● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove Tray 3
Follow these steps to remove Tray 3.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-2097 Remove the tray

2. Remove the right cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (550-sheet paper feeder).

1468 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2098 Remove two screws

2. Release one tab (callout 1) on the top of the feeder, and then release two tabs (callout 2) at the front
of the feeder.

Figure 5-2099 Release three tabs

1
2

Remove the right cover (550-sheet paper feeder) 1469

 3. Lay the feeder on the left side so that the right side is facing up, and then release one tab (callout 1)
on the bottom of the feeder. Remove the right cover.

Figure 5-2100 Remove the cover

3. Remove the left cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (550-sheet paper feeder).

1. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2101 Remove two screws

1470 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Release one tab (callout 1) on the top of the feeder.

Figure 5-2102 Release one tab

3. Lift the front of the cover up (callout 1), and then slide the cover (callout 2) toward the back of the
feeder to remove it.

NOTE: Release additional tabs as needed to remove the cover.

Figure 5-2103 Remove the cover

1
2

4. Remove the rear cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the rear cover (550-sheet paper feeder).

Remove the rear cover (550-sheet paper feeder) 1471

 1. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2104 Remove two screws

2. Rotate the bottom edge of the cover (callout 1) away from the feeder, and then raise the cover up
(callout 2) to remove it.

Figure 5-2105 Remove the cover

5. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

1472 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

6. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly

Also use the followingspecial installation instructions.

Left cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

■ Lay the feeder on the right side so that the left side is facing up. At the back of the feeder, install the
tabs (callout 1) on the cover in the holes (callout 2) on the feeder.

Figure 5-2106 Install the left cover

Right cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

1. Lay the feeder on the left side so that the right side is facing up, and then install one tab (callout 1) on
the bottom of the feeder.

Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly 1473

 Figure 5-2107 Engage one tab

2. Turn the feeder to an upright position with the top facing up. Install one tab (callout 1) on the top of
the feeder, and then install two tabs (callout 2) at the front of the feeder.

Figure 5-2108 Engage three tabs

1
2

3. Install two screws (callout 1).

1474 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-2109 Install two screws

Removal and replacement: Switch cable assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

Learn how to remove and replace the switch cable assembly for the 550-sheet paper feeder.

View a video of how to remove and replace the 550-sheet paper feeder switch cable assembly.

Mean time to repair: 31 minutes

Service level: Medium

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-62 Part information

Part number Part description

Not orderable Switch, cable assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

● Small flat-blade screwdriver

After performing service

Removal and replacement: Switch cable assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) 1475
 Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove Tray 3
Follow these steps to remove Tray 3.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-2110 Remove the tray

2. Remove the right cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (550-sheet paper feeder).

1476 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2111 Remove two screws

2. Release one tab (callout 1) on the top of the feeder, and then release two tabs (callout 2) at the front
of the feeder.

Figure 5-2112 Release three tabs

1
2

Remove the right cover (550-sheet paper feeder) 1477

 3. Lay the feeder on the left side so that the right side is facing up, and then release one tab (callout 1)
on the bottom of the feeder. Remove the right cover.

Figure 5-2113 Remove the cover

3. Remove the left cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (550-sheet paper feeder).

1. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2114 Remove two screws

1478 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Release one tab (callout 1) on the top of the feeder.

Figure 5-2115 Release one tab

3. Lift the front of the cover up (callout 1), and then slide the cover (callout 2) toward the back of the
feeder to remove it.

NOTE: Release additional tabs as needed to remove the cover.

Figure 5-2116 Remove the cover

1
2

4. Remove the rear cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the rear cover (550-sheet paper feeder).

Remove the rear cover (550-sheet paper feeder) 1479

 1. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2117 Remove two screws

2. Rotate the bottom edge of the cover (callout 1) away from the feeder, and then raise the cover up
(callout 2) to remove it.

Figure 5-2118 Remove the cover

5. Remove the PCA cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the PCA cover (550-sheet paper feeder).

1480 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 1. On the left side of the feeder, remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2119 Remove two screws

2. Remove the PCA cover.

Figure 5-2120 Remove the cover

6. Remove the base plate (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the base plate (550-sheet paper feeder).

Remove the base plate (550-sheet paper feeder) 1481

 1. Lay the feeder on the top side so that the bottom side is facing up. Remove six screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2121 Remove six screws

2. On the left side of the feeder, release one tab (callout 1) on the foot.

Figure 5-2122 Release one tab

1482 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Remove the foot.

Figure 5-2123 Remove the foot

4. Release two tabs (callout 1).

Figure 5-2124 Release two tabs

Remove the base plate (550-sheet paper feeder) 1483

 5. Rotate the edge of the base plate up (callout 1), and then lift it up (callout 2) to remove it.

Figure 5-2125 Remove the assembly

1
2

7. Remove the feed frame assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the feed frame assembly (550-sheet paper feeder).

1. Release the cables (callout 1) from the retainers (callout 2).

Figure 5-2126 Release the cables

1484 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Remove four screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2127 Remove four screws

3. Remove the feed frame assembly.

Figure 5-2128 Remove the assembly

8. Remove the switch cable assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the switch cable assembly (550-sheet paper feeder).

1. Do the following:

a. Lay the feeder on the right side so that the left side is facing up, disconnect one connector
(callout 1), and then release the cables from the retainers (callout 2).

b. Release two retainers (callout 3), and then release the cables from the retainers.

c. Pass the connector and cable through the opening (callout 4) in the sheet metal.

Remove the switch cable assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) 1485

 Figure 5-2129 Release the cables

4 2

2. Locate the switch cable assembly (callout 1).

Figure 5-2130 Locate the switch cable assembly

1486 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Release the cables (callout 1) from the guides (callout 2), and then release two tabs (callout 3).

Figure 5-2131 Release the cables from the guides

2
3

4. Remove the switch cable assembly and holder (callout 1).

Figure 5-2132 Remove the assembly

Remove the switch cable assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) 1487

 5. Remove the cables (callout 1) on the switch cable assembly from the guides (callout 2) on the switch
holder.

Figure 5-2133 Remove the cables from the guides

6. Release two tabs (callout 1).

Figure 5-2134 Release two tabs

1488 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 7. Remove the switch cable assembly (callout 1) from the switch holder (callout 2).

Figure 5-2135 Remove the assembly

1
2

9. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Unpack the replacement assembly 1489

 10. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly
Also use the followingspecial installation instructions.

Switch cable assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

■ Position the switch cable assembly into the switch holder so that the hole (callout 1) on the cable
assembly fits over the post (callout 2) on the switch holder.

NOTE: Make sure that two tabs (callout 3) snap into place.

Figure 5-2136 Install the assembly

3
1

Left cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

■ Lay the feeder on the right side so that the left side is facing up. At the back of the feeder, install the
tabs (callout 1) on the cover in the holes (callout 2) on the feeder.

Figure 5-2137 Install the left cover

1490 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

Right cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

1. Lay the feeder on the left side so that the right side is facing up, and then install one tab (callout 1) on
the bottom of the feeder.

Figure 5-2138 Engage one tab

2. Turn the feeder to an upright position with the top facing up. Install one tab (callout 1) on the top of
the feeder, and then install two tabs (callout 2) at the front of the feeder.

Figure 5-2139 Engage three tabs

1
2

3. Install two screws (callout 1).

Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly 1491

 Figure 5-2140 Install two screws

Removal and replacement: Lifter drive assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

Learn how to remove and replace the lifter drive assembly for the 550-sheet paper feeder.

View a video of how to remove and replace the 550-sheet paper feeder lifter drive assembly.

Mean time to repair: 41 minutes

Service level: Medium

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-63 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-6493-000CN Lifter drive assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

● Small flat-blade screwdriver

After performing service

1492 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove Tray 3
Follow these steps to remove Tray 3.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-2141 Remove the tray

2. Remove the right cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (550-sheet paper feeder).

Remove Tray 3 1493

 1. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2142 Remove two screws

2. Release one tab (callout 1) on the top of the feeder, and then release two tabs (callout 2) at the front
of the feeder.

Figure 5-2143 Release three tabs

1
2

1494 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 3. Lay the feeder on the left side so that the right side is facing up, and then release one tab (callout 1)
on the bottom of the feeder. Remove the right cover.

Figure 5-2144 Remove the cover

3. Remove the left cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (550-sheet paper feeder).

1. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2145 Remove two screws

Remove the left cover (550-sheet paper feeder) 1495

 2. Release one tab (callout 1) on the top of the feeder.

Figure 5-2146 Release one tab

3. Lift the front of the cover up (callout 1), and then slide the cover (callout 2) toward the back of the
feeder to remove it.

NOTE: Release additional tabs as needed to remove the cover.

Figure 5-2147 Remove the cover

1
2

4. Remove the rear cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the rear cover (550-sheet paper feeder).

1496 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 1. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2148 Remove two screws

2. Rotate the bottom edge of the cover (callout 1) away from the feeder, and then raise the cover up
(callout 2) to remove it.

Figure 5-2149 Remove the cover

5. Remove the PCA cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the PCA cover (550-sheet paper feeder).

Remove the PCA cover (550-sheet paper feeder) 1497

 1. On the left side of the feeder, remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2150 Remove two screws

2. Remove the PCA cover.

Figure 5-2151 Remove the cover

6. Remove the base plate (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the base plate (550-sheet paper feeder).

1498 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Lay the feeder on the top side so that the bottom side is facing up. Remove six screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2152 Remove six screws

2. On the left side of the feeder, release one tab (callout 1) on the foot.

Figure 5-2153 Release one tab

Remove the base plate (550-sheet paper feeder) 1499

 3. Remove the foot.

Figure 5-2154 Remove the foot

4. Release two tabs (callout 1).

Figure 5-2155 Release two tabs

1500 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 5. Rotate the edge of the base plate up (callout 1), and then lift it up (callout 2) to remove it.

Figure 5-2156 Remove the assembly

1
2

7. Remove the feed frame assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the feed frame assembly (550-sheet paper feeder).

1. Release the cables (callout 1) from the retainers (callout 2).

Figure 5-2157 Release the cables

Remove the feed frame assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) 1501

 2. Remove four screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2158 Remove four screws

3. Remove the feed frame assembly.

Figure 5-2159 Remove the assembly

8. Remove the lifter drive assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the lifter drive assembly (550-sheet paper feeder).

1502 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Lay the feeder on the top so that the bottom is facing up. Disconnect one in-line connector (callout
1).

Figure 5-2160 Disconnect one connector

2. On the right side of the feeder, disconnect one connector (callout 1) from the motor.

Figure 5-2161 Disconnect one connector

Remove the lifter drive assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) 1503

 3. Release the cables (callout 1) from the retainer (callout 2).

Figure 5-2162 Release the cables

4. Pass the cables (callout 1) through the hole in the sheet metal.

Figure 5-2163 Release the cables

1504 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

5. On the left side of the feeder, pass all of the cables (callout 1) through the opening in the paper
feeder.

Figure 5-2164 Release the cables

6. Do the following:

a. Lay the feeder on the right side so that the left side is facing up, and then disconnect two
connectors (callout 1).

b. Remove the cables (callout 2) from the guides (callout 3).

c. Remove one screw (callout 4), and then remove four more screws (callout 5).

Reinstallation tip: One screw (callout 4) is different from the other screws. Make sure that
this screw installed in the correct position.

Figure 5-2165 Disconnect connector and remove screws

4 3

1
5 2

Remove the lifter drive assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) 1505

 7. Remove one shaft (callout 1).

Figure 5-2166 Remove the shaft

8. Release the tray sensor switch (callout 1), and then remove the cables (callout 2) from the guides
(callout 3).

Figure 5-2167 Release the tray sensor switch

1
2

1506 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

9. Pass the tray sensor switch cables (callout 1) through the hole in the sheet metal.

Figure 5-2168 Release the cables

10. Remove eight screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2169 Remove eight screws

Remove the lifter drive assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) 1507

 11. Release four tabs (callout 1), and then remove the cross braces (callout 2).

Figure 5-2170 Remove the cross braces

2 1 2

12. On the left side of the feeder, remove three screws (callout 1), and then release three tabs (callout 2).

Figure 5-2171 Remove screws and release tabs

1508 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 13. Remove the tray guide (callout 1).

Figure 5-2172 Remove the tray guide

14. Remove the lifter drive assembly (callout 1) while passing the cables (callout 2) through the feeder
frame.

Figure 5-2173 Remove the assembly

2
1

9. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

Unpack the replacement assembly 1509

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

10. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly

Also use the followingspecial installation instructions.

Lifter drive assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

■ Install the lifter drive assembly (callout 1) while passing the cables (callout 2) through the feeder
frame.

Figure 5-2174 Install the lifter drive assembly

2 1

Left cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

■ Lay the feeder on the right side so that the left side is facing up. At the back of the feeder, install the
tabs (callout 1) on the cover in the holes (callout 2) on the feeder.

1510 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-2175 Install the left cover

Right cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

1. Lay the feeder on the left side so that the right side is facing up, and then install one tab (callout 1) on
the bottom of the feeder.

Figure 5-2176 Engage one tab

2. Turn the feeder to an upright position with the top facing up. Install one tab (callout 1) on the top of
the feeder, and then install two tabs (callout 2) at the front of the feeder.

Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly 1511

 Figure 5-2177 Engage three tabs

1
2

3. Install two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2178 Install two screws

Removal and replacement: Pickup assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

Learn how to remove and replace the pickup assembly for the 550-sheet paper feeder.

View a video of how to remove and replace the 550-sheet paper feeder pickup assembly.

Mean time to repair: 53 minutes

Service level: Difficult

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

1512 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-64 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-6490-000CN Paper pickup assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

● Small flat-blade screwdriver

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove Tray 3
Follow these steps to remove Tray 3.

Remove Tray 3 1513

 ■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-2179 Remove the tray

2. Remove the right cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (550-sheet paper feeder).

1. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2180 Remove two screws

1514 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Release one tab (callout 1) on the top of the feeder, and then release two tabs (callout 2) at the front
of the feeder.

Figure 5-2181 Release three tabs

1
2

3. Lay the feeder on the left side so that the right side is facing up, and then release one tab (callout 1)
on the bottom of the feeder. Remove the right cover.

Figure 5-2182 Remove the cover

3. Remove the left cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (550-sheet paper feeder).

Remove the left cover (550-sheet paper feeder) 1515

 1. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2183 Remove two screws

2. Release one tab (callout 1) on the top of the feeder.

Figure 5-2184 Release one tab

3. Lift the front of the cover up (callout 1), and then slide the cover (callout 2) toward the back of the
feeder to remove it.

NOTE: Release additional tabs as needed to remove the cover.

1516 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-2185 Remove the cover

1
2

4. Remove the rear cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the rear cover (550-sheet paper feeder).

1. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2186 Remove two screws

Remove the rear cover (550-sheet paper feeder) 1517

 2. Rotate the bottom edge of the cover (callout 1) away from the feeder, and then raise the cover up
(callout 2) to remove it.

Figure 5-2187 Remove the cover

5. Remove the PCA cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the PCA cover (550-sheet paper feeder).

1. On the left side of the feeder, remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2188 Remove two screws

1518 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Remove the PCA cover.

Figure 5-2189 Remove the cover

6. Remove the base plate (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the base plate (550-sheet paper feeder).

1. Lay the feeder on the top side so that the bottom side is facing up. Remove six screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2190 Remove six screws

Remove the base plate (550-sheet paper feeder) 1519

 2. On the left side of the feeder, release one tab (callout 1) on the foot.

Figure 5-2191 Release one tab

3. Remove the foot.

Figure 5-2192 Remove the foot

1520 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 4. Release two tabs (callout 1).

Figure 5-2193 Release two tabs

5. Rotate the edge of the base plate up (callout 1), and then lift it up (callout 2) to remove it.

Figure 5-2194 Remove the assembly

1
2

7. Remove the feed frame assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the feed frame assembly (550-sheet paper feeder).

Remove the feed frame assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) 1521

 1. Release the cables (callout 1) from the retainers (callout 2).

Figure 5-2195 Release the cables

2. Remove four screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2196 Remove four screws

1522 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 3. Remove the feed frame assembly.

Figure 5-2197 Remove the assembly

8. Remove the lifter drive assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the lifter drive assembly (550-sheet paper feeder).

1. Lay the feeder on the top so that the bottom is facing up. Disconnect one in-line connector (callout
1).

Figure 5-2198 Disconnect one connector

Remove the lifter drive assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) 1523

 2. On the right side of the feeder, disconnect one connector (callout 1) from the motor.

Figure 5-2199 Disconnect one connector

3. Release the cables (callout 1) from the retainer (callout 2).

Figure 5-2200 Release the cables

1524 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

4. Pass the cables (callout 1) through the hole in the sheet metal.

Figure 5-2201 Release the cables

5. On the left side of the feeder, pass all of the cables (callout 1) through the opening in the paper
feeder.

Figure 5-2202 Release the cables

6. Do the following:

a. Lay the feeder on the right side so that the left side is facing up, and then disconnect two
connectors (callout 1).

b. Remove the cables (callout 2) from the guides (callout 3).

Remove the lifter drive assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) 1525

 c. Remove one screw (callout 4), and then remove four more screws (callout 5).

Reinstallation tip: One screw (callout 4) is different from the other screws. Make sure that
this screw installed in the correct position.

Figure 5-2203 Disconnect connector and remove screws

4 3

1
5 2

7. Remove one shaft (callout 1).

Figure 5-2204 Remove the shaft

1526 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

8. Release the tray sensor switch (callout 1), and then remove the cables (callout 2) from the guides
(callout 3).

Figure 5-2205 Release the tray sensor switch

1
2

9. Pass the tray sensor switch cables (callout 1) through the hole in the sheet metal.

Figure 5-2206 Release the cables

Remove the lifter drive assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) 1527

 10. Remove eight screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2207 Remove eight screws

11. Release four tabs (callout 1), and then remove the cross braces (callout 2).

Figure 5-2208 Remove the cross braces

2 1 2

1528 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

12. On the left side of the feeder, remove three screws (callout 1), and then release three tabs (callout 2).

Figure 5-2209 Remove screws and release tabs

13. Remove the tray guide (callout 1).

Figure 5-2210 Remove the tray guide

Remove the lifter drive assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) 1529

 14. Remove the lifter drive assembly (callout 1) while passing the cables (callout 2) through the feeder
frame.

Figure 5-2211 Remove the assembly

2
1

9. Remove the pickup assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the pickup assembly (550-sheet paper feeder).

1. Lay the feeder on the left side so that the right side is facing up. Remove two screws (callout 1), and
then remove the motor (callout 2).

Figure 5-2212 Remove the motor

1530 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. Remove three screws (callout 1), and then release three tabs (callout 2).

Figure 5-2213 Remove screws and release tabs

3. Remove the tray guide (callout 1).

Figure 5-2214 Remove the tray guide

Remove the pickup assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) 1531

 4. Remove three screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2215 Remove three screws

5. Separate the pickup assembly (callout 1) from the feeder frame.

CAUTION: Do not attempt to completely remove the assembly. It is still attached to the frame by a
wire harness.

Figure 5-2216 Release the assembly

1532 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 6. Pass the cables (callout 1) through the feeder frame to remove the assembly.

Figure 5-2217 Remove the assembly

10. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Unpack the replacement assembly 1533

 11. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly
Also use the followingspecial installation instructions.

Pickup assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

■ Lay the feeder on the left side so that the right side is facing up. Pass the cables (callout 1) through
the feeder frame.

Figure 5-2218 Install the pickup assembly

Lifter drive assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

■ Install the lifter drive assembly (callout 1) while passing the cables (callout 2) through the feeder
frame.

Figure 5-2219 Install the lifter drive assembly

2 1

Left cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

1534 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

■ Lay the feeder on the right side so that the left side is facing up. At the back of the feeder, install the
tabs (callout 1) on the cover in the holes (callout 2) on the feeder.

Figure 5-2220 Install the left cover

Right cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

1. Lay the feeder on the left side so that the right side is facing up, and then install one tab (callout 1) on
the bottom of the feeder.

Figure 5-2221 Engage one tab

2. Turn the feeder to an upright position with the top facing up. Install one tab (callout 1) on the top of
the feeder, and then install two tabs (callout 2) at the front of the feeder.

Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly 1535

 Figure 5-2222 Engage three tabs

1
2

3. Install two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2223 Install two screws

Removal and replacement: Front feed guide assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)
Learn how to remove and replace the front feed guide assembly for the 550-sheet paper feeder.

View a video of how to remove and replace the 550-sheet paper feeder front feed guide
assembly.

Mean time to repair: 65 minutes

Service level: Difficult

Before performing service

1536 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-65 Part information

Part number Part description

Not orderable Feed guide assembly front (550-sheet paper feeder)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

● Small flat-blade screwdriver

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove Tray 3
Follow these steps to remove Tray 3.

Remove Tray 3 1537

 ■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-2224 Remove the tray

2. Remove the right cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (550-sheet paper feeder).

1. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2225 Remove two screws

1538 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Release one tab (callout 1) on the top of the feeder, and then release two tabs (callout 2) at the front
of the feeder.

Figure 5-2226 Release three tabs

1
2

3. Lay the feeder on the left side so that the right side is facing up, and then release one tab (callout 1)
on the bottom of the feeder. Remove the right cover.

Figure 5-2227 Remove the cover

3. Remove the left cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (550-sheet paper feeder).

Remove the left cover (550-sheet paper feeder) 1539

 1. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2228 Remove two screws

2. Release one tab (callout 1) on the top of the feeder.

Figure 5-2229 Release one tab

3. Lift the front of the cover up (callout 1), and then slide the cover (callout 2) toward the back of the
feeder to remove it.

NOTE: Release additional tabs as needed to remove the cover.

1540 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-2230 Remove the cover

1
2

4. Remove the rear cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the rear cover (550-sheet paper feeder).

1. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2231 Remove two screws

Remove the rear cover (550-sheet paper feeder) 1541

 2. Rotate the bottom edge of the cover (callout 1) away from the feeder, and then raise the cover up
(callout 2) to remove it.

Figure 5-2232 Remove the cover

5. Remove the PCA cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the PCA cover (550-sheet paper feeder).

1. On the left side of the feeder, remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2233 Remove two screws

1542 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Remove the PCA cover.

Figure 5-2234 Remove the cover

6. Remove the base plate (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the base plate (550-sheet paper feeder).

1. Lay the feeder on the top side so that the bottom side is facing up. Remove six screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2235 Remove six screws

Remove the base plate (550-sheet paper feeder) 1543

 2. On the left side of the feeder, release one tab (callout 1) on the foot.

Figure 5-2236 Release one tab

3. Remove the foot.

Figure 5-2237 Remove the foot

1544 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 4. Release two tabs (callout 1).

Figure 5-2238 Release two tabs

5. Rotate the edge of the base plate up (callout 1), and then lift it up (callout 2) to remove it.

Figure 5-2239 Remove the assembly

1
2

7. Remove the feed frame assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the feed frame assembly (550-sheet paper feeder).

Remove the feed frame assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) 1545

 1. Release the cables (callout 1) from the retainers (callout 2).

Figure 5-2240 Release the cables

2. Remove four screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2241 Remove four screws

1546 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 3. Remove the feed frame assembly.

Figure 5-2242 Remove the assembly

8. Remove the lifter drive assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the lifter drive assembly (550-sheet paper feeder).

1. Lay the feeder on the top so that the bottom is facing up. Disconnect one in-line connector (callout
1).

Figure 5-2243 Disconnect one connector

Remove the lifter drive assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) 1547

 2. On the right side of the feeder, disconnect one connector (callout 1) from the motor.

Figure 5-2244 Disconnect one connector

3. Release the cables (callout 1) from the retainer (callout 2).

Figure 5-2245 Release the cables

1548 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

4. Pass the cables (callout 1) through the hole in the sheet metal.

Figure 5-2246 Release the cables

5. On the left side of the feeder, pass all of the cables (callout 1) through the opening in the paper
feeder.

Figure 5-2247 Release the cables

6. Do the following:

a. Lay the feeder on the right side so that the left side is facing up, and then disconnect two
connectors (callout 1).

b. Remove the cables (callout 2) from the guides (callout 3).

Remove the lifter drive assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) 1549

 c. Remove one screw (callout 4), and then remove four more screws (callout 5).

Reinstallation tip: One screw (callout 4) is different from the other screws. Make sure that
this screw installed in the correct position.

Figure 5-2248 Disconnect connector and remove screws

4 3

1
5 2

7. Remove one shaft (callout 1).

Figure 5-2249 Remove the shaft

1550 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

8. Release the tray sensor switch (callout 1), and then remove the cables (callout 2) from the guides
(callout 3).

Figure 5-2250 Release the tray sensor switch

1
2

9. Pass the tray sensor switch cables (callout 1) through the hole in the sheet metal.

Figure 5-2251 Release the cables

Remove the lifter drive assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) 1551

 10. Remove eight screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2252 Remove eight screws

11. Release four tabs (callout 1), and then remove the cross braces (callout 2).

Figure 5-2253 Remove the cross braces

2 1 2

1552 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

12. On the left side of the feeder, remove three screws (callout 1), and then release three tabs (callout 2).

Figure 5-2254 Remove screws and release tabs

13. Remove the tray guide (callout 1).

Figure 5-2255 Remove the tray guide

Remove the lifter drive assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) 1553

 14. Remove the lifter drive assembly (callout 1) while passing the cables (callout 2) through the feeder
frame.

Figure 5-2256 Remove the assembly

2
1

9. Remove the pickup assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the pickup assembly (550-sheet paper feeder).

1. Lay the feeder on the left side so that the right side is facing up. Remove two screws (callout 1), and
then remove the motor (callout 2).

Figure 5-2257 Remove the motor

1554 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. Remove three screws (callout 1), and then release three tabs (callout 2).

Figure 5-2258 Remove screws and release tabs

3. Remove the tray guide (callout 1).

Figure 5-2259 Remove the tray guide

Remove the pickup assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) 1555

 4. Remove three screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2260 Remove three screws

5. Separate the pickup assembly (callout 1) from the feeder frame.

CAUTION: Do not attempt to completely remove the assembly. It is still attached to the frame by a
wire harness.

Figure 5-2261 Release the assembly

1556 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 6. Pass the cables (callout 1) through the feeder frame to remove the assembly.

Figure 5-2262 Remove the assembly

10. Remove the front feed guide assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)
Follow these steps to remove the front feed guide assembly (550-sheet paper feeder).

1. Lay the feeder on the right side so that the left side is facing up. Disconnect one connector (callout
1), and then remove the cables (callout 2) from the guides (callout 3).

Figure 5-2263 Disconnect one connector

3
2

Remove the front feed guide assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) 1557
 2. Press the lever (callout 1) on the roller holder, and then slide the roller holder down (callout 2).

Figure 5-2264 Slide the roller holder

1
2

3. Remove the roller holder (callout 1).

Figure 5-2265 Remove the roller holder

4. Remove three screws (callout 1) on the rear feed guide assembly, and then remove three screws
(callout 2) on the front feed guide assembly.

Reinstallation tip: The three screws (callout 1) on the rear feed guide assembly are larger than the
screws on the front feed guide assembly.

1558 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-2266 Remove six screws

2 1

5. Remove the roller holder (callout 1).

Figure 5-2267 Remove the roller holder

Remove the front feed guide assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) 1559
 6. Pass the cables (callout 1) through the feeder frame (callout 2), and then remove the front feed
guide assembly (callout 3).

Figure 5-2268 Remove the assembly

2
1

11. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

1560 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

12. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly
Also use the followingspecial installation instructions.

Front feed guide assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

■ Install the front feed guide (callout 1), and then pass the cables (callout 2) through the feeder frame
(callout 3).

Figure 5-2269 Install the front feed guide assembly

2 3

Pickup assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

■ Lay the feeder on the left side so that the right side is facing up. Pass the cables (callout 1) through
the feeder frame.

Figure 5-2270 Install the pickup assembly

Lifter drive assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly 1561

 ■ Install the lifter drive assembly (callout 1) while passing the cables (callout 2) through the feeder
frame.

Figure 5-2271 Install the lifter drive assembly

2 1

Left cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

■ Lay the feeder on the right side so that the left side is facing up. At the back of the feeder, install the
tabs (callout 1) on the cover in the holes (callout 2) on the feeder.

Figure 5-2272 Install the left cover

Right cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

1. Lay the feeder on the left side so that the right side is facing up, and then install one tab (callout 1) on
the bottom of the feeder.

1562 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-2273 Engage one tab

2. Turn the feeder to an upright position with the top facing up. Install one tab (callout 1) on the top of
the feeder, and then install two tabs (callout 2) at the front of the feeder.

Figure 5-2274 Engage three tabs

1
2

3. Install two screws (callout 1).

Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly 1563

 Figure 5-2275 Install two screws

Removal and replacement: Rear feed guide assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)
Learn how to remove and replace the rear feed guide assembly for the 550-sheet paper feeder.

View a video of how to remove and replace the 550-sheet paper feeder rear feed guide
assembly.

Mean time to repair: 67 minutes

Service level: Difficult

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-66 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-6366-000CN Feed guide assembly rear (550-sheet paper feeder)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

● Small flat-blade screwdriver

1564 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 After performing service
Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove Tray 3
Follow these steps to remove Tray 3.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-2276 Remove the tray

2. Remove the right cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (550-sheet paper feeder).

Remove Tray 3 1565

 1. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2277 Remove two screws

2. Release one tab (callout 1) on the top of the feeder, and then release two tabs (callout 2) at the front
of the feeder.

Figure 5-2278 Release three tabs

1
2

1566 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 3. Lay the feeder on the left side so that the right side is facing up, and then release one tab (callout 1)
on the bottom of the feeder. Remove the right cover.

Figure 5-2279 Remove the cover

3. Remove the left cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (550-sheet paper feeder).

1. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2280 Remove two screws

Remove the left cover (550-sheet paper feeder) 1567

 2. Release one tab (callout 1) on the top of the feeder.

Figure 5-2281 Release one tab

3. Lift the front of the cover up (callout 1), and then slide the cover (callout 2) toward the back of the
feeder to remove it.

NOTE: Release additional tabs as needed to remove the cover.

Figure 5-2282 Remove the cover

1
2

4. Remove the rear cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the rear cover (550-sheet paper feeder).

1568 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 1. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2283 Remove two screws

2. Rotate the bottom edge of the cover (callout 1) away from the feeder, and then raise the cover up
(callout 2) to remove it.

Figure 5-2284 Remove the cover

5. Remove the PCA cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the PCA cover (550-sheet paper feeder).

Remove the PCA cover (550-sheet paper feeder) 1569

 1. On the left side of the feeder, remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2285 Remove two screws

2. Remove the PCA cover.

Figure 5-2286 Remove the cover

6. Remove the base plate (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the base plate (550-sheet paper feeder).

1570 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Lay the feeder on the top side so that the bottom side is facing up. Remove six screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2287 Remove six screws

2. On the left side of the feeder, release one tab (callout 1) on the foot.

Figure 5-2288 Release one tab

Remove the base plate (550-sheet paper feeder) 1571

 3. Remove the foot.

Figure 5-2289 Remove the foot

4. Release two tabs (callout 1).

Figure 5-2290 Release two tabs

1572 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 5. Rotate the edge of the base plate up (callout 1), and then lift it up (callout 2) to remove it.

Figure 5-2291 Remove the assembly

1
2

7. Remove the feed frame assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the feed frame assembly (550-sheet paper feeder).

1. Release the cables (callout 1) from the retainers (callout 2).

Figure 5-2292 Release the cables

Remove the feed frame assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) 1573

 2. Remove four screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2293 Remove four screws

3. Remove the feed frame assembly.

Figure 5-2294 Remove the assembly

8. Remove the lifter drive assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the lifter drive assembly (550-sheet paper feeder).

1574 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Lay the feeder on the top so that the bottom is facing up. Disconnect one in-line connector (callout
1).

Figure 5-2295 Disconnect one connector

2. On the right side of the feeder, disconnect one connector (callout 1) from the motor.

Figure 5-2296 Disconnect one connector

Remove the lifter drive assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) 1575

 3. Release the cables (callout 1) from the retainer (callout 2).

Figure 5-2297 Release the cables

4. Pass the cables (callout 1) through the hole in the sheet metal.

Figure 5-2298 Release the cables

1576 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

5. On the left side of the feeder, pass all of the cables (callout 1) through the opening in the paper
feeder.

Figure 5-2299 Release the cables

6. Do the following:

a. Lay the feeder on the right side so that the left side is facing up, and then disconnect two
connectors (callout 1).

b. Remove the cables (callout 2) from the guides (callout 3).

c. Remove one screw (callout 4), and then remove four more screws (callout 5).

Reinstallation tip: One screw (callout 4) is different from the other screws. Make sure that
this screw installed in the correct position.

Figure 5-2300 Disconnect connector and remove screws

4 3

1
5 2

Remove the lifter drive assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) 1577

 7. Remove one shaft (callout 1).

Figure 5-2301 Remove the shaft

8. Release the tray sensor switch (callout 1), and then remove the cables (callout 2) from the guides
(callout 3).

Figure 5-2302 Release the tray sensor switch

1
2

1578 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

9. Pass the tray sensor switch cables (callout 1) through the hole in the sheet metal.

Figure 5-2303 Release the cables

10. Remove eight screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2304 Remove eight screws

Remove the lifter drive assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) 1579

 11. Release four tabs (callout 1), and then remove the cross braces (callout 2).

Figure 5-2305 Remove the cross braces

2 1 2

12. On the left side of the feeder, remove three screws (callout 1), and then release three tabs (callout 2).

Figure 5-2306 Remove screws and release tabs

1580 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 13. Remove the tray guide (callout 1).

Figure 5-2307 Remove the tray guide

14. Remove the lifter drive assembly (callout 1) while passing the cables (callout 2) through the feeder
frame.

Figure 5-2308 Remove the assembly

2
1

9. Remove the pickup assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the pickup assembly (550-sheet paper feeder).

Remove the pickup assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) 1581

 1. Lay the feeder on the left side so that the right side is facing up. Remove two screws (callout 1), and
then remove the motor (callout 2).

Figure 5-2309 Remove the motor

2. Remove three screws (callout 1), and then release three tabs (callout 2).

Figure 5-2310 Remove screws and release tabs

1582 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Remove the tray guide (callout 1).

Figure 5-2311 Remove the tray guide

4. Remove three screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2312 Remove three screws

5. Separate the pickup assembly (callout 1) from the feeder frame.

CAUTION: Do not attempt to completely remove the assembly. It is still attached to the frame by a
wire harness.

Remove the pickup assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) 1583

 Figure 5-2313 Release the assembly

6. Pass the cables (callout 1) through the feeder frame to remove the assembly.

Figure 5-2314 Remove the assembly

10. Remove the front feed guide assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)
Follow these steps to remove the front feed guide assembly (550-sheet paper feeder).

1584 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Lay the feeder on the right side so that the left side is facing up. Disconnect one connector (callout
1), and then remove the cables (callout 2) from the guides (callout 3).

Figure 5-2315 Disconnect one connector

3
2

2. Press the lever (callout 1) on the roller holder, and then slide the roller holder down (callout 2).

Figure 5-2316 Slide the roller holder

1
2

Remove the front feed guide assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) 1585
 3. Remove the roller holder (callout 1).

Figure 5-2317 Remove the roller holder

4. Remove three screws (callout 1) on the rear feed guide assembly, and then remove three screws
(callout 2) on the front feed guide assembly.

Reinstallation tip: The three screws (callout 1) on the rear feed guide assembly are larger than the
screws on the front feed guide assembly.

Figure 5-2318 Remove six screws

2 1

1586 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 5. Remove the roller holder (callout 1).

Figure 5-2319 Remove the roller holder

6. Pass the cables (callout 1) through the feeder frame (callout 2), and then remove the front feed
guide assembly (callout 3).

Figure 5-2320 Remove the assembly

2
1

11. Remove the rear feed guide assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)
Follow these steps to remove the rear feed guide assembly (550-sheet paper feeder).

Remove the rear feed guide assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) 1587
 ■ Remove the rear feed guide assembly (callout 1).

Figure 5-2321 Remove the assembly

12. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

1588 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

13. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly
Also use the followingspecial installation instructions.

Front feed guide assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

■ Install the front feed guide (callout 1), and then pass the cables (callout 2) through the feeder frame
(callout 3).

Figure 5-2322 Install the front feed guide assembly

2 3

Pickup assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

■ Lay the feeder on the left side so that the right side is facing up. Pass the cables (callout 1) through
the feeder frame.

Figure 5-2323 Install the pickup assembly

Lifter drive assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly 1589

 ■ Install the lifter drive assembly (callout 1) while passing the cables (callout 2) through the feeder
frame.

Figure 5-2324 Install the lifter drive assembly

2 1

Left cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

■ Lay the feeder on the right side so that the left side is facing up. At the back of the feeder, install the
tabs (callout 1) on the cover in the holes (callout 2) on the feeder.

Figure 5-2325 Install the left cover

Right cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

1. Lay the feeder on the left side so that the right side is facing up, and then install one tab (callout 1) on
the bottom of the feeder.

1590 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-2326 Engage one tab

2. Turn the feeder to an upright position with the top facing up. Install one tab (callout 1) on the top of
the feeder, and then install two tabs (callout 2) at the front of the feeder.

Figure 5-2327 Engage three tabs

1
2

3. Install two screws (callout 1).

Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly 1591

 Figure 5-2328 Install two screws

Removal and replacement: Paper feed assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

Learn how to remove and replace the paper feed assembly for the 550-sheet paper feeder.

View a video of how to remove and replace the 550-sheet paper feeder paper feed assembly.

Mean time to repair: 75 minutes

Service level: Difficult

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-67 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-1840-000CN Paper feed assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

● Small flat-blade screwdriver

After performing service

1592 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove Tray 3
Follow these steps to remove Tray 3.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-2329 Remove the tray

2. Remove the right cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (550-sheet paper feeder).

Remove Tray 3 1593

 1. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2330 Remove two screws

2. Release one tab (callout 1) on the top of the feeder, and then release two tabs (callout 2) at the front
of the feeder.

Figure 5-2331 Release three tabs

1
2

1594 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 3. Lay the feeder on the left side so that the right side is facing up, and then release one tab (callout 1)
on the bottom of the feeder. Remove the right cover.

Figure 5-2332 Remove the cover

3. Remove the left cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (550-sheet paper feeder).

1. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2333 Remove two screws

Remove the left cover (550-sheet paper feeder) 1595

 2. Release one tab (callout 1) on the top of the feeder.

Figure 5-2334 Release one tab

3. Lift the front of the cover up (callout 1), and then slide the cover (callout 2) toward the back of the
feeder to remove it.

NOTE: Release additional tabs as needed to remove the cover.

Figure 5-2335 Remove the cover

1
2

4. Remove the rear cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the rear cover (550-sheet paper feeder).

1596 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 1. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2336 Remove two screws

2. Rotate the bottom edge of the cover (callout 1) away from the feeder, and then raise the cover up
(callout 2) to remove it.

Figure 5-2337 Remove the cover

5. Remove the PCA cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the PCA cover (550-sheet paper feeder).

Remove the PCA cover (550-sheet paper feeder) 1597

 1. On the left side of the feeder, remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2338 Remove two screws

2. Remove the PCA cover.

Figure 5-2339 Remove the cover

6. Remove the base plate (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the base plate (550-sheet paper feeder).

1598 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Lay the feeder on the top side so that the bottom side is facing up. Remove six screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2340 Remove six screws

2. On the left side of the feeder, release one tab (callout 1) on the foot.

Figure 5-2341 Release one tab

Remove the base plate (550-sheet paper feeder) 1599

 3. Remove the foot.

Figure 5-2342 Remove the foot

4. Release two tabs (callout 1).

Figure 5-2343 Release two tabs

1600 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 5. Rotate the edge of the base plate up (callout 1), and then lift it up (callout 2) to remove it.

Figure 5-2344 Remove the assembly

1
2

7. Remove the feed frame assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the feed frame assembly (550-sheet paper feeder).

1. Release the cables (callout 1) from the retainers (callout 2).

Figure 5-2345 Release the cables

Remove the feed frame assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) 1601

 2. Remove four screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2346 Remove four screws

3. Remove the feed frame assembly.

Figure 5-2347 Remove the assembly

8. Remove the lifter drive assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the lifter drive assembly (550-sheet paper feeder).

1602 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Lay the feeder on the top so that the bottom is facing up. Disconnect one in-line connector (callout
1).

Figure 5-2348 Disconnect one connector

2. On the right side of the feeder, disconnect one connector (callout 1) from the motor.

Figure 5-2349 Disconnect one connector

Remove the lifter drive assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) 1603

 3. Release the cables (callout 1) from the retainer (callout 2).

Figure 5-2350 Release the cables

4. Pass the cables (callout 1) through the hole in the sheet metal.

Figure 5-2351 Release the cables

1604 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

5. On the left side of the feeder, pass all of the cables (callout 1) through the opening in the paper
feeder.

Figure 5-2352 Release the cables

6. Do the following:

a. Lay the feeder on the right side so that the left side is facing up, and then disconnect two
connectors (callout 1).

b. Remove the cables (callout 2) from the guides (callout 3).

c. Remove one screw (callout 4), and then remove four more screws (callout 5).

Reinstallation tip: One screw (callout 4) is different from the other screws. Make sure that
this screw installed in the correct position.

Figure 5-2353 Disconnect connector and remove screws

4 3

1
5 2

Remove the lifter drive assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) 1605

 7. Remove one shaft (callout 1).

Figure 5-2354 Remove the shaft

8. Release the tray sensor switch (callout 1), and then remove the cables (callout 2) from the guides
(callout 3).

Figure 5-2355 Release the tray sensor switch

1
2

1606 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

9. Pass the tray sensor switch cables (callout 1) through the hole in the sheet metal.

Figure 5-2356 Release the cables

10. Remove eight screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2357 Remove eight screws

Remove the lifter drive assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) 1607

 11. Release four tabs (callout 1), and then remove the cross braces (callout 2).

Figure 5-2358 Remove the cross braces

2 1 2

12. On the left side of the feeder, remove three screws (callout 1), and then release three tabs (callout 2).

Figure 5-2359 Remove screws and release tabs

1608 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 13. Remove the tray guide (callout 1).

Figure 5-2360 Remove the tray guide

14. Remove the lifter drive assembly (callout 1) while passing the cables (callout 2) through the feeder
frame.

Figure 5-2361 Remove the assembly

2
1

9. Remove the pickup assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the pickup assembly (550-sheet paper feeder).

Remove the pickup assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) 1609

 1. Lay the feeder on the left side so that the right side is facing up. Remove two screws (callout 1), and
then remove the motor (callout 2).

Figure 5-2362 Remove the motor

2. Remove three screws (callout 1), and then release three tabs (callout 2).

Figure 5-2363 Remove screws and release tabs

1610 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

3. Remove the tray guide (callout 1).

Figure 5-2364 Remove the tray guide

4. Remove three screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2365 Remove three screws

5. Separate the pickup assembly (callout 1) from the feeder frame.

CAUTION: Do not attempt to completely remove the assembly. It is still attached to the frame by a
wire harness.

Remove the pickup assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) 1611

 Figure 5-2366 Release the assembly

6. Pass the cables (callout 1) through the feeder frame to remove the assembly.

Figure 5-2367 Remove the assembly

10. Remove the front feed guide assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)
Follow these steps to remove the front feed guide assembly (550-sheet paper feeder).

1612 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Lay the feeder on the right side so that the left side is facing up. Disconnect one connector (callout
1), and then remove the cables (callout 2) from the guides (callout 3).

Figure 5-2368 Disconnect one connector

3
2

2. Press the lever (callout 1) on the roller holder, and then slide the roller holder down (callout 2).

Figure 5-2369 Slide the roller holder

1
2

Remove the front feed guide assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) 1613
 3. Remove the roller holder (callout 1).

Figure 5-2370 Remove the roller holder

4. Remove three screws (callout 1) on the rear feed guide assembly, and then remove three screws
(callout 2) on the front feed guide assembly.

Reinstallation tip: The three screws (callout 1) on the rear feed guide assembly are larger than the
screws on the front feed guide assembly.

Figure 5-2371 Remove six screws

2 1

1614 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 5. Remove the roller holder (callout 1).

Figure 5-2372 Remove the roller holder

6. Pass the cables (callout 1) through the feeder frame (callout 2), and then remove the front feed
guide assembly (callout 3).

Figure 5-2373 Remove the assembly

2
1

11. Remove the rear feed guide assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)
Follow these steps to remove the rear feed guide assembly (550-sheet paper feeder).

Remove the rear feed guide assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) 1615
 ■ Remove the rear feed guide assembly (callout 1).

Figure 5-2374 Remove the assembly

12. Remove the paper feed assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the paper feed assembly (550-sheet paper feeder).

1. On the left side of the feeder, disconnect one connector (callout 1).

Figure 5-2375 Disconnect one connector

1616 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

2. On the top of the feeder toward the back, remove three screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2376 Remove three screws

3. Remove the front paper feed guide (callout 1).

Figure 5-2377 Remove the front paper feed guide

Remove the paper feed assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) 1617

 4. Inside the paper feeder toward the back, remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2378 Remove two screws

5. Release the cables (callout 1) through the opening (callout 2) in the feeder, and then remove the
paper feed assembly (callout 3).

Figure 5-2379 Remove the assembly

3
1 2

13. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

1618 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

14. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly

Also use the followingspecial installation instructions.

Paper feed assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

■ Position the paper feed assembly (callout 1) in the feeder. Pass the cables (callout 2) through the
opening (callout 3) in the feeder.

Figure 5-2380 Install the paper feed assembly

1
2 3

Front feed guide assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

■ Install the front feed guide (callout 1), and then pass the cables (callout 2) through the feeder frame
(callout 3).

Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly 1619

 Figure 5-2381 Install the front feed guide assembly

2 3

Pickup assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

■ Lay the feeder on the left side so that the right side is facing up. Pass the cables (callout 1) through
the feeder frame.

Figure 5-2382 Install the pickup assembly

Lifter drive assembly (550-sheet paper feeder)

■ Install the lifter drive assembly (callout 1) while passing the cables (callout 2) through the feeder
frame.

1620 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-2383 Install the lifter drive assembly

2 1

Left cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

■ Lay the feeder on the right side so that the left side is facing up. At the back of the feeder, install the
tabs (callout 1) on the cover in the holes (callout 2) on the feeder.

Figure 5-2384 Install the left cover

Right cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

1. Lay the feeder on the left side so that the right side is facing up, and then install one tab (callout 1) on
the bottom of the feeder.

Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly 1621

 Figure 5-2385 Engage one tab

2. Turn the feeder to an upright position with the top facing up. Install one tab (callout 1) on the top of
the feeder, and then install two tabs (callout 2) at the front of the feeder.

Figure 5-2386 Engage three tabs

1
2

3. Install two screws (callout 1).

1622 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-2387 Install two screws

Removal and replacement: Pickup motor (550-sheet paper feeder)

Learn how to remove and replace the pickup motor for the 550-sheet paper feeder.

View a video of how to remove and replace the 550-sheet paper feeder pickup motor.

Mean time to repair: 7 minutes

Service level: Easy

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-68 Part information

Part number Part description

RM2-7350-000CN Pickup motor assembly (M9; 550-sheet paper feeder)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

Removal and replacement: Pickup motor (550-sheet paper feeder) 1623

 ○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove Tray 3
Follow these steps to remove Tray 3.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-2388 Remove the tray

2. Remove the left cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the left cover (550-sheet paper feeder).

1624 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2389 Remove two screws

2. Release one tab (callout 1) on the top of the feeder.

Figure 5-2390 Release one tab

3. Lift the front of the cover up (callout 1), and then slide the cover (callout 2) toward the back of the
feeder to remove it.

NOTE: Release additional tabs as needed to remove the cover.

Remove the left cover (550-sheet paper feeder) 1625

 Figure 5-2391 Remove the cover

1
2

3. Remove the pickup motor (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the pickup motor (550-sheet paper feeder).

■ Disconnect one connector (callout 1), remove two screws (callout 2), and then remove the pickup
motor (callout 3).

Figure 5-2392 Remove the pickup motor

2
1

4. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

1626 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

5. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly

Also use the followingspecial installation instructions.

Left cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

■ Lay the feeder on the right side so that the left side is facing up. At the back of the feeder, install the
tabs (callout 1) on the cover in the holes (callout 2) on the feeder.

Figure 5-2393 Install the left cover

Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly 1627

 Removal and replacement: Drawer connector (550-sheet paper feeder)
Learn how to remove and replace the drawer connector for the 550-sheet paper feeder.

View a video of how to remove and replace the 550-sheet paper feeder drawer connector.

Mean time to repair: 7 minutes

Service level: Easy

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-69 Part information

Part number Part description

VS1-7257-007CN Connector, drawer Tray 3 (550-sheet paper feeder)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

No post service test is available for this assembly.

1. Remove Tray 3
Follow these steps to remove Tray 3.

1628 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 ■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-2394 Remove the tray

2. Remove the right cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (550-sheet paper feeder).

1. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2395 Remove two screws

Remove the right cover (550-sheet paper feeder) 1629

 2. Release one tab (callout 1) on the top of the feeder, and then release two tabs (callout 2) at the front
of the feeder.

Figure 5-2396 Release three tabs

1
2

3. Lay the feeder on the left side so that the right side is facing up, and then release one tab (callout 1)
on the bottom of the feeder. Remove the right cover.

Figure 5-2397 Remove the cover

3. Remove the drawer connector (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the drawer connector (550-sheet paper feeder).

1630 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. On the right side of the feeder, disconnect one connector (callout 1).

Figure 5-2398 Disconnect one connector

2. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2399 Remove two screws

Remove the drawer connector (550-sheet paper feeder) 1631

 3. Lift the connector holder off of the feeder, and then release two tabs (callout 1) to release the
connector from the holder.

Figure 5-2400 Release two tabs

4. Pass the cables (callout 1) through the opening in the connector holder (callout 2) to remove the
connector.

Figure 5-2401 Remove the drawer connector

1632 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 5. Disconnect the wire harness (callout 1) from the connector (callout 2). Install the wire harness on
the replacement part.

Figure 5-2402 Disconnect the wire harness

2 1

4. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

Unpack the replacement assembly 1633

 5. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly
Also use the followingspecial installation instructions.

Right cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

1. Lay the feeder on the left side so that the right side is facing up, and then install one tab (callout 1) on
the bottom of the feeder.

Figure 5-2403 Engage one tab

2. Turn the feeder to an upright position with the top facing up. Install one tab (callout 1) on the top of
the feeder, and then install two tabs (callout 2) at the front of the feeder.

Figure 5-2404 Engage three tabs

1
2

3. Install two screws (callout 1).

1634 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 Figure 5-2405 Install two screws

Removal and replacement: Driver PCA (550-sheet paper feeder)

Learn how to remove and replace the driver printed-circuit assembly (PCA) for the 550-sheet paper
feeder.

View a video of how to remove and replace the 550-sheet paper feeder driver printed-circuit
assembly (PCA).

Mean time to repair: 11 minutes

Service level: Easy

Before performing service

Turn the printer power off

○ Disconnect the power cable.

WARNING! To avoid damage to the printer, turn the printer off, wait 30 seconds, and then remove
the power cord before attempting to service the printer.

Use the table below to identify the correct part number for your printer. To order the part, go to
www.hp.com/buy/parts.

Table 5-70 Part information

Part number Part description

Not orderable Paper feeder driver PCA (550-sheet paper feeder)

Required tools
● #2 Phillips screwdriver with a magnetic tip and a 152 mm (6 in) shaft length

After performing service

Removal and replacement: Driver PCA (550-sheet paper feeder) 1635

 Turn the printer power on

○ Connect the power cable.

○ Use the power switch to turn the power on.

Post service test

Print any pages necessary to make sure the printer is functioning correctly.

1. Remove Tray 3
Follow these steps to remove Tray 3.

■ Pull the tray out until it stops. Lift the front of the tray, and then pull it out of the printer to remove it.

Figure 5-2406 Remove the tray

2. Remove the right cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the right cover (550-sheet paper feeder).

1636 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

1. Remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2407 Remove two screws

2. Release one tab (callout 1) on the top of the feeder, and then release two tabs (callout 2) at the front
of the feeder.

Figure 5-2408 Release three tabs

1
2

Remove the right cover (550-sheet paper feeder) 1637

 3. Lay the feeder on the left side so that the right side is facing up, and then release one tab (callout 1)
on the bottom of the feeder. Remove the right cover.

Figure 5-2409 Remove the cover

3. Remove the PCA cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the PCA cover (550-sheet paper feeder).

1. On the left side of the feeder, remove two screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2410 Remove two screws

1638 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Remove the PCA cover.

Figure 5-2411 Remove the cover

4. Remove the driver PCA (550-sheet paper feeder)

Follow these steps to remove the driver PCA (550-sheet paper feeder).

1. Disconnect all of the connectors on the driver PCA (callout 1).

Figure 5-2412 Disconnect all connectors

Remove the driver PCA (550-sheet paper feeder) 1639

 2. Remove four screws (callout 1).

Figure 5-2413 Remove four screws

3. Lift the driver PCA up and off of two brackets (callout 1) to remove it.

Figure 5-2414 Remove the driver PCA

5. Unpack the replacement assembly

Follow these steps to unpack the replacement assembly.

1. Dispose of the defective part.

NOTE: HP recommends responsible disposal of the defective part.

http://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/product-recycling.html

1640 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

 2. Unpack the replacement part from the packaging.

CAUTION: Some parts are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always perform service
work at an ESD-protected workstation or mat. If an ESD workstation or mat is not available, touch
the sheet-metal chassis to provide a static ground before touching an ESD-sensitive assembly.
Protect the ESD-sensitive assemblies by placing them in ESD pouches when they are out of the
printer.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that all of the shipping materials (for example shipping tape) are removed
from the replacement part prior to installation.

NOTE: If the replacement part is a roller or pad, avoid touching the spongy part of it. Skin oils on
the roller or pad can cause paper pickup and/or print-quality problems. HP recommends using
disposable gloves when handling rollers or pads or washing your hands before touching rollers or
pads.

3. To install an assembly, reverse the removal steps.

NOTE: When applicable, special installation instructions are provided for an assembly at the end
of the removal procedure. Always completely read the removal instructions and follow all special
installation instructions.

6. Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly

Also use the followingspecial installation instructions.

Driver PCA (550-sheet paper feeder)

■ Position the driver PCA on two brackets (callout 1).

Figure 5-2415 Install the driver PCA

Right cover (550-sheet paper feeder)

1. Lay the feeder on the left side so that the right side is facing up, and then install one tab (callout 1) on
the bottom of the feeder.

Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly 1641

 Figure 5-2416 Engage one tab

2. Turn the feeder to an upright position with the top facing up. Install one tab (callout 1) on the top of
the feeder, and then install two tabs (callout 2) at the front of the feeder.

Figure 5-2417 Engage three tabs

1
2

3. Install two screws (callout 1).

1642 Chapter 5 Removal and replacement

Figure 5-2418 Install two screws

Reverse the removal steps to install the assembly 1643

1644
6 Parts and diagrams

Printer parts information including exploded assembly diagrams and part number lists.

HP service and support

Learn about access to additional service and support information.

Additional service and support for channel partners

Channel partners can use the HP Partner Portal or the Channel Services Delivery Platform (CSDP) to
access the HP Web-based Interactive Search Engine (WISE).

Find information about the following topics.

● Service manuals, service cost data, and service advisories

● The latest control panel message (CPMD) troubleshooting information

● Remove and replace part instructions and videos

● Solutions for printer issues and emerging issues

● Printer specifications, warranty, and regulatory information

● Install, configure, and how to information

View a video of how to use the HP Partner First Portal to access WISE.

Access WISE for Channel partners (HP Partner Portal)

1. Sign-in to the HP Partner Portal (click https://partner.hp.com to access the sign-in page).

2. Select the Services & Support item (near the top of the screen).

3. Select the Technical Support (WISE) item.

4. Select the Technical Documentation item.

5. Use the WISE portal to search for printer information.

Access WISE for Channel partners (CSDP)

1. Sign-in to the CSDP portal (click csdp.hp.com to access the sign-in page).

2. Select the Knowledge and Training item.

Parts and diagrams 1645

 3. Select theHP Technical Documentation item.

4. Use the WISE portal to search for printer information.

Additional service and support for HP internal personnel

HP internal personnel, go to one of the following Web-based Interactive Search Engine (WISE) sites:

View a video of how to access WISE for internal HP users.

Americas (AMS)

● WISE - English

● WISE - Spanish

● WISE - Portuguese

● WISE - French

Asia Pacific / Japan (APJ)

● WISE - English

● WISE - Japanese

● WISE - Korean

● WISE - Chinese (simplified)

● WISE - Chinese (traditional)

● WISE - Thai

Europe / Middle East / Africa (EMEA)

● WISE - English

Additional technical support WISE videos

The videos below provide additional ways to access printer information using WISE.

View a video of how to use WISE to find technical support videos (model number search).

View a video of ow to use WISE to find technical support videos (Product detail page [PDP]
search).

Order parts by authorized service providers

Find information about ordering parts and supplies for the printer.

Ordering
Order parts by authorized service providers.

1646 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

 Table 6-1 Ordering

Item or provider Description

Order supplies and paper www.hp.com/go/suresupply

Order parts from authorized service providers www.hp.com/buy/parts or partsurfer.hp.com

Order through service or support providers Contact an HP-authorized service or support provider.

Order using the HP Embedded Web Server (EWS) To access, in a supported web browser on your
computer, enter the printer IP address or host name
in the address/URL field. The EWS contains a link to
the HP SureSupply web site, which provides options for
purchasing Original HP supplies.

Orderable parts
Not all of the parts shown in the exploded assembly diagrams are orderable parts.

Refer to the tables following the diagrams or the alphabetical/numerical parts lists to determine if a part
is orderable.

Supplies and accessories

Learn about the supplies and accessories that are available for the printer.

To order cartridges, visit http://www.hp.com (some portions of the HP Web site are available in English
only). Ordering cartridges online is not supported in all countries/regions. However, many countries/
regions have information about ordering by telephone, locating a local store, and printing a shopping list.
In addition, go to hp.com/supplies to obtain information about purchasing HP products in your country/
region.

Use only the replacement cartridges that have the same cartridge number as the cartridge that is being
replaced. Find the cartridge number in the following places:

● On the label of the cartridge that is being replaced.

● On a sticker inside the printer. Open the cartridge door to locate the sticker.

● Open the printer software (HP Printer Assistant), and then click Shop > Shop For Supplies Online.

● Open the HP Embedded Web Server (EWS), and then click Tools > Supply Status (under the Product
Information item).

Table 6-2 Supplies part numbers

Item Description Part number (service) Product number

(new)

Toner cartridge HP 414A Black Original W2020-67901 W2020A

LaserJet Toner Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 414X High Yield Black W2020-67902 W2020X

Original LaserJet Toner
Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 414X High Yield (Contract) W2020-67903 W2020XC

Black Original LaserJet Toner
Cartridge

Orderable parts 1647

 Table 6-2 Supplies part numbers (continued)

Item Description Part number (service) Product number

(new)

Toner cartridge HP 414A Cyan Original W2021-67901 W2021A

LaserJet Toner Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 414X High Yield Cyan W2021-67902 W2021X

Original LaserJet Toner
Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 414X High Yield (Contract) W2021-67903 W2021XC

Cyan Original LaserJet Toner
Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 414A Yellow Original W2022-67901 W2022A

LaserJet Toner Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 414X High Yield Yellow W2022-67902 W2022X

Original LaserJet Toner
Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 414X High Yield (Contract) W2022-67903 W2022XC

Yellow Original LaserJet
Toner Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 414A Magenta Original W2023-67901 W2023A

LaserJet Toner Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 414X High Yield Magenta W2023-67902 W2023X

Original LaserJet Toner
Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 414X High Yield (Contract) W2023-67903 W2023XC

Magenta Original LaserJet
Toner Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 415A Black Original W2030-67901 W2030A

LaserJet Toner Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 415X High Yield Black W2030-67902 W2030X

Original LaserJet Toner
Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 415X High Yield (Contract) W2030-67903 W2030XC

Black Original LaserJet Toner
Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 415A Cyan Original W2031-67901 W2031A

LaserJet Toner Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 415X High Yield Cyan W2031-67902 W2031X

Original LaserJet Toner
Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 415X High Yield (Contract) W2031-67903 W2031XC

Cyan Original LaserJet Toner
Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 415A Yellow Original W2032-67901 W2032A

LaserJet Toner Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 415X High Yield Yellow W2032-67902 W2032X

Original LaserJet Toner
Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 415X High Yield (Contract) W2032-67903 W2032XC

Yellow Original LaserJet
Toner Cartridge

1648 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Table 6-2 Supplies part numbers (continued)

Item Description Part number (service) Product number

(new)

Toner cartridge HP 415A Magenta Original W2033-67901 W2033A

LaserJet Toner Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 415X High Yield Magenta W2033-67902 W2033X

Original LaserJet Toner
Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 415X High Yield (Contract) W2033-67903 W2033XC

Magenta Original LaserJet
Toner Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 416A Black Original W2040-67901 W2040A

LaserJet Toner Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 416X High Yield Black W2040-67902 W2040X

Original LaserJet Toner
Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 416X High Yield (Contract) W2040-67903 W2040XC

Black Original LaserJet Toner
Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 416A Cyan Original W2041-67901 W2041A

LaserJet Toner Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 416X High Yield Cyan W2041-67902 W2041X

Original LaserJet Toner
Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 416X High Yield (Contract) W2041-67903 W2041XC

Cyan Original LaserJet Toner
Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 416A Yellow Original W2042-67901 W2042A

LaserJet Toner Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 416X High Yield Yellow W2042-67902 W2042X

Original LaserJet Toner
Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 416X High Yield (Contract) W2042-67903 W2042XC

Yellow Original LaserJet
Toner Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 416A Magenta Original W2043-67901 W2043A

LaserJet Toner Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 416X High Yield Magenta W2043-67902 W2043X

Original LaserJet Toner
Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 416X High Yield (Contract) W2043-67903 W2043XC

Magenta Original LaserJet
Toner Cartridge

Table 6-3 Accessories

Description Part number (service) Product number

550-sheet paper feeder CF404-67901 CF404A

Supplies and accessories 1649

 Table 6-3 Accessories (continued)

Description Part number (service) Product number

HP JetDirect 3100w BLE/NFC/Wireless 3JN69-61001 3JN69A

accessory

HP Accessibility Kit 2TD64-61001 2TD64A

HP Accessibility Assistant 2MU47-61001 2MU47A

Locking Tray Guides (managed printers only) 3PZ95-67906 NA

HP Jetdirect LAN Accessory Module 5851-8004 8FP31A

Customer self-repair parts

Learn about printer customer self-repair parts.

Customer self-repair (CSR) parts are available for many HP LaserJet printers to reduce repair time.

NOTE: More information about the CSR program and benefits can be found at www.hp.com/go/csr-
support and www.hp.com/go/csr-faq.

Genuine HP replacement parts can be ordered at www.hp.com/buy/parts or by contacting an HP-

authorized service or support provider. When ordering, one of the following will be needed: part number,
serial number (found on back of printer), product number, or printer name.

● Parts listed as A: Easy

● Parts listed as B: Difficult and/or require tools

● Parts listed as Mandatory: Customer installed self-replacement parts (unless the customer is willing
to pay for HP service personnel to perform the repair). For these parts, on-site or return-to-depot
support is not provided under the HP printer warranty.

● Parts listed as Optional: HP service personnel installed self-replacement parts by customer request
for no additional charge during the printer warranty period.

Table 6-4 Customer self-repair (CSR) parts

Kit name Description CSR level Self-replacement Part number

options

Tray 2 Cassette (Tray 2) assembly A Mandatory RM2-6377-000CN

Tray 3 Cassette assembly, Tray 3 A Mandatory RM2-6486-000CN

(550-sheet paper feeder)

Tray 3 assembly (whole unit) 550-sheet paper feeder A Mandatory CF404-67901

Toner cartridge HP 414A Black Original A Mandatory W2020A/W2020X/

LaserJet Toner CartridgeHP W2020XC
414X High Yield Black Original
LaserJet Toner CartridgeHP
414X High Yield (Contract)
Black Original LaserJet Toner
Cartridge

1650 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Table 6-4 Customer self-repair (CSR) parts (continued)

Kit name Description CSR level Self-replacement Part number

options

Toner cartridge HP 414A Cyan Original A Mandatory W2021A/W2021X/

LaserJet Toner CartridgeHP W2021XC
414X High Yield Cyan Original
LaserJet Toner CartridgeHP
414X High Yield (Contract)
Cyan Original LaserJet Toner
Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 414A Yellow Original A Mandatory W2022A/W2022X/

LaserJet Toner CartridgeHP W2022XC
414X High Yield Yellow
Original LaserJet Toner
CartridgeHP 414X High Yield
(Contract) Yellow Original
LaserJet Toner Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 414A Magenta Original A Mandatory W2023A/W2023X/

LaserJet Toner CartridgeHP W2023XC
414X High Yield Magenta
Original LaserJet Toner
CartridgeHP 414X High Yield
(Contract) Magenta Original
LaserJet Toner Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 415A Black Original A Mandatory W2030A/W2030X/

LaserJet Toner CartridgeHP W2030XC
415X High Yield Black Original
LaserJet Toner CartridgeHP
415X High Yield (Contract)
Black Original LaserJet Toner
Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 415A Cyan Original A Mandatory W2031A/W2031X/

LaserJet Toner CartridgeHP W2031XC
415X High Yield Cyan Original
LaserJet Toner CartridgeHP
415X High Yield (Contract)
Cyan Original LaserJet Toner
Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 415A Yellow Original A Mandatory W2032A/W2032X/

LaserJet Toner CartridgeHP W2032XC
415X High Yield Yellow
Original LaserJet Toner
CartridgeHP 415X High Yield
(Contract) Yellow Original
LaserJet Toner Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 415A Magenta Original A Mandatory W2033A/W2033X/

LaserJet Toner CartridgeHP W2033XC
415X High Yield Magenta
Original LaserJet Toner
CartridgeHP 415X High Yield
(Contract) Magenta Original
LaserJet Toner Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 416A Black Original A Mandatory W2040A/W2040X/

LaserJet Toner CartridgeHP W2040XC
416X High Yield Black Original
LaserJet Toner CartridgeHP
416X High Yield (Contract)
Black Original LaserJet Toner
Cartridge

Customer self-repair parts 1651

 Table 6-4 Customer self-repair (CSR) parts (continued)

Kit name Description CSR level Self-replacement Part number

options

Toner cartridge HP 416A Cyan Original A Mandatory W2041A/W2041X/

LaserJet Toner CartridgeHP W2041XC
416X High Yield Cyan Original
LaserJet Toner CartridgeHP
416X High Yield (Contract)
Cyan Original LaserJet Toner
Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 416A Yellow Original A Mandatory W2042A/W2042X/

LaserJet Toner CartridgeHP W2042XC
416X High Yield Yellow
Original LaserJet Toner
CartridgeHP 416X High Yield
(Contract) Yellow Original
LaserJet Toner Cartridge

Toner cartridge HP 416A Magenta Original A Mandatory W2043A/W2043X/

LaserJet Toner CartridgeHP W2043XC
416X High Yield Magenta
Original LaserJet Toner
CartridgeHP 416X High Yield
(Contract) Magenta Original
LaserJet Toner Cartridge

How to use parts lists and diagrams

Learn how to use the parts lists and diagrams.

The figures in this chapter show the major sub-assemblies in the printer and their component parts.
A parts list table follows each exploded view assembly diagram. The table lists the item number, the
associated part number, and the description of each part. If a part is not listed in the table, then it is not a
field replacement unit (FRU).

NOTE: Be sure to order the correct part. When looking for part numbers for electrical parts, pay
careful attention to the voltage that is listed in the part description. Doing so will make sure that the
selected part number is for the correct printer model.

NOTE: The abbreviation “PCA” stands for “printed circuit-board assembly.” Components described as
a PCA might consist of a single circuit board or a circuit board plus other parts, such as cables and
sensors.

1652 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Integrated scanner assembly
Parts diagram and part list for the integrated scanner assembly (ISA).

Figure 6-1 Integrated scanner assembly

1

3
4

Table 6-5 Integrated scanner assembly

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

1 W1A73-60113 Assy-duplex GSO (ISA/ADF assembly) 1

2 W1A77-67903 ADF top cover assembly (includes rollers) 1

3 B3Q10-40041 ISA lift slider pin 1

4 B3Q10-60128 ISA lift assembly 1

Integrated scanner assembly 1653

 Parts and diagrams: Covers (M455/E45028)
Parts diagram and parts list for the SFP printer covers.

Figure 6-2 Covers (M455/E45028)

7
A06

A06

8
A05
2

A05
9

A01
A06

A06 A06

6
A05
3

A02
4

A03

Table 6-6 Covers (M455/E45028)

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

1 RM2-3088-000CN Cover, top assembly (SFP) (includes control 1

panel and FFC)

2 RC4-4853-000CN Cover, right (SFP) 1

3 RM2-1823-000CN Front (cartridge) door assembly (SFP) 1

1654 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Table 6-6 Covers (M455/E45028) (continued)

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

5 RC4-5334-000CN Cover, cassette 1

6 RC4-4854-000CN Cover, left (SFP) 1

7 RM2-1838-000CN Duplexing door assembly 1

Not shown 7121-8684 HP logo jewel 1

Parts and diagrams: Covers (M455/E45028) 1655

 Parts and diagrams: Covers (M480/E47528)
Parts diagram and parts list for the MFP printer covers.

Figure 6-3 Covers (M480/E47528)

14

A07 A07
A07

A07
13
1
12
A06

11

10
9

8
A08
A05 7
6
A08
2
A07

A07

A08
A01

A08 A08
5
A07

A02
A03

Table 6-7 Covers (M480/E47528)

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

1 RM2-3091-000CN Cover, top assembly (MFP) 1

2 RC4-6044-000CN Cover, right (MFP) 1

1656 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Table 6-7 Covers (M480/E47528) (continued)

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

3 RM2-1824-000CN Front (cartridge) door assembly (MFP) 1

4 RC4-5334-000CN Cover, cassette 1

5 RC4-6045-000CN Cover, left (MFP) 1

6 RM2-1838-000CN Duplexing door assembly 1

7 3PZ55-67901 Control panel assembly 1

8 3PZ55-67984 Control panel mount base 1

9 3PZ55-67904 Control panel ICB chassis mount 1

10 3PZ55-67903 CP interconnect board and ground clip kit 1

11 3PZ55-67902 Cover, top control panel mount 1

12 3QA55-67903 Cable, flexible flat control panel to frmtr 1

13 CF377-40005 Guide, control panel FFC and USB cable 1

14 CF377-40004 Cover, ISA FFCs 1

Not shown 7121-8684 HP logo jewel 1

Parts and diagrams: Covers (M480/E47528) 1657

 Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (1 of 5)
Parts diagram and parts list for the internal printer assemblies.

Figure 6-4 Internal assemblies (1 of 5)

A33

A02 (J3100) 1
A01
MFP A
A32
2
(J120)
A31
A01 A34
A34
A34
(J801)
A30 A03
(J802)
(J110) (J111) A01

(J123) A05
3

A06 A04
A29 4

A07
5
A34
(J206)
A08
A26

(FM2)

A25 (SW601)
(J623)
(J3040)
A24
(J2100)
A23 A18 A34 6 A34
A22 (J903)
A35
A21
A A09
(J132) A35 A18
SFP
A19
(J901)
A12
A20 (J100)

A13
A11
10 A10 7
A17 See Internal
11 components
A35 (J122) (3 of 5) (SW1)
Z (J117)
A35 (J1001)

(J3040)
(J2100) A35 A14

A33
A16 A15
(SW6) (J1001)
(J106)
A35

(J144) 8
9

1658 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Table 6-8 Internal assemblies (1 of 5)

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

1 RM3-7245-000CN Memory PCA 1

2 RM2-5612-000CN Laser scanner assembly 1

3 RM2-8662-000CN Cable, flexible flat scanner 1

4 RM2-8663-000CN Cable, flexible flat scanner 1

5 RK2-6270-000CN Fan assembly 1

6 RM2-6373-000CN Power switch (SW601) assembly 1

7 RM3-7227-000CN Front door switch cable assembly 1

8 VS1-7258-007CN Connector, drawer 1

9 RM2-7896-000CN Cassette switch cable assembly 1

10 RM3-7272-000CN DC controller 1

11 CF388-60116 Cable, flexible flat DC controller to frmtr 1

Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (1 of 5) 1659

 Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (2 of 5)
Parts diagram and parts list for the internal printer assemblies.

Figure 6-5 Internal assemblies (2 of 5)

(J201)
1

SFP
(J321) A01
A23

A21 (J113)

A23

(J451) (J453)
A23
(J105)
A20 (J109)
(J116) (J623)
A19

A A02
(J119)
A03
MFP
A04
A23
A23 A23 A23 A23

A22 A21
A18
A17

A21 2
A22
A16

A05
A15

A23
A06
A23 A14
A A22 A23
(J210)

3
A
A07
(J205)
A23
A11
(FM1)

A10

A08

A09
A22

1660 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Table 6-9 Internal assemblies (2 of 5)

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

1 RM2-8661-000CN Cable, flexible flat (DCC to driver PCA) 1

2 RM2-7369-000CN Driver PCA assembly 1

3 RM3-7278-000CN LV power supply PCA (110-127V) 1

3 RM3-7279-000CN LV power supply PCA (220-240V) 1

4 RK2-6270-000CN Fan assembly 1

Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (2 of 5) 1661

 Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (3 of 5)
Parts diagram and parts list for the internal printer assemblies.

Figure 6-6 Internal assemblies (3 of 5)

A27 A30 A01
1 (J204)
(J2004)
A28 (J212)
A02
(M4) (J2002)
(J2004) A03
(J203)
(M2) A30 A30
(J2002)
2 (J2003)

(M3)
(J2003)
(J3040)
(J2100) 3
4

10
A04

A26 A25 A05

A24
Z
A29 See
Internal
components
(1 of 5)
B
SFP A23
A A06
15 A07
(SR6)
(J114) (J3006) (J3006)
A17
16
A18 5
A21 A08
A22
17 A29 A16

A19 A15
A20 A

A15
MFP 11 B A09

7
6
(J121)
A10
12
(J3050) A11
13 A13
9 A31
A12

14 A14
15

Table 6-10 Internal assemblies (3 of 5)

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

1 RM2-7349-000CN Assembly, fixing motor 1

2 RM2-7342-000CN Drum motor (M2) 1

1662 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Table 6-10 Internal assemblies (3 of 5) (continued)

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

3 RM2-7344-000CN Developing motor (M3) 1

4 RM2-7399-000CN Density detect sensor 1

5 WG8-5935-000CN Photointerrupter, IC 1

6 RM2-6406-000CN Separation pad assembly 1

7 RL1-2593-000CN Roller, paper pickup 1

8 RM2-6377-000CN Cassette (Tray 2) assembly 1

9 RM3-7236-000CN Environment sensor PCB assembly 1

10 RM2-6454-000CN Intermediate transfer belt (ITB) assembly 1

11 3PZ55-67980 Fax PCA with plug kit (USA) 1

11 3PZ55-67981 Fax PCA with plug kit (EURO) 1

11 3PZ55-67982 Fax PCA with plug kit (BRAZIL) 1

11 3PZ55-67983 Fax PCA with plug kit (AP) 1

12 3QA55-67904 Cable, FFC fax to formatter 1

13 3QA55-67901 Formatter (MFP) 1

13 3QA55-67902 Formatter (China/India; MFP) 1

14 B5L32-60002 eMMC 16GB (MFP) 1

15 3PZ15-67908 Island of Data (IOD) 1

16 3PZ95-67903 Formatter (SFP) 1

16 3PZ95-67904 Formatter (China/India; SFP) 1

17 3PZ15-67905 eMMC 4GB (SFP) 1

Not shown 3PZ95-67906 Locking Tray Guides (managed printers only) 1

Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (3 of 5) 1663

 Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (4 of 5)
Parts diagram and parts list for the internal printer assemblies.

Figure 6-7 Internal assemblies (4 of 5)

A32 A01
1 A02
(J202)
A30

(M1) (J2001)
A29
(J2001) A03

A33
A28
2

A27
A31

A26
A31

A04
A33 A25
A A04

A05

A06
A24
A23 A32

10
A07

A22

(J102) A15
A32 3
(J103)
A32 A14
4
9
8 A10
A11 A10
A33 A12
5
A13
A10 A
A11

A20 6 A12
A08
A21 A13
A09

A16

(J140)

7
A33 A18 A17
A19

1664 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Table 6-11 Internal assemblies (4 of 5)

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

1 RM2-7350-000CN Pickup motor assembly 1

2 RM2-1807-000CN Cartridge (toner) tray assembly 1

3 RM2-6368-000CN Feed guide assembly (front) 1

4 RM2-6366-000CN Feed guide assembly (rear) 1

5 RM2-6372-000CN Paper pickup assembly 1

6 RM2-5881-000CN Roller, separation assembly 1

7 RM2-6370-000CN Lifter drive assembly 1

8 RM2-5576-000CN Roller, paper pickup assembly 1

9 RM2-5577-000CN Roller, feed assembly 1

10 RM2-1839-000CN Registration assembly 1

Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (4 of 5) 1665

 Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (5 of 5)
Parts diagram and parts list for the internal printer assemblies.

Figure 6-8 Internal assemblies (5 of 5)

1
A20 2
(J311)
A20 (J322)

A20 B
A20

(J129)
(J127)
(J108) A
(J112)
(J124) C
(J107)
(J125) A01
(J126)
A02

A19

6 C 3

B
A18
A17 A05

A16 A06

A
A07
A08

(J134) A09
(J128)

(J104)
(J150)

A20 5
(J199)
A10
8 A14
A22 A08 A20

A11

A12
(SW7)

A21 A13 4

Table 6-12 Internal assemblies (5 of 5)

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

1 RM2-6460-000CN Fuser assembly (110-127V) 1

1666 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Table 6-12 Internal assemblies (5 of 5) (continued)

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

1 RM2-6461-000CN Fuser assembly (220-240V) 1

2 RU7-8613-000CN Label, high-temperature caution 1

3 RM2-6389-000CN Reverse drive assembly 1

4 RK2-0534-000CN Door open switch (SW7, SW501) 1

5 RM2-6387-000CN Paper re-pickup assembly 1

6 RM2-6397-000CN Secondary transfer assembly 1

7 RM2-6455-000CN Roller, secondary transfer assembly 1

8 5851-7008 USB connector (walk-up) and cable 1

Parts and diagrams: Internal assemblies (5 of 5) 1667

 Parts and diagrams: 550-sheet paper feeder covers
Parts diagram and part list for the 550-sheet paper feeder covers.

Figure 6-9 550-sheet paper feeder covers

1

A01

A01
2
A01
4

A01

A01

A01

3
5

Table 6-13 550-sheet paper feeder covers

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

1 CF404-67901 550-sheet paper feeder 1

4 RC4-2203-000CN Cover, rear (550-sheet paper feeder) 1

5 RC4-2224-000CN Cover, cassette (550-sheet paper feeder) 1

1668 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Parts and diagrams: 550-sheet paper feeder main body (1 of 2)
Parts diagram and part list for the 550-sheet paper feeder main body.

Figure 6-10 550-sheet paper feeder main body (1 of 2)

A33 (J1001)

(J750) A36 A11

A27

A36

A02
A36

A36 A14 A30

A30 A36
A14
A14
A30
A30
A36
A30
A30 A07

A36

A07

A34
A34
A09
A07
A36

11

A35

A36
A13
A36 A36 A18
A01
A17 A34

A12
A36
A26

A36
A04

A36
A04

Parts and diagrams: 550-sheet paper feeder main body (1 of 2) 1669

 Table 6-14 550-sheet paper feeder main body (1 of 2)

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

A33 VS1-7257-007CN Connector, drawer Tray 3 (550-sheet paper 1

feeder)

1670 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Parts and diagrams: 550-sheet paper feeder main body (2 of 2)
Parts diagram and part list for the 550-sheet paper feeder main body.

Figure 6-11 550-sheet paper feeder main body (2 of 2)

A36 A03 A37
10
A10 A36
(M9)
(J2009)
A08

A34

A38

A38
A38

A15

A24
A37 A15
A A06

A38
A01
A16

9
A05

A31
A36 (J756) 7

A37 5
4
(J755)
2 1
A38

A28
6 (J777)
A19
A25 A32

3 A (J2009)

(J754)

A20
A29

(SW31) (J752)
(J753)

A23 A22
8
A38 (J757) A21
12

Parts and diagrams: 550-sheet paper feeder main body (2 of 2) 1671

 Table 6-15 550-sheet paper feeder main body (2 of 2)

Ref Part number Description Qty

No

1 RM2-5576-000CN Roller, paper pickup assembly 1

2 RM2-5577-000CN Roller, feed assembly 1

3 RM2-5881-000CN Roller, separation assembly 1

4 RM2-6366-000CN Feed guide assembly (rear) 1

5 RM2-6486-000CN Cassette assembly, Tray 3 (550-sheet paper 1

feeder)

6 RM2-6490-000CN Paper pickup assembly (550-sheet paper 1

feeder)

8 RM2-6493-000CN Lifter drive assembly (550-sheet paper 1

feeder)

9 RM2-1840-000CN Paper feed assembly (550-sheet paper 1

feeder)

10 RM2-7350-000CN Pickup motor assembly (M9; 550-sheet paper 1

feeder)

1672 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Alphabetical parts list
Table 6-16 Alphabetical parts list

Description Part number Table and page

550-sheet paper feeder CF404-67901 550-sheet paper feeder covers

on page 1668

ADF top cover assembly (includes rollers) W1A77-67903 Integrated scanner assembly
on page 1653

Assembly, fixing motor RM2-7349-000CN Internal assemblies (3 of 5) on

page 1662

Assy-duplex GSO (ISA/ADF assembly) W1A73-60113 Integrated scanner assembly

on page 1653

CP interconnect board and ground clip kit 3PZ55-67903 Covers (M480/E47528) on page
1656

Cable, FFC fax to formatter 3QA55-67904 Internal assemblies (3 of 5) on

page 1662

Cable, flexible flat (DCC to driver PCA) RM2-8661-000CN Internal assemblies (2 of 5) on

page 1661

Cable, flexible flat DC controller to frmtr CF388-60116 Internal assemblies (1 of 5) on

page 1659

Cable, flexible flat control panel to frmtr 3QA55-67903 Covers (M480/E47528) on page
1656

Cable, flexible flat scanner RM2-8662-000CN Internal assemblies (1 of 5) on

page 1659

Cable, flexible flat scanner RM2-8663-000CN Internal assemblies (1 of 5) on

page 1659

Cartridge (toner) tray assembly RM2-1807-000CN Internal assemblies (4 of 5) on

page 1665

Cassette (Tray 2) assembly RM2-6377-000CN Internal assemblies (3 of 5) on

page 1662

Cassette assembly, Tray 3 (550-sheet paper feeder) RM2-6486-000CN 550-sheet paper feeder main
body (2 of 2) on page 1672

Cassette switch cable assembly RM2-7896-000CN Internal assemblies (1 of 5) on

page 1659

Connector, drawer VS1-7258-007CN Internal assemblies (1 of 5) on

page 1659

Connector, drawer Tray 3 (550-sheet paper feeder) VS1-7257-007CN 550-sheet paper feeder main
body (1 of 2) on page 1670

Control panel ICB chassis mount 3PZ55-67904 Covers (M480/E47528) on page

1656

Control panel assembly 3PZ55-67901 Covers (M480/E47528) on page

1656

Control panel mount base 3PZ55-67984 Covers (M480/E47528) on page

1656

Cover, ISA FFCs CF377-40004 Covers (M480/E47528) on page

1656

Alphabetical parts list 1673

 Table 6-16 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

Description Part number Table and page

Cover, cassette RC4-5334-000CN Covers (M455/E45028) on page

1654

Cover, cassette RC4-5334-000CN Covers (M480/E47528) on page

1656

Cover, cassette (550-sheet paper feeder) RC4-2224-000CN 550-sheet paper feeder covers
on page 1668

Cover, left (MFP) RC4-6045-000CN Covers (M480/E47528) on page

1656

Cover, left (SFP) RC4-4854-000CN Covers (M455/E45028) on page

1654

Cover, rear (550-sheet paper feeder) RC4-2203-000CN 550-sheet paper feeder covers
on page 1668

Cover, right (MFP) RC4-6044-000CN Covers (M480/E47528) on page

1656

Cover, right (SFP) RC4-4853-000CN Covers (M455/E45028) on page

1654

Cover, top assembly (MFP) RM2-3091-000CN Covers (M480/E47528) on page

1656

Cover, top assembly (SFP) (includes control panel and FFC) RM2-3088-000CN Covers (M455/E45028) on page
1654

Cover, top control panel mount 3PZ55-67902 Covers (M480/E47528) on page

1656

DC controller RM3-7272-000CN Internal assemblies (1 of 5) on

page 1659

Density detect sensor RM2-7399-000CN Internal assemblies (3 of 5) on

page 1662

Developing motor (M3) RM2-7344-000CN Internal assemblies (3 of 5) on

page 1662

Door open switch (SW7, SW501) RK2-0534-000CN Internal assemblies (5 of 5) on

page 1666

Driver PCA assembly RM2-7369-000CN Internal assemblies (2 of 5) on

page 1661

Drum motor (M2) RM2-7342-000CN Internal assemblies (3 of 5) on

page 1662

Duplexing door assembly RM2-1838-000CN Covers (M455/E45028) on page

1654

Duplexing door assembly RM2-1838-000CN Covers (M480/E47528) on page

1656

Environment sensor PCB assembly RM3-7236-000CN Internal assemblies (3 of 5) on

page 1662

Fan assembly RK2-6270-000CN Internal assemblies (1 of 5) on

page 1659

Fan assembly RK2-6270-000CN Internal assemblies (2 of 5) on

page 1661

1674 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Table 6-16 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

Description Part number Table and page

Fax PCA with plug kit (AP) 3PZ55-67983 Internal assemblies (3 of 5) on

page 1662

Fax PCA with plug kit (BRAZIL) 3PZ55-67982 Internal assemblies (3 of 5) on

page 1662

Fax PCA with plug kit (EURO) 3PZ55-67981 Internal assemblies (3 of 5) on

page 1662

Fax PCA with plug kit (USA) 3PZ55-67980 Internal assemblies (3 of 5) on

page 1662

Feed guide assembly (front) RM2-6368-000CN Internal assemblies (4 of 5) on

page 1665

Feed guide assembly (rear) RM2-6366-000CN Internal assemblies (4 of 5) on

page 1665

Feed guide assembly (rear) RM2-6366-000CN 550-sheet paper feeder main

body (2 of 2) on page 1672

Formatter (China/India; MFP) 3QA55-67902 Internal assemblies (3 of 5) on

page 1662

Formatter (China/India; SFP) 3PZ95-67904 Internal assemblies (3 of 5) on

page 1662

Formatter (MFP) 3QA55-67901 Internal assemblies (3 of 5) on

page 1662

Formatter (SFP) 3PZ95-67903 Internal assemblies (3 of 5) on

page 1662

Front (cartridge) door assembly (MFP) RM2-1824-000CN Covers (M480/E47528) on page

1656

Front (cartridge) door assembly (SFP) RM2-1823-000CN Covers (M455/E45028) on page

1654

Front door switch cable assembly RM3-7227-000CN Internal assemblies (1 of 5) on

page 1659

Fuser assembly (110-127V) RM2-6460-000CN Internal assemblies (5 of 5) on

page 1666

Fuser assembly (220-240V) RM2-6461-000CN Internal assemblies (5 of 5) on

page 1666

Guide, control panel FFC and USB cable CF377-40005 Covers (M480/E47528) on page
1656

HP logo jewel 7121-8684 Covers (M455/E45028) on page

1654

HP logo jewel 7121-8684 Covers (M480/E47528) on page

1656

ISA lift assembly B3Q10-60128 Integrated scanner assembly

on page 1653

ISA lift slider pin B3Q10-40041 Integrated scanner assembly

on page 1653

Intermediate transfer belt (ITB) assembly RM2-6454-000CN Internal assemblies (3 of 5) on

page 1662

Alphabetical parts list 1675

 Table 6-16 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

Description Part number Table and page

Island of Data (IOD) 3PZ15-67908 Internal assemblies (3 of 5) on

page 1662

LV power supply PCA (110-127V) RM3-7278-000CN Internal assemblies (2 of 5) on

page 1661

LV power supply PCA (220-240V) RM3-7279-000CN Internal assemblies (2 of 5) on

page 1661

Label, high-temperature caution RU7-8613-000CN Internal assemblies (5 of 5) on

page 1666

Laser scanner assembly RM2-5612-000CN Internal assemblies (1 of 5) on

page 1659

Lifter drive assembly RM2-6370-000CN Internal assemblies (4 of 5) on

page 1665

Lifter drive assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) RM2-6493-000CN 550-sheet paper feeder main
body (2 of 2) on page 1672

Locking Tray Guides (managed printers only) 3PZ95-67906 Internal assemblies (3 of 5) on

page 1662

Memory PCA RM3-7245-000CN Internal assemblies (1 of 5) on

page 1659

Paper feed assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) RM2-1840-000CN 550-sheet paper feeder main
body (2 of 2) on page 1672

Paper pickup assembly RM2-6372-000CN Internal assemblies (4 of 5) on

page 1665

Paper pickup assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) RM2-6490-000CN 550-sheet paper feeder main
body (2 of 2) on page 1672

Paper re-pickup assembly RM2-6387-000CN Internal assemblies (5 of 5) on

page 1666

Photointerrupter, IC WG8-5935-000CN Internal assemblies (3 of 5) on

page 1662

Pickup motor assembly RM2-7350-000CN Internal assemblies (4 of 5) on

page 1665

Pickup motor assembly RM2-7350-000CN 550-sheet paper feeder main

body (2 of 2) on page 1672

Power switch (SW601) assembly RM2-6373-000CN Internal assemblies (1 of 5) on

page 1659

Registration assembly RM2-1839-000CN Internal assemblies (4 of 5) on

page 1665

Reverse drive assembly RM2-6389-000CN Internal assemblies (5 of 5) on

page 1666

Roller, feed assembly RM2-5577-000CN Internal assemblies (4 of 5) on

page 1665

Roller, feed assembly RM2-5577-000CN 550-sheet paper feeder main

body (2 of 2) on page 1672

Roller, paper pickup RL1-2593-000CN Internal assemblies (3 of 5) on

page 1662

1676 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Table 6-16 Alphabetical parts list (continued)

Description Part number Table and page

Roller, paper pickup assembly RM2-5576-000CN Internal assemblies (4 of 5) on

page 1665

Roller, paper pickup assembly RM2-5576-000CN 550-sheet paper feeder main

body (2 of 2) on page 1672

Roller, secondary transfer assembly RM2-6455-000CN Internal assemblies (5 of 5) on

page 1666

Roller, separation assembly RM2-5881-000CN Internal assemblies (4 of 5) on

page 1665

Roller, separation assembly RM2-5881-000CN 550-sheet paper feeder main

body (2 of 2) on page 1672

Secondary transfer assembly RM2-6397-000CN Internal assemblies (5 of 5) on

page 1666

Separation pad assembly RM2-6406-000CN Internal assemblies (3 of 5) on

page 1662

USB connector (walk-up) and cable 5851-7008 Internal assemblies (5 of 5) on

page 1666

eMMC 16GB B5L32-60002 Internal assemblies (3 of 5) on

page 1662

eMMC 4GB 3PZ15-67905 Internal assemblies (3 of 5) on

page 1662

Alphabetical parts list 1677

 Numerical parts list
Table 6-17 Numerical parts list

Part number Description Table and page

3PZ15-67905 eMMC 4GB Internal assemblies (3 of 5) on

page 1662

3PZ15-67908 Island of Data (IOD) Internal assemblies (3 of 5) on

page 1662

3PZ55-67901 Control panel assembly Covers (M480/E47528) on page

1656

3PZ55-67902 Cover, top control panel mount Covers (M480/E47528) on page

1656

3PZ55-67903 CP interconnect board and ground clip kit Covers (M480/E47528) on page
1656

3PZ55-67904 Control panel ICB chassis mount Covers (M480/E47528) on page

1656

3PZ55-67980 Fax PCA with plug kit (USA) Internal assemblies (3 of 5) on

page 1662

3PZ55-67981 Fax PCA with plug kit (EURO) Internal assemblies (3 of 5) on

page 1662

3PZ55-67982 Fax PCA with plug kit (BRAZIL) Internal assemblies (3 of 5) on

page 1662

3PZ55-67983 Fax PCA with plug kit (AP) Internal assemblies (3 of 5) on

page 1662

3PZ55-67984 Control panel mount base Covers (M480/E47528) on page

1656

3PZ95-67903 Formatter (SFP) Internal assemblies (3 of 5) on

page 1662

3PZ95-67904 Formatter (China/India; SFP) Internal assemblies (3 of 5) on

page 1662

3PZ95-67906 Locking Tray Guides (managed printers only) Internal assemblies (3 of 5) on

page 1662

3QA55-67901 Formatter (MFP) Internal assemblies (3 of 5) on

page 1662

3QA55-67902 Formatter (China/India; MFP) Internal assemblies (3 of 5) on

page 1662

3QA55-67903 Cable, flexible flat control panel to frmtr Covers (M480/E47528) on page
1656

3QA55-67904 Cable, FFC fax to formatter Internal assemblies (3 of 5) on

page 1662

5851-7008 USB connector (walk-up) and cable Internal assemblies (5 of 5) on

page 1666

7121-8684 HP logo jewel Covers (M455/E45028) on page

1654

7121-8684 HP logo jewel Covers (M480/E47528) on page

1656

1678 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Table 6-17 Numerical parts list (continued)

Part number Description Table and page

B3Q10-40041 ISA lift slider pin Integrated scanner assembly

on page 1653

B3Q10-60128 ISA lift assembly Integrated scanner assembly

on page 1653

B5L32-60002 eMMC 16GB Internal assemblies (3 of 5) on

page 1662

CF377-40004 Cover, ISA FFCs Covers (M480/E47528) on page

1656

CF377-40005 Guide, control panel FFC and USB cable Covers (M480/E47528) on page
1656

CF388-60116 Cable, flexible flat DC controller to frmtr Internal assemblies (1 of 5) on

page 1659

CF404-67901 550-sheet paper feeder 550-sheet paper feeder covers

on page 1668

RC4-2203-000CN Cover, rear (550-sheet paper feeder) 550-sheet paper feeder covers
on page 1668

RC4-2224-000CN Cover, cassette (550-sheet paper feeder) 550-sheet paper feeder covers
on page 1668

RC4-4853-000CN Cover, right (SFP) Covers (M455/E45028) on page

1654

RC4-4854-000CN Cover, left (SFP) Covers (M455/E45028) on page

1654

RC4-5334-000CN Cover, cassette Covers (M455/E45028) on page

1654

RC4-5334-000CN Cover, cassette Covers (M480/E47528) on page

1656

RC4-6044-000CN Cover, right (MFP) Covers (M480/E47528) on page

1656

RC4-6045-000CN Cover, left (MFP) Covers (M480/E47528) on page

1656

RK2-0534-000CN Door open switch (SW7, SW501) Internal assemblies (5 of 5) on

page 1666

RK2-6270-000CN Fan assembly Internal assemblies (1 of 5) on

page 1659

RK2-6270-000CN Fan assembly Internal assemblies (2 of 5) on

page 1661

RL1-2593-000CN Roller, paper pickup Internal assemblies (3 of 5) on

page 1662

RM2-1807-000CN Cartridge (toner) tray assembly Internal assemblies (4 of 5) on

page 1665

RM2-1823-000CN Front (cartridge) door assembly (SFP) Covers (M455/E45028) on page

1654

RM2-1824-000CN Front (cartridge) door assembly (MFP) Covers (M480/E47528) on page

1656

Numerical parts list 1679

 Table 6-17 Numerical parts list (continued)

Part number Description Table and page

RM2-1838-000CN Duplexing door assembly Covers (M455/E45028) on page

1654

RM2-1838-000CN Duplexing door assembly Covers (M480/E47528) on page

1656

RM2-1839-000CN Registration assembly Internal assemblies (4 of 5) on

page 1665

RM2-1840-000CN Paper feed assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) 550-sheet paper feeder main
body (2 of 2) on page 1672

RM2-3088-000CN Cover, top assembly (SFP) (includes control panel and FFC) Covers (M455/E45028) on page
1654

RM2-3091-000CN Cover, top assembly (MFP) Covers (M480/E47528) on page

1656

RM2-5576-000CN Roller, paper pickup assembly Internal assemblies (4 of 5) on

page 1665

RM2-5576-000CN Roller, paper pickup assembly 550-sheet paper feeder main

body (2 of 2) on page 1672

RM2-5577-000CN Roller, feed assembly Internal assemblies (4 of 5) on

page 1665

RM2-5577-000CN Roller, feed assembly 550-sheet paper feeder main

body (2 of 2) on page 1672

RM2-5612-000CN Laser scanner assembly Internal assemblies (1 of 5) on

page 1659

RM2-5881-000CN Roller, separation assembly Internal assemblies (4 of 5) on

page 1665

RM2-5881-000CN Roller, separation assembly 550-sheet paper feeder main

body (2 of 2) on page 1672

RM2-6366-000CN Feed guide assembly (rear) Internal assemblies (4 of 5) on

page 1665

RM2-6366-000CN Feed guide assembly (rear) 550-sheet paper feeder main

body (2 of 2) on page 1672

RM2-6368-000CN Feed guide assembly (front) Internal assemblies (4 of 5) on

page 1665

RM2-6370-000CN Lifter drive assembly Internal assemblies (4 of 5) on

page 1665

RM2-6372-000CN Paper pickup assembly Internal assemblies (4 of 5) on

page 1665

RM2-6373-000CN Power switch (SW601) assembly Internal assemblies (1 of 5) on

page 1659

RM2-6377-000CN Cassette (Tray 2) assembly Internal assemblies (3 of 5) on

page 1662

RM2-6387-000CN Paper re-pickup assembly Internal assemblies (5 of 5) on

page 1666

RM2-6389-000CN Reverse drive assembly Internal assemblies (5 of 5) on

page 1666

1680 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

Table 6-17 Numerical parts list (continued)

Part number Description Table and page

RM2-6397-000CN Secondary transfer assembly Internal assemblies (5 of 5) on

page 1666

RM2-6406-000CN Separation pad assembly Internal assemblies (3 of 5) on

page 1662

RM2-6454-000CN Intermediate transfer belt (ITB) assembly Internal assemblies (3 of 5) on

page 1662

RM2-6455-000CN Roller, secondary transfer assembly Internal assemblies (5 of 5) on

page 1666

RM2-6460-000CN Fuser assembly (110-127V) Internal assemblies (5 of 5) on

page 1666

RM2-6461-000CN Fuser assembly (220-240V) Internal assemblies (5 of 5) on

page 1666

RM2-6486-000CN Cassette assembly, Tray 3 (550-sheet paper feeder) 550-sheet paper feeder main
body (2 of 2) on page 1672

RM2-6490-000CN Paper pickup assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) 550-sheet paper feeder main
body (2 of 2) on page 1672

RM2-6493-000CN Lifter drive assembly (550-sheet paper feeder) 550-sheet paper feeder main
body (2 of 2) on page 1672

RM2-7342-000CN Drum motor (M2) Internal assemblies (3 of 5) on

page 1662

RM2-7344-000CN Developing motor (M3) Internal assemblies (3 of 5) on

page 1662

RM2-7349-000CN Assembly, fixing motor Internal assemblies (3 of 5) on

page 1662

RM2-7350-000CN Pickup motor assembly Internal assemblies (4 of 5) on

page 1665

RM2-7350-000CN Pickup motor assembly 550-sheet paper feeder main

body (2 of 2) on page 1672

RM2-7369-000CN Driver PCA assembly Internal assemblies (2 of 5) on

page 1661

RM2-7399-000CN Density detect sensor Internal assemblies (3 of 5) on

page 1662

RM2-7896-000CN Cassette switch cable assembly Internal assemblies (1 of 5) on

page 1659

RM2-8661-000CN Cable, flexible flat (DCC to driver PCA) Internal assemblies (2 of 5) on

page 1661

RM2-8662-000CN Cable, flexible flat scanner Internal assemblies (1 of 5) on

page 1659

RM2-8663-000CN Cable, flexible flat scanner Internal assemblies (1 of 5) on

page 1659

RM3-7227-000CN Front door switch cable assembly Internal assemblies (1 of 5) on

page 1659

RM3-7236-000CN Environment sensor PCB assembly Internal assemblies (3 of 5) on

page 1662

Numerical parts list 1681

 Table 6-17 Numerical parts list (continued)

Part number Description Table and page

RM3-7245-000CN Memory PCA Internal assemblies (1 of 5) on

page 1659

RM3-7272-000CN DC controller Internal assemblies (1 of 5) on

page 1659

RM3-7278-000CN LV power supply PCA (110-127V) Internal assemblies (2 of 5) on

page 1661

RM3-7279-000CN LV power supply PCA (220-240V) Internal assemblies (2 of 5) on

page 1661

RU7-8613-000CN Label, high-temperature caution Internal assemblies (5 of 5) on

page 1666

VS1-7257-007CN Connector, drawer Tray 3 (550-sheet paper feeder) 550-sheet paper feeder main
body (1 of 2) on page 1670

VS1-7258-007CN Connector, drawer Internal assemblies (1 of 5) on

page 1659

W1A73-60113 Assy-duplex GSO (ISA/ADF assembly) Integrated scanner assembly

on page 1653

W1A77-67903 ADF top cover assembly (includes rollers) Integrated scanner assembly
on page 1653

WG8-5935-000CN Photointerrupter, IC Internal assemblies (3 of 5) on

page 1662

1682 Chapter 6 Parts and diagrams

A

Review the certificates of volatility for the printer.

Certificate of Volatility
Review the certificates of volatility for the printers.

1683
 Figure A-1 Certificate of Volatility SFP (1 of 2)
Hewlett-Packard Certificate of Volatility
Model: Part Number: Address:
HP LaserJet Enterprise Managed Hewlett Packard Company
M455 (Enterprise) M455dn = 3PZ95A E45028 = 3QA35A 11311 Chinden Blvd
E45028 (Managed) Boise, ID 83714

Volatile Memory
Does the device contain volatile memory (Memory whose contents are lost when power is removed)?
Yes No If Yes please describe the type, size, function, and steps to clear the memory below
Type (SRAM, DRAM, etc): Size: User Modifiable: Function: Operation system and Steps to clear memory:
print/scan buffer When the printer is powered off
DDR3 - DRAM 1280MB the memory is erased.
Yes No

Non-Volatile Memory
Does the device contain non-volatile memory (Memory whose contents are retained when power is removed)?
Yes No If Yes please describe the type, size, function, and steps to clear the memory below
Type (Flash, EEPROM, etc): Size: User Modifiable: Function: Steps to clear memory:
IOD EEPROM 32KB Yes No Store customer setting data for There are no steps to clear this
backup/restore data.
Type (Flash, EEPROM, etc): Size: User Modifiable: Function: Steps to clear memory:
SPI Flash
8MB Yes No Contains the boot code and There are no steps to clear this
factory product configuration data
data required for the device to
function. User modifications
are limited to downloading
digitally signed HP firmware
images.

Mass Storage
Does the device contain mass storage memory (Hard Disk Drive, Tape Backup)?
Yes No If Yes please describe the type, size, function, and steps to clear the memory below
Type (HDD, Tape, etc): Size: User Modifiable: Function: Steps to clear memory:
Yes No

Type (HDD, Tape, etc): Size: User Modifiable: Function: Steps to clear memory:
EMMC 4GB Yes No OS and user data Firmware update

USB
Does the item accept USB input and if so, for what purpose (i.e Print Jobs, device firmware updates, scan upload)?
Yes No If Yes please describe below
Print jobs, HP digitally signed firmware upgrades, 3rd party application loading. USB ports can be disabled.
Can any data other than scan upload be sent to the USB device)?
Yes No If Yes please describe below
Diagnostic service logs can be uploaded. Print files can be printed via a USB thumb drive.

RF/RFID
Does the item use RF or RFID for receive or transmit of any data including remote diagnostics. (e.g. Cellular phone,
Bluetooth) Yes No If Yes please describe below
Purpose:
Frequency: Bandwidth:
Modulation: Effective Radiate Power (ERP):
Specifications:

1684 Appendix A
Figure A-2 Certificate of Volatility SFP (2 of 2)

Other Transmission Capabilities

Does the device employ any other methods of non-wired access to transmit or receive any data whatsoever (e.g. anything
other than standard hard wired TCP/IP, direct USB, or parallel connections)? Yes No If Yes please describe below:
Purpose:
Frequency:
Modulation: Effective Radiate Power (ERP):
Specifications:

Other Transmission Capabilities

Does the device employ any other methods of non-wired access to transmit or receive any data whatsoever (e.g. anything
other than standard hard wired TCP/IP, direct USB, or parallel connections)? Yes No If Yes please describe below:
Purpose:
Frequency: Bandwidth:.
Modulation: Effective Radiate Power (ERP):
Specifications:

Other Capabilities
Does the device employ any other method of communications such as a Modem to transmit or receive any data
whatsoever? Yes No If Yes please describe below:
Purpose:
Specifications:

Certificate of Volatility 1685

 Figure A-3 Certificate of Volatility MFP (1 of 2)
Hewlett-Packard Certificate of Volatility
Model: Part Number: Address:
HP LaserJet Enterprise Managed Hewlett Packard Company
M480 (Enterprise) M480f = 3QA55A E47528f = 3QA75A 11311 Chinden Blvd
E47528 (Managed) Boise, ID 83714

Volatile Memory
Does the device contain volatile memory (Memory whose contents are lost when power is removed)?
Yes No If Yes please describe the type, size, function, and steps to clear the memory below
Type (SRAM, DRAM, etc): Size: User Modifiable: Function: Operation system and Steps to clear memory:
print/scan buffer When the printer is powered off
DDR3 - DRAM 2048MB the memory is erased.
Yes No

Non-Volatile Memory
Does the device contain non-volatile memory (Memory whose contents are retained when power is removed)?
Yes No If Yes please describe the type, size, function, and steps to clear the memory below
Type (Flash, EEPROM, etc): Size: User Modifiable: Function: Steps to clear memory:
IOD EEPROM 32KB Yes No Store customer setting data for There are no steps to clear this
backup/restore data.
Type (Flash, EEPROM, etc): Size: User Modifiable: Function: Steps to clear memory:
SCAN EEPROM 32KB Yes No Store Scan/Customer settings There are no steps to clear this
data.
Type (Flash, EEPROM, etc): Size: User Modifiable: Function: Steps to clear memory:
SPI Flash
8MB Yes No Contains the boot code and There are no steps to clear this
factory product configuration data
data required for the device to
function. User modifications
are limited to downloading
digitally signed HP firmware
images.

Mass Storage
Does the device contain mass storage memory (Hard Disk Drive, Tape Backup)?
Yes No If Yes please describe the type, size, function, and steps to clear the memory below
Type (HDD, Tape, etc): Size: User Modifiable: Function: Steps to clear memory:
Yes No

Type (HDD, Tape, etc): Size: User Modifiable: Function: Steps to clear memory:
EMMC 16GB Yes No OS and user data Firmware update

USB
Does the item accept USB input and if so, for what purpose (i.e Print Jobs, device firmware updates, scan upload)?
Yes No If Yes please describe below
Print jobs, HP digitally signed firmware upgrades, 3rd party application loading. USB ports can be disabled.
Can any data other than scan upload be sent to the USB device)?
Yes No If Yes please describe below
Diagnostic service logs can be uploaded. Print files can be printed via a USB thumb drive.

RF/RFID
Does the item use RF or RFID for receive or transmit of any data including remote diagnostics. (e.g. Cellular phone,
Bluetooth) Yes No If Yes please describe below
Purpose:
Frequency: Bandwidth:

1686 Appendix A
Figure A-4 Certificate of Volatility MFP (2 of 2)
Modulation: Effective Radiate Power (ERP):
Specifications:

Other Transmission Capabilities

Does the device employ any other methods of non-wired access to transmit or receive any data whatsoever (e.g. anything
other than standard hard wired TCP/IP, direct USB, or parallel connections)? Yes No If Yes please describe below:
Purpose:
Frequency:
Modulation: Effective Radiate Power (ERP):
Specifications:

Other Transmission Capabilities

Does the device employ any other methods of non-wired access to transmit or receive any data whatsoever (e.g. anything
other than standard hard wired TCP/IP, direct USB, or parallel connections)? Yes No If Yes please describe below:
Purpose:
Frequency: Bandwidth:.
Modulation: Effective Radiate Power (ERP):
Specifications:

Other Capabilities
Does the device employ any other method of communications such as a Modem to transmit or receive any data
whatsoever? Yes No If Yes please describe below:
Purpose:
Specifications:

Certificate of Volatility 1687

 Glossary of terms

802.11
802.11 is a set of standards for wireless local area network (WLAN) communication, developed by the IEEE
LAN/MAN Standards Committee (IEEE 802).

802.11b/g/n
802.11b/g/n can share the same hardware and use the 2.4 GHz band. 802.11b supports bandwidth up to 11 Mbps,
802.11n supports bandwidth up to 150 Mbps. 802.11b/g/n devices might occasionally suffer interferences from
microwave ovens, cordless telephones, and Bluetooth devices.

AC
An electric current that reverses its direction many times a second at regular intervals. For example, the 110V line
current found in a typical US electrical wall receptacle.

AC Control Module (PageWide)

The AC Control Module controls the heating elements in the airflow assembly. Functions include voltage
monitoring (ensuring correct operation in a low-quality-power environment), isolation (low voltage heater control
signals are isolated from the high voltage AC power for safety), AC switching (power is switched on/off to the
heater), and heating element configuration (heating element configuration is changed between series and parallel
for temperature predictability).

ADF
An Automatic Document Feeder (ADF) is a device that automatically feeds an original sheet (or multiple sheets) of
paper into the image scanner. The document feeder is a component of the integrated scanner assembly (ADF and
image scanner).

Airflow System (PageWide)

The airflow system conditions the printed pages to avoid page curling due to the ink on the page. The airflow
system functionally consists of a fan and heating elements. The pressurized air is blown on the page through the
nozzles that are placed on the paper path of the airflow system between print and eject zone.

BOOTP
Bootstrap Protocol. A network protocol used by a network client to obtain its IP address automatically. This is
usually done in the bootstrap process of computers or operating systems running on them. The BOOTP servers
assigns an IP address from a pool of addresses to each client. BOOTP enables “diskless workstation” computers to
obtain an IP address prior to loading any advanced operating system.

CCD
A Charged Coupled Device (CCD) is the scanner module which enables a scan job. A CCD locking mechanism is
used to hold the CCD module to prevent any damage when the printer is moved.

1688 Glossary of terms

CIS
A Contact Image Sensor (CIS) scanner captures an image using the printer's optical path. Red, green, and blue
LEDs sequentially illuminate a small strip of the document (often called a raster line), and the optical system
captures each color in a single row of Charged Coupled Device (CCD) sensors that cover the entire page width.

Collation
Collation is a process of printing a multiple-copy job in sets. When collation is selected, the device prints an entire
set before printing additional copies.

Control Panel
The control panel is a flat, typically vertical panel or screen where the user can control and/or monitor the printer.
The control panel is found on the front of the printer.

Coverage
Coverage is the printing term used for a toner usage measurement on printing. For example, 5% coverage means
that an A4 sided paper has about 5% image or text on it. If the paper or original has complicated images or a large
amount of text, the coverage will be higher and at the same time, a toner usage will be as much as the coverage.

DC
An electric current flowing in one direction only. Typically, a low voltage load current supplied to an electrical
assembly.

DCC
The DC controller (DCC) controls the operation of the printer sub-systems and electrical components. the DCC
sends out various signals to operate motors, solenoids, and other printer components based on the print
command and image data that the host computer sends the formatter.

Default
The value or setting that is in effect when a printer is unboxed, reset, or initialized.

DHCP
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) is a client-server networking protocol. A DHCP server provides
configuration parameters specific to the DHCP client host requesting, generally, information required by the client
host to participate on an IP network. The DHCP also provides a mechanism for allocation of IP addresses to client
hosts.

Digital Send Software

Digital send software allows a mufti-function printer (MFP) to scan and send information quickly and securely to
email, network folders, other printers, and fax services.

DIMM
A Dual Inline Memory Module (DIMM) is a small circuit board that holds memory. The DIMM stores all data within
the printer, such as printing data and received fax data.

DPI
Dots Per Inch (DPI) is a measurement of resolution that is used for scanning and printing. Generally, higher DPI
results in a higher resolution (more visible detail in the image and a larger file size).

Duplex
A mechanism that automatically turns over a sheet of paper so that the printer can print (or scan) on both sides of
the paper. A printer equipped with a duplex unit can print on both sides of the paper during one print cycle.

Glossary of terms 1689

 Duty Cycle
Duty cycle is the page quantity which does not affect printer performance for a month. Generally, the printer has
the lifespan limitation such as pages per year. The lifespan means the average capacity of print-outs, usually within
the warranty period. For example, if the duty cycle is 48,000 pages per month the printer limit is 2,400 pages a day
(assuming 20 working days/month).

Dynamic Security
Dynamic Security is a toner cartridge design and process for authenticating genuine HP supplies. HP printers use
toner cartridges that have security chips or electronic circuitry. Cartridges using a non-HP chip, or modified chip,
or non-HP circuitry might not work (now or in the future).

e-Duplex
Single-pass electronic duplex (e-Duplex) printer use two separate scan modules to scan the front-side and back-
side of an e-duplex copy job page in a single pass through the document feeder.

EMC
EMC is a measure of a device's ability to operate as intended in its shared operating environment while, at the
same time, not affecting the ability of other equipment within the same environment to operate as intended.

EMI
EMI is the electromagnetic energy which affects the functioning of an electronic device. Electronic devices (like
printers) are a source of EMI. Because it is rare for electronics to operate in isolation, products are generally
engineered to function in the presence of some amount of EMI.

eMMC
An embedded Multi-Media Card is a compact memory device consisting of NAND flash memory and a simple
storage controller.

Emulation
Emulation is a technique of one machine obtaining the same results as another. An emulator duplicates the
functions of one system with a different system, so that the second system behaves like the first system. Emulation
focuses on exact reproduction of external behavior. This is different from simulation, which concerns an abstract
model of the system being simulated, often considering its internal state.

EPS
Encapsulated PostScript (EPS) is a PostScript (PS) code file which is used for storing font and vector graphic image
information.

ESD
An electrostatic discharge (ESD) is a sudden flow of electricity between two electrically charged objects caused by
contact, an electrical short, or dielectric breakdown. Discharge of built up static electricity.

Ethernet
Ethernet is a frame-based computer networking technology for local area networks (LANs). It defines wiring and
signaling for the physical layer, and frame formats and protocols for the media access control (MAC)/data link
layer of the OSI model. Ethernet is mostly standardized as IEEE 802.3. Ethernet has become the most widespread
LAN technology in use during the 1990s to present.

Ferrite
A ferrite is used to reduce the amount of radio frequency noise (or interference) in a wire or cable. A ferrite enables
proper EMC/EMI performance for regulatory purposes.

1690 Glossary of terms

FFC
Flat Flexible Cables (FFCs) are designed for Printed Circuit Assembly (PCA) to PCA connections (for example,
connecting a fax PCA to the formatter).

FIH
A Foreign Interface Harness (FIH) is a port that enables HP multifunction printers (MFPs) to use third-party devices
to extend the capabilities of the MFP.

Firmware
The formatter stores the printer firmware. A remote firmware upgrade process is used to overwrite and upgrade
the firmware.

Flash memory
Flash memory is non-volatile, meaning it retains stored data even when the power is turned off.

Flow integrated scanner assembly

A printer scanner assembly that includes a slide-out external physical keyboard.

Formatter (LaserJet)
The formatter controls printer functions like receiving and processes print data, developing and coordinating
data placement and timing with the DC controller PCA, storing font and customer configuration information,
communicating with the host computer, and monitoring control panel functions and relaying printer status
information through the control panel.

FTP
FTP stands for File Transfer Protocol. FTP is a protocol designed for transferring files over the Internet. Files stored
on an FTP server can be accessed using an FTP client, such as a web browser, FTP software program, or a
command line interface.

Fuser Unit
The fuser unit is part of a laser printer that adheres the toner onto the printed page. It consists of a heat roller and
a pressure roller. After toner is transferred onto the paper, the fuser unit applies heat and pressure to make sure
that the toner stays on the paper permanently (which is why paper is warm when it comes out of a laser printer).

Gateway
A connection between computer networks, or between a computer network and a telephone line. A gateway is
used to connect two different computer networks, especially a connection to the Internet.

Grayscale
Shades of gray that represent light and dark portions of a color image printed in monochrome. Colors are
represented by a range of gray shades from white to black.

Halftone
Halftone is a way of reproducing a photograph or other image in which the various tones of gray or color are
produced by variously sized dots of ink or toner. Halftone simulates grayscale by varying the number of dots. Highly
colored areas consist of a large number of dots, while lighter areas consist of a smaller number of dots.

HDD
A Hard-Disk Drive (HDD) (commonly referred to as a hard drive or hard disk) is a non-volatile storage device which
stores digitally-encoded data on rapidly rotating platters with magnetic surfaces.

Glossary of terms 1691

 IEEE
The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) is an international non-profit, professional organization
for the advancement of technology related to electricity.

Image scanner
The image scanner (or Sub Scanner Assembly) contains the components to digitally scan an original source
document. The image scanner is a component of the integrated scanner assembly (ADF and image scanner).

IP address
An Internet Protocol (IP) address is a unique number that a device uses in order to identify and communicate with
other devices on a network utilizing the Internet Protocol standard.

IPM
The Images Per Minute (IPM) is a method of measuring the speed of a printer. An IPM rate indicates the number of
single-sided sheets a printer can complete in one minute.

IPP
The Internet Printing Protocol (IPP) defines a standard protocol for printing and managing print jobs, media size,
resolution, etc. IPP can be used locally, or over the internet to reach hundreds of printers. IPP also supports access
control, authentication, and encryption, making it a capable and secure printing solution.

ISA
The Integrated Scanner Assembly (ISA) includes the document feeder and image scanner.

ISO
The International Organization for Standardization (ISO) is an international standard-setting body composed of
representatives from national standards bodies. In produces world-wide industrial and commercial standards.

JBIG
Joint Bi-level Image Experts Group (JBIG) is an image compression standard with no loss of accuracy or quality. It
was designed for compression of binary images, particularly for faxes, but can also be used for other images.

JPEG
Joint Photographic Experts Group (JPEG) is a commonly used standard method of loss compression for
photographic images. It is the format used for storing and transmitting photographs on the World Wide Web.

LDAP
The Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) is a networking protocol for querying and modifying directory
services running over TCP/IP.

LED
A Light-Emitting Diode (LED) is a semiconductor device that can indicate the status of a printer (formatter LEDs) or
a component in a contact image sensor (CIS) scanner that helps capture an image.

LEDM
Low end data model (LEDM) provides one consistent data representation method and defines the dynamic and
capabilities tickets shared between clients and devices, as well as the access protocol, event, security, and
discovery methods.

LPDC
Late point differentiation configuration (LPDC) allows the channel partner to configure the speed to the printer
depending on the customer’s order. LPDC configuration is stored on the Trusted Platform Module (TPM).

1692 Glossary of terms

LVPS - SMPS
Low Voltage Power Supplies (LVPS) and Switching Mode Power Supplies (SMPS) supply direct current (DC) voltages
to various printer components and assemblies.

MAC address
Media Access Control (MAC) address is a unique identifier associated with a network adapter. MAC address is
a unique 48–bit identifier usually written as 12 hexadecimal characters grouped in pairs (for example, 00–00–0c-34–
11–4e). This address is usually hard-coded into a Network Interface Card (NIC) by the manufacturer and used as an
aid for routers trying to locate machines on a large network.

MEt
HP Memory Enhancement technology (MEt) effectively doubles the standard memory through a variety of font- and
data-compression methods. MEt is available only in Printer Command Language (PCL) mode; it is not functional
when printing in PostScript (PS) mode.

MFP
A Multi Function Printer (MFP) is a printer that incorporates multiple functionalities in a single physical body. For
example, an MFP printer can scan, digitally send, fax, copy, and print.

MHV
Miniature High Voltage (MHV) is designed for high voltage applications of BNC connectors (DC voltage between
500 V and 5 kV).

Modem
A device that modulates a carrier signal to encode digital information, and also demodulates such a carrier signal
to decode transmitted information.

MPCA (PageWide)
The MPCA integrates both formatter (LaserJet) and engine control electronics (DC controller) into a single
assembly. The Main PCA (MPCA) controls printer functions like receiving and processes print data, developing
and coordinating data placement, storing font and customer configuration information, communicating with the
host computer, and monitoring control panel functions and relaying printer status information through the control
panel.

NAND
NAND is not an acronym (the term is short for NOT AND a Boolean operator and logic gate). NAND (flash) memory
is non-volatile, meaning it retains stored data even when the power is turned off.

NVRAM
Nonvolatile random access memory (NVRAM) is used to store I/O and information about the print environment
configuration (stored data even when the power is turned off).

OPC
Organic Photo Conductor (OPC) is a mechanism that makes a virtual image for print using a laser beam emitted
from a laser printer. It is usually green or rust colored and has a cylinder shape. An imaging unit containing a drum
slowly wears the drum surface during its usage in the printer, and it should be replaced appropriately due to wear
from contact with the cartridge development brush, cleaning mechanism, and paper.

Originals
The first example of something, such as a document, photograph, or text which is copied, reproduced, or translated
to produce additional copies. The original itself is not copied or derived from something else.

Glossary of terms 1693

 PCA
Printed Circuit Assembly (PCA). Once the printed circuit board (PCB) is complete, electronic components must be
assembled to form a functional printed circuit assembly or PCA.

PCL
Printer Command Language (PCL) is a Page Description Language (PDL) developed by HP as a printer protocol. PCL
has become an industry standard. Originally developed for early Inkjet printers, PCL has been released in varying
levels for thermal, dot matrix printers and laser printers.

PDF
Portable Document Format (PDF) is a proprietary file format developed by Adobe Systems. A PDF represents two
dimension documents in a device independent and resolution independent format.

PJL
Printer job language (PJL) is an integral part of printer configuration, in addition to the standard PCL and PostScript
(PS). With standard cabling, the printer can use PJL to perform a variety of functions like dynamic I/O switching,
context-sensitive switching, and isolation of print environment settings from one print job to the next.

PML
Printer management language (PML) allows remote configuration of the printer and status read-back from the
printer through the I/O ports.

PostScript (PS)
PostScript (PS) is a Page Description Language (PDL) and programming language used primarily in electronic and
desktop publishing. PostScript is run in an interpreter to generate an image.

PPM
Pages Per Minute (PPM) is a method of measurement for determining how fast a printer works, meaning the
number of pages a printer can produce in one minute.

Print Media
Media like paper, envelopes, labels, and transparencies which can be used in a printer, scanner, fax, or copier.

Printer Driver
A program used to send commands and transfer data from the computer to the printer.

Printhead (PageWide)
The printhead converts the digital firing instructions from the printer electronics into properly formed and timed
microscopic drops of the four ink colors.

Printhead Wiper (PageWide)

The printhead wiper system keeps the printhead nozzles firing correctly throughout the life of the printer as it
performs the wiping and capping functions. The wiping function cleans the nozzles of ink residue and particulates.
The capping function keeps the nozzles moist during storage and when the printer is idle.

Protocol
A convention or standard that controls or enables the connection, communication, and data transfer between two
computing endpoints.

1694 Glossary of terms

RAM
Random Access Memory (RAM) is the printer memory device where the data in current use is kept so it can be
quickly retrieved by the device's processor. This memory is an important factor in avoiding errors and printing
documents properly. Printer memory is used to store, and process print jobs as they are sent to the printer from a
computer. After printing, the job is cleared from the memory to make room for more print jobs. Printer memory is
directly linked to two print characteristics: speed and print quality. More memory allows you to print faster and print
larger, high-quality graphics.

REDI sensor
An optical reflective edge detection interrupter (REDI) sensor. Usually used in conjunction with mirrors to sense the
presence or absence of paper in the paper path. These sensors are carefully aligned and calibrated at the factory,
so care must be taken when servicing these sensors.

Resolution
The sharpness of an image is measured in Dots Per Inch (DPI). The higher the DPI, the greater the resolution.

SCB
The Scanner Control Board (SCB) controls the functions of the image scanner components in the Sub Scanner
Assembly (SSA).

Service fluid and aerosol management systems (PageWide)

There are two types of service fluid, shipping fluid and ink. The service fluid management system is contained
entirely within the duplex module. Service fluid is discharged as droplets from the printhead, and then collected in
a container inside the duplex module. Some of the droplets are called aerosol because they are lighter than air.
Aerosol can float inside the printer and collect on the lens of optical sensors, producing false failures. The aerosol
management system transports the aerosol and collects it in a safe place. Aerosol management consists of an
aerosol fan, mounted on the rear wall of the air flow assembly, which creates air flow that pulls the aerosol through
the holes in the platen and into the aerosol filter inside the duplex module.

SFP
A single-function printer only processes print jobs sent from a host computer or from an USB port on the printer.

SMB
Server Message Block (SMB) is a network protocol mainly applied to share files, printers, serial ports, and
miscellaneous communications between nodes on a network. SMB also provides an authenticated inter-process
communication mechanism.

SMTP
Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) is the standard for email transmissions across the internet. SMTP is a
relatively simple, text-based protocol, where one or more recipient of a message is specified, and the message text
is transferred. It is a client server protocol where the client transmits an email message to the server.

SODIMM
Small outline dual in-line memory module (SODIMM) is a thin profile memory storage device (a smaller alternative
to a standard DIMM device).

SSA
The Sub-Scanner Assembly is the image scanner component of the Integrated Scanner Assembly (ISA, which
includes the document feeder and the image scanner).

Subnet Mask
The subnet mask is used in conjunction with the network address to determine which part of the address is the
network address and which part is the host address.

Glossary of terms 1695

 TCP/IP
The Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) and the Internet Protocol (IP) are the set of communications protocols that
implement the protocol stack on which the internet and most commercial networks run.

TIFF
Tagged Image File Format (TIFF) is a variable-resolution bit mapped image format. TIFF describes image data that
typically come from scanners. TIFF images use tags, keywords defining the characteristics of the image that is
included in the file. This flexible and platform-independent format can be used for pictures that have been made by
various image processing applications.

Toner Cartridge
A bottle or container that holds toner, which is used in a machine like a printer. Toner is a powder used in laser
printers and photocopiers. The toner forms the text and images on printed paper. Toner can be fused by a
combination of heat/pressure from the fuser, causing it to bind the fibers in the paper.

TPM
The HP Trusted Platform Module (TPM) is a security accessory for printers. The TPM strengthens protection
of encrypted credentials and data stored on your printer. Certificate private keys are both generated by and
protected by the TPM. Once installed, the printer and the TPM are sealed, and the printer owns the TPM. The
TPM may not be moved to another device without losing its ownership from the original printer. Installing a TPM
accessory might necessitate a firmware upgrade. The TPM prevents the printer from starting if the TPM is missing.
If the TPM is removed from the printer, a control-panel error message appears indicating that the TPM is missing.
NOTE: The TPM is not a service part for some printer models. Check the printer service manual to determine if
the TPM is a replaceable service part.

TWAIN
An industry standard for scanners and software. By using a TWAIN compliant scanner with TWAIN-compliant
software, a scan can be initiated from the program. TWAIN is an image capture API for Microsoft Windows and
Apple Macintosh operating systems.

URL
Uniform Resource Locator (URL) is the global address of documents and resources on the internet. The first part of
the address indicates what protocol to use. The second part specifies the IP address or the domain name where
the resource is located.

USB
Universal Serial Bus (USB) is a standard that was developed by the USB Implementers Forum, Inc., to connect
computers and peripherals. Unlike the parallel port, USB is designed to concurrently connect a single computer
USB port to multiple peripherals.

Walk-up USB
Some printers support direct printing from a USB flash drive (the walk-up USB port is usually near the control
panel).

Watermark
A watermark is a recognizable image or pattern in paper that appears lighter when viewed by transmitted light.
Watermarks were first introduced in Bologna, Italy in 1282. Watermarks have been used by paper makers to
identify their product, and also on postage stamps, currency, and other government documents to discourage
counterfeiting.

1696 Glossary of terms

XPS
XML Paper Specification (XPS) is a specification for a Page Description Language (PDL) and a new document
format developed by Microsoft. This has benefits for portable document and electronic documents. It is an
XML-based specification based on a new print path and vector-based, device-independent document format.

ZIF Connector
Zero insertion force (ZIF) connectors use a mechanical locking method to secure Flat Flexible Cables (FFCs) to a
Printed Circuit Assembly (PCA).

Glossary of terms 1697

 Index

Symbols/Numerics base printer circuit diagrams

configuration 5 high-voltage power supply 55,
10/100/1000 functions
information 2 58
theory of operations 53
specifications 8 cleaning
550-sheet paper feeder
basic printer operation 49 remove tray 1 rollers and
main body 1 of 2 1669
bin, output separation pad 27
main body 2 of 2 1671
locating MFP 3, 341 tray 1 rollers and separation
550-sheet paper feeder covers
locating SFP 2, 340 pad 26
whole unit replacement 1668
blank pages tray 2 rollers and separation
550-sheet trays
troubleshooting 325 pad 30
jams MFP 271
Bonjour tray 3 rollers and separation
jams SFP 254
identifying 113 pad 40
76.00.24 254
browser requirements cleaning page 210
HP Embedded Web Server 113 automatic 25
A
print 25, 305
accessories 333, 1647 C clutches
accessories, input theory of operation 55
cables
tray 3 82 cold rest
USB, troubleshooting 325
accessories, toner part reset 221
Calibrate/Cleaning menu, control
numbers 333, 1647 color self calibration
panel 210
acoustic specifications 16 theory 59, 72, 73
Calibrate/Cleaning menu, control-
assemblies 550-sheet paper component diagnostics
panel menu 210
feeder solve problems 149
calibration, color
remove and replace 1458 components
theory 59, 72, 73
assemblies base printer, remove DC controller 55
cartridge
and replace 489 engine-control unit 55
developing unit engagement
assembly locations 340 intermediate transfer belt
and disengagement 59
authorized service providers, (ITB) 59, 72
life detection 59, 70
parts 332, 1646 pickup, feed, and delivery 74
memory chip 59, 70
auto on / auto off mode toner cartridge 59
presence detection 59, 70
setup and operation 51 configuration
toner level detection 59, 70
automatic cleaning page intervals base printer 5
cartridges, toner part
set up 25 printer 1
numbers 333, 1647
configuration page
caution iv
B determine installed
certificate of volatility 1683
backup error firmware 92
Channel partners
32.WX.YZ error 253 find information 165
WISE v, 86, 331, 338, 1645
reset error 253 solve problems 165
checklists
restore error 253 configurations, M455/E45028 5
pre-troubleshooting 87, 88
Backup/Restore (Maintenance) configurations, M480/E47528 6
circuit base printer, diagrams 164
menu connectivity and performance
control-panel menu 210 troubleshooting 324

1698 Index
connector error D disable cartridge check (not
65.WX.YZ error 254 available for this printer)
DC controller
connector locations solve problems 148
components 55
external plug and port document feeder
fans 55, 57
diagrams 156 jams 272
motors 55, 57
printed circuit assembly paper-feeding problems
theory of operation 55
diagrams 153 (MFP) 297
DC controller communication error
control panel 53 remove and replace parts 352
55.WX.YZ error 253
locating MFP 3, 341 whole unit replacement 1653
DC controller firmware error
locating SFP 2, 340 document feeder / scanner
70.WX.YZ error 254
solve problems 232 theory of operations 47
DC motors 55, 57
control panel messages 244 document feeder and scanner
defeating
control panel, MFP system information 1
interlocks 230
diagnostics specifications 1
defeating interlocks
solve problems 232 document feeder error
solve problems 146, 230
control-panel menu 31.WX.YZ error 253
definitions and terms
Maintenance 210 doors
glossary 1688
control-panel menu) remove and replace 372
determine problem source 87
Service (Maintenance) 212 drum cleaning 59, 60
developing unit
Troubleshooting image formation 68
engagement and
(Maintenance) 213 duplexer
disengagement control 71
USB Firmware Upgrade clear jams 268, 291
development
(Maintenance) 212 jams MFP 271
image formation 65, 66
conventions used iv jams SFP 254
development process 59, 60
cooling duplexer error
devices, input
areas and fans 55, 57 69.WX.YZ error 254
information 16
copy settings duplexing unit
diagnostics
HP Embedded Web motors 55, 57
component, solve
Server 113, 114, 117
problems 149
copy-quality problems E
engine 230
light or faint copies 322
diagrams electrical specifications 16
modify printer settings to
use parts lists and email problems
improve scan or copy
diagrams 1652 get help from WISE 324
quality 320
diagrams, block Embedded Jetdirect error
vertical lines, bands, or
solve problems 151 80.WX.YZ error 254
streaks 316
diagrams, external plug and port Embedded Web Server (EWS)
copy-quality troubleshooting 314
locations 156 features 113
Copy/Print (Settings) menu (MFP)
diagrams, general circuit base network connection 113
control-panel menu 124
printer 164 engagement and disengagement
CoV
diagrams, major component control
certificate of volatility 1683
locations 157 developing unit 71
covers
diagrams, printed circuit assembly engine
remove and replace 372
connector locations 153 diagnostics 230
covers MFP
diagrams, sensors and test page 230
parts 1656
switches 151 engine error (LaserJet)
covers SFP
diagrams, timing chart 163 46.WX.YZ error 253
parts 1654
digital send settings 63.WX.YZ error 254
covers, locating SFP 3, 340
HP Embedded Web engine error (PageWide)
CPMD 244
Server 113, 114, 118 61.WX.YZ error 253
CSR parts
digital sending error (firmware) engine test
part numbers 336, 1650
44.WX.YZ error 253 solve problems 96, 230
customer self-repair (CSR) A parts
dimensions, MFP printer 14 engine-control unit
and accessories 343
dimensions, SFP printer 12 components 55
customer self-repair parts
part numbers 336, 1650

Index 1699
 event log error (firmware) USB flash drive, control general configuration 113, 114,
42.WX.YZ error 253 panel 91 116
exhaust fans 55, 57 USB flash drive, pre-boot HP Web Services 113, 114, 122
exploded parts views, use parts menu 91 information pages 113-115
lists and diagrams 1652 firmware, upgrade network settings 113, 114, 123
Explorer, versions supported downloading 91 other links list 113, 114, 117
HP Embedded Web Server 113 firmware, version determine print settings 113, 114, 117
external panels find information 92 scan settings 113, 114, 118
remove and replace 372 firmware, version determining 91 security settings 113, 114, 121
external plug and port diagrams flash memory supplies 120
locations 156 theory of operations 54 troubleshooting tools 113, 114,
flatbed 120
F scanning and image capture HP Embedded Web Server (EWS)
MFP only 48 features 113
factory settings
flowcharts network connection 113
reset 221, 223
troubleshooting 87, 89 HP internal users
failure detection
format disk WISE v, 86, 331, 338, 1645
laser/scanner 59, 60
solve problems 223 HP Web Services
motors 55, 57
formatter enabling 113, 114, 122
faint copies
locating MFP 4, 342 HVPS (high-voltage power supply)
copy-quality problems 322
locating SFP 3, 340 operations 55, 58
fan error
formatter control system 51
58.WX.YZ error 253
fuser I
fans
jams 267, 287, 289
DC controller 55, 57 I/O functions
fuser error
exhaust 55, 57 theory of operations 53
41.WX.YZ error 253
intake 55, 57 image capture system
laser scanner error 253
theory of operation 55 scanning MFP only 48
paper path error 253
Fax (Settings) menu (MFP) image defects, repetitive
fuser error (LaserJet)
control-panel menu 189 ruler 299
50.WX.YZ error 253
fax functions image formation development
fusing
theory of operations 53 theory of operation 65
image formation 67
fax problems image formation drum cleaning
fusing process 59, 60
get help from WISE 324 theory of operation 68
fax settings image formation fusing
G
HP Embedded Web theory of operation 67
Server 113, 114, 119 General (Settings) menu image formation laser-beam
firmware control-panel menu 172 exposure
determine the installed general configuration theory of operation 65
version 92 HP Embedded Web image formation primary charging
theory of operations 54 Server 113, 114, 116 theory of operation 64
firmware communication error glossary image formation primary transfer
49.WX.YZ error 253 terms and definitions 1688 theory of operation 66
firmware install error image formation secondary
99.WX.YZ error 254 H transfer
hard disk error 254 theory of operation 66
hard disk partition error
remote firmware upgrade image formation separation
98.WX.YZ error 254
error 254 theory of operation 67
high-voltage power supply (HVPS)
firmware locations image quality
operations 55, 58
active and repository 223 check toner-cartridge
HP Embedded Web Server
firmware upgrade status 304
copy settings 113, 114, 117
firmware version tray 1 rollers and separation
digital send settings 113, 114,
determine 92 pad, clean 26
118
firmware upgrade) tray 2 rollers and separation
fax settings 113, 114, 119
embedded web server 91 pad, clean 30

1700 Index
 tray 3 rollers and separation operations 59, 72 locations MFP 271
pad, clean 40 internal assemblies (1 of 5), locations SFP 254
image-formation process parts 1658 output bin 270, 293
development process 59, 60 internal assemblies (2 of 5), output bin MFP 271
drum cleaning 59, 60 parts 1660 output bin SFP 254
fusing process 59, 60 internal assemblies (3 of 5), rear door 264, 284
laser-beam exposure 59, 60 parts 1662 Tray 1 258, 279
primary charging 59, 60 internal assemblies (4 of 5), Tray 1 MFP 271
primary transfer process 59, parts 1664 Tray 1 SFP 254
60 internal assemblies (5 of 5), Tray 2 261, 282
secondary transfer parts 1666 Tray 2 MFP 271
process 59, 60 internal assemblies 550-sheet Tray 2 SFP 254
separation process 59, 60 paper feeder 1458 tray 3 82, 85
image-information system 59 internal assemblies base Tray 3 256, 276
image-quality printer 489 Jetdirect page
troubleshooting 298 internal diagnostics error solve problems 165
individual component test (not 90.WX.YZ error 254 JetIntelligence
available for this printer) video display error 254 toner cartridge 70
solve problems 151 internal parts 550-sheet paper job accounting error (firmware)
information feeder 48.WX.YZ error 253
document feeder and remove and replace 1458 job management error
scanner 1 internal parts base printer, remove (firmware) 253
input devices 16 and replace 489 job pipeline error
printer 1 internal test and information (firmware) 253
printer base 2 pages job parser error (firmware)
information pages solve problems 165 47.WX.YZ error 253
configuration page 165 Internet Explorer, versions printer calibration error 253
HP Embedded Web supported
Server 113-115 HP Embedded Web Server 113 K
Jetdirect page 165 ITB (intermediate transfer belt)
keyboard 53
initial rotation period 49 operation 59, 72
keypad
input accessory error
locating SFP 2, 340
67.WX.YZ error 254 J
input devices L
jam detection
information 16
tray 3 82, 85
remove and replace, 550-sheet laser scanner error (LaserJet)
jam error (LaserJet)
paper feeder 1458 51.WX.YZ error 253
13.WX.YZ error 252
input/output error 52.WX.YZ error 253
jam error (PageWide)
40.WX.YZ error 253 laser-beam exposure 59, 60
13.WX.YZ error 252
input/output functions image formation 65
jams
theory of operations 53 laser/scanner
550-sheet trays MFP 271
installation failure detection 59, 60
550-sheet trays SFP 254
printer 18 operations 59
auto-navigation 255, 272
installation, base printer 21 last rotation period 49
auto-navigation MFP 271
installation, document feeder / latent image formation 59, 60
auto-navigation SFP 254
scanner 18 life detection
causes of 255, 272
installation, input devices 39 toner cartridge 70
causes of MFP 271
intake fans 55, 57 light copies
causes of SFP 254
interface ports copy-quality problems 322
document feeder 272
locating MFP 4, 342 lines, bands, streaks
duplexer 268, 291
locating SFP 3, 340 copy-quality problems 316
duplexer MFP 271
interlocks local area network (LAN)
duplexer SFP 254
defeating 230 locating MFP 4, 342
fuser 267, 287, 289
intermediate transfer belt (ITB)
locations 254, 271
components 59, 72

Index 1701
 M Scan/Digital Send (Settings) networks, E47528
menu (MFP) 178 supported 11
maintenance
Service (Maintenance) networks, M455
printer 18
menu 212 supported 8
maintenance, base printer 21
Service menu 210 networks, M480
maintenance, document feeder /
Settings menu 171 supported 10
scanner 18
Supplies menu 209 note iv
maintenance, input devices 39
Support Tools menu 210 NVRAM
major component diagrams
Trays menu 209 theory of operations 54
locations 157
Troubleshooting (Maintenance)
major component locations
menu 213 O
diagrams 157
USB Firmware Upgrade
Manage Supplies (Settings) menu on/off button
(Maintenance) menu 212
control-panel menu 200 locating MFP 3, 341
USB Firmware Upgrade
manual sensor test, tray/bin (not locating SFP 2, 340
menu 210
available for this printer) operating-environment range
menus control panel, control panel
solve problems 151 printer 16
Calibrate/Cleaning) 210
manual sensor tests (not available operation
menus, control panel
for this printer) Sleep delay 51
Calibrate/Cleaning 210
solve problem 151 Sleep mode 51
motor control
memory operation sequence 49
tray 3 82, 83
toner cartridge 59, 70 operations
motor error (LaserJet)
Memory Enhancement technology laser/scanner 59
59.WX.YZ error 253
theory of operations 54 toner cartridge memory 59,
motors
Memory Enhancement technology 70
DC controller 55, 57
(MEt) 51 orderable parts 333, 1647
failure detection 55, 57
memory error other functions, Tray 3
pickup, feed, and delivery
82.WX.YZ error 254 theory of operation 84
system 74, 76
EMMC error 254 other links list
stepping 55, 57
hard disk error 254 HP Embedded Web
theory of operation 55
memory functions Server 113, 114, 117
movement of paper through
theory of operations 54 output accessory error
printer
memory, E45028 66.WX.YZ error 254
See pickup, feed, and delivery output bin
included 9
memory, E47528 clear jams 270, 293
N
included 11 clear jams MFP 271
memory, M455 Near Field Communication error clear jams SFP 254
included 8 81.WX.YZ error 254 locating MFP 3, 341
memory, M480 Bluetooth error 254 locating SFP 2, 340
included 10 external I/O card error 254 OXPd/Web kit error
menu, control panel internal EIO error 254 45.WX.YZ error 253
Backup/Restore (Maintenance) wireless error 254
menu 210 Netscape Navigator, versions P
Backup/Restore menu 210 supported
page error
Calibrate/Cleaning menu 210 HP Embedded Web Server 113
21.WX.YZ error 253
Copy/Print (Settings) menu network port
pages
(MFP) 124 locating SFP 3, 340
blank 325
Fax (Settings) menu (MFP) 189 network settings
not printing 325
General (Settings) menu 172 HP Embedded Web
printing slowly 325
Manage Supplies (Settings) Server 113, 114, 123
pages per minute, E45028 9
menu) 200 Networking (Settings) menu
pages per minute, E47528 11
Networking (Settings) control-panel menu 203
pages per minute, M455 8
menu 203 networks, E45028
pages per minute, M480 10
Print (Settings) menu (SFP) 124 supported 9
panels, external
Reports menu 170 remove and replace 372

1702 Index
paper 550-sheet paper feeder main power management
jams 255, 272 body (1 of 2) 1669 theory of operation 51
jams MFP 271 550-sheet paper feeder main power switch
jams SFP 254 body (2 of 2) 1671 locating MFP 3, 341
selecting 306 covers MFP 1656 locating SFP 2, 340
paper feeder, 550-sheet covers SFP 1654 pre-boot menu options 96
main body 1 of 2 1669 document feeder and scanner pre-troubleshooting checklist 87,
main body 2 of 2 1671 whole units 1653 88
whole unit replacement use parts lists and primary charging
part 1668 diagrams 1652 image formation 64
paper handling parts and diagrams, using 1652 primary charging process 59, 60
solve problems 254 parts internal 550-sheet paper Print (Settings) menu (SFP)
paper handling error (LaserJet) feeder control-panel menu 124
56.WX.YZ error 253 remove and replace 1458 print a cleaning page 25, 305
paper jams parts internal base printer, remove print bar error (PageWide)
550-sheet trays MFP 271 and replace 489 62.WX.YZ error 253
550-sheet trays SFP 254 parts list and diagrams, how to print settings
document feeder 272 use 1652 HP Embedded Web
duplexer 268, 291 parts, internal assemblies (1 of Server 113, 114, 117
duplexer MFP 271 5) 1658 print-quality troubleshooting 299
duplexer SFP 254 parts, internal assemblies (2 of print/stop test
fuser 267, 287, 289 5) 1660 solve problems 148, 150
locations 254, 271 parts, internal assemblies (3 of printed circuit assembly diagrams
locations MFP 271 5) 1662 connector locations 153
locations SFP 254 parts, internal assemblies (4 of printer
output bin 270, 293 5) 1664 information, configuration, and
output bin MFP 271 parts, internal assemblies (5 of specifications 1
output bin SFP 254 5) 1666 installation and
rear door 264, 284 parts, order by authorized service maintenance 18
Tray 1 258, 279 providers 332, 1646 operating-environment
Tray 1 MFP 271 parts, orderable 333, 1647 range 16
Tray 1 SFP 254 parts, ordering 332, 1646 resets 221
Tray 2 261, 282 performance and connectivity space requirements 16
Tray 2 MFP 271 troubleshooting 324 printer information, configuration,
Tray 2 SFP 254 periods of the operation and specifications
Tray 3 256, 276 sequence 49 document feeder and scanner
paper movement personal identification number specifications 2
operation 74 (PIN) document feeder and scanner
paper path service menu 217 views 1
printer 74 pickup and feed functions, other printer installation and
paper path sensors test (not tray 3 82 maintenance
available for this printer) pickup, feed, and delivery base printer 21
solve problems 151 components 74 document feeder / scanner 18
paper path test overview 74 input devices 39
solve problems 149 PJL (printer job language) 51, 52 printer job language (PJL) 51, 52
paper pickup PML (printer management printer management language
tray 3 82 language) 51 (PML) 51
part numbers ports printer memory error
customer self-repair locating MFP 4, 342 20.WX.YZ error 253
parts 336, 1650 power printer resets
partial clean (disk) consumption 16 solve problems 221
solve problems 223 power connection printer settings
parts 332, 1646 locating MFP 4, 342 copy-quality problems 320
550-sheet paper feeder locating SFP 3, 340 printer, base
covers 1668 configuration 5

Index 1703
 information 2 scanner Settings (Fax) menu (MFP)
specifications 8 remove and replace parts 352 control-panel menu 189
printing scanner and document feeder Settings (General) menu
period in operation information 1 control-panel menu 172
sequence 49 specifications 1 Settings (Manage Supplies) menu)
troubleshooting 325 scanner error control-panel menu 200
Process Cleaning Page 210 30.WX.YZ error 253 Settings (Networking) menu
product number scanner, image control-panel menu 203
locating SFP 3, 340 whole unit replacement Settings (Print, SFP) menu
location MFP 4, 342 part 1653 control-panel menu 124
scanner/document feeder Settings (Scan/Digital Send) menu
R theory of operations 47 (MFP)
scanning control-panel menu 178
RAM
image capture MFP only 48 Settings menu
theory of operations 54
seal, toner cartridge control-panel menu 171
real-time clock error
theory of operation 69 sleep delay
11.WX.YZ error 252
secondary transfer operation 51
rear door
image formation 66 sleep mode
jams 264, 284
secondary transfer operation 51
locating MFP 4, 342
processes 59, 60 sleep settings 51
removal and replacement 331
security solenoids
remove
dynamic security 59, 71 pickup, feed, and delivery
tray 1 rollers and separation
security error system 74, 76
pad, clean 27
33.WX.YZ error 253 theory of operation 55
remove and replace
security settings solve connectivity problems 328
550-sheet paper feeder,
HP Embedded Web solve performance problems 324
internal parts and
Server 113, 114, 121 factors affecting print
assemblies 1458
sensor error performance 325
external panels, covers, and
54.WX.YZ error 253 print speeds 326
doors 372
58.WX.YZ error 253 printer does not print 326
remove and replace parts
sensors printer prints slowly 327
document feeder /
pickup, feed, and delivery solve problems
scanner 352
system 74, 75 circuit diagrams 164
remove and replace, internal parts
theory of operation 55 configuration page 165
and assemblies base
sensors and switches diagrams control panel 232
printer 489
550-sheet paper feeder 151 control panel messages 244
repetitive image defect ruler 299
base printer 151 copy-quality
replacement parts
separation troubleshooting 314
customer self-repair
image formation 67 CPMD 244
parts 336, 1650
separation process 59, 60 defeating interlocks 146, 230
Reports menu
serial number diagrams, block 151
control-panel menu 170
locating MFP 4, 342 disable cartridge check (not
resets
locating SFP 3, 340 available for this
printer 221
Service (Maintenance) menu printer) 148
revision history iii
control-panel menu 212 engine test 96, 230
S service and support external plug and port location
WISE v, 86, 331, 338, 1645 diagrams 156
scan or copy quality improvement service ID firmware upgrade 91
copy-quality problems 320 restore 221 firmware, determine
scan settings service menu version 92
HP Embedded Web personal identification number format disk and partial clean
Server 113, 114, 118 (PIN) 217 functions 223
Scan/Digital Send (Settings) menu solve problems 217 image-quality
(MFP) Settings (Copy/Print, MFP) menu troubleshooting 298
control-panel menu 178 control-panel menu 124

1704 Index
individual component troubleshooting tools 96 image formation drum
diagnostics 149 solving cleaning 68
individual component test (not direct-connect problems 328 image formation fusing 67
available for this space requirements image formation laser-beam
printer) 151 printer 16 exposure 65
internal test and information specifications image formation primary
pages 165 base printer 8 charging 64
LED diagnostics 147 document feeder and image formation primary
major component locations scanner 1 transfer 66
diagrams 157 electrical and acoustic 16 image formation secondary
manual sensor test (not printer 1 transfer 66
available for this specifications, document feeder image formation
printer) 151 and scanner separation 67
output is curled or printer information, JetIntelligence, toner
wrinkled 254, 295 configuration, and cartridge 70
paper does not feed specifications 2 life detection, toner
automatically 254, 298 standby period 49 cartridge 70
paper does not feed from Tray stepping motors 55, 57 motors 55
2-X 254, 295 supplies 333, 1647 scanning and image
paper handling 254 HP Embedded Web capture 48
paper path sensors test (not Server 120 seal, toner cartridge 69
available for this supplies error (LaserJet) sensors 55
printer) 151 10.WX.YZ error 252 solenoids 55
paper path test 149 supplies error (PageWide) switches 55
performance and connectivity 17.WX.YZ error 252 toner cartridges 68
troubleshooting 324 Supplies menu Tray 3 other functions 84
print-quality control-panel menu 209 Tray 3 paper path 82
troubleshooting 299 Support Tools menu theory of operations
print/stop test 148, 150 control-panel menu 210 10/100/1000 functions 53
printed circuit assembly switches ADF / scanner 47
connector location pickup, feed, and delivery base printer 48
diagrams 153 system 74, 75 document feeder / scanner 47
printer does not pick up theory of operation 55 fax functions 53
paper 254 system error (LaserJet) firmware 54
printer does not pick up paper 62.WX.YZ error 253 flash memory 54
or misfeeds 254 system requirements I/O functions 53
printer feeds incorrect page HP Embedded Web Server 113 input devices 82
size 254, 294 input/output functions 53
printer picks up multiple sheets T Memory Enhancement
of paper 254 technology 54
terms and definitions
printer pulls from incorrect memory functions 54
glossary 1688
tray 254, 294 NVRAM 54
tests
printer resets 221 printer, base 48
disable cartridge check 230
printer will not duplex or RAM 54
engine 230
duplexes incorrectly 254, scanner / document feeder 47
theory of operation 47
294 USB functions 53
clutches 55
sensors and switches USB hosts functions 53
DC controller 55
diagrams 151 wireless functions 53
engagement and
service menu 217 timing chart, diagrams 163
disengagement control,
system diagnostics, MFP tip iv
developing unit 71
control panel 232 toner
fans 55
timing chart diagrams 163 image formation, use
image formation
tray/bin manual sensor test (not during 59, 60
development 65
available for this
printer) 151

Index 1705
 toner cartridge trays tray/bin manual sensor test (not
developing unit engagement locating MFP 3, 341 available for this
and disengagement 59 locating SFP 2, 340 printer) 151
diagnostic test 230 Trays menu USB cables 325
JetIntelligence 70 control-panel menu 209 wired network 328
life detection 59, 70 trays, E45028 Troubleshooting (Maintenance)
memory chip 59, 70 capacity 9 menu
presence detection 59, 70 included 9 control-panel menu 213
seal 69 trays, E47528 troubleshooting tools
toner level detection 59, 70 capacity 11 control panel messages 244
toner cartridges 59 included 11 copy-quality
components 59 trays, M455 troubleshooting 314
error conditions 59 capacity 8 CPMD 244
operations 59 included 8 determine the problem
theory of operation 68 trays, M480 source 87
toner cartridges, part capacity 10 diagrams, block 151
numbers 333, 1647 included 10 firmware upgrade 91
touchscreen control panel 53 troubleshooting HP Embedded Web
transfer processes 59, 60 blank pages 325 Server 113, 114, 120
transfer unit check toner-cartridge image-quality
operation 59, 72 status 304 troubleshooting 298
tray checklist 87, 88 individual component
location assemblies, 550-sheet control panel 232 diagnostics 149
paper feeder 16 defeating interlocks 146, 230 performance and connectivity
Tray 1 direct-connect problems 328 troubleshooting 324
jams 258, 279 disable cartridge check (not print-quality
jams MFP 271 available for this troubleshooting 299
jams SFP 254 printer) 148 solve problems 96
tray 1 rollers and separation pad engine test 96, 230
cleaning 26 flowchart 87, 89 U
remove 27 format disk and partial clean
upgrade, product firmware 91
Tray 2 functions 223
USB Firmware Upgrade
jams 261, 282 individual component test (not
(Maintenance) menu
jams MFP 271 available for this
control-panel menu 212
jams SFP 254 printer) 151
USB functions
tray 2 rollers and separation pad jams 255, 272
theory of operations 53
cleaning 30 jams MFP 271
USB hosts functions
tray 3 jams SFP 254
theory of operations 53
input accessories 82 LED diagnostics 147
USB port
motor control 82, 83 manual sensor test (not
troubleshooting 325
paper pickup 82 available for this
Tray 3 printer) 151 V
electrical components 83 network problems 328
jams 256, 276 pages not printing 325 vertical lines, bands, or streaks
other functions 84 pages printing slowly 325 copy-quality problems 316
paper path 82 paper path sensors test (not views, document feeder and
Tray 3 paper path available for this scanner
theory of operation 82 printer) 151 printer information,
tray 3 rollers and separation pad paper path test 149 configuration, and
cleaning 40 print/stop test 148, 150 specifications 1
tray motor error (LaserJet) printer resets 221
60.WX.YZ error 253 service menu 217 W
tray/bin, manual sensor test (not system diagnostics, MFP waiting period 49
available for this printer) control panel 232 warning iv
solve problems 151

1706 Index
web browser requirements
HP Embedded Web Server 113
Web-based Interactive Search
Engine (WISE)
HP internal users and Channel
partners v, 86, 331, 338,
1645
weight, MFP printer 14
weight, SFP printer 12
wireless functions
theory of operations 53
WISE
email problems 324
fax problems 324
HP internal users and Channel
partners v, 86, 331, 338,
1645

Index 1707